K-12 AI Research Atlas
aiEDU · Landscape analysis · Source-verified August 17, 2026

K-12 AI Research Atlas

Every publicly available study we could find, January 2023 – August 2026, measuring how students, teachers, parents, administrators, and the public feel about AI — and how schools actually use it. Every entry has been checked against its primary source. Click any study for its findings, caveats, and link.

About this page

What it is

A landscape scan, not a meta-analysis. It catalogs what research exists, how sound each study is, and what it found — so you can locate evidence and judge its weight. It does not pool results or estimate an overall effect.

How it was built

A multi-agent web sweep across 360 entries, then per-study verification against primary sources, then reconciliation with two independent audits. Verification corrected 140 findings, upgraded 139 links, and removed 4 entries.

How to read it

Check the evidence class before quoting any number, and read the citation caveat in the expanded view. Caveats are methodology notes to help you cite accurately — several name real limits that publishers disclose themselves.

Who made it

Compiled by aiEDU (The AI Education Project) as of August 2026. Corrections and additions are welcome — if a study is missing, the search box will confirm it before you write.

360Studies, all source-checked
43
2023
82
2024
141
2025
94
2026
Probability survey81
Non-prob. survey186
Mixed-method35
Qualitative33
Consultation21
Usage data4
0 campaign-message or messenger experiments in K-12
302 are survey-based · 54 are qualitative or consultation
279 need a stated caveat when cited

What this corpus does and doesn't answer

1 · The message-testing gap independently confirmed twice

Three adversarial search sweeps, plus two separate audits of this corpus — one covering surveys, one covering qualitative research — all reached the same conclusion from different directions: no publicly available campaign-message or messenger-comparison experiment on AI in K-12 exists. Every US parent and public poll inspected is opinion-only.

The precise, defensible claim. A handful of adjacent experiments now exist and are cataloged here — a randomized AI-versus-human tutor label test with students, parents, and teachers; an NBER information-treatment study with parents; two educator description/labeling experiments; a teacher-endorsement experiment with students; and a deliberative poll that measured change after a bundled information treatment. FrameWorks Institute's framing research (2026) is genuine message testing but covers AI in society generally, with no K-12 frames and no parent or educator samples. What none of them do is compare campaign messages, or compare messengers by audience and topic, with parents and educators, anchored in district decisions. Both independent audits name that same hole in their own gap lists.

2 · Was anything designed for district leaders?

Research about leaders is plentiful. Research designed for their decisions sits almost entirely behind membership walls — EAB's Voice of the Superintendent and AI Playbook, Hanover's member-district instruments, ILO Group's framework. The public exceptions are the U.S. Department of Education's 2024 leader toolkit and CRPE's early-adopter series. No public research gives leaders community-sentiment-based decision support: what communities will accept, and what triggers opposition.

3 · Who the surveys actually covered

PopulationStudies
Students148
Teachers139
Admins108
Public82
Parents67
Most common pairingsStudies
Admins + Teachers64
Students + Teachers46
Parents + Students43
Admins + Students36
Parents + Teachers30

Parents — the population district decisions most often hinge on — are the least-studied K-12 group. Parents and teachers measured together in one design, which is what a comparison between them requires, appears in only 30 studies.

4 · What this corpus shows nobody has studied

5 · Read the evidence class before you quote a number

Every entry carries an evidence class, because a national probability survey and a 17-person focus-group study answer completely different questions and must never be added together or quoted the same way. The corpus breaks down as 81 probability surveys, 186 non-probability surveys (opt-in or weighted panels), 35 mixed-method studies, 33 qualitative studies, 21 structured consultations, and 4 usage-data analyses — 302 survey-based in total.

What each class can support. Probability surveys carry population estimates. Non-probability surveys show direction and pattern but no reliable margin of error. Qualitative work explains why people hold a view, surfaces red lines and language, and generates hypotheses — it can never tell you how common a view is. Structured consultations are governance evidence — what an institution proposed after listening — and are not participant consensus at all. Use the Evidence filter above to hold the corpus to one class at a time.

6 · How each entry was verified

Every study from the original sweep was fetched at its source and checked four ways: whether a complete report is reachable, whether each number in its findings appears in the source, whether organization, date, sample, method, and funder are correctly attributed, and whether it belongs in the corpus at all. That produced 140 corrected findings, 139 links upgraded to better primary sources, and 283 entries carrying an explicit citation caveat. Badges: Verified clean, minor fixes corrected, major caveats usable only with the stated caveat. Four entries were quarantined out (two duplicates, one secondary write-up of other polls, one edition with no AI content). Vendor-sponsored, advocacy-funded, and small-sample studies were kept and labeled rather than dropped — they are real parts of the landscape.

Two independent audits were then reconciled in. A survey-landscape audit contributed 13 net-new surveys and its own row-by-row corrections; because its inclusion screen is survey-only and K-12-only, the studies it set aside — general-public polling, qualitative work, usage analyses — were kept here and labeled rather than dropped, since this landscape was scoped more broadly on purpose. A qualitative addendum then contributed 29 more records: 22 empirical interview, focus-group, deliberative, and participatory-design studies, plus 7 structured consultations. Consultation records carry an evidence tier and are governance evidence, not sentiment estimates — never quote them as measures of what a population thinks.

Year Evidence Filter

Multi-stakeholder studies 80

Two or more K-12 stakeholder groups measured in one design, which makes their differences directly comparable.

What Students Need to Thrive in a Data- and AI-Driven World: Perspectives from Parents and Educators Non-prob. surveyData Science 4 Everyone (University of Chicago) and Mathematica2026-08TeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 88% believe all students should be data literate before graduating high school.
  • 84% say data literacy and data science should be integrated across multiple subjects, not just math or computer science.
  • 76% believe AI has made data education more important than ever.
  • Respondents prioritized problem-solving, critical thinking, and core academic foundations over technical skills like programming or prompt-writing for 'AI-readiness.'.

Citation caveat. Not nationally representative, and the report says so itself — cite it as a three-state snapshot (TN/LA/CO), never as a national estimate. Respondents came from Centiment's opt-in online market research panel with no weighting reported, and the sample is dominated by parents (74%), so results labeled 'parents and educators' are mostly parents; school administrators and agency staff are 3% each, far too few to support any administrator-specific claim. Funded by the Gates Foundation, which should be disclosed alongside the finding that AI raises the importance of data education.

Corrections applied. Three corrections. (1) GEOGRAPHY IS WRONG: the entry says 'US national,' but the report states plainly, 'Although it is not nationally representative, the sample includes respondents from three states... Findings should be interpreted as a snapshot of parent and educator perspectives rather than national estimates.' Approximately 95% of respondents live in Tennessee (47%), Louisiana (24%), or Colorado (24%). Geography should read 'Colorado, Louisiana, and Tennessee (approx. 95% of sample); education-agency subsample drawn nationally.' (2) FUNDER OMITTED: the survey was fielded 'with support from the Gates Foundation.' (3) METHOD is more specific than stated — two pooled surveys: K-12 parents, teachers, and school administrators recruited and surveyed via Centiment's online market research platform in the three states at DS4E's direction; and local/state education agency staff surveyed on a Mathematica-hosted platform, recruited through DS4E's policy partner network and SEA contacts across all 50 states and D.C. Sample composition (categories overlap): 74% parents of a current pre-K-12 student, 40% pre-K-12 teachers, 3% school administrators, 3% state or local education agency staff. Authors: Grady Deacon, Kara Conroy, Hannah Weissman. Published August 10, 2026.

Sample
1,333 parents, teachers, school administrators, and state/local education agency staff in Colorado, Louisiana, and Tennessee (fielded February-March 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Research partnership between Data Science 4 Everyone (based at the University of Chicago) and Mathematica
Recurring
one-time (released August 10, 2026)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (EdWeek story Aug 2026; phys.org/Newswise/EurekAlert items are press-release distribution) — Education Week
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

The Current State of AI in Education: Formal Training and Support for Educators Non-prob. surveyInstructure (Canvas)2026-07StudentsTeachersParentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 90% of higher-ed students use AI in class at least occasionally vs 68% of K-12 educators and 61% of higher-ed educators.
  • 45% of K-12 and 41% of higher-ed educators have received no formal AI training (only 8-11% comprehensive); ~two-thirds (incl. 69% of parents) worry AI sounds confident even when wrong.
  • 94% of higher-ed students and 88% of parents still cite reasons for optimism.

Citation caveat. LMS vendor's own research, opt-in SurveyMonkey Audience panel, unweighted, no margin of error, four-day field window. The higher-education educator figures (61% use AI in class, 41% no formal training, 11% comprehensive training) rest on only 114 respondents, so those percentages carry wide error. The 'higher-ed students' base includes recent graduates who finished after January 2023, not only currently enrolled students.

Corrections applied. Add the methodology that Instructure's research page discloses and the press release omits: respondents were recruited via SurveyMonkey Audience (an opt-in online panel) and fielded June 12-15, 2026. Sample composition is 1,125 U.S. participants: 296 K-12 educators, 114 higher-education educators, 312 current or recent higher-education students (those who graduated after January 2023), and 403 K-12 parents/guardians. No weighting or margin of error is stated.

Sample
1,125 U.S. respondents: K-12 and higher-ed educators, higher-ed students, K-12 parents/guardians
Method
Online survey by Instructure's Learning Strategy team
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Instructure Learning Strategy team (self-funded)
Recurring
Yes — first phase of a new recurring Instructure research effort
News coverage
~4 distinct news stories found (education trade press coverage of the July 21, 2026 release) — K-12 Dive, Higher Ed Dive, EdSource, Insight into Academia
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Microsoft AI in Education Report 2026 (third annual) Non-prob. surveyMicrosoft2026-06StudentsTeachersAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 92% of students and education leaders and 88% of educators have used AI for school.
  • 58% of education leaders report their schools are implementing or scaling AI.
  • 77% of students and 53% of educators lack formal AI training.
  • 41-42% of both students and educators cite academic integrity as a leading concern.

Citation caveat. Microsoft-commissioned vendor research; the full report is gated and per-segment/per-country sample sizes are not published; global data is weighted to World Bank education-spend estimates rather than to population, so 'global' figures are not population-representative.

Corrections applied. Add the disclosed fieldwork: an online quantitative survey fielded February 13 - March 9 (2026); audiences were educators, education leaders (both IT and academic), and students age 13 and up; global data is weighted based on World Bank education-spend estimates. Publisher and date (Microsoft, June 24, 2026), research firm (PSB Insights), N=3,345, and the six countries (US, UK, Australia, Brazil, Japan, Saudi Arabia) are all confirmed. The 'released ahead of ISTELive 26' framing does not appear in the release and could not be verified - drop it or mark it as inference.

Sample
3,345 students, educators, and leaders (K-12 + higher ed, 6 countries)
Method
PSB Insights survey of 3,345 students, educators, and education leaders across K-12 and higher education in 6 countries; released June 24, 2026 ahead of ISTELive 26
Field/geography
United States, United Kingdom, Australia, Brazil, Japan, Saudi Arabia
Partner / funder
Microsoft (funder/publisher); PSB Insights (research firm)
Recurring
Yes — third annual Microsoft AI in Education Report
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found — Digital Watch Observatory, EdTech Innovation Hub, WinBuzzer
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Penn State AI in Education Listening Tour for K-12 Leaders (with Pennsylvania Department of Education) ConsultationPenn State University (CSATS) / Pennsylvania Department of Education2026-06TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • First statewide AI listening tour ran across 5 campuses (University Park, Greater Allegheny, Berks, York, Wilkes-Barre) plus virtual sessions over 4 months (March-June 2026).
  • Themes gathered: AI fundamentals, ethics (bias, privacy, environmental impact), K-12 AI guidelines/policy, workforce development, and AI for educator tasks.
  • Comprehensive findings report due to the Pennsylvania Department of Education in fall 2026.

Citation caveat. No findings report exists yet. This entry can be cited only as evidence that a state-sponsored AI listening tour took place and that a report is due in fall 2026 — never as evidence of what Pennsylvania educators think about AI. The listed 'themes' are the agenda topics the summits were designed to cover, drawn from a university news release, not analyzed findings. No participant count, sampling frame, or analysis method has been published, and attendees self-selected into a free professional-development event carrying continuing-education credits, so any eventual findings will describe an engaged, opt-in group rather than Pennsylvania educators generally.

Corrections applied. The Penn State story was published July 27, 2026; the date field (2026-06) reflects the end of the tour, not publication. Additional confirmed detail: the listening sessions were day-long summits offered free of charge, with participating educators and administrators eligible for Act 48 and Act 45 continuing-education credits; data collection used 'AI Café' facilitated discussions plus pre- and post-event surveys and follow-up evaluations; four named graduate student evaluators supported the work; findings are 'expected to publish this fall' (fall 2026). Sponsored by and in partnership with the Pennsylvania Department of Education, with CSATS, ICDS, the College of Education and Penn State Extension collaborating.

Sample
K-12 educators and administrators across 5 campuses plus virtual sessions (total N not yet published)
Method
In-person and virtual listening sessions with K-12 educators and administrators across five Penn State campuses, March-June 2026, with graduate-student evaluators
Field/geography
Pennsylvania, USA
Partner / funder
Sponsored by the Pennsylvania Department of Education; Penn State CSATS, Institute for Computational and Data Sciences, College of Education, Penn State Extension
Recurring
Framed as 'first' tour — follow-ups implied
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found beyond Penn State's own release (local radio pickup) — 92.5 XTU (Beasley Media, Philadelphia)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Time for Class 2026 — The AI Tipping Point: From Monitoring Students to Engaging Them Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2026-06StudentsAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • More than half of administrators, faculty and students now use AI at least weekly.
  • Daily use is 43% among administrators, 32% among students, 25% among faculty.
  • Only 13% of faculty rate AI-ban policies effective vs 30% who rate AI-integrated policies effective.
  • 32% of administrators report institution-wide AI policies.

Citation caveat. Gates Foundation anchor partner and D2L (an LMS vendor) as research insight partner. Non-probability sample; the public page discloses N, institutions and fielding window but no sampling frame, weighting or margin of error. Note the policy-effectiveness numbers are faculty ratings, not institutional outcome measures.

Sample
3,000+ students, instructors, and administrators across 750+ US colleges and universities
Method
online survey (fielded April-May 2026)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Gates Foundation (anchor partner); D2L (research insight partner)
Recurring
annual (Time for Class series)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found — only Tyton's own GlobeNewswire release (June 15, 2026), a D2L partner press release via PR Newswire, and an aggregator stats page
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

EdWeek Research Center: More Schools Are Providing AI Training for Teachers (Feb-Mar 2026 survey) Non-prob. surveyEdWeek Research Center / Education Week2026-05TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Teachers reporting no AI training fell from almost 60% (October 2024) to 50% (fall 2025, when 14% reported multiple sessions and 5% ongoing training) to 42% (winter 2026, when 22% reported multiple training sessions and 9% ongoing training).
  • Separately, in a February-March 2026 survey of 651 teachers, 13% said they are 'not at all' eager and 24% only 'slightly' eager to learn about integrating AI into their teaching.

Citation caveat. Trend comparison across three separate EdWeek Research Center waves (Oct 2024, fall 2025, winter 2026) with no published sampling frame, mode, weighting, or margin of error, and no confirmation the waves used identical question wording or panels — treat the 60%→50%→42% line as directional. The Oct 2024 figure is 'almost 60%', not 60%. EdWeek ed-tech coverage is CZI-grant-supported (editorial control retained).

Corrections applied. The two sets of findings come from different surveys and our 'sample' field conflates them. The training trend line is sourced in the article as 'EdWeek Research Center surveys, 2024-26' (multiple waves); only the eagerness figures are sourced to the 'nationally representative February-March 2026 survey of 113 district leaders, 112 school leaders, and 651 teachers' (876 total, which matches our entry). Add author Elizabeth Heubeck and exact publication date May 18, 2026. Add funder disclosure: EdWeek's ed-tech coverage is supported in part by a Chan Zuckerberg Initiative grant, with EdWeek retaining sole editorial control.

Sample
876 educators (651 teachers, 112 school leaders, 113 district leaders)
Method
Survey of 651 teachers, 112 school leaders, and 113 district leaders, fielded February-March 2026; published May 18, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
Yes — recurring EdWeek AI training tracking (Oct 2024, fall 2025, winter 2026 waves)
News coverage
no external news coverage found (EdWeek's own May 18, 2026 article is the publication vehicle for this survey)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Prioritizing Students with Disabilities in AI Policy, Version 2 ConsultationNew America2026-05StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The brief frames AI adoption as a civil-rights and inclusion decision and recommends power-sharing with disabled students and families.
  • Its legal and policy synthesis recommends retaining human authority over consequential decisions and parent participation where disability law requires it.
  • It recommends IEP/504 data minimization and purpose limits, accessible feedback, subgroup testing, independent evaluation, and discontinuation of tools that create barriers.

Citation caveat. Structured consultation, not sentiment research. Blends convening input with disability law, literature, and author recommendations; no participant count or coding method disclosed.

Sample
Not disclosed
Method
Consultation-informed policy brief following two structured convenings (May 2024, December 2025)
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

2026 State of the Classroom Report Non-prob. surveyTeachers Pay Teachers (TPT)2026-04TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 80% of educators report using generative AI tools in classrooms (23% regularly, 35% occasionally, 22% tried once or twice).
  • Top uses are creating instructional resources (44%), brainstorming ideas (20%), and administrative tasks (17%).
  • Only 7% believe AI alone can meet their needs and replace what they used to make themselves or buy, while 40% view AI as 'a starting point' and 27% believe human-created resources are superior.
  • 60% describe their stress levels as high (50%) or critical (10%).

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey of its own marketplace users — active and churned TPT accounts, self-selected by responding to an email invitation, not a sample of educators generally. The headline finding that only 7% think AI can replace what teachers 'make themselves or buy' is directly self-interested for a company whose business is selling teacher-made resources. A ±3 point margin of error is quoted for a non-probability sample, which is not a valid application of the statistic.

Corrections applied. Completed N is 11,350, not 11,500 — TPT's own methodology statement says the survey 'was completed by 11,350 educators'; 'nearly 11,500' is TPT's rounded framing in the intro and is what THE Journal repeated. Recruitment must be stated: TPT emailed a 21-question survey to 'active and churned users on the TPT platform' on January 22, 2026. Geography breakdown is US 82% / International 18%. Role split 81% classroom teacher / 19% administrator and support staff is confirmed. Margin of error stated as ±3 points. Method should read 'email survey of platform users', not a generic 'online survey'.

Sample
11,500 educators globally (81% classroom teachers, 19% administrators/support staff)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
Global (teacher panel; US-heavy)
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Teachers Pay Teachers
Recurring
annual State of the Classroom series
News coverage
~2 distinct stories found (THE Journal news article; EdChoice blog commentary) — THE Journal, EdChoice
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Generation AI: What Kids and Families Think About AI Non-prob. surveyCommon Sense Media2026-03StudentsParents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 65% of parents think AI will change life as dramatically as the internet or electricity.
  • 71% of parents and 60% of kids/teens agree that by adulthood people will be so dependent on AI they won't be able to function without it.
  • 83% of parents and 83% of youth agree kids need to learn to think critically without AI support.
  • 57% of parents of children under 18 think AI will make it harder for their kids to find jobs (vs. 29% easier), and 47% of youth are worried about AI's impact on their economic future.

Citation caveat. Online survey with no margin of error reported anywhere in the report and no disclosed panel, sampling frame or recruitment source — only that Lake Research Partners and Echelon Insights designed and administered it. Advocacy-organization sponsor. One context point when citing the youth economic figure: the 47% who feel worried sit against 45% who are not worried, so the report characterises youth as "evenly divided" rather than predominantly worried.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed; only added precision. The report cover confirms "Generation AI: What Kids and Families Think About AI" (2026), with authors from Lake Research Partners (Lake, Gormley, Snell, Vinyard, Tate, Gillett), Echelon Insights (Soltis Anderson, O'Neil) and Common Sense Media (Robb, Mann). Field dates can be made exact: the parent survey ran November 17-26, 2025 and the kid/teen survey November 17-28, 2025, rather than "late 2025." Sample description is confirmed exactly — 1,244 parents including oversamples of 100 Black, 100 Latino, 101 AAPI and 100 parents of children 12-17, weighted down to a base of 843; 1,100 kids and teens 12-17 including 100 Black, 100 Latino and 100 AAPI oversamples, weighted down to a base of 800.

Sample
1,244 parents nationwide and 1,100 kids/teens ages 12-17 (incl. Black, Latino, and AAPI oversamples; weighted base samples 843 parents / 800 youth), fielded late 2025
Method
online survey (two parallel surveys)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Lake Research Partners and Echelon Insights on behalf of Common Sense Media
Recurring
one-time (a European companion, "A New Look at European Families' Views on AI," followed May 11, 2026)
News coverage
~3-5 distinct news stories — The National Desk (Sinclair), SheKnows, KJZZ (NPR Phoenix)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Strengthening Teaching and Learning with AI: MagicSchool's Impact (Impact Report) Usage dataMagicSchool AI2026-03TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 71% of surveyed educators say they use MagicSchool to support instructional planning, more than half use it to differentiate for diverse learners, and nearly half use it for direct student support; 'many report regaining several hours each week.' 77% say MagicSchool has significantly improved their quality of life.
  • Four out of five teachers in partner districts report that MagicSchool benefits their students through stronger engagement. 95% of district and school leaders surveyed agree it provides a safe and trustworthy AI solution.
  • More than 600 districts have built enterprise-wide custom MagicSchool tools, and in 2025 MagicSchool supported tens of millions of student feedback interactions.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey of its own users inside paying partner districts, with no field dates, sampling frame, recruitment method, or response rate disclosed; the platform-scale numbers are marketing claims, not survey results.

Corrections applied. Published March 10, 2026, confirmed. Survey base is confirmed as 'survey responses from more than 3,400 educators and 185 school and district leaders in partner districts, along with platform usage data and qualitative interviews.' Remove the platform-scale claims from the sample field: the report states no educator count, no percentage of U.S. districts, no country count, and no AI-output total. No field dates, recruitment method, response rate, or weighting is disclosed anywhere in the report.

Sample
3,400+ educators and 185 school/district leaders in partner districts; platform data from 7M+ educators (95% of U.S. districts, 160+ countries)
Method
Survey of partner-district educators and leaders + platform usage data + qualitative interviews
Field/geography
United States (platform data global)
Partner / funder
MagicSchool (self-funded)
Recurring
First impact report; usage 'Wrapped' data also published annually
News coverage
no news coverage found for this report (MagicSchool as a company gets press, e.g. The 74 profile May 2026, but no stories on the impact report itself)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

How Teens Use and View AI Probability surveyPew Research Center2026-02StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 57% of teens have used AI chatbots to search for information and 54% to get help with schoolwork. 16% have used chatbots for casual conversation and 12% for emotional support or advice. Fielded Sept. 25-Oct. 9, 2025.

Corrections applied. Fieldwork was conducted by Ipsos via its KnowledgePanel (probability-based); margin of error +/- 3.3 percentage points for both the teen and parent samples. The entry's partners_funders field says only 'Pew self-funded' and should name Ipsos/KnowledgePanel as the data collector, consistent with how entry 238 is recorded.

Sample
1,458 U.S. teens ages 13-17 (paired with parents)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Pew self-funded
Recurring
expanded successor to the 2023/2024 teen ChatGPT surveys
News coverage
~25 distinct news stories found (NYT, Washington Post, CBS News, The Hill, Fortune, Mashable, PCMag, TechCrunch, Forbes, GovTech, Education Week, Courthouse News, many more) — New York Times, Washington Post, CBS News, The Hill
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

2026 K-12 EdTech Pulse Mixed-methodPowerSchool Research Institute (survey by Project Tomorrow)2026-02TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 71% of respondents see high value in AI-powered early-warning systems to identify students at risk of not graduating.
  • 50% say AI tools supporting personalized learning could have the greatest impact on their effectiveness in the next 2-4 years.
  • 57% report educators and administrators already use AI to create drafts and emails and 46% for lesson-plan research.
  • 40% of classroom educators see AI's primary value in reducing procedural/administrative work via AI agents.

Citation caveat. Vendor-sponsored research whose respondents were recruited through outreach by PowerSchool and Project Tomorrow, so the sample self-selects toward the vendor's customer base and edtech-engaged educators; results are descriptive statistics with no weighting, sampling frame or margin of error. One framing point matters when quoting the AI-use numbers: the 57% / 46% figures are respondents' reports of what 'educators in their district' are doing, not self-reported personal use.

Corrections applied. Refinement, not a correction: the online survey was open October 7-24, 2025 (entry says 'October 2025' — correct but less precise). The qualitative component was six virtual roundtables plus one-on-one interviews with 18 national thought leaders, 30 K-12 education leaders in total. Respondents were recruited through outreach by both PowerSchool and Project Tomorrow. Analysis is descriptive statistics with cross-tabs by role.

Sample
1,327 classroom educators, school building administrators, and district administrators
Method
National online survey administered October 2025, augmented by virtual roundtables and thought-leader interviews
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
PowerSchool Research Institute with Project Tomorrow
Recurring
Yes — annual (successor to Education Focus Report)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found; only PowerSchool's own press release (distributed via Business Wire, Feb 3, 2026)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

A New Direction for Students in an AI World: Prosper, Prepare, Protect (Brookings Global Task Force on AI in Education) ConsultationBrookings Institution, Center for Universal Education2026-01StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Based on 500+ consultations across 50 countries and 400+ studies, the task force concluded that at this point the risks of generative AI in children's education overshadow its benefits.
  • Risks can undermine foundational child development while benefits depend on implementation quality.
  • Proposes a three-pillar Prosper/Prepare/Protect framework.

Citation caveat. This is a purposive qualitative consultation and expert synthesis, not a representative survey — there are no population percentages behind the headline conclusion, and 'risks overshadow benefits' is the task force's considered judgment, not a measured result. Disclose the corporate/philanthropic funding (see attribution note) when citing it in a funder context.

Corrections applied. Two additions. (1) FUNDERS: the partners_funders field names only Brookings CUE and the authors. Brookings' acknowledgements for this report reportedly credit EY and the LEGO Foundation as supporters — a corporate funder and a philanthropic funder that should be disclosed given the report's conclusions bear on edtech. I could not open the acknowledgements page directly (the full-report PDF exceeds the fetch size limit and the project page lists no funders), so CONFIRM THIS BEFORE PUBLISHING rather than taking it from me. (2) AUTHOR AFFILIATION: Rida Karim is listed as Communications Coordinator at the National Student Board Member Association, not Brookings; the other four authors are Brookings CUE/Global Economy and Development. Also add: the Brookings Global Task Force on AI in Education launched September 2024 at the U.N. General Assembly, and the Delphi panel comprised 21 experts.

Sample
500+ interview/focus-group/consultation participants; 400+ studies reviewed
Method
Large-scale qualitative: interviews, focus groups, and consultations with 500+ students, teachers, parents, education leaders, and technologists in 50 countries, plus review of 400+ academic studies and a Delphi expert panel
Field/geography
Global (50 countries, including US)
Partner / funder
Brookings Center for Universal Education; authors Mary Burns, Rebecca Winthrop, Natasha Luther, Emma Venetis, Rida Karim
Recurring
No
News coverage
~5-6 distinct news stories found (Fortune ran two pieces citing the task force; also covered by Times Higher Education, The Cool Down, EdTech Innovation Hub; Center for Humane Technology Substack coverage excluded) — Fortune, Times Higher Education, The Cool Down, EdTech Innovation Hub
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

AI in the Toy Box: How Parents View AI-Enabled Toys for Young Children Non-prob. surveyCommon Sense Media2026-01StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Nearly half of parents have bought or considered buying AI-enabled toys.
  • More than 8 in 10 parents are concerned about AI toys collecting their children's personal information.
  • Nearly 1 in 5 parents want AI toys to serve as friends for their kids, though the majority do not.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-funded research from an organization with a declared position on the question it surveyed — Common Sense publicly advises against AI toys for children age 5 and under. The panel and recruitment source behind the SSRS fielding are never named, and the weighting statement is oddly generic ("Data was weighted to represent the target population of U.S. adults age 18 or older" rather than parents of 0-8s). Also note the survey gave respondents an explicit definition of AI toys that excludes Alexa and Siri, which shapes the results.

Corrections applied. The populations field still reads "Parents (of children roughly ages 5-12)" — this is wrong and must be changed to parents of children ages 0-8. The report states every figure's base as "All parents of children age 0 to 8 (N = 1,004)". A correction to this effect is already recorded in the entry's notes field but was never applied to the structured field itself. Funders are incomplete: the report's acknowledgements credit Bezos Family Foundation, Craig Newmark Philanthropies, Jennifer Caldwell and John H.N. Fisher, Patrick J. McGovern Foundation, and Siegel Family Endowment as underwriters, alongside SSRS as the data collection firm. Add methodology detail: fielded via web in English (n=951) and Spanish (n=53), December 1-8 2025, margin of sampling error ±3.4 percentage points.

Sample
1,004 parents of children ages 0-8 (fielded December 1-8, 2025)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey conducted by SSRS for Common Sense Media
Recurring
one-time (released January 22, 2026)
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories (also prompted a Senate Commerce letter on AI toys) — Education Week, The National Desk (Sinclair), SheKnows, AOL/Yahoo News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Getting Beyond the Lightbulb Stage: Why AI Is Not Yet Transforming Education QualitativeCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2026StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Interviewees described a field with too many disconnected tools and too little shared educational vision, evidence, or trustworthy procurement signal.
  • Students wanted recourse when AI affected grades and parent advocates raised responsibility and consent.
  • Excluding students, educators, and families from design was linked to distrust, inequitable products, and backlash risk.

Citation caveat. Exploratory expert-leaning snowball sample; exact field dates, subgroup counts, and coding procedures unreported; some conclusions are author synthesis.

Sample
More than 50 informed K-12 stakeholders (developers, funders, policymakers, teachers, students, advocates, researchers); exact denominator unpublished
Method
Exploratory semi-structured interviews using snowball recruitment
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Variation in High School Student, Parent, and Teacher Attitudes Toward the Use of Generative Artificial Intelligence Non-prob. surveyCollege Board Research2025-12StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Approximately 85% of high school students earning higher grades (mostly As, or As and Bs) agree that students can benefit from GenAI to enhance their learning, compared to 79% of students earning lower grades (mostly Cs or lower) — a difference by academic achievement, not by grade level.
  • The remaining findings stand as written: 65% of Black and Hispanic high school students report using GenAI for schoolwork often or sometimes versus 58% of Asian and 55% of White students.
  • 58% of male versus 56% of female students.
  • 51% of science and 56% of math and computer science teachers agree AI tools help students learn at their own pace versus 37% of English teachers.
  • Public high school teachers are 20 percentage points more likely than private school teachers to report their school does not provide students and educators access to AI tools and 23 points more likely to report no student GenAI use policy.
  • And within public schools, high-FRPL schools are 13 points more likely than low-FRPL schools to have no student GenAI use policy.

Citation caveat. Unweighted non-probability samples with no margin of error and no named panel or recruitment source. Also note the achievement/grade-level ambiguity: several of this brief's most quotable contrasts are by self-reported grades earned, and must be described that way to avoid being read as class-year differences.

Corrections applied. Title, authors (Adair, Congiusta, Howell, O'Grady, Walton Radford), organization and December 2025 date confirmed on the PDF cover. Sample description is accurate and better sourced than I expected: Table 1 explicitly discloses "600 per survey; Aggregated to 2,400" for students, "1,000 per survey; Aggregated to 6,200" for parents, and 1,600 AP teachers — so the 6,200 figure is the report's own, not our arithmetic. Same unweighted-data caveat as id 58 applies, since this brief disaggregates the same surveys.

Sample
High school students aggregated to ~2,400 (Jan-May 2025); parents aggregated to ~6,200 (Jun 2024-Jun 2025); 1,600 AP teachers (Dec 2024)
Method
multiple online surveys (aggregated student/parent surveys plus AP teacher survey), disaggregated by demographics and school attributes
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
College Board Research (authors Adair, Congiusta, Howell, O'Grady, Walton Radford); self-funded
Recurring
Brief 2 in the College Board AI research series
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found (Fortune covered it Dec 18, 2025: 'Gen Z is on the fence about AI in the classroom'); otherwise mostly College Board's own channels — Fortune
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Hand in Hand: Schools' Embrace of AI Connected to Increased Risks to Students Probability surveyCenter for Democracy & Technology (Equity in Civic Technology project)2025-10StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • The 42% is presented as one combined category when the source reports three separate items that each independently land on 42%.
  • CDT asks whether students "(or a friend of theirs) have had back-and-forth conversations with AI during the 2024-25 school year" for various purposes: 42% to get mental health support, 42% as a friend or companion, and 42% to escape from real life.
  • Merging two of them into "mental health support or as a friend/companion" implies a single combined measure that the source does not report.
  • Corrected text: "85% of teachers and 86% of students reported using AI in the 2024-25 school year, with 50% of students using it for school-related reasons.
  • Half of students agree that using AI in class makes them feel less connected to their teacher, and seven in ten teachers worry AI weakens important skills students need to learn.
  • Among students, 42% say they or a friend had back-and-forth conversations with AI to get mental health support, 42% as a friend or companion, and 19% to have a romantic relationship.
  • 31% had such personal conversations on a school-provided device, tool, or software. Only about 1 in 10 teachers (11%) received training on how to respond if they suspect a student's AI use is detrimental.
  • 38% of students agree it is easier for them to talk to AI than to their parents.".

Citation caveat. Quota-set online panel weighted to national demographics; no panel vendor named, no margin of error. The companion/mental-health items are asked as "you or a friend," which inflates them relative to a first-person measure — always carry the "or a friend" wording when citing the 42% and 19% figures.

Corrections applied. Add the field window: "Online surveys of nationally representative samples of 1,030 9th- to 12th-grade students, 806 6th- to 12th-grade teachers, and 1,018 6th- to 12th-grade parents were fielded between June and August 2025." The record gives only "2024-25 school year," which is the reference period the questions covered, not when the survey ran. Sample sizes, grade bands, October 8, 2025 publication date, and the author line (Elizabeth Laird, Maddy Dwyer, Hannah Quay-de la Vallee) are all confirmed correct.

Sample
Nationally representative surveys of 806 grade 6-12 public school teachers, 1,030 grade 9-12 students, and 1,018 parents (2024-25 school year)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors: Elizabeth Laird, Maddy Dwyer, Hannah Quay-de la Vallee (CDT)
Recurring
CDT has fielded annual K-12 AI/edtech polling since 2023
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories (verified: GovTech, InsideAIPolicy; excludes aggregator/scraper duplicates) — GovTech, InsideAIPolicy
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

U.S. High School Students' Use of Generative Artificial Intelligence: New Evidence from High School Students, Parents, and Educators Non-prob. surveyCollege Board Research2025-10StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • The share of high school students using GenAI tools for schoolwork grew from 79% to 84% between January and May 2025, with 69% using ChatGPT for assignments/homework in May 2025.
  • 50% of students neither agree nor disagree that AI's benefits outweigh its risks (a quarter agree, a quarter disagree), while 57% of parents agree it is better for students to use GenAI for schoolwork than not.
  • More than 85% of school administrators view students learning to use AI tools as very or somewhat valuable.
  • 55% of principals say their school has not blocked GenAI access on the network, yet roughly two in five schools/districts do not allow students to use GenAI and only 13% encourage use in all classes.

Citation caveat. All samples are unweighted and no margin of error is reported; the recruitment source and panel vendor are never named, so representativeness rests on College Board's own assertion of broad balance. Offsetting strength worth stating alongside the caveat: the student, parent, BigFuture and administrator surveys were deliberately fielded so respondents did not know College Board was the sponsor, which limits sponsor-effect bias; the AP teacher survey was fielded directly by College Board and is not blind.

Corrections applied. Title, authors (Adair, Howell, Jacklin, Walton Radford), organization and October 2025 date all confirmed on the PDF cover. Two additions to the sample description: the brief also draws on the BigFuture AI Student Survey (Oct 2024, n=1,000) and the School and District Administrator Survey (Jun 2025, approx. n=1,300, with n=364 on the AI item), and the latter is the source of the administrator figures our entry cites — neither is currently listed. Critical methodological disclosure our entry omits: "Survey data are unweighted, but are generally broadly representative by gender, race, urbanicity, school attributes, and U.S. region."

Sample
High school students ~600 per survey (aggregated ~2,400, Jan/Feb/Mar/May 2025); parents ~1,000 per survey (aggregated ~6,200, Jun/Sep/Dec 2024 + Mar/Jun 2025); 1,600 AP teachers (Dec 2024); plus principals and AP coordinators
Method
multiple online surveys (student/parent surveys fielded blind to College Board sponsorship; teacher survey fielded directly)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
College Board Research (authors Adair, Howell, Jacklin, Walton Radford); self-funded
Recurring
Brief 1 in an ongoing College Board AI research series (Brief 2 published Dec 2025)
News coverage
~5-10 distinct news stories found; the 84% GenAI-use figure was widely cited in October 2025 and in later stories through 2026 (e.g., a July 2026 Fortune piece on school AI policy) — U.S. News & World Report, Fortune, Yahoo Finance, R.I.S.E. Magazine
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI Index 2025 - AI and CS Education Chapter Highlights Non-prob. surveyKapor Foundation, with CSTA, PIT-UN, and the Stanford HAI AI Index2025-10StudentsTeachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • In the U.S., 81% of CS teachers agree that using AI and learning about AI should be included in a foundational CS learning experience, yet fewer than half of high school CS teachers feel equipped to teach AI (46% of high school teachers).
  • Separately, two-thirds of countries worldwide now offer or plan to offer K-12 CS education — a fraction that has doubled since 2019 — with African and Latin American countries progressing the most, though students in African countries have the least access due to schools' lack of electricity.
  • U.S. high school CS access and enrollment vary by state, race and ethnicity, school size, geography, income, gender, and disability.
  • REMOVE two errors: (a) the parenthetical '(a share that has roughly doubled since 2019)' attached to teacher preparedness — the doubling belongs to the count of countries offering K-12 CS education, not to teachers feeling equipped; (b) 'countries with AI-in-education guidelines have doubled since 2019' — the AI Index measures countries offering or planning to offer K-12 CS education, not AI-in-education guidelines.
  • Both errors come from the Kapor page compressing AI Index Chapter 7's Highlight 3 and dropping its lead sentence.

Citation caveat. This is a synthesis chapter, not primary research — cite the underlying instrument (CSTA Computer Science Teacher Landscape Survey 2024, N=2,901 US pre-K-12 CS teachers, an opt-in teacher survey of CSTA-reachable educators, NSF-supported) rather than the Kapor highlights page. The Kapor page itself discloses no methodology, no sample sizes, and no data sources; its 'Download Education Highlights' link is gated behind a name/email/job-title lead-capture form. Access and enrollment figures come from Code.org/CSTA/ECEP Alliance administrative data, not a survey.

Corrections applied. Sample field can now be filled in: the 81% and 'fewer than half' (46% of high school teachers) figures come from the Computer Science Teacher Landscape Survey, 2024, which collected data from 2,901 pre-K through 12 CS teachers nationally (33% elementary, 36% middle school). Kapor page posted Oct 19, 2025 and updated Oct 22, 2025 — confirmed. Underlying AI Index 2025 Chapter 7 was released by Stanford HAI in spring 2025; the chapter states it 'was a collaboration prepared by the Kapor Foundation, CSTA, PIT-UN' with the AI Index, so Kapor is a co-author, not a third-party summarizer.

Sample
Multiple underlying datasets; CS teacher survey sample sizes not stated on highlights page
Method
Synthesis of CS/AI education surveys (including CS teacher surveys) and administrative data on access and participation; education chapter of the Stanford HAI AI Index
Field/geography
United States and global, with US state/demographic access breakdowns
Partner / funder
Kapor Foundation; Computer Science Teachers Association (CSTA); Public Interest Technology University Network (PIT-UN); Stanford HAI
Recurring
Yes - annual AI Index; Kapor Foundation co-produced the education chapter in 2025
News coverage
no news coverage found for the Kapor education-chapter highlights specifically (the underlying Stanford HAI AI Index 2025 report received wide coverage as a whole)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Students Speak Up about AI in their Learning Lives — 2025 Speak Up National Report Mixed-methodProject Tomorrow2025-10StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 45% of high school students (grades 9-12) — and 36% of middle school students in grades 6-8 — report using Gen AI regularly on their own outside of school to research topics of interest to them.
  • Only 18% of teachers have asked students about that personal use and 53% of K-12 teachers say they have not had any discussions with students about AI at all.
  • 63% of grades 6-12 students list being falsely accused of AI cheating among their concerns, and 61% either do not know or are unsure whether their school has policies on using AI for schoolwork (only 39% say their school has one).
  • Only 13% of teachers say they are very confident using AI tools and just 15% say their school or district provides ample professional development.
  • 74% of parents believe AI usage is critical for college and career readiness, though only 22% report being very familiar with Gen AI tools (both parent figures come from Project Tomorrow's press release/parent infographic, not the 15-page national report, which instead reports 70% of parents are not familiar or not sure about AI policies at their child's school).

Citation caveat. Self-selected, school-recruited online survey — despite N=65,000+ it is a convenience sample from 670 participating schools, with no sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error disclosed, so it is not nationally representative. Also sponsored by ed-tech vendors (PowerSchool, ClassDojo for Districts, iboss, Spectrum Business/Charter, Agile Education Marketing, edWeb.net).

Corrections applied. Organization, geography, and 2024-25 fielding period are correct. Sample confirmed as 'over 65,000 students, educators, administrators and parents, representing 670 schools' — add the 670 schools. Date: report posted Oct 22, 2025; press release Oct 23, 2025 (K-12 Dive dated its coverage Oct 28). The six research sponsors listed are confirmed verbatim in the report; the additional claim of 'outreach support from 29 education nonprofits/associations' could not be verified in the report or press release and should be dropped unless separately sourced.

Sample
65,000+ K-12 students, educators, administrators, and parents (2024-25 school year)
Method
online survey (annual Speak Up surveys administered through schools/districts; 18 months of quantitative and qualitative data collection)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Research sponsors: Agile Education Marketing, ClassDojo for Districts, edWeb.net, iboss, PowerSchool, and Spectrum Business (Charter Communications); outreach support from 29 education nonprofits/associations
Recurring
annual since 2003 (22nd annual wave)
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (K-12 Dive 'Students express hope — and fear — over classroom AI use', Oct 28, 2025; The 74 'Students Want Schools to Incorporate AI in Learning But Express Some Fears', Nov 3, 2025) — K-12 Dive, The 74
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2025 Educator Confidence Report (11th annual) Non-prob. surveyHoughton Mifflin Harcourt (HMH)2025-09TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 67% of educators used AI in their work in the past year — a 6x increase from 10% in 2023.
  • Nearly 90% find generative AI valuable and nearly 80% feel confident using AI effectively for instruction.
  • 68% of AI-using educators report saving 1-5 hours per week.
  • 87% say all users need ethical AI training, and under 50% feel equipped to prepare students for an AI-driven world.

Citation caveat. Vendor-underwritten (HMH sells curriculum and AI-enabled instructional tools); 'nationally representative' is asserted but no sampling frame, panel source, response rate, or MoE is disclosed. The 6x / 67%-vs-10% comparison is HMH's own and spans different question bases - 2023 measured generative-AI use in the classroom, 2025 measures AI use 'in their work' over the past year - so attribute it to HMH rather than presenting it as a clean like-for-like trend.

Corrections applied. None. The report's methodology page confirms exactly: 1,205 educators including 1,055 teachers and 150 administrators, 15-minute survey online via desktop and mobile, May 6-May 22 (2.5-week field), 'Data was weighted to be nationally representative,' MarketCast, 11th annual; press release dated September 9, 2025.

Sample
1,205 U.S. educators (1,055 teachers, 150 administrators); fielded May 6-22, 2025
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by MarketCast; underwritten by HMH
Recurring
annual since 2015
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found — EdSource
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

AI in Education: A 2025 Snapshot of Trust, Use, and Emerging Practices Mixed-methodMichigan Virtual (AI Lab)2025-09TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Teachers using AI in classrooms rose to 43.9% (from 22.4% in 2024).
  • District administrators using AI rose to 69.9% (from 36.0%).
  • Mean trust in AI was 58.4/100 (up ~18% year-over-year.
  • Teachers 53.6 vs. admins 67-73).
  • 67% expect AI to be used 'very significantly' within 5 years, and only 3% expect no significant use (down from 10%).

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents recruited through Michigan education-association memberships; Michigan only, not representative of Michigan educators statewide; no weighting, response rate, or margin of error reported, and open-ended responses were analyzed with AI assistance.

Corrections applied. Sample confirmed as 554 unique responses representing 526 educators across 757 professional-association memberships; role mix is 69.3% building-level (43.2% teachers, 15% principals/assistant principals) and 18.5% district leadership (99 respondents). Trust detail: teachers 53.6 (up from 43.7 in 2024), building principals/APs 67.7, superintendents/assistant superintendents 73.0. Collected over roughly four weeks with responses through July 21, 2025 via Qualtrics, distributed by the AI Statewide Workgroup to professional-association memberships; open-ended responses analyzed with ChatGPT assistance. The report page does not display an explicit publication date, so the recorded 2025-09 date could not be confirmed on the source itself (it is plausible given the July 21, 2025 data cutoff).

Sample
554 responses / 526 unique Michigan educators (teachers, building/district admins, board members, curriculum and tech directors)
Method
Statewide Qualtrics survey (with role-specific modules and AI-assisted open-ended analysis), distributed via the AI Statewide Workgroup; data through July 21, 2025; mirrors 2024 instrument for trend comparison
Field/geography
Michigan, USA
Partner / funder
Michigan Virtual AI Lab; AI Statewide Workgroup of Michigan education associations
Recurring
Yes — annual (2024 baseline, 2025 wave)
News coverage
no news coverage found for the 2025 snapshot (GovTech covered the prior 2024-baseline wave in March 2025)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI Use in Schools Is Quickly Increasing but Guidance Lags Behind: Findings from the RAND Survey Panels Probability surveyRAND Corporation, with Center on Reinventing Public Education and MIT Teaching Systems Lab2025-09StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • In 2025, 54% of students and 53% of ELA/math/science teachers used AI for school — increases of more than 15 percentage points in one to two years. 61% of parents, 48% of middle schoolers, and 55% of high schoolers — but only 22% of district leaders — agreed greater AI use will harm students' critical-thinking skills.
  • As of spring 2025 only 35% of district leaders provided students AI training, and over 80% of students said teachers had not explicitly taught them how to use AI for schoolwork. 45% of principals reported school/district AI policies or guidance.
  • 34% of teachers reported academic-integrity AI policies.
  • Half of students worried about being falsely accused of AI cheating.

Corrections applied. Method is mixed methods, not online survey alone: the report combines eight survey samples with interviews of ten school district leaders conducted in spring 2025 (nine rural, one large suburban). The eight nationally representative samples are: 1,261 middle/high school students (AYP, Jan-Feb 2025); 852 middle/high school students (AYP, Feb-Mar 2025); 984 parents of 12-17-year-olds (American Parent Panel, Feb-Mar 2025); 967 K-12 public school teachers of all subjects (ATP, October 2024); 8,601 K-12 public ELA, math, and science teachers (ATP, Apr-Jun 2025); 3,668 principals (American School Leader Panel, Mar-Apr 2025); 289 district leaders (ASDP, Oct-Nov 2024); and 232 district leaders (ASDP, Mar-May 2025).

Sample
Nationally representative samples of five populations — K-12 teachers, school leaders, district leaders, students (American Youth Panel), and parents — surveyed 2024-2025
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in partnership with CRPE and the MIT Teaching Systems Lab; funded by gifts from RAND supporters and income from operations
Recurring
One-time synthesis drawing on recurring RAND panels; follow-on Data Insights published Feb 2026 (rand.org/pubs/research_reports/RRA4711-1.html)
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found beyond RAND's own channels (report confirmed live, dated Sept 30, 2025; rand.org 403s automated fetchers but the page is valid) — The National Desk (Sinclair), eSchool News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

6 in 10 Online Students Report Using AI (BestColleges Online Education & AI survey 2025) Non-prob. surveyBestColleges2025-08StudentsAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 60% of online students report using AI tools to complete assignments or exams, up from 58% in 2024.
  • Only 44% agree their institutions 'generally allow' AI for assignments and exams.
  • 47% would trust colleges using AI in admissions processing, compared to 39% in 2024.
  • More than 70% of respondents say AI is a beneficial innovation.
  • More than half indicate AI might pose a threat to student and faculty data privacy and security.

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel (Pure Spectrum/GLG Research), not representative of U.S. online students; no weighting or margin of error disclosed. The administrator findings rest on only 74 respondents recruited through BestColleges' own outreach — far too small to generalize, and they should never be reported as a national administrator figure. BestColleges is a commercial rankings/lead-generation site, so this is gray literature.

Corrections applied. Attribution is accurate as written. Confirmed on-page: 'Updated on August 18, 2025'; two surveys fielded February-April 2025; Pure Spectrum partnered with GLG Research for the 1,000-student sample (currently enrolled, graduated, and prospective online students); the 74 administrators at two- and four-year institutions offering online courses were gathered separately by BestColleges' own outreach team via Qualtrics with eligibility screening questions.

Sample
1,000 online college students (current, graduated, prospective) and 74 administrators
Method
Student survey fielded by Pure Spectrum and GLG Research, February-April 2025; separate administrator survey via Qualtrics
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Pure Spectrum and GLG Research (fieldwork)
Recurring
Yes — annual BestColleges online-student AI wave (2024 comparisons cited in report)
News coverage
no news coverage found (appears only in stat aggregator roundups)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Online college students only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked as

Have You Considered AI in Your Classroom? A Khanmigo Pilot Story Non-prob. surveyMichigan Virtual (with Khan Academy's Khanmigo)2025-08StudentsTeachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Across two Michigan pilots (spring 2024: 14 districts, 19 teachers, 687 students.
  • Fall 2024-spring 2025: 8 districts, 24 teachers, 1,102 students), teachers reported that student use of AI tools increased from monthly to weekly use for most classrooms between fall 2024 and spring 2025.
  • All responding teachers reported at least some confidence in AI-assisted lesson planning, with more teachers reporting they felt 'very confident' from pre- to post-survey across lesson planning, supporting diverse learners, and content creation/curation.
  • Teachers' own familiarity grew, with a jump in the number reporting they used AI several times a week. No statistical significance testing is reported.

Citation caveat. Volunteer pilot of one vendor product (Khan Academy's Khanmigo) with very small teacher samples (19, then 24); pre/post teacher self-report with no comparison group and no significance testing. Implementation and usage evidence only, not efficacy evidence.

Corrections applied. Published August 13, 2025; author Christa Green. Pilot 1 (spring 2024) focused on Algebra I with Khanmigo as a math tutor; Pilot 2 (fall 2024-spring 2025) covered all subjects and grade levels. Method is pre- and post-survey data plus facilitated professional-learning sessions and participant reflections. Survey respondents are teachers only - the 687 and 1,102 student figures are participation counts, not student survey respondents - so listing 'Students' among the surveyed populations overstates what was measured.

Sample
Pilot 1 (spring 2024): 14 districts, 19 teachers, 687 students; Pilot 2 (fall 2024-spring 2025): 8 districts, 24 teachers, 1,102 students
Method
mixed methods
Field/geography
US state (Michigan)
Partner / funder
Michigan Virtual pilot of Khan Academy's Khanmigo
Recurring
two pilot waves (2024, 2024-25)
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Selected Khanmigo product-pilot story rather than a generalizable survey wave

How America Learns Report (successor to State of AI in Education) Non-prob. surveyQuizlet2025-07StudentsTeachersParentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 85% of respondents now use AI in some capacity, up from 66% in 2024.
  • Teachers outpace students (87% vs 84%).
  • 89% of students use AI for schoolwork, up from 77% in 2024, most often to summarize or synthesize information (56%), for research (46%), and to generate study guides/materials (45%).
  • Only 40% believe AI is being used ethically and effectively in classrooms, with students far more skeptical than teachers (29% of students, 46% of parents, 57% of teachers).

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey: Quizlet is an AI study-tools company publishing research on AI adoption in education, so it has a direct commercial interest in the headline adoption numbers. Opt-in online panel (RepData/Forsta) with no weighting, sampling frame, or margin of error disclosed; not representative of U.S. students or teachers. The 'up from 66% in 2024' comparison is against Quizlet's own prior non-probability wave, not an independent benchmark.

Corrections applied. Accurate as recorded. Minor additions: the 501 parents are parents of high school or college students; teacher-side use cases were research 54%, summarizing 48%, generating classroom materials 45%. Published July 16, 2025, fieldwork April 2025, research partner Allison Worldwide Performance + Intelligence, panel from RepData via Forsta — all confirmed.

Sample
2,003 U.S. respondents: 1,002 students ages 14-22, 500 HS/college teachers, 501 parents
Method
Online survey, fielded April 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Allison Worldwide Performance + Intelligence team (panel sourced from RepData via the Forsta platform); fieldwork April 2025
Recurring
Yes — annual (3rd wave of the series)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Newsweek, eSchool News
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Multi-stakeholder perspective on responsible artificial intelligence and acceptability in education (NOT "Multi-stakeholder acceptability of artificial intelligence in education" — the ref title is a paraphrase and must be corrected before citing) Mixed-methodHEC Montréal / Tech3Lab (Karran, Trempe-Martineau, Ortiz de Guinea, Lesage, Sénécal, Léger) and Université du Québec à Montréal (Charland); published in npj Science of Learning (2025) 10:44, in partnership with The University of Queensland2025-07StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) Mediation analysis found that acceptance and trust in AI vary significantly across stakeholder groups and across AI applications — there is no single 'stakeholder view' of AI in education. 2) Higher AI agency consistently correlated with LOWER perceptions of justice, confidence and utility across stakeholders.
  • The authors conclude AI applications must have enough agency to augment teaching without superseding critical human oversight. 3) For parents specifically, higher AI agency significantly reduced confidence in the Correct-AI auto-grading scenario, which negatively affected their intention to allow AI to grade student work.
  • Parent perceptions of the other three scenarios were neutral with no significant variance. 4) Perceived global utility was the predominant mediator of intention to use across all analysed stakeholder groups, and the authors identify explainability and transparency as moderating factors in the trust equation.

Citation caveat. Non-probability, self-selected convenience sample from Quebec only, recruited through a homework-help nonprofit and social media — not nationally representative of Canada and not US-generalizable. Findings measure reactions to HYPOTHETICAL vignettes about AI that was not yet deployed, not experience with real classroom AI; the authors flag this as a limitation. Data collection was completed in winter 2023, pre-dating most school GenAI policy, though publication is 2025 — do not present it as current sentiment. School directors (n=20) were dropped from the mediation analysis, so the study supports NO administrator-level conclusions despite administrators appearing in the sample. The qualitative arm is only 14 instrument-development participants and produced no independently reported findings. Funded by IVADO, an AI research institute — a mild pro-AI-research interest worth disclosing.

Sample
Final survey n=1,198: 608 students aged 16-18 (mean 17.4; 357 F, 190 M, 61 other), 381 parents with at least one child in mandatory education (306 F, 58 M, 17 other), 203 primary/secondary teachers (138 F, 59 M, 6 other; mean 3.3 years experience), and 20 secondary school directors (12 F, 8 M) — directors were OMITTED from the mediation analysis due to low sample size. 2,638 cases were excluded for failed attention checks, incomplete or invalid responses. Separate arms: 14 focus-group participants (five 16-year-old students, four teaching staff, two school directors, three parents) used only to develop the vignettes, and a 246-participant manipulation-check phase run in 2022 via Prolific.
Method
Experimental vignette methodology (EVM), not an opinion poll. Participants saw four AI-in-education scenarios — Correct-AI (automated exam grading), Tutor-AI (personalised content), Emotion-AI (monitoring student learning), Answer-AI (out-of-hours chatbot) — in a 2x2x2x2 design manipulating AI agency, transparency, explainability and privacy. After each scenario they completed validated 1-5 Likert scales on global utility, individual usefulness, justice, confidence, risk and intention to use; analysed with a simple mediation model. Vignettes were developed beforehand via small 'foresight'-methodology focus groups and validated through a separate manipulation-check phase. Online, French-language, self-administered via Qualtrics. Non-probability, self-selected convenience recruitment. Ethics certificate 2023-5042.
Field/geography
Quebec, Canada (French-language; recruited through Alloprof, a Quebec homework-help nonprofit, plus Facebook and LinkedIn)
Partner / funder
Funded by IVADO under the grant «L'IA centrée sur l'humain : du développement des algorithmes responsables à l'adoption de l'IA», APOGÉE-IVADO-CCS: 38 153 310 64 R2884. Industrial research partner: Alloprof (Quebec), which also distributed the survey. Authors declare no competing interests.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Productive Struggle: How Artificial Intelligence Is Changing Learning, Effort, and Youth Development in Education QualitativeBellwether2025-06StudentsTeachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Findings are accurately transcribed from Bellwether, but the entry does not flag that NONE of the quantitative claims are Bellwether's own data.
  • Recommend rewriting to attribute each number to its original source: the teen ChatGPT figure is Pew Research Center ('About a Quarter of U.S. Teens Have Used ChatGPT for Schoolwork – Double the Share in 2023').
  • The 47% direct-conversation figure is Anthropic's university-students education report (which is entry id 12 in this same corpus).
  • The district GenAI-training figure ('As of fall 2024, only about half of districts have provided any training to teachers about GenAI') traces to RAND's American School District Panel.
  • Bellwether's own contribution is the synthesis and the conclusions about cognitive offloading, 'metacognitive laziness,' and tutoring designs that withhold direct answers — those are correctly characterized.

Citation caveat. This is a literature synthesis, not primary research — every statistic in it belongs to someone else (Pew, Anthropic, RAND). Attribute numbers to their original sources when citing, and do NOT present this alongside entry id 12 (Anthropic university students) as independent corroboration: the 47% 'direct conversation' figure is the same Anthropic data, so counting both double-counts one study. Also note the funders (CZI, Overdeck, Bezos Family Foundation, Charter School Growth Fund) are ed-reform philanthropies, and NEPC published a critical review of this report in October 2025 (ERIC ED677339).

Corrections applied. Author list should be spelled out in full: Amy Chen Kulesa, Marisa Mission, Michelle Croft, Mary K. Wells. Publication June 2025, funders (Bezos Family Foundation, Chan Zuckerberg Initiative, Charter School Growth Fund, Overdeck Family Foundation), and the 'expert interviews, count not disclosed' description are all confirmed — the acknowledgments reference 'many experts' with no number, no selection criteria, and no protocol.

Sample
Literature synthesis + expert interviews
Method
Research synthesis (cognitive science, developmental psychology, emerging AI-in-education studies) plus expert interviews (count not disclosed)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Bezos Family Foundation, Chan Zuckerberg Initiative, Charter School Growth Fund, Overdeck Family Foundation; authors Kulesa, Mission, Croft, Wells
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found (searched Google News, Bing News, K-12 Dive; report is a literature synthesis circulated mainly via citations and newsletters)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

AI in Education Survey: Gen Z Educators Twice as Likely to Embrace AI Tools Than Gen X Non-prob. surveyD2L2025-06TeachersAdminsPublicHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • All four claims are accurate to the release, but the generational figures are subgroup results presented without their base.
  • Recommended edit for precision: '88% of Gen Z educators used AI in the 2024-25 academic year — nearly twice the rate of Gen X (48%) and four times that of Baby Boomers (19%).
  • 63% of Gen Z and Millennial educators believe AI will be important or essential to teaching by 2030, vs. 48% of Gen X and Boomer-aged educators.
  • Educators are 3x more likely to say AI enhanced rather than worsened classroom engagement.
  • Loss of human connection and student over-reliance were the top concerns (combined 52%).' The 48% Gen X/Boomer comparison and the 52% combined-concern figure are in the source and give the claims their meaning.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run (D2L, an LMS company), fielded on Prodege's opt-in Pollfish panel with no toplines, weighting, or margin of error published. The educator findings rest on roughly 600 respondents — half of the 1,200 total — and the generational splits are subgroups of that half. D2L does not disclose subgroup Ns, so a figure like '88% of Gen Z educators' may rest on a cell of only a hundred or so respondents and should never be quoted as a precise national rate.

Sample
1,200 U.S. respondents, split equally between general public and K-12/higher-ed education professionals
Method
Online survey via Prodege (Pollfish platform)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Fieldwork by Prodege via Pollfish platform, May 2025; funded by D2L
Recurring
Part of recurring D2L AI in Education survey series
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (eSchool News, July 16, 2025) — eSchool News
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Time for Class 2025: Empowering Educators, Engaging Students Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2025-06StudentsAdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Weekly generative AI use reached 42% of students and 30% of instructors.
  • Faculty report assessment-redesign burdens and academic integrity concerns tied to AI adoption.

Citation caveat. Gates Foundation is anchor partner and McGraw Hill and D2L are edtech vendors partnered on the research. Non-probability sample consistent with prior Tyton waves (no sampling frame or weighting disclosed on the public page; fielding dates not stated). Shares its student survey instrument with Listening to Learners 2025 (id 292) — the 42% student figure appears in both reports, so treat them as one data source, not two.

Sample
3,300+ respondents across 900+ US colleges and universities
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Gates Foundation (anchor partner); McGraw Hill; D2L
Recurring
annual (Time for Class series)
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found (excluding the GlobeNewswire press release; a 2026 eSchool News piece cites it later) — Inside Higher Ed, Chronicle of Higher Education
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education students and instructors only. Workstream coverage in the CS

Connected and Protected: Insights from FOSI's 2025 Online Safety Survey Probability surveyFamily Online Safety Institute (FOSI)2025-05StudentsParents Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Between Wave One (fielded September 2024) and this wave (February-March 2025), significantly more parents reported their child using generative AI: for schoolwork 38% vs. 30%, for generating images 25% vs. 21%, and for translations 19% vs. 15%.
  • Over 60% of children reported using generative AI for at least one of the tasks surveyed.
  • Only about half of parents and children think AI will help make them safer online.
  • The study also documents substantial gaps between parents' perceptions and children's actual online activity -- in most cases children report spending more time online than their parents believe, especially for scrolling and posting on social media. (The image-identification result -- 9% of parents and children correctly identified all three test images as real or AI-generated and around 43% got at least two right -- is a WAVE ONE finding, cited as background in this wave's press release.
  • It is not a finding of the February-March 2025 survey and does not appear anywhere in this report.).

Citation caveat. Industry-funded (Entertainment Software Association and TikTok) and self-published; quota-based nonprobability online panel, no margin of error; and the widely-quoted AI image-identification statistic belongs to the Fall 2024 wave, not this 2025 survey.

Corrections applied. partners_funders should add the funding line printed in the report itself and in the release: 'This survey was conducted with support from the Entertainment Software Association and TikTok.' Method detail from the release: 10-minute online survey fielded February-March 2025, 2,000 respondents (1,000 parents of children 10-17 and 1,000 children 10-17), quotas set to U.S. Census targets for age and gender, statistical testing at 95% confidence. Separately, the entry's note identifying 'Promoting Wellbeing in a Digital World' (Dec 9, 2024) as Wave One of this series is wrong -- that is a distinct Kantar study of parents and teens in the U.S., Germany and Brazil. Online Safety Survey Wave One was fielded September/October 2024.

Sample
1,000 U.S. parents of children 10-17 and 1,000 U.S. children 10-17, fielded Feb-March 2025
Method
online survey (nationally representative quotas)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted with Ipsos
Recurring
wave of FOSI's recurring (bi-annual) Online Safety Survey series, running since Fall 2024
News coverage
no news coverage found; the report is cited in a March 2026 California Assembly hearing background paper (policy citation, not news)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

The State of AI in Education 2025: Key Findings from a National Survey Non-prob. surveyCarnegie Learning2025-04TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • The 2025 "often or always" figure is wrong: the report's chart shows 9% always + 34% often = 43%, not 45%.
  • Corrected text: "Educators using AI 'often' or 'always' nearly doubled year-over-year (22% in 2024 to 43% in 2025), and 58% of administrators use AI often or always (up from 31% in 2024).
  • Educators who have experienced students cheating with AI grew from 53% to 61%, though worry levels held steady (33% very worried vs. 34% in 2024).
  • Schools/districts with AI policies doubled from 20% (2024) to 40% (2025), with Title I (34%) and rural (31%) schools significantly less likely to have one than non-Title I (46%) or suburban/urban (44-45%) schools.
  • Teachers who discussed proper AI use with students rose from 42% to 64%.".

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey by an AI education-technology company about demand for AI in education. Discloses N, dates, mode, role mix and geography but no sampling frame, recruitment, weighting, or margin of error — not a representative national estimate. Also note the 2024 and 2025 waves used different instruments in places (e.g., benefits shifted from single-choice to multi-select), so some year-over-year comparisons are not strictly like-for-like.

Corrections applied. None needed. Confirmed: 656 total respondents; 85% teachers / 9% building administrators / 6% district administrators; 49 states + Puerto Rico; 10-minute survey carried out online via computer and mobile; data collected Dec 16, 2024 – Jan 27, 2025. The document itself carries no printed publication date, so the 2025-04 date rests on the circulation evidence already recorded in the note rather than on the report.

Sample
656 educators (85% teachers, 9% building administrators, 6% district administrators) across 49 states + Puerto Rico; fielded Dec 16, 2024-Jan 27, 2025
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Carnegie Learning
Recurring
annual since 2024 (second annual)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct stories found — EdTech Digest
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI in Education Report (Spring 2025) Non-prob. surveyCengage Group2025-04StudentsTeachersAdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • "45% of HED instructors have positive perceptions of GenAI, up from 28% in 2023" is not supported by the cited source and is directionally misleading.
  • The press release states only "Nearly half of HED instructors (45%)" hold positive perceptions, with no 2023 comparison.
  • Cengage's own 2024 retrospective reports that positive perceptions among HED faculty "nearly doubled ... rising from 28% in 2023 to 49% in 2024" — so the 2025 figure of 45% is a 4-point DECLINE from 2024, not a rise.
  • Corrected text: "63% of K-12 teachers say they (or their school district) have incorporated GenAI, up 12 points year-over-year, vs 49% of higher-ed instructors (up 5 points).
  • 45% of HED instructors and 55% of K-12 teachers hold positive perceptions of GenAI (HED instructor positivity was 28% in 2023 and 49% in 2024, so 2025 marks a slight decline).
  • 65% of HED students believe they know more about AI than many of their instructors.
  • 88% of K-12 administrators and 87% of teachers see GenAI adoption as a moderate-to-severe risk.".

Citation caveat. Self-funded vendor survey with essentially no disclosed sampling methodology: Cengage is a major textbook and courseware publisher surveying instructors and students — plausibly drawn from its own customer or user base, though it does not say — and publishes no full report, topline, or questionnaire, only a press release. Cite the numbers as Cengage's own reported figures, not as independent national estimates, and do not present the 2023-to-2025 instructor sentiment change as growth.

Corrections applied. Sample sizes and geography are correct (1,190 HED instructors; 1,834 HED students; 872 K-12 teachers; 311 K-12 administrators; United States; total 4,207). Published April 3, 2025 — confirmed. "Method: Online survey, fielded Spring 2025" overstates what is disclosed: the release says only "a survey conducted in Spring 2025" and never states the mode, exact field dates, recruitment source, panel provider, weighting, or margin of error.

Sample
Higher ed: 1,190 instructors + 1,834 students; K-12: 872 teachers + 311 administrators (released April 3, 2025)
Method
Online survey, fielded Spring 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Cengage Group (self-funded)
Recurring
Yes — recurring series since 2023
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news items found (e.g., Knowledgespeak); visibility otherwise dominated by press-release syndication (Yahoo Finance, Silicon UK, ChannelBiz, FinancialContent) — Knowledgespeak
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Exploring Families' Use and Mediation of Generative AI: A Multi-User Perspective QualitativeUniversity of Wisconsin–Madison (arXiv preprint 2504.09004)2025-04StudentsParents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) The authors derive six family profiles from levels of control, trust, and collaborative use: Skeptical (high control, low trust, medium co-use), Cautious (high control, high trust, low co-use), Hands-On (high control, medium trust, medium co-use), Use Together (high control, medium trust, high co-use), Trusting (medium control, high trust, medium co-use), and Independent (low control, medium trust, low co-use). (2) Eight of the 12 families expressed greater trust in generative AI than in other technologies and media, treating it as closer to a search engine than to a social platform. (3) No families implemented any ChatGPT-specific technical safety mediation strategies, even though they used technical controls for other websites and platforms. (4) Families often did not carry over to generative AI the mediation strategies they already used for other media, which the authors read as evidence that GenAI 'may have unique nuances that need careful attention.'.

Citation caveat. NOT INDEPENDENT EVIDENCE — this is a second analysis of the identical 12-family, 14-parent interview dataset behind ref=uwm-familyrel (same team, same institution, same Feb–May 2024 fieldwork, same recruitment, same participant structure). Citing both alongside each other implies roughly 24 families of fieldwork when there are 12; cite one, or cite both explicitly as companion papers from a single study. On top of that: it is a non-peer-reviewed arXiv preprint, N=12 with the same opt-in, ChatGPT-account-sharing, high-income/high-education selection bias, and the counts (e.g., 'eight families') must never be rendered as percentages.

Sample
The SAME 12 families as ref=uwm-familyrel. The preprint states verbatim: 'Of the 12 families, two had two children present during the interview, and two had two parents present. All other family interviews consisted of one child and one parent. Fourteen parents total participated in the study (10 mothers and four fathers).' Children aged 8–18, recruited via paid social media advertisements and email lists; U.S. residents, English speakers, sharing a ChatGPT account.
Method
Secondary/parallel thematic analysis of the same corpus of semi-structured family interviews (parent and child interviewed together, over Zoom). Procedures section describes interviews conducted 'from early February to mid-April 2024' and 'in May 2024.' Findings organized into a modified family-mediation-strategy model drawn from prior family media frameworks. Study materials posted to an open OSF repository.
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
No funding statement appears in the arXiv preprint. The companion paper drawn from the same dataset reports NSF Division of Computer and Network Systems Grant 2247381 — treat that as the likely funder but do not cite it to this preprint.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

National Study of Adolescent, Parent, and Teacher Engagement with Generative AI (UCI/foundry10) Mixed-methodUniversity of California, Irvine / foundry102025-03StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 45% of adolescents used ChatGPT or similar tools in the past month but only 7% daily.
  • 69% of adolescent users said generative AI helped them learn something new.
  • Under 6% reported negative social or academic impacts.
  • No substantial adoption differences between lower- and higher-income families.
  • Specialized AI (virtual friends, mental-health chatbots) showed far lower adoption.

Citation caveat. No full report, technical appendix or topline exists publicly — all figures trace only to UC Irvine's own news release. Sampling frame, weighting and margin of error are not disclosed anywhere (NORC ran fieldwork, but the release does not say whether a probability panel such as AmeriSpeak was used). Cite the numbers as reported by UCI and do not describe the sample as nationally representative.

Corrections applied. Publication date is March 26, 2025 — the entry's year field of "2024" reflects fieldwork and should read 2025 for the public release (the entry's own notes already flag this; confirming it is correct). Partner list is incomplete: alongside UCI, foundry10, NSF award 2334172 and Microsoft, the release credits the CERES network, NORC at the University of Chicago (which conducted fieldwork on behalf of CERES), Hart Research (on behalf of the National 4-H Council), and the National 4-H Council. Researcher list should add Kelli Dickerson (UCI Project Scientist) to Odgers, Hayes and Rubin. Sample sizes (1,510 adolescents ages 9-17; 2,826 parents of K-12 students), the Nov 2023-May 2024 survey window and the June-Sept 2024 focus groups are all confirmed.

Sample
1,510 adolescents ages 9-17 and 2,826 parents of K-12 students, plus teacher/parent/teen focus groups
Method
National surveys fielded November 2023 - May 2024 plus focus groups (June-September 2024)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
National Science Foundation (award 2334172) with additional Microsoft support; leads Candice Odgers, Gillian Hayes (UCI), Jennifer Rubin (foundry10)
Recurring
No (multi-phase single study)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — K-12 Dive, EdSurge
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

A qualitative exploration of parents and their children's uses and gratifications of ChatGPT QualitativeUniversity of Wisconsin–Madison (Dept. of Computer Sciences; Dept. of Human Development and Family Studies; Dept. of Electrical Engineering)2025-03StudentsParents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) Families reported four uses and gratifications for ChatGPT: information seeking, productivity enhancement, entertainment, and social bonding.
  • Information seeking was the most common, mentioned by 10 of 12 families (F1–F7, F9–F12). (2) Adoption was overwhelmingly parent-led: in all but one family, parents used ChatGPT first and later introduced it to their children, and only one child initiated use on their own — the authors note this means they 'did not observe instances of children's use influencing their parents'.' (3) Parents' media restrictions did not transfer to ChatGPT: six families did not allow children private social media accounts and four enforced screen-time limits, yet parents 'generally encouraged children to use ChatGPT for entertainment and considered little need to impose time restrictions on the platform.' (4) Credibility was widely doubted — more than half the parents considered search engines like Google more accurate than ChatGPT, and over half of participants questioned whether using ChatGPT for school-related work could be construed as cheating.

Citation caveat. Tiny purposive qualitative sample (12 families) that the authors themselves say 'does not inform a saturated theory analysis' — never present as representative of parents or children. Three compounding selection problems: families were recruited by paid social-media ads (authors warn this 'may have introduced some positive bias toward ChatGPT'), inclusion REQUIRED an already-shared ChatGPT account (excluding non-users and non-sharing families entirely), and the sample skewed to highly educated parents in $100k+ households. Fieldwork ended before June 2024 and all families but one were using ChatGPT 3.5, so the capability complaints are about a model two-plus generations old.

Sample
12 U.S. families — 14 parents (10 mothers, 4 fathers) and 14 children aged 8–18. Two families had two children participating and two had two parents. 71% of children were aged 8–12; 58% were boys. Inclusion required at least one child aged 8–18 with experience using a ChatGPT account SHARED with a parent. Recruited via paid social media advertisements (Meta, Reddit), email lists, and snowball sampling. Most parents held at least a bachelor's degree; most households reported income of $100,000+.
Method
Semi-structured, exploratory qualitative interviews conducted over Zoom between February and May 2024, 60–120 minutes each, with parent and child interviewed together. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke) by three coders using affinity diagramming. Families compensated $25. IRB: UW–Madison submission ID 2023-1609. Published as an 'Emerging Ideas' report.
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
NSF Division of Computer and Network Systems, Grant/Award Number 2247381
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Out of Step: Students and Teachers in Stride with EdTech Threats While Parents Are Left Behind Non-prob. surveyCenter for Democracy & Technology (CDT)2025-01StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • The 20% figure describes a broader group than the entry claims.
  • The report states: "One in five students (20 percent) report that they or someone they know has been accused of using generative AI to cheat on a school assignment, but it could not be proven or it was later shown that they did not use generative AI inappropriately." That is students reporting on themselves OR someone they know — not 20% of students personally falsely accused.
  • Corrected text: "Teacher generative AI use rose from 51% to 67% year-over-year and high school student use rose from 58% to 70% (2023-24 school year).
  • 39% of teachers use AI content-detection software regularly.
  • 20% of students report that they or someone they know was accused of using generative AI to cheat where it could not be proven or was later disproven.
  • Two-thirds of teachers (67%) had not received guidance on how to respond if they suspect a student used generative AI in ways that are not allowed.".

Citation caveat. Quota-set online panel weighted to national demographics, no vendor named and no margin of error published. Note this is the same fieldwork wave as id 35 (In Deep Trouble) — same 1,316/1,006/1,028 respondents — so the two should not be presented as independent studies.

Corrections applied. Field dates: verbatim methodology reads "fielded between June and August 2024," not July–August 2024. Optional additions: published January 15, 2025; authors Elizabeth Laird, Maddy Dwyer, and Kristin Woelfel; student sample grades 9–12, teacher and parent samples grades 6–12. The title correction already in the record is confirmed correct — CDT's title is "Out of Step: Students, Teachers in Stride with EdTech Threats While Parents Are Left Behind."

Sample
1,316 high school students; 1,006 teachers (grades 6-12); 1,028 parents (fielded July-August 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
CDT Research
Recurring
Part of CDT's annual K-12 survey series (2024 wave; published Jan 15, 2025)
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Listening to Learners 2025 — ABCs of Persistence: Awareness of Services, Belonging, and Career Readiness Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2025StudentsAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 42% of students use generative AI weekly or daily vs 32% of instructors.
  • 65% of student genAI users use ChatGPT.
  • 90% of non-genAI-using students prefer faculty avoid AI for grading.
  • Only ~10% of instructors currently use genAI for grading.

Citation caveat. Funder- and vendor-partnered study (Gates Foundation and Macmillan Learning as anchor partners; D2L and McGraw Hill are edtech vendors with a commercial stake in AI-in-education findings). Non-probability online sample with deliberate oversampling of stopped-out students and students of color, so it is not a representative read of US college students. Critically, its student survey is the same instrument behind Time for Class 2025 (id 296) — do not cite the two as independent corroboration.

Corrections applied. Publication date is July 2025 (entry says only "2025"). Sample description is incomplete: the report covers 1,500+ students AND 1,500+ instructors (~700 institutions) AND 300+ administrators (250+ institutions) across 825+ unique institutions — the entry lists only the student component while the populations field claims all three.

Sample
1,500+ students across two- and four-year institutions (oversampled stopped-out students and students of color)
Method
online survey (research conducted Spring 2025)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Anchor partners: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and Macmillan Learning; also D2L (product insight partner), McGraw Hill, Lumina Foundation, Mentor Collective, QuadC, UERU, Stellic, NACADA
Recurring
recurring series (prior Listening to Learners waves 2022, 2023 focused on belonging/advising rather than AI)
News coverage
no news coverage found (searches surfaced only coverage of other Tyton reports)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education learners only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked

Community-Inclusive AI Chatbot for Culturally Focused and Universally Designed STEM Activities ConsultationIndiana University (ScholarWorks)2025TeachersParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Participants framed tensions as accuracy versus error, efficiency versus critical thinking, idealized versus real classrooms, and universal assumptions versus local wisdom.
  • Teachers and families wanted locally relevant help and kept educators responsible for interpreting and responding to student needs.
  • Community members sometimes reframed expert-identified risks as design opportunities, demonstrating the limits of expert-only governance.

Citation caveat. Very small local sample tied to a specific chatbot design; exact field dates absent; results are design values, not prevalence or efficacy.

Sample
Two expert groups (n=3, n=2), one teacher group (n=5), one family group (n=6), four-person follow-up
Method
Values-centered semi-structured listening sessions; corrected transcripts, memos, thematic content analysis, narrative analysis
Field/geography
US (local)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Hilliard City Schools AI Task Force Stakeholder Engagement ConsultationHilliard City Schools (Ohio)2025StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Students valued relearning, differentiation, and help getting started but feared dependency, inconsistent rules, restrictive phone-policy precedent, and loss of thinking.
  • Adults emphasized AI literacy, critical thinking, human contact, productive struggle, age-tiered access, and clear guardrails.

Citation caveat. Structured consultation, not a sentiment study. Official single-district synthesis with no focus-group headcount, recruitment details, moderator guide, coding method, or clean separation of survey and focus-group themes.

Sample
3,600 surveyed secondary students, 11 focus groups (participant N undisclosed), 828 adult survey respondents
Method
District listening process: surveys plus 11 age-segmented student focus groups; synthesized open-ended themes
Field/geography
US — Ohio (single district)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

Guidance for the Safe and Effective Use of AI in California Public Schools ConsultationCalifornia Department of Education2025StudentsTeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The guidance keeps educator judgment and human review central and balances learning with, alongside, and without AI.
  • It flags emotional-support chatbots as requiring privacy, emotional-safety, and ethical vetting and rejects simulated friendship or replacement of human care.
  • It calls for continuing educator, student, and family involvement in community-wide adoption.

Citation caveat. Public policy co-design, not empirical sentiment research; meeting-level attendance, coding, votes, and influence of industry participants not reported.

Sample
Public roster lists 50 members; statute required at least half to be current credentialed public-school teachers
Method
Legislatively mandated public working group: meetings, presentations, evidence review, collaborative drafting
Field/geography
US — California
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

Charlotte-Mecklenburg Schools Community Engagement Summary on AI ConsultationCharlotte-Mecklenburg Schools2025StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Curiosity and concern coexisted, with families emphasizing human connection and integrity while school-level educators were less optimistic than district-level educators.
  • Allowable use depended on the assignment's intended knowledge or skill, with explanation and brainstorming drawing more acceptance than content creation.
  • The synthesis says AI should enhance rather than replace teachers, genuine learning, or human decisions.

Citation caveat. Structured consultation, not a sentiment study. Single-district official synthesis with no method-specific qualitative N, response rate, weighting, or clean attribution by method.

Sample
More than 10,000 community-survey responses; focus-group and interview denominators not published
Method
Districtwide surveys, focus groups, and interviews summarized by the district
Field/geography
US — North Carolina (single district)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

The Rising Use of Artificial Intelligence in K-12 Education ConsultationPennsylvania Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights2024-12StudentsTeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • One wording precision fix: the 36% item is specifically that schools use predictive analytics to identify children who might commit future criminal behavior, not the looser 'predictive analytics to flag students.' Suggested text: Based primarily on testimony at public meetings held by videoconference on March 25, 27 and 29 and April 25, 2024, plus written testimony.
  • Testimony cited CDT survey data that only 28% of teachers had received guidance about how to respond if they suspect a student used generative AI while 64% reported that students have been disciplined for using or being accused of using it.
  • And a 2023 CDT study finding 38% of teachers reported their schools share sensitive data with law enforcement, 36% that their schools use predictive analytics to identify children who might commit future criminal behavior, 36% that schools track students' physical locations through phones and devices, 37% that schools monitor students' personal social media, and 33% that schools use facial recognition for building access.
  • The committee issued civil-rights findings and recommendations on algorithmic bias and disparities in K-12 AI use, adopted unanimously.

Citation caveat. The headline percentages are not USCCR research — every one of them originates in Center for Democracy and Technology survey work (Dwyer & Laird, 'Up in the Air,' CDT, March 2024 for the 28% and 64%; a 2023 CDT study for the 38%/36%/37%/33% figures) and was quoted by witnesses in testimony. Cite CDT directly for those numbers. The report itself is qualitative: findings reflect what a purposively selected group of expert witnesses and advocates chose to testify to, not a survey of Pennsylvania educators or students.

Corrections applied. Attribution is correct. Report cover is dated December 2024 and the web listing gives December 6, 2024. The four public briefings were held by videoconference on March 25, March 27, March 29 and April 25, 2024.

Sample
Testimony from experts, educators, and advocates at public meetings held via videoconference in March and April 2024, plus written testimony
Method
public briefings and expert/stakeholder testimony (qualitative)
Field/geography
US state (Pennsylvania), with national scope
Partner / funder
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (federal)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Rules and Tools for AI-Powered Learning: Why Educators Can't Afford to Wait on AI Policies Non-prob. surveyTeach Plus Illinois2024-11TeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Open responses converged on adaptable guidance, protection of learning and safety, time and training, and equitable access.
  • A closed-choice item found respondents more often selected peers, professional organizations, and professional development than state or district policy as influences.
  • Red lines included critical-thinking loss, privacy, inaccuracy, bias, overreliance, and loss of human connection.

Citation caveat. Nonprobability advocacy-network sample, approximate N only, small higher-education component, no published coder-reliability result.

Sample
Just over 200 Illinois educators; at least two-thirds classroom teachers
Method
Voluntary mixed-question survey with open responses coded by Teach Plus fellows and staff
Field/geography
US — Illinois
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

EdWeek Research Center survey on educators and AI, fall 2024 wave (reported as "'We're at a Disadvantage,' and Other Teacher Sentiments on AI" and related articles) Non-prob. surveyEducation Week Research Center2024-10TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 43% of teachers said they had received at least one training session on AI as of fall 2024 - a nearly 50 percent increase over EdWeek's spring 2024 survey, when 29% said the same - leaving 58% with no AI training two years after ChatGPT's release.
  • Trained teachers most commonly used AI to explore new teaching ideas and create instructional materials.
  • Lack of knowledge and support, along with competing priorities, were the top reasons for non-use.
  • The claim that '32% of teachers said they used AI a little, some, or a lot in 2024' does not appear in this article - it comes from EdWeek's January 12, 2026 piece and should be attributed there.

Citation caveat. EdWeek Research Center panel survey; 'nationally representative' is asserted with no published sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error, and no topline document is published.

Corrections applied. Article published October 29, 2024 (last modified Oct. 30, 2024) by Lauraine Langreo. Sample confirmed verbatim: 'the nationally representative survey of 1,135 educators - including 731 teachers - conducted between Sept. 26 and Oct. 8.' The article states 58% with no training; the entry's '57-58%' range introduces an arithmetic complement the source does not use.

Sample
1,135 educators, including 731 teachers, surveyed Sept 26–Oct 8, 2024
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center (self-funded)
Recurring
Part of EdWeek Research Center's recurring educator AI tracking (spring 2024 wave found 29% trained)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (GovTech: 'More Than Half of Teachers Still Have No Training on AI'); otherwise blogs/newsletters — GovTech (Government Technology)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

From Engagement to Learning: Closing the Gap Between Student Aspirations and Classroom Practices — Speak Up Research Project National Report 2023-24 Non-prob. surveyProject Tomorrow2024-10StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Only 10% of classroom teachers said they were using GenAI tools regularly in 2023-24, versus 45% of students in grades 6-12 who used AI as a study guide or to support research and information gathering and 43% who used AI for writing support (idea generation/revision).
  • Only 14% of students in grades 6-12 say their AI experimentation occurred in the classroom, while 30% of grades 9-12 students (and 28% of grades 6-8) experimented with AI on their own.
  • 70% of students in grades 6-12 ranked AI tools that personalize learning highly among digital tools for active learning.
  • 41% of suburban high school students report using AI as a study guide at least monthly (the report's Table 3 category, 'includes daily and weekly usage') vs. 32% urban and 34% rural.

Citation caveat. Speak Up is an opt-in convenience survey, not a national sample: districts and schools volunteer to participate and distribute the survey to their own students, teachers and parents. The ~100,000 respondents make it the largest collection of its kind but confer no representativeness — there is no sampling frame, no weighting and no margin of error reported, and participating districts are self-selected toward the edtech-engaged. Do not describe findings as 'nationally representative'; large N here is not a substitute for probability sampling.

Corrections applied. Could not corroborate 'Strategic EDU' as a partner on the spring 2024 Speak Up Snapshot. The report states only that the AI data 'was collected both via our year-long Speak Up Classic surveys and a special Speak Up Snapshot on AI in spring 2024,' and Project Tomorrow's own Speak Up Snapshot: Addressing AI in Education page names no partner or sponsor. Recommend dropping the Strategic EDU attribution unless a source can be produced.

Sample
~100,000 K-12 stakeholders (2023-24 school year); 6.3M+ cumulative since 2003
Method
online survey (annual Speak Up surveys administered through schools/districts)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Project Tomorrow (self-conducted); AI data also drawn from the special 'Speak Up Snapshot: Addressing AI in Education' fielded spring 2024 with Strategic EDU
Recurring
annual since 2003 (21st annual wave)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (eSchool News staff article, Dec 2, 2024, on the 2023-24 Speak Up digital use divide findings) — eSchool News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

In Deep Trouble: Surfacing Tech-Powered Sexual Harassment in K-12 Schools Non-prob. surveyCenter for Democracy & Technology (CDT)2024-09StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 39% of high school students have heard about non-consensual intimate imagery (NCII) depicting people associated with their school (an estimated 5.97M of 15.3M US public high schoolers).
  • 15% know of AI-generated deepfake NCII depicting individuals at their school (est. 2.3M students).
  • Only 5% of teachers say their school provided resources to deepfake NCII victims to get images removed.
  • Female and LGBTQ+ students report lower confidence in schools' ability to respond.

Citation caveat. Online quota-sampled panel weighted to national demographics; CDT names no panel vendor and publishes no margin of error, so the national projections (5.97M, 2.30M) are estimates built on a nonprobability sample and should be cited as CDT's estimates rather than official counts.

Corrections applied. Field dates: the report's formal methodology states the surveys "were fielded between June and August 2024," not July–August 2024. (CDT's own executive summary says "from July to August 2024" — the methodology section is the authoritative one; either way the database's July–August is narrower than what the report documents.) Optional additions: published September 26, 2024; authors Elizabeth Laird, Maddy Dwyer, and Kristin Woelfel; student sample is grades 9–12 and the teacher and parent samples are grades 6–12.

Sample
Public high school students plus public middle/high school parents and teachers (fielded July-August 2024; same wave as Out of Step: 1,316 students, 1,006 teachers, 1,028 parents)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
CDT Research
Recurring
Part of CDT's annual 2024 K-12 survey wave (umbrella: '2024 Annual Report: Understanding Student, Teacher, and Parent Perspectives in the Age of AI')
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories (verified: K-12 Dive, Education Week, The 19th; report's deepfake-NCII findings continued to be cited into 2025). Note: cdt.org blocks automated fetching (403) but the URL is live per search listings — K-12 Dive, Education Week, The 19th
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Generative AI in K-12 Education: Challenges and Opportunities QualitativeCommon Sense Media2024-09StudentsTeachersAdmins Major caveatsDo not cite externally
  • This is an overview and policy white paper, not a study with reportable findings.
  • Accurate description: a Common Sense Media white paper synthesizing background on generative AI, results from multiple third-party surveys, U.S. and international school policy approaches, opportunities and risks, and recommendations for the field, illustrated with quotes from more than 40 conversations (December 2023 to March 2024) ranging from subject-matter experts to eighth graders, including three full teacher Q&As in an appendix.
  • It contains no original quantitative findings of its own.
  • The 70% teen adoption figure belongs to The Dawn of the AI Era (corpus id 69) and must be attributed there.

Citation caveat. Do not cite this entry for any number. It has no disclosed methodology, and the only statistic currently in its key_findings belongs to a different study that is already in this corpus as id 69 — citing both double-counts the same 1,045 teen-parent-pair survey. It is legitimately citable as a Common Sense policy white paper for its framing, recommendations and illustrative interview quotes, with the interviews described as reported conversations rather than as qualitative research.

Corrections applied. Method "IDIs (qualitative interviews)" and sample "40 qualitative interviews" both overstate what this document is. The only methodological statement in the entire 57-page paper is: "In researching and reporting this paper, we spoke to more than 40 people about AI, running the gamut from expert PhDs to eighth graders," plus an endnote that "Interviews for this paper were conducted from December 2023 to March 2024, with some follow-up conversations and external review in April 2024." There is no methodology section, no sampling approach, no participant composition, no analysis or coding framework. Populations "Teachers; Students; Administrators" is not supported — the 40+ included subject-matter experts, researchers and advocates, and administrators are not identified as a group. The cover is dated "Updated August 2024" against the September 18, 2024 posting date. The paper's own stated aim is "to provide an overview of generative AI in K-12 education, including background on the technology; the state of AI literacy and school guidelines; opportunities; risks; and recommendations for the field," and it explicitly "run[s] through results from multiple surveys" conducted by others.

Sample
40 qualitative interviews
Method
IDIs (qualitative interviews)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Common Sense Media
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (only blog/organizational writeups, e.g., AI for Education, The GIANT Room)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

The Dawn of the AI Era: Teens, Parents, and the Adoption of Generative AI at Home and School Probability surveyCommon Sense Media2024-09StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Seven in 10 teens (70%) have used at least one type of generative AI tool.
  • Help with homework is the most common use, and 40% of teens have ever used gen AI for school assignments.
  • Among those who have, 41% used it on their most recent assignment with their teacher's permission, 46% did so WITHOUT permission, and 12% were unsure.
  • Most parents are unaware: among parents whose teen reported using at least one gen AI platform, just 37% thought their child had already used gen AI.

Citation caveat. Shares its underlying dataset with id 67 ('Teens, Trust, and Technology') - do not cite the two as independent surveys. Fielded March-April 2024, so the 70% adoption figure is now well over two years old.

Corrections applied. Add methodology detail: conducted by Ipsos Public Affairs in English and Spanish using both a probability-based panel (Ipsos KnowledgePanel) and nonprobability sources (n=117 from opt-in Ipsos Interactive Services panels) to boost race/ethnicity representation; oversamples of 300 Latino and 250 Black dyads; weighted by raking to 2022 CPS benchmarks; MoE +/-3.6 pts for teens and +/-3.1 pts for parents. Release date September 18, 2024 confirmed. Sample is 1,045 parent-teen dyads (1,045 teens AND 1,045 parents).

Sample
1,045 teens ages 13-18 and their parents (fielded March 15-April 20, 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey conducted by Ipsos for Common Sense Media
Recurring
One-time (part of Common Sense's ongoing AI research program)
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories (wire syndication counted once) — KQED/MindShift, Deseret News, The Star (wire syndication)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI in Education: Crafting Responsible Use Policies for Emerging Technologies in U.S. School Districts ConsultationEducation Development Center (STELAR) / NSF RAPID — Ruiz2024-09StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Authors synthesized six policy domains from participant work and external frameworks: AI literacy, safety, ethics, transparency, implementation guidance, and evaluation/impact.
  • The report describes differing educator, student, and community rationales.
  • Leaders favored proactive responsible-use policy over severe restriction but delayed final policy while building knowledge and local legitimacy.

Citation caveat. Innovation-network districts purposively selected; local leaders conducted the interviews; the implied 165 interviews are not verified as an achieved total. The six-domain framework blends participant input with two external frameworks and is not participant consensus.

Sample
11 leaders from 10 districts; each trained to interview five learners, five educators, five community members (achieved total not publicly audited)
Method
Yearlong research-practice working group: focus groups, leader interviews, monthly co-design meetings, leader-conducted empathy interviews
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Colorado Roadmap for AI in K-12 Education ConsultationColorado Education Initiative2024-08StudentsTeachersParentsAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The process paired cautious optimism with privacy, bias, equity, and human-interaction concerns and insisted on clarifying educational purpose before choosing tools.
  • It recommended revisable, transparent policy, affected-stakeholder engagement, human review, privacy safeguards, and caution about unreliable AI detectors.

Citation caveat. Structured consultation, not a population study; exact denominator, session attendance, and group-level support or dissent unreported.

Sample
More than 100 participants across equity, teaching, policy, curriculum, and teacher-tool-evaluation groups
Method
Statewide steering committee plus five working groups in a co-design process
Field/geography
US — Colorado
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

2024 Education Focus Report Mixed-methodPowerSchool2024-07TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 70% of district leaders agree or strongly agree with the potential of AI to enhance teaching and learning — 17 percentage points higher than the 53% agreement rate in 2023.
  • On actual usage, 3 in 10 school and district staff said they were not aware of using AI in any way and another 2 in 10 were not sure.
  • Among the roughly half who were using AI, top uses were curriculum and lesson planning assistance, automated grading and assessment, and personalizing student learning content. 60% of school leaders and educators said AI can enhance teacher practice and development, while 68% reported they had received no professional development around AI.

Citation caveat. Vendor gray literature: PowerSchool surveys educators — many of them its own customers — and publishes the results as marketing collateral alongside a 'How PowerSchool Can Help' section. Respondents are self-selected through vendor outreach; no field dates, sampling frame, weighting or margin of error are disclosed, so the '70% up from 53%' trend compares two separate self-selected samples and is not a measured change in a fixed population.

Corrections applied. The full report discloses no survey field dates, no sampling frame, no recruitment method, no weighting and no margin of error — only N=1,620 responses, a role breakdown, and that responses were limited to the U.S. and U.S. territories. The report describes 12 virtual roundtables with more than 75 educators, parents and students, plus interviews with named thought leaders (the press release's '12 focus groups and 12 interviews' phrasing is the vendor's, not the report's). Note also that respondents skew toward district technology and data roles: Systems/Information (CIO/CTO/technology director) is 10% and Data & Accountability 11% of the sample.

Sample
1,620 educators surveyed; 75+ focus group/interview participants
Method
National survey of educators plus 12 focus groups and 12 interviews with district leaders, teachers, parents, and students
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
PowerSchool (vendor gray literature)
Recurring
Yes — annual; renamed K-12 EdTech Pulse for 2026
News coverage
no news coverage found beyond PowerSchool's own press release
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Attitudes towards Education and AI Non-prob. surveySpecial Olympics Global Center for Inclusion in Education (fielded by Stratalys Research)2024-07TeachersParents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) 77% of parents and 64% of teachers believe AI is likely to make education MORE inclusive, where students with and without IDD learn and grow together. (2) 84% of parents and 79% of teachers believe it is important for young people with IDD to develop AI skills. (3) Optimism is high but developer trust is low: only 35% of educators believe AI developers currently account for the needs and priorities of students with IDD. (4) 77% of parents and 79% of teachers agree AI will make information more accessible for students with IDD by summarizing and simplifying it.
  • 76% of parents and 79% of teachers agree AI will give teachers a way to create more tailored educational plans for children with IDD. (5) Prior AI exposure strongly conditions optimism — e.g., teachers who have used AI are more likely to say it will make education more inclusive (69%) than those who have not (50%).

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel, not a probability sample — the report reports a conventional 'margin of error,' which is technically inappropriate for a non-probability online sample and should not be repeated as if this were a random sample. Parents of children with IDD are a low-incidence population reachable online only through panel screening, so self-selection is substantial. The teacher sample is small (N=200, and only 168 with any IDD teaching experience), giving a wide ±6.9% error band and making teacher subgroup breakdowns fragile. Special Olympics is an advocacy organization surveying its own constituency's issue area and framing the result as a case for disability-inclusive AI — a self-interest caveat. Findings are attitudinal and hypothetical ('AI will/could…'), measuring expectations about AI, not observed outcomes for students with IDD. Note also that several headline splits are conditioned on prior AI use, so the optimism figures partly reflect who has already tried AI.

Sample
500 parents of school-aged children diagnosed with an IDD, and 200 K-12 teachers (of whom 168 currently teach or have previously taught children with an IDD). Reported margin of error ±4.4% for parents and ±6.9% for teachers.
Method
Online survey fielded by Stratalys Research, June 3-10, 2024, of parents of school-aged children diagnosed with an intellectual/developmental disability (IDD) and of K-12 teachers. The report states the survey 'was informed by qualitative interviews with principals, special education teachers, education consultants, and Special Olympics Youth Ambassadors, conducted June 2-13, 2024' — those interviews were formative/instrument-shaping; the published deck presents survey percentages, not qualitative themes.
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
No funder, sponsor, or corporate partner is named in the public-release report or the Special Olympics press release. Survey vendor: Stratalys Research.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Time for Class 2024 (with AI companion report 'Racing Forward: Bridging the Gap Between Generative AI Proficiency and Educational Practice') Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2024-06StudentsAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 59% of students used genAI for schoolwork at least monthly (up from 43% in spring 2023) vs ~40% of instructors/administrators.
  • 36% of instructors and 25% of administrators had still never used genAI.
  • Among respondents who use genAI regularly (at least monthly), 45% of students reported increased academic workload (student n=903) and 28% of instructors reported increased workload (instructor n=652) — across all instructors the increased-workload figure is 34% vs 8% reporting a decrease (n=1,581); ~50% of students said they would keep using genAI even if banned by their institution or instructor.
  • Only 24% of institutions had implemented formal institution-wide AI policies (76% had not, though 37% were actively developing them).

Citation caveat. The workload figures are NOT whole-sample numbers — Figure 9 explicitly restricts them to respondents who use genAI at least monthly. Also, the report states plainly that "this year's student survey respondents do not represent the average racial/ethnic makeup of college students" because underserved racial groups were intentionally oversampled for statistical power; it further concedes respondents "could be biased toward digital technology" through self-selection into a digital instrument.

Corrections applied. Sample as listed (~1,600 students; ~1,800 instructors; ~300 administrators) is confirmed by the report's methodology section — the "3,000+ total respondents" correction already in the notes is the rounded公 figure Tyton uses publicly; both are defensible. Report is published by Tyton Partners and hosted by Lumina Foundation; date June 11, 2024 confirmed. The companion "Racing Forward" report is dated June 27, 2024, slightly later than the main report.

Sample
~1,600 students; ~1,800 instructors; ~300 administrators
Method
Online surveys fielded spring 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Report hosted by Lumina Foundation; Racing Forward at tytonpartners.com/racing-forward-bridging-the-gap-between-generative-ai-proficiency-and-educational-practice/
Recurring
Yes — annual Time for Class wave; AI companion 'Racing Forward' published June 27, 2024
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (two separate Inside Higher Ed stories, June 12 and June 28, 2024; Turnitin partner blog excluded) — Inside Higher Ed
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Estudia Khanmigo: An Equity-Focused Pilot Exploration of Artificial Intelligence Tutoring in Puerto Rican Classrooms Mixed-methodUniversity of Toronto Dept. of Economics / Puerto Rico Department of Education (studying Khan Academy's Khanmigo)2024-06StudentsTeachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • The headline claim is the report's own framing but is contradicted by the report's own measured data, and would be dangerous to cite as written.
  • Suggested replacement: "Mixed-methods pilot of Khan Academy's Khanmigo in two San Juan public middle schools over 2023-24.
  • The report concludes Khanmigo 'shows a lot of promise' for improving math motivation and self-efficacy, but that conclusion rests on qualitative interviews (13 students, 3 teachers).
  • The study's own pre/post motivation surveys show statistically significant DECLINES from fall to spring across the combined sample in interest (-0.249, p<.001), importance (-0.325, p<.001) and self-efficacy (-0.117, p<.05).
  • The authors attribute the declines to end-of-year burnout and school-specific disruption (roughly half of School B's participants lost their math teacher to a mid-spring resignation) rather than to Khanmigo, and state plainly that 'this pilot study had no counterfactual group.' Only 95 of the 166 students who completed both surveys used Khanmigo even once during the 9-week observation window.
  • Pervasive infrastructure limits hindered use: at School B each teacher had only 5 working PRDE laptops per homeroom of roughly 20 students, and researchers bought 30 Amazon Fire tablets to compensate.
  • Context: only 23% of PRDE students scored proficient or advanced in math in 2022-23 (vs. 33% English, 36% Spanish, 38% science).
  • All faculty received year-long Khanmigo access and were invited to a 2.5-hour in-person Khan Academy-led training.".

Citation caveat. Single-year pilot with NO control group, N=179 fall / 166 both waves across two purposively selected schools, and only 95 students who actually used the tool. The measured motivation and self-efficacy scores went DOWN significantly; the positive framing comes from 13 student interviews. Gates-funded study of a tool from Gates-funded Khan Academy. Never cite this as evidence that Khanmigo improved motivation or self-efficacy.

Corrections applied. The sample description is misleading: "~310 and ~350 students" are the two schools' total ENROLLMENTS, not the study sample. The actual research sample was 179 students who completed the fall survey (128 at School A, 51 at School B), 166 of whom completed the spring follow-up (92.7% continuity), plus 13 student and 3 teacher interviews. Only 95 of the 166 ever used Khanmigo during the observation period. Organization, authors (Rodríguez-Martínez, Méndez Iguartúa, Sotomayor, Bobonis, Oreopoulos), University of Toronto Dept. of Economics / PRDE, Gates Foundation funding, June 2024 date and Digital Promise hosting all confirmed on the cover page. The "5 working laptops" detail is specific to School B and should be attributed as such.

Sample
Two San Juan public schools (~310 and ~350 students); research participation limited to 6th-8th grade math students and their math teachers
Method
Mixed-methods pilot: fall/spring student math-motivation surveys, student and teacher interviews, embedded observation over the 2023-24 school year
Field/geography
Puerto Rico (United States)
Partner / funder
Funder: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation; authors: Rodríguez-Martínez, Méndez Iguartúa, Sotomayor, Bobonis, Oreopoulos; hosted by Digital Promise
Recurring
No — one-time pilot
News coverage
no news coverage found (no English-language news stories located; possible local Puerto Rico Spanish-language coverage not found in searches)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

Exploring Parent-Child Perceptions on Safety in Generative AI QualitativearXiv (preprint)2024-06StudentsParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Parents underestimated the breadth and intimacy of teen AI use, emphasizing data, misinformation, and inappropriate content while teens emphasized dependency, harmful group use, and personal-data reuse.
  • Both groups held consequential misconceptions about how generative AI works and whether outputs are fact-checked.
  • Authors recommend age-appropriate safeguards, collaborative parent-child control design, monitoring notice, and child input on data handling.

Citation caveat. Convenience/platform-user interview sample; only 181 of 9,245 Reddit items analyzed; Reddit authors' ages inferred; ChatGPT examples may have primed interviews.

Sample
Seven teenagers and 13 parents across 12 states plus DC; 181 of 9,245 retrieved Reddit items analyzed
Method
Semi-structured interviews compared across parent and teen transcripts, plus qualitative Reddit content analysis
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

AI in the Classroom (May 2024 Walton/Impact Research survey) Non-prob. surveyWalton Family Foundation2024-05StudentsTeachersParentsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • BOTH claims in our key_findings are wrong. Suggested replacement: "Impact Research online poll for the Walton Family Foundation fielded May 7-15, 2024 (n=1,003 K-12 teachers.
  • N=1,001 students ages 12-18.
  • N=1,003 undergraduates.
  • N=1,003 parents of K-12 students; ±3.1 points each). About three-quarters of each group were at least somewhat familiar with ChatGPT.
  • Teacher familiarity reached 79% in May 2024, up from 55% in February 2023.
  • On AI chatbots specifically, 63% of K-12 students, 66% of undergraduates and 57% of parents said chatbots had had a positive impact on their or their children's classes, while teachers were more tepid at 48% positive / 19% negative / 22% no impact.
  • Around three-quarters of each group had used AI chatbots, and 46-51% used them weekly or more.
  • Only 32% of teachers said their school had a policy on AI chatbot use and only 25% had received any training on AI chatbots." (1) The "more than 80% of each group" figure is NOT about AI — the results deck slide reads "Overall, more than 8-in-10 from each sample think TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION has had a positive impact," with teachers 81%, K-12 students 89%, undergraduates 94%, parents 84%, off the question "what kind of impact has the use of technology in education had..." The AI-chatbot question on the preceding slide yields 48/63/66/57.
  • Walton's own web copy conflates the two. (2) "79%, up from 25% one year earlier" misreads the baseline: the deck states "a year ago, 25% of teachers and 34% of students had NEVER HEARD of it," and the chart shows teacher familiarity moving 55% (Feb '23) to 79% (May '24), with net familiarity going +11 to +59.
  • The 25% is the never-heard-of-it share, not a familiarity share.
  • The comparison period is also ~15 months, not one year.

Citation caveat. Foundation-commissioned online poll by Impact Research (a Democratic-affiliated firm), weighted to Census/NCES but with no probability sampling frame disclosed. Critically: do not repeat Walton's own website framing that "more than 80% of each group" viewed AI positively — that figure is about educational technology generally, and the AI-specific numbers are 48-66%.

Corrections applied. Publication date is June 2024, not May 2024 — the Impact Research memo is dated June 3, 2024 and Walton's article "The Value of AI in Today's Classrooms" is dated June 11, 2024; May 7-15, 2024 is the fielding window. Sample can now be stated precisely: n=1,003 K-12 teachers, n=1,001 students ages 12-18, n=1,003 undergraduates, n=1,003 parents of K-12 students, online poll, samples weighted to U.S. Census estimates and (for undergraduates) NCES estimates, 95% CI ±3.1% per sample. Memo authors are Brian Stryker and Oren Savir of Impact Research. The underlying instrument is Impact's "National Schools Tech Tracker."

Sample
National samples of teachers, K-12 students, parents, and college students, fielded May 7-15, 2024
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Impact Research; funded by Walton Family Foundation
Recurring
third wave of Walton/Impact Research series
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (CNBC covered the release June 11, 2024; Forbes drew on it in August 2024) — CNBC, Forbes
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Using Artificial Intelligence Tools in K–12 Classrooms Mixed-methodRAND Corporation (American Teacher Panel / American School District Panel, with CRPE)2024-04TeachersAdmins VerifiedSafe to cite
  • As of fall 2023, 18% of K-12 teachers reported using AI for teaching and another 15% had tried it at least once.
  • Middle/high school and ELA/social studies teachers were the most likely users.
  • Most common teacher uses were adapting instructional content to student level and generating materials. 60% of districts planned to have trained teachers on AI use by the end of the 2023-24 school year.
  • Urban districts were least likely to deliver such training.
Sample
1,020 teachers (American Teacher Panel, fall 2023); 231 districts (ASDP, fall 2023); 11 district-leader interviews
Method
online survey + interviews (mixed methods)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
ASDP is a RAND–Center on Reinventing Public Education research partnership; funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation
Recurring
AI modules repeated in later ASDP/panel waves (fall 2024, 2025)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (The 74's story was republished by Youth Today, counted once; Futurism cited the findings in 2025) — The 74, Futurism
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

EdWeek Research Center survey on educators and AI, December 2023 wave (reported as 'Most Teachers Are Not Using AI. Here's Why' and related articles) Non-prob. surveyEducation Week Research Center2024-01TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 66% of educators said they had not used AI-driven tools in the classroom (37% never used and don't plan to.
  • 29% not yet but planned to start). The top reason for non-use was that other priorities took precedence (46%).
  • Nearly 1 in 5 said AI is not appropriate for K-12.
  • In a companion analysis, 56% of educators said they expected AI use in their schools to increase over the next year (edweek.org/technology/will-ai-use-in-schools-increase-next-year-56-percent-of-educators-say-yes/2024/02).

Citation caveat. EdWeek Research Center panel survey; 'nationally representative' is asserted in the article with no published sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error, and no topline or methodology document exists.

Corrections applied. Article published January 8, 2024 (last modified October 24, 2024). The linked article states only '498 teachers' and the Nov. 30 - Dec. 6 field window; the '924 educators' total and the online mode come from the companion February 29, 2024 article, which reads: 'The EdWeek Research Center's nationally representative survey of 924 educators, including teachers and school and district leaders, was conducted online from Nov. 30 to Dec. 6 of last year.' Worth citing that companion piece alongside the primary link so the sample size is traceable.

Sample
924 educators, including 498 teachers, surveyed Nov 30–Dec 6, 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center (self-funded)
Recurring
EdWeek Research Center has fielded repeated nationally representative educator AI surveys since 2023 (roughly 2-3 waves per year)
News coverage
no distinct news stories found (cited only by personal/vendor blogs, e.g. a CUNY faculty blog and vendor posts)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Human-Centered AI Guidance for K-12 Public Schools ConsultationWashington State OSPI2024-01StudentsTeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The framework places human inquiry before AI output and human reflection, editing, and understanding afterward.
  • It expects local policy to involve instruction, technology, educators, students, communications, boards, families, and community partners rather than IT alone.

Citation caveat. Structured consultation/policy guidance, not sentiment research. Small appointed advisory process; meeting counts, attendance, input protocol, and version history not fully documented.

Sample
Version 1.0 lists seven advisory-group members, seven OSPI staff, two facilitators
Method
Iterative state advisory-group development with stakeholder collaboration
Field/geography
US — Washington State
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

The State of AI in Education 2024 Non-prob. surveyCarnegie Learning2024TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 77% of educators think AI is helpful, but only 56% of that group actually use it.
  • 4% use AI always and 18% often, vs. 20% who never use it.
  • 80% of administrators have no school/district AI policy and 74% of teachers have no classroom AI policy.
  • 67% of educators are somewhat or extremely optimistic about the future of AI in education (39% of administrators are extremely optimistic).

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey: Carnegie Learning sells AI-based education products and describes itself as "a leading innovator of AI in the education technology space," so it has a commercial interest in educator AI adoption. The report discloses N, dates, mode and role mix but no sampling frame, recruitment method, weighting, or margin of error — treat as a non-representative educator sample, not a national estimate.

Corrections applied. None needed. Confirmed on the report's methodology page (rendered from the PDF, since the figure is set as graphic type and does not extract as text): exactly 799 total respondents; 72% teachers / 24% administrators / 4% support staff; 5-minute survey carried out online via computer and mobile; data collected Dec. 5–16, 2023. Note the CEO letter rounds this to "approximately 800 K–12 educators." The report does not itself state that the sample is national; "US national" is an inference (the 2025 sequel does describe itself as a national survey).

Sample
799 K-12 educators (72% teachers, 24% administrators, 4% support staff); fielded Dec 5-16, 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Carnegie Learning
Recurring
annual since 2024
News coverage
~1-2 distinct trade mentions found (mostly blog/vendor pickup) — EdTech Magazine (citation)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Listening to Learners 2024 Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2024StudentsAdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • The would-use-if-banned figure is wrong as characterized and must be replaced. Corrected: "~50% of students said they would trust information from school-provided AI chatbots (rising to almost 60% among regular genAI users).
  • 50% of students said they would be likely or extremely likely to use AI tools even if their institution or instructor banned them, up from 29% in Spring 2023 (Spring 2024: 28% likely + 22% extremely likely.
  • Spring 2023: 16% likely + 13% extremely likely).
  • 76% of institutions had not developed and rolled out AI policies.
  • Fully online and upper-level students were more open to AI-assisted support than face-to-face and first-year students, who prefer human interaction.".

Citation caveat. Sponsor-funded research (Gates, Lumina, D2L — D2L is an LMS vendor with a commercial stake in institutional digital-learning findings). No sampling frame, recruitment method, or weighting is disclosed. Several headline figures rest on small institutional subsamples — the 76% policy figure is based on 233 administrators. The bans finding is a five-point Likert item, so always cite the net (likely + extremely likely), not a single category.

Corrections applied. The sample description undercounts the study. The 2024 wave covered approximately 1,600 students plus 1,827 faculty, 316 administrators, 1,655 student support providers, and 311 support-side administrators, across roughly 800-850 unique institutions. The 76% AI-policy figure comes specifically from Administrator n=233 (2024) vs n=168 (2023), not from the student sample. Publication date is September 2024. Funders Gates Foundation, D2L, and Lumina Foundation are confirmed on the publisher's page.

Sample
~1,600 students at two- and four-year public and private institutions
Method
National survey of postsecondary students plus advisors/support staff
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, D2L, Lumina Foundation
Recurring
Yes — annual Listening to Learners series (2023, 2024, 2025)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found — Inside Higher Ed
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Perceptions of AI-Driven EdTech: Nationwide Survey and Focus Group Insights from Key End Users QualitativeeScholarship (University of California)2024StudentsTeachersParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Stakeholders preferred the same tutoring concept when it was described as involving human tutors rather than AI-based tutoring.
  • Teachers were especially negative toward the AI-labeled version and raised educational-quality concerns.
  • The finding makes human involvement and the AI label directly relevant to framing and legitimacy, not merely product functionality.

Citation caveat. Complete ACM text not openly accessible; only abstract-supported claims retained. One of the very few label/framing experiments in the entire corpus.

Sample
3,051 experiment participants and 80 focus-group participants
Method
Randomized AI-versus-human tutor label experiment plus multistakeholder focus groups
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Educators' Perspectives on Generative AI in K-12: Informing AI in Education Guidance QualitativeFriday Institute, NC State University2024TeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Participants supported workload relief and deeper learning only with educators kept in the loop.
  • They linked ethics, equitable access, bias, and human oversight, and disagreed about whether policy authority should sit at district or classroom level.
  • Only one participant described an evaluation approach, revealing a major legitimacy gap between principles and implementation evidence.

Citation caveat. Invited, AI-focused convenience sample in one state including researchers and nonprofit participants; no demographic table or coder-reliability result.

Sample
~40 consenting participants (state and district leaders, researchers, nonprofit participants)
Method
Semi-structured interviews and focus groups during a one-day North Carolina convening; a priori plus emergent coding
Field/geography
US — North Carolina
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Teachers, Parents, and Students' Perspectives on Integrating Generative AI into Elementary Literacy Education QualitativeACM CHI2024StudentsTeachersParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Teachers framed AI as a digital-citizenship issue, parents as another toy/screen-time issue, and children as a smart companion.
  • 11 of 12 parents were skeptical while accepting that AI would be part of children's lives, with permission depending on age, foundations, safety, and responsible use.
  • Participant concerns centered on authorship, originality, student agency, foundational learning, safety, and accuracy.

Citation caveat. Small, relatively high-income, intervention-conditioned family sample; teacher evidence pools three countries; the paper conflicts internally on how many teachers were US-based.

Sample
12 parents, 12 children, and 16 teachers (families in Southern California; teachers in US, South Korea, China)
Method
Hands-on family writing workshop with interviews and observation, plus separate teacher interviews; iterative inductive coding
Field/geography
US / international
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

AI in Education: Exploring Trust, Challenges, and the Push for Implementation Non-prob. surveyMichigan Virtual (Michigan Virtual Learning Research Institute / Michigan Virtual AI Lab), with the AI Statewide Workgroup2024TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) Roughly 50% of educators reported already using AI professionally, while only about 30% of districts had an official AI policy — a governance gap where practice outran policy by a wide margin. 2) A clear trust gradient by role: teachers averaged 43.7/100 trust in AI versus about 57-58/100 for superintendents and district administrators, meaning the people closest to students were the least trusting and the people setting strategy the most. 3) Fewer than 30% of teachers reported using AI in their classrooms.
  • Among non-users, 31.8% were exploring future use while 43% reported no plans to use AI at all. 4) 80% of educators expected AI to significantly impact education within five years.
  • Leading concerns were inappropriate student use (13%), overdependence on technology (12%), and privacy/data security (11%).

Citation caveat. Opt-in convenience sample recruited through Michigan education-association membership lists and an AI-focused statewide workgroup — respondents self-selected and are almost certainly more AI-engaged than the average educator, which biases usage and awareness figures UPWARD. Single-state (Michigan) only; cannot be generalized nationally. Role subgroups are small (e.g., 139 building administrators), so subgroup percentages are unstable. Respondents could skip items, so denominators shift across questions. No margin of error applies to a non-probability sample.

Sample
1,055 unique responses from Michigan educators, including 362 teachers and 139 building principals/assistant principals, plus roughly 184 district-level positions and additional support roles. Self-selected respondents from education-association membership lists.
Method
Opt-in online survey administered via Qualtrics over approximately two weeks in March 2024. Distributed by the AI Statewide Workgroup to its membership; the workgroup comprises leaders from 14 Michigan education organizations/associations. Instrument included core questions for all respondents plus role-specific branches for teachers, building administrators, and district administrators. Respondents were not required to answer every question, so item-level denominators vary.
Field/geography
Michigan, United States (single state)
Partner / funder
Michigan Virtual (a Michigan nonprofit online-learning provider) in partnership with the AI Statewide Workgroup. No external funder disclosed.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Comparing Global University Mindsets and Student Expectations (AI in Higher Ed survey) Non-prob. surveyAnthology2023-11StudentsAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Every number checks out against the release, but two framings need repair. Corrected text: "38% of U.S. students reported using generative AI tools frequently or occasionally.
  • Only 26% of U.S. university leaders reported the same, versus counterparts in the UAE (54%) and Singapore (49%).
  • Just 10% of U.S. students were weekly users of AI writing tools vs a 23% global average.
  • 46% of students said AI would enhance student engagement and interactivity, while only 16% of higher-ed leaders thought AI will revolutionize teaching and learning.
  • More than one-third (35%) of university leaders worried AI will create new challenges in identifying plagiarism." Two fixes: (1) the original entry set '46% of students said AI would enhance student engagement' against '16% of leaders believing it would revolutionize teaching and learning' with a 'vs' — these are answers to two different questions and are not a valid comparison; (2) the 35% plagiarism figure is stated in the source as 'university leaders' with no U.S. qualifier, so 'US leaders' is an unsupported narrowing.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey: Anthology (now Blackboard) is an ed-tech company surveying its own market. No pollster or field vendor named, no sampling frame, no weighting, and no margin of error disclosed. The full white paper is gated behind a lead-capture form; only the press release is freely readable.

Corrections applied. TITLE IS WRONG AND POINTS TO A DIFFERENT STUDY. 'Comparing Global University Mindsets and Student Expectations' is Anthology's 2022 study on digital learning and the learner experience (10 countries incl. Colombia, India, Japan; SSRN abstract 4320170) — it is not about AI. The correct title for this 2023 AI research is 'AI in Higher Ed: Hype, Harm, or Help' (Anthology white paper, US Edition, with UK, KSA/UAE, Philippines and Singapore editions). Date: the white paper was announced October 24, 2023; the U.S.-focused press release ran November 13, 2023 — so 2023-10/2023-11, not simply 'released November 2023.' Sample of 5,345 (2,617 university leaders + 2,728 students) across 11 countries, fielded online August 2023, is confirmed verbatim. No research vendor/field house is named anywhere; no weighting, sampling frame, or margin of error is disclosed. Organization should now be rendered 'Anthology (now Blackboard)' — all anthology.com URLs 301-redirect to blackboard.com and several are dead.

Sample
5,345 respondents (2,617 university leaders; 2,728 students) across 11 countries
Method
Global online survey fielded August 2023; released November 2023
Field/geography
Global (US, UK, UAE, Singapore, Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Spain)
Partner / funder
Anthology (ed-tech vendor; gray literature)
Recurring
Anthology also released country-specific cuts (UK, Singapore) as separate releases
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — eCampus News, Campus Technology
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 6 of 6 numeric tokens

Generative AI: Emerging Habits, Hopes and Fears Non-prob. surveyFamily Online Safety Institute (FOSI)2023-11StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 66% of US parents (70% Germany, 59% Japan) feel positive about their teens using generative AI.
  • 65% of parents and 66% of teens say gen AI proficiency will be a vital skill for staying competitive.
  • 45% of US teens believe their parents understand gen AI better than they do.
  • 60% of parents and 58% of teens believe gen AI will augment rather than replace human creativity.

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Google, conducted by Kantar, self-published by FOSI; respondents were screened to require prior awareness of AI and generative AI and home high-speed internet, so this describes AI-aware, connected families -- not all parents and teens. Online panel, weighted by gender only.

Corrections applied. Sample field should be filled in from the report's appendix rather than left as 'Parents and teens surveyed in the US, Germany, and Japan': quantitative phase N=3,001 total responses captured as combined parent-and-teen responses, ~1,000 per country (US, Germany, Japan), with the parent completing the first half of the survey and their teen (aged 13-17) the second; soft-launched Aug 17, 2023 in the US and Aug 25, 2023 in Germany and Japan. Qualitative phase (July 6-13, 2023): 28 parents and 30-32 teens -- four focus groups in the US and four in Germany, plus a 3-day online journal in Japan. Method should read 'mixed methods (qualitative focus groups/journal + online quantitative survey)', not 'online survey'. Screening: parents had to hold primary/shared decision-making over their child's technology use AND to have already heard of both AI and generative AI, and households needed high-speed internet. Weighting was by gender only; the report warns results 'may not be generalizable to those households without internet access'.

Sample
Parents and teens surveyed in the US, Germany, and Japan
Method
online survey
Field/geography
Multi-country: US, Germany, Japan
Partner / funder
Research conducted by Kantar; supported by Google
Recurring
one-time (FOSI's first gen AI study; teen follow-up published Nov 2025)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (ConnectSafely); remainder is FOSI's PR Newswire release, its AIthority aggregator pickup, and Kantar's own promotional posts, none of which count — ConnectSafely
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

The 2023 Educator AI Report: Perceptions, Practices, and Potential Non-prob. surveyImagine Learning2023-10TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 90% of educators believe AI has the potential to make education more accessible.
  • Only 15% feel 'prepared' or 'very prepared' to oversee generative AI use in the classroom, and just 33% feel they have adequate district/school support.
  • 44% of educators using generative AI say it has reduced their workload.
  • 72% are most concerned about plagiarism and cheating, and 65% of non-users cite lack of familiarity as the primary obstacle.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey of Imagine Learning's own product-user community (Teachers' Lounge), not a sample of U.S. educators, and the total N is never disclosed in the release or anywhere else I could find - so no error bound can be stated. For scale context, Imagine Learning's next wave (2024 Educator AI Report) had only 157 participants. Do not present these percentages as representative of educators generally, and do not use them in a deck that requires a stated sample size.

Corrections applied. None needed; the entry is accurate about what the source says. Confirmed: fielded August 25-September 8, 2023 as a ~7-minute web-based quantitative survey of K-12 educators in Imagine Learning's Teachers' Lounge community (69% teachers, 19% administrators, 12% support staff); published October 25, 2023; conducted in-house.

Sample
K-12 educators in Imagine Learning's Teachers' Lounge community (69% teachers, 19% administrators, 12% support staff; total n not disclosed in release)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Imagine Learning
Recurring
annual educator wave since 2023 (plus a separate administrator wave)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (edtech trade press) — THE Journal
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Surveys of Teachers and Parents on Educational Technology (Key Findings memo) Non-prob. surveyAmerican Federation of Teachers (AFT)2023-09TeachersParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 75% of teachers said their students never use AI software or AI-enabled search engines (e.g., ChatGPT, DALL-E, Bard) for learning, and 76% of teachers never use AI for their own work.
  • Only 18% of teachers said they personally understand how to use AI at least somewhat well (16% said the same of their students).
  • 49% of secondary teachers believed students were using AI like ChatGPT for schoolwork in unapproved/inappropriate ways (38% of high school teachers said fairly/very frequently).
  • 84% of teachers said educators should have more say over how technology is deployed in their classrooms, and 29% of parents reported their child uses AI tools occasionally or daily versus 12% of teachers seeing classroom use.

Citation caveat. The teacher sample is AFT MEMBERS ONLY — union members in a union-commissioned survey — not a cross-section of US teachers; the memo's own framing ('educators should have more say over how technology is deployed') aligns with AFT's policy position, so the 84% figure in particular is self-interested. Both surveys are nonprobability online samples with credibility intervals, not probability samples. Also note these are August 2023 data, roughly nine months after ChatGPT's release — the 75%/76% never-use figures are a baseline snapshot and are certainly stale as a description of current practice.

Corrections applied. The existing 'Correction' note on this entry is itself wrong and should be reversed. The memo's opening paragraph says both surveys were fielded 'online between August 3 to 7, 2023,' but the memo's own Appendix: Methodology specifies the parent survey 'fielded from August 4-6, 2023' — so the DB's Aug 4-6 parent window is CORRECT as originally recorded, and the memo is internally inconsistent, not the database. Add recruitment detail the DB omits: teachers were 'recruited entirely through text-to-web recruitment' from AFT membership; parents were 'recruited through an online panel'; both datasets were weighted (teachers to the universe of PK-12 public school AFT members, parents to the universe of public school parents), and Hart reports credibility intervals rather than margins of error.

Sample
1,755 PK-12 AFT member teachers (fielded Aug 3-7, 2023, credibility interval +/-2.4); 810 public school parents (Aug 4-6, 2023, +/-3.5)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Hart Research Associates (Guy Molyneux and Livia Baer-Bositis) on behalf of the AFT
Recurring
one-time (no public AFT follow-up wave found as of August 2026)
News coverage
no news coverage found (only the AFT's own press release)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Off Task: EdTech Threats to Student Privacy and Equity in the Age of AI Probability surveyCenter for Democracy & Technology (CDT)2023-09StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • The 51% teacher figure is not printed in this report.
  • Off Task states: "Fifty-eight percent of students and approximately half of teachers report having used ChatGPT or other forms of generative AI." The precise 51% is back-derived from CDT's later Out of Step slide deck (67% of teachers in 2023-24, "+16 points since 2023").
  • Corrected text: "In the 2022-23 school year, 58% of high school students and approximately half of teachers reported having used ChatGPT or other generative AI (CDT's later Out of Step wave puts the teacher baseline at 51%).
  • CDT tracked both year-over-year, rising to 67% of teachers and 70% of students in 2023-24.
  • The report documented schools failing to enact or share generative AI policies, leaving teachers without guidance and more distrustful of students, with students getting disciplined over AI use.".

Citation caveat. Quota-set online panel weighted to national demographics; no panel vendor named and no margin of error published. When citing the 51% teacher baseline, attribute it to CDT's later Out of Step wave rather than to Off Task itself.

Corrections applied. Field dates and sample sizes should be tightened. Verbatim methodology: "Online surveys of nationally representative samples of 1,018 6th- to 12th-grade parents, 1,005 6th- to 12th-grade teachers, and 1,029 9th- to 12th-grade students were fielded June–August 2023." The database says "fielded July-August 2023" and gives no Ns. Publication date September 20, 2023 — confirmed, consistent with the existing correction note.

Sample
Nationally representative surveys of high school students and middle/high school parents and teachers (fielded July-August 2023)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
CDT Research
Recurring
Annual CDT K-12 civil rights/privacy survey series (student/teacher/parent waves each year since 2020; AI tracked since 2023)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories (The 74 verified); also prompted a congressional letter from Reps. Jacobs and Trahan to the Education Secretary (policy attention, not counted as news) — The 74
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Instructure Generative AI in Education Survey Non-prob. surveyInstructure (Canvas)2023-09StudentsTeachersAdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 54.5% felt very positive or positive about generative AI (29.9% neutral).
  • 76.4% of teachers worried about AI-enabled cheating vs 43.5% of students.
  • 57.4% had not yet used AI for schoolwork; ~30% more expected to try generative AI by end of the 2023-24 school year.

Citation caveat. LMS vendor's own survey with no full report published -- a press release is the only artifact. No panel name, no weighting, and no margin of error. Critically, the subgroup figures ('76.4% of teachers', '43.5% of students') rest on undisclosed subgroup Ns within a total of 1,003, so their precision cannot be assessed.

Corrections applied. Add fielding dates: the survey was conducted in July and August 2023 and was cleaned and analyzed by Justkul Inc. Disposition: 1,648 respondents started, 90 failed qualifiers, 466 were disqualified, 60 did not complete, and 29 were removed after quality checks, yielding the final 1,003. Respondents under 18 were recruited through parents. Per-group sample sizes (how many teachers vs students vs administrators) are never disclosed.

Sample
1,003 U.S. teachers, students, and administrators across K-12 and higher ed
Method
Online survey by research firm Justkul Inc.
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Research partner: Justkul Inc.
Recurring
No (Instructure launched a new research series in 2026)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found — only press-release wire syndications (PR Newswire, WWLP press feed, MENAFN, ADVFN, metroatlantaceo)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2023 Educator Confidence Report (9th annual), Part 1: Outlook on Teaching & AI Non-prob. surveyHoughton Mifflin Harcourt (HMH)2023-08TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Only 10% of educators used generative AI in classrooms in 2022-23.
  • 38% expected to adopt AI tools in 2023-24.
  • 57% believed AI 'should be harnessed positively' but fewer than 20% felt equipped to use tools like ChatGPT.
  • 58% wanted professional development on AI.

Citation caveat. Underwritten by HMH, a K-12 curriculum and ed-tech vendor, and fielded by its own research partner; HMH claims the data are 'weighted to be nationally representative' but discloses no sampling frame, panel source, response rate, or margin of error.

Corrections applied. Sample is 1,215 educators (1,000 teachers and 215 administrators) - state the exact N rather than '1,200+'. Field dates are May 10-June 27, 2023 (the report's methodology page: 'Data was collected over a 1.5-month period'), not simply 'May-June.' Add: 15-minute survey carried out online via computer and mobile; 'Data was weighted to be nationally representative.' MarketCast, HMH underwriting, 9th annual edition and the August 21, 2023 release date are correct.

Sample
1,200+ U.S. educators (1,000 teachers, 215 administrators); fielded May-June 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by MarketCast; underwritten by HMH
Recurring
annual since 2015; this beat verified the 2023, 2025, and 2026 waves as separate entries
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (education trade press; broader outlets citing the survey in passing) — The 74, WGBH, EdTech Magazine
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

State of AI in Education Report (1st annual) Non-prob. surveyQuizlet2023-07StudentsTeachersHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 65% of teachers vs 61% of students had used AI technologies.
  • 50% of teachers expressed excitement/optimism vs 39% of students.
  • 73% of students said AI helps them understand material better.
  • Only 22% reported their school had an AI code of conduct.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey by an AI study-tools company with a commercial stake in AI-adoption findings; opt-in online panel (Lucid) with no weighting or margin of error disclosed, so it is not representative of U.S. students or teachers. Only the press release is available — no full report, toplines, or questionnaire.

Corrections applied. Accurate as recorded (published July 24, 2023; fieldwork June 2023; Allison+Partners Performance + Intelligence; Qualtrics Insights Platform with panelists from Lucid; 1,500 U.S. respondents = 1,000 students ages 14-22 plus 500 high school or college teachers). One nit: the populations field lists 'Higher-ed faculty,' but the source only describes 500 'high school or college teachers' without breaking out postsecondary faculty.

Sample
1,500 U.S. respondents: 1,000 students ages 14-22, 500 high school or college teachers
Method
Online survey (fielded via Qualtrics, panel from Lucid)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Allison+Partners Performance + Intelligence team (fielded on Qualtrics Insights Platform, panelists via Lucid); fieldwork June 2023
Recurring
Yes — annual (renamed How America Learns in 2025)
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found — GovTech, eSchool News, Forbes
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Walton Family Foundation/Impact Research ChatGPT survey, wave 2: Majority of Teachers, Parents Report Positive Impact Non-prob. surveyWalton Family Foundation2023-07StudentsTeachersParentsPublic Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • One precision fix.
  • The source says: "the number of students who report having EVER USED ChatGPT FOR SCHOOL (42%) is up from February (33%)." Our phrase "student use rose from 33% to 42%" drops the qualifier and reads like general usage.
  • Suggested replacement for that clause: "the share of students reporting they had ever used ChatGPT for school rose to 42% from 33% in February." All other figures verify exactly: 63% of teachers used it for their job, up 13 points from 50% in February, with 40% using it at least weekly.
  • 84% of teacher users said it positively impacted their classes.
  • Lesson planning 33%, creative class ideas 30%, background knowledge 30%.
  • 64% of parents saying schools should allow it including 28% who say encourage.

Citation caveat. Foundation-commissioned poll by Impact Research (a Democratic-affiliated firm); weighted to ACS demographics but the sampling frame and survey mode are not stated for this wave. The parent N is reported inconsistently by the sponsor (906) and the pollster (916). The 42% student figure specifically means "ever used ChatGPT for school," not general or regular use.

Corrections applied. Parent sample size discrepancy in the source itself: the Impact Research memo's methodology footer states "N=916 parents," while Walton's press release says "906 parents." Our entry uses 906. The pollster's own memo (916) is the more authoritative figure and the discrepancy should be footnoted. Additional methodology now available: 95% confidence intervals of ±3.1 points for teacher and student results, ±3.5 for voters and ±3.2 for parents; samples weighted to U.S. Census Bureau American Community Survey 2021 5-year estimates. Publication date July 18, 2023 and fielding June 23-July 6, 2023 confirmed. Worth noting the memo's actual subject line is "Americans See Need to Better Prepare Students for National Security Careers of the Future" — the ChatGPT results are one section of a broader STEM-careers poll, not a standalone ChatGPT survey.

Sample
1,000 K-12 teachers; 1,002 students ages 12-18; 906 parents; 802 voters
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Impact Research, funded by the Walton Family Foundation
Recurring
two waves in 2023 (February and June-July)
News coverage
~3-5 distinct news stories found (3 confirmed, all July 18, 2023) — Education Week, K-12 Dive, The 74
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Clever survey: Half of Teachers Surveyed Believe AI Will Make Their Jobs More Challenging Non-prob. surveyClever2023-06TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 49% of teachers worry AI will make their jobs more challenging within three years.
  • 85% of teachers (78% of administrators) believe AI will significantly impact teaching.
  • 96% of teachers lack professional development or training on AI, and 89% of districts don't currently offer AI-focused PD.
  • 46% of administrators expect AI to ease teachers' workload.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey published as a press release, with no methodology disclosed — no sampling frame, no mode, no weighting, no margin of error, and field timing given only as "Spring 2023." The full report is gated behind an email-capture form (I did not submit it). Cite as an industry sentiment signal, not a population estimate.

Corrections applied. "Conducted in-house by Clever" is wrong. Clever's own 2023 report landing page (clever.com/classroom-future-report-2023) describes the report as "the result of a collaboration between experienced research analysts and experts in mission-driven business strategy," crediting Clever and Whiteboard Advisors. Sample description also needs reconciling: the press release says "over 1,500 teachers and administrators nationwide, plus insights from over 100 leading edtech companies," while Clever's report page discloses 1,000 educators, 500 administrators and 200 edtech vendor professionals (1,700 total). The 1,000/500 split in our entry is confirmed by the report page; the edtech component is better described as ~200 vendor professionals from 100+ companies.

Sample
1,500+ educators (1,000 teachers, 500 administrators), plus 100+ edtech companies
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Clever
Recurring
annual (evolved into the Classroom of the Future report series)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (eSchool News wrote its own story, July 6, 2023); AIThority and similar pickups are press-release reprints — eSchool News
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Time for Class 2023: Bridging Student and Faculty Perspectives on Digital Learning Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2023-06StudentsAdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Roughly 30% of students reported being regular users of generative AI writing tools like ChatGPT vs only 9% of faculty.
  • 46% of students said they would use generative AI writing tools even if prohibited by their instructor or institution.

Citation caveat. Conducted in collaboration with Turnitin and Anthology — Turnitin sells AI-detection software and Anthology sells an LMS, both with a direct commercial interest in findings showing high student AI adoption and faculty lag. Non-probability online sample; Tyton asserts respondents are "representative of the diverse demographics of these populations" but discloses no sampling frame or weighting procedure.

Corrections applied. Trivial only: the report landing page states June 20, 2023 while Tyton's own release page is dated June 21, 2023. The entry's "2023-06" is fine.

Sample
2,048 students; 1,748 instructors; 306 administrators
Method
online survey (three large-scale surveys, Spring 2023)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in collaboration with Anthology and Turnitin; additional support from Macmillan Learning, Lumina Foundation, Every Learner Everywhere, and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation
Recurring
annual (Time for Class series runs annually; 2023-2026 waves each have their own report)
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found (excluding GlobeNewswire/Yahoo Finance press-release distribution) — Inside Higher Ed, EdScoop, University Business
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Teaching and Learning: Insights and Recommendations ConsultationU.S. Department of Education, Office of Educational Technology2023-05StudentsTeachersParentsAdminsPublic VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Report built on four public listening sessions (June-August 2022) attended by 700+ educators, parents, students, technologists, and researchers.
  • Constituents said action is required now to get ahead of AI in edtech.
  • Issues of racial equity and unfair bias were "at the heart of every listening session".
  • Report's recommendations center "humans in the loop," aligning AI to shared educational visions, and R&D focused on context and trust.

Citation caveat. This is a qualitative synthesis of four public listening sessions with self-selected attendees, not a survey. The "700+ attendees" figure is attendance, not a sample — no percentages, prevalence claims, or "X% of educators think..." statements can be drawn from it. Cite it as federal policy guidance and as evidence of what constituents raised, never as a measure of how widespread a view is.

Sample
Four listening sessions (June and August 2022) with more than 700 attendees
Method
listening sessions (public engagement synthesized into report)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
U.S. Department of Education Office of Educational Technology; developed with support from Digital Promise
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~8-10 distinct news stories found (6 confirmed in searches: MeriTalk, EdSurge, EdScoop, K-12 Dive, Government Technology, EdTech Magazine; broader ed-trade coverage likely) — EdSurge, K-12 Dive, MeriTalk, Government Technology
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Generative AI in Higher Education: From Fear to Experimentation, Embracing AI's Potential Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2023-04StudentsAdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Within ~100 days of ChatGPT's launch, nearly 1 in 3 students were regular genAI users while 71% of instructors/administrators had never tried the tools.
  • 51% of students said they would keep using genAI even if prohibited.
  • Only 3% of institutions had a formal AI policy.
  • Preventing student cheating jumped from 10th-ranked instructional challenge (2022) to #1 (2023).

Citation caveat. The only public version is a blog summary — there is no downloadable full report, topline, or questionnaire at this URL, and no sampling frame, recruitment method, weighting, or margin of error is disclosed anywhere on the page. No funder or sponsor is named for this spring wave (unlike the fall update, which Turnitin sponsored). When quoting "nearly one in three students," note the underlying figure is 27% — that is Tyton's own phrasing, but 27% reads as closer to one in four.

Sample
~2,000 instructors/administrators and ~2,000 students at US 2- and 4-year institutions
Method
Online surveys fielded February-March 2023 (Time for Class research series)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Tyton Partners Time for Class series
Recurring
Yes — first AI wave of Tyton's Time for Class series (spring 2023)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (the '51% will use AI even if prohibited' stat was widely cited later, but as citations rather than stories about the study) — Campus Technology
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Teachers and Students Embrace ChatGPT for Education (Walton Family Foundation/Impact Research, wave 1) Non-prob. surveyWalton Family Foundation2023-03StudentsTeachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Within two months of ChatGPT's launch, 51% of teachers reported using it, with 40% using it at least weekly.
  • Only 22% of students used it weekly or more. 73% of teachers said ChatGPT can enhance student learning.
  • 68% of students said it helps them become better students and 75% said it accelerates learning. 72% of teachers and 63% of students agreed 'ChatGPT is just another example of why we can't keep doing things the old way.' Fielded Feb 2-7, 2023.

Citation caveat. Foundation-commissioned poll by Impact Research (a Democratic-affiliated firm); the wave-1 memo discloses N, field dates and a 95% confidence interval but not the survey mode, sampling frame or weighting. It is also a very early snapshot (Feb 2023, weeks after ChatGPT's launch) that later waves revised upward.

Corrections applied. None needed. Impact Research summary memo dated March 1, 2023 confirms: "a national survey of N=1002 K-12 teachers and N=1000 students ages 12-17 conducted by Impact Research February 2-7, 2023." Entry date 2023-03, sample, fielding window, Impact Research as fielder and Walton as funder all correct. One optional enrichment: the memo adds that teacher use was notably higher among Black (69%) and Latino (69%) teachers, and that 10% of teachers used it almost daily.

Sample
1,002 K-12 teachers and 1,000 students ages 12-17, fielded February 2-7, 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Impact Research, funded by the Walton Family Foundation
Recurring
two waves in 2023 (February and June-July)
News coverage
~6 distinct news stories found (one of the most-covered early education-AI polls; also heavily re-cited in later 2023 coverage) — Education Week, Fast Company, ZDNet, NEA Today
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Students & teens 45

The best-tracked population in the corpus: usage, attitudes, the anger trend, companions and safety.

Talking to Machines: Children's Experiences with AI Assistants and Companions Non-prob. surveyeSafety Commissioner (Australian Government)2026-08Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 78% of Australian children aged 10-17 have used an AI assistant, with ChatGPT the most widely used service (reaching 70% of surveyed children).
  • 8% have used an AI companion such as Character.AI, Anima or Chai.
  • Among children who had used an AI assistant or companion: 54% used them for personal or social reasons, including 33% asking advice about a situation in their life, 33% advice about their physical health, 22% to chat about feelings or challenges, and 20% advice about mental health or wellbeing.
  • 20% (1 in 5) experienced potentially inappropriate or harmful interactions.
  • 32% (around one in three) shared personal or sensitive information, including photographs or personal secrets.
  • And 20% used them daily or more often, with 28% using them a few times a week.

Citation caveat. Apart from the 78% adoption and 8% companion figures, every percentage is based on children who had already used an AI assistant or companion -- not on all children 10-17. Cite them as 'among child AI users'.

Corrections applied. Publication date is 3 August 2026 (entry's 2026-08 is correct). Sample (1,950 Australian children aged 10-17), field dates (2 February - 4 March 2026) and recruitment (online, via parents) all confirmed. No research vendor is named in any accessible source.

Sample
1,950 children aged 10-17, fielded 2 February - 4 March 2026 (recruited via parents)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
Australia
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~4 distinct news stories found (The Conversation piece republished by TechXplore counted once; wire/press-release aggregators like Mirage News excluded); released Aug 3, 2026, so additional Australian mainstream coverage is plausible but was not confirmed — The Conversation, MLex, Digital Watch Observatory, Daily Pioneer
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

A Digital Divide in American Adolescence: Gender, Class, and the New Teenage Experience Probability surveyAEI Survey Center on American Life2026-07Students VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 42% of teens use AI chatbots at least weekly (35% seldom/never).
  • Among teen AI users, 71% use them for schoolwork, 58% for finding information, 32% for help with personal problems, 14% for role-playing, and 11% for companionship.
  • Older teen boys (41%) are most likely to have used AI for personal advice vs 32% of older teen girls.
  • 35% of teens spend 4+ hours daily on social media or gaming.
Sample
782 completed interviews with teens aged 13-17 (of 1,400 invited); MoE +/-4.79 pts
Method
online survey (probability panel)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Author Daniel A. Cox; fielded Jan 20-Feb 16, 2026 via NORC at the University of Chicago's AmeriSpeak Panel; John S. and James L. Knight Foundation referenced for related research
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (author's own Substack and personal blogs excluded) — Reason
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Teens and Explicit Deepfakes in the Age of AI Probability surveyCommon Sense Media2026-07Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Nearly half of teens have seen AI-generated explicit material.
  • 1 in 4 of those who have seen AI pornography say it depicted themselves or someone they know (often friends, exes, and classmates).
  • Most teens agree AI-generated sexual material influences peer perceptions of body image and romantic expectations.
  • Parents rarely discuss the topic with teens.

Citation caveat. Respondents were recruited from multiple opt-in online panels and then weighted to Census benchmarks - 'nationally representative' here is a weighting claim, not a probability sample. Quotas forced minimums of 250 Black, 250 non-Black POC, and 200 LGBTQ+ teens. The '1 in 4' figure is based on the 586 teens who had seen AI-generated sexual content, not all 1,314.

Corrections applied. Research partner is wrong. The study was conducted by Burson for Common Sense Media (IRB oversight via WCG Clinical); it is NOT credited to the Youth AI Safety Institute (that unit is credited on the 2026 AI Census, not this report). Funder: Oak Foundation. The report's own title is 'Teens in the AI Era: Pornography and Sexual Content' (the entry's title is the web-page headline); suggested citation Mann, Zimmermann, Radesky & Robb (2026), DOI 10.65077/ESUU3962. Method is mixed-methods, not just 'online survey': 20 in-depth interviews (Sept 22-Oct 21, 2025), an online survey of N=1,314 (fielded Nov 21-Dec 9, 2025), and 2 co-interpretive focus groups; total data collection Sept 22, 2025-Feb 26, 2026. Weighted to Census on age, gender, race/ethnicity, urbanicity, geography; MoE +/-2.7 pts. Published July 21, 2026.

Sample
1,314 U.S. teens ages 13-17, nationally representative (fielded fall 2025)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Common Sense Media (Youth AI Safety Institute)
Recurring
one-time (released July 21, 2026)
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories (Sinclair's national story syndicated to dozens of stations, counted once; plus a follow-up Capitol Hill briefing story) — CNN, The National Desk (Sinclair), Futurism
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Back to School Survey: Teens Believe Schools Do a Good Job Preparing Them for an AI Future, but Still Have Concerns About Job Prospects Non-prob. surveyJunior Achievement USA2026-07Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 61% of teens agree 'my school is doing a good job of preparing me for a world being changed by Artificial Intelligence'.
  • 55% are concerned about the impact AI will have on their ability to get a job in the future.
  • 68% feel positive about their futures (34% 'optimistic', 34% 'hopeful').
  • 87% agree they learn best when they can apply learning to real-world situations.

Citation caveat. Sampling frame and weighting scheme are not disclosed; Ipsos reports a 'credibility interval,' its convention for nonprobability online samples, not a probability margin of error. Two-day field window (Jun 29-30, 2026). Only JA's own press release is published — no toplines or questionnaire.

Corrections applied. The method field says 'online survey (Ipsos omnibus)' but this release does not describe an omnibus. Its methodology paragraph reads verbatim: 'These are findings of a Junior Achievement survey, with data collection provided by Ipsos, conducted between June 29-30, 2026. For this survey, a nationally representative sample of 1,005 U.S. teens aged 13 to 17 were surveyed online in English. The results of this research have a credibility interval of plus or minus 3.5 percentage points for all respondents.' Recommend: 'online survey in English, data collection by Ipsos; sampling frame and weighting not disclosed.'

Sample
1,005 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Jun 29-30, 2026; credibility interval +/-3.5 points)
Method
online survey (Ipsos omnibus)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Ipsos for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
annual JA back-to-school survey (2023-2026 waves)
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (excluding Yahoo Finance wire carry of the press release) — Education Week, U.S. News & World Report
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Youth Perspectives on Online Safety, 2025 Non-prob. surveyThorn2026-07Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Tighten the first clause to match the source's construct: "67% of minors 9-17 had used an AI chatbot or companion (defined as a program you can text or talk with, like ChatGPT or Character AI) — 73% of teens and 60% of preteens.
  • Of those users, 78% used ChatGPT, 41% Gemini, 28% Meta AI, and 15% Character AI." The remaining percentages are correct as written and should stay.

Citation caveat. Opt-in nonprobability panel weighted to Census benchmarks, not a probability sample. The 67% figure covers "AI chatbot or companion" broadly — ChatGPT dominates (78% of users) and only 15% used Character AI — so it should not be read as a companion-app adoption number. Some subgroup cells (LGBTQ+, SG-CSAM-experienced minors) carry base sizes under 100 or under 50 and are flagged as such in the report.

Corrections applied. Add the research partner: the 2025 wave was conducted by Thorn in partnership with Burson (Burson Insights, Data & Intelligence), the same partner as the deepfake-nudes study. Sampling should be recorded as nonprobabilistic panel sampling using prerecruited opt-in panel members with quota sampling, weighted to U.S. Census benchmarks for age, gender, race, and geography.

Sample
1,003 minors aged 9-17
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Thorn annual youth monitoring research (fielded Nov 12-Dec 1, 2025)
Recurring
annual (seventh year of Thorn youth monitoring)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (a Yahoo Finance item was the syndicated Thorn press release, not counted) — Education Week
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

The STUDENTS FIRST Act: A Student-Led AI Policy ConsultationAASA (The School Superintendents Association)2026-07Students Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The negotiated policy protected teacher-student relationships and teacher judgment while allowing teachers to opt out.
  • It allowed editing, brainstorming, and studying after eighth grade but prohibited AI writing and graded-test use, requiring disclosure and independent mastery for AI-assisted work.
  • It created false-accusation appeals, human investigation, privacy rules, family input, opt-outs, recurring review, and consultation committees.

Citation caveat. Negotiated policy simulation, not coded qualitative research or real-world behavior. AASA pages report an 82-16 vote while the PDF filename says 84-14; no vote count is treated as evidence.

Sample
98 participating high-school Student Senators representing all 50 states
Method
Three-day student-senate simulation: subcommittees, debate, amendments, negotiation, final vote
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier C); source-validated in that bundle

Voices of Gen Z: The AI Paradox - More Exposure, Less Enthusiasm Probability surveyGallup; Walton Family Foundation; GSV Ventures2026-04StudentsPublic Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 51% of Gen Z use generative AI daily (22%) or weekly (29%), essentially unchanged from 2025.
  • 11% monthly, 20% every few months, 19% never. Excitement fell 14 points to 22%, hopefulness fell 9 points to 18%, anger rose 9 points to 31%, and anxiety held steady at 42%.
  • Curiosity (49%) is the most strongly felt of the five emotions measured.
  • The share of K-12 students who say their school has AI rules jumped from 51% in 2025 to 74% in 2026, and access to AI tools on school computers rose from 36% to 49%.
  • Among students whose school has an AI policy, 65% are now permitted to use AI for schoolwork, up from 55% in 2025 - this 65% is a subgroup figure (policy-holding schools only, and 'yes' includes 'depends on the assignment or teacher'), NOT all students. 56% of K-12 students now agree they will have the skills to use AI in daily life after high school, a 12-point increase.
  • Fielded Feb. 24-March 4, 2026.
  • DELETE the '57% vs. 32% feel prepared' comparison from this entry: that finding belongs to the 2025 Voices of Gen Z wave (id 141), where 57% of students at schools that clearly regulate/allow AI agreed they would be prepared post-graduation versus 32% at schools that do not allow AI.

Citation caveat. When citing '65% of students are allowed to use AI for schoolwork,' state that the base is students whose school has an AI policy, not all K-12 students.

Corrections applied. Title subtitle is 'More Exposure, Less Confidence Among Gen Z' (our title still says 'Less Enthusiasm' - the notes flag it but the title field was never fixed). Sample: 1,572 respondents ages 14-29, of whom 695 were 14-18-year-olds reached through their parents on the Gallup Panel and 877 were 18-29-year-old panel members; 656 (not 695) were still enrolled in K-12. MoE +/-3.6 pts total, +/-5.4 pts for the K-12 subsample. Gallup Panel, probability-based, address-based sampling. Report version stamp 04/02/26, consistent with our 2026-04 date.

Sample
1,572 Americans ages 14-29 (incl. 695 K-12 students reached via parents)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup; funded by Walton Family Foundation and GSV Ventures
Recurring
annual AI wave of Voices of Gen Z (2025, 2026)
News coverage
~11 distinct news stories found (plus several syndicated reprints of The 74's story not counted) — The New York Times, Axios, CBS News, UPI
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Voices of Gen Z: The AI Paradox Probability surveyWalton Family Foundation, Gallup, GSV Ventures2026-04StudentsPublic VerifiedSafe to cite
  • A steady 51% of Gen Z use generative AI at least weekly, but excitement about AI dropped 14 points year-over-year to 22% and anger rose 9 points to 31%.
  • 80% believe using AI tools will likely make future learning more difficult (34% very likely, 46% somewhat).
  • Among employed Gen Zers, 48% say AI's risks outweigh benefits vs. 15% the reverse.
  • 56% of K-12 students believe they will have the AI skills they need after high school, up 12 points from 2025.

Citation caveat. Funded by the Walton Family Foundation in partnership with GSV Ventures, both of which have interests in education technology — worth disclosing, though the survey itself is a Gallup probability panel with fully documented methodology.

Corrections applied. None material. Report confirms Walton Family Foundation, GSV Ventures and Gallup as the collaborating parties, matching our entry. Sample confirmed exactly: Gallup Panel web survey, Feb. 24-March 4, 2026, n=1,572 respondents ages 14-29 across all 50 states and DC, of whom 695 were 14-18-year-olds reached through adult panel members and 877 were 18-29-year-old panel members; margin of sampling error ±3.6 points overall (±4.7 for the 695 parents of Gen Z children), with design effects for weighting included. Optional precision: the 56% item reads "they will have the skills needed to use AI IN THEIR DAILY LIVES after graduation from high school" — our shorter phrasing "the AI skills they need after high school" is a fair compression but the fuller wording is more exact.

Sample
1,572 Gen Z respondents ages 14-29 across all 50 states and DC (fielded Feb 24-March 4, 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup with GSV Ventures; funded by Walton Family Foundation
Recurring
Second AI-focused wave of the annual Walton-Gallup Voices of Gen Z series (first AI wave April 2025)
News coverage
~10-15 distinct news stories found (8 independent stories confirmed in one search, Apr 8-17, 2026, incl. UPI wire pickup) — The New York Times, Axios, The 74, Education Week
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

More Students Use AI for Homework, and More Believe It Harms Critical Thinking: Selected Findings from the American Youth Panel Probability surveyRAND Corporation (American Youth Panel)2026-03StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 62% of students in middle school grades and up used AI for homework help in December 2025, up from 48% in May 2025. 67% agreed that the more students use AI for schoolwork, the more it will harm their critical thinking skills, up from 54% in February 2025 (among the 38% who did not use AI for homework, 78% agreed, vs. 60% of those who did.
  • 75% of female vs. 59% of male students). 71% reported using at least one of seven categories of AI tools, and 75% used AI for at least one of eight school-related purposes.
  • ChatGPT was the most used tool (53%, up from 45% in May 2025), and Google Gemini roughly doubled from 13% to 28%.
  • About one-third of middle, high school, and college students said their school had a schoolwide rule about AI use for homework.
  • Among only those students who reported using AI for a given purpose, 45% considered getting homework answers to be cheating (n=286), while 78% said getting better explanations of assignments was not cheating (n=448).

Citation caveat. The two cheating percentages (45% and 78%) are subgroup figures: RAND asked whether a use constituted cheating only of students who reported that specific use, so the denominators are 286 and 448, not the full 1,214. Cite them as 'among students who use AI this way', never as shares of all students.

Corrections applied. Field period was December 4, 2025 through January 5, 2026, not December 2025 alone; 1,214 completed surveys came from 2,420 youth invited. Sample is the RAND American Youth Panel, a subset of the RAND American Life Panel, weighted to be representative of enrolled youth on gender, race/ethnicity, grade level, and region.

Sample
1,214 youth ages 12-29 enrolled in school (middle school through college), surveyed December 2025
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Supported by the Gates Foundation
Recurring
Second youth wave (May 2025 baseline reported in RRA4180-1)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (education trade press, plus later pieces citing the findings) — Education Week, eSchool News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Yale Youth Poll, Spring 2026 - AI module Non-prob. surveyYale Youth Poll (student-run, Yale ISPS)2026-03StudentsPublicHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Over half of voters under 30 say they use AI a few times a week or more, while 55% of all voters say they use AI either a few times a month or never.
  • Only 19% of 18-34s have never interacted with AI vs 41% of those 65+. Just 26% of voters agree the benefits of AI will outweigh the harms, 43% disagree and 31% are unsure. 61% favor federal government oversight of AI. On AI-generated images, 18-22 year-olds were markedly more confident than voters overall (21 points more confident on text, 24 on images, 30 on video, 30 on voices), but for all but one test image fewer than half of voters correctly identified whether it was AI-generated (46-48% accuracy), and voters who expressed more confidence were no more successful than less confident ones.
  • Correction: the coin-flip accuracy result is reported for voters overall, not specifically for young voters - the entry currently attributes the poor accuracy to young voters as a subgroup.
  • The verified claim is that young voters were much more confident and that confidence did not predict accuracy for anyone.

Citation caveat. Student-run poll; Verasight's panel recruitment frame is not disclosed on the results page, so the stated +/-1.4 margin of error rests on undocumented sampling assumptions. Registered voters, not all adults. The image-identification accuracy figure describes all voters, not young voters specifically.

Corrections applied. Date should be 2026-04, not 2026-03: results were published April 13, 2026 from fieldwork March 9-23, 2026 (the existing correction note says this but the date field was not updated). Sample (3,429 registered voters, 2,008 under-35 oversample), MoE (+/-1.4 full, +/-2.0 youth), and Verasight as fielder are all correct. Weighting is by age interacted with gender, plus education, sex, race, and party ID. The page does not disclose the panel's recruitment frame (probability vs opt-in), so the reported margin of error assumes a design that is not documented.

Sample
3,429 registered voters incl. 2,008 under-35 oversample; MOE +/-1.4 (full) / +/-2.0 (youth)
Method
Online poll of registered voters with youth oversample, fielded March 9-23, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Fielded by Verasight; Yale Institution for Social and Policy Studies (ISPS)
Recurring
Yes - semiannual; Fall 2025 wave (N=3,426, fielded Oct 29-Nov 11, 2025) found AI ranked last among issue priorities (chosen 27% of the time in head-to-head pairings)
News coverage
~7 distinct news stories found on the Spring 2026 wave overall, but only 1-2 focused on the AI module (The Nation) — Newsweek, The Atlantic, The Nation, Algemeiner
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

How Students View and Use AI in College Search ("AI's Influence on Education and Career Choices") Non-prob. surveyEAB2026-02Students Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 46% of high school students used AI tools (e.g., ChatGPT) in their college search, up from 26% in spring 2025.
  • 18% removed a college from consideration based on AI-generated search results.
  • 43% say AI will influence their career choice and 38% believe AI will reduce jobs requiring a college degree.
  • 39% report AI is pushing them toward alternatives to college, and over 50% would react negatively to AI-generated recruitment messages from institutions.

Citation caveat. EAB discloses no methodology beyond 'national survey' — no exact sample size, no sampling frame, no recruitment method, no weighting, and no margin of error. EAB Enroll360 sells enrollment-marketing services to colleges, and the finding that students react badly to AI-generated recruitment messaging supports that business line. Cite the numbers only with attribution to EAB and an explicit note that the methodology is undisclosed.

Corrections applied. No errors in what is stated. Press release confirms 5,000+ US high school students, fielded October and November 2025, released February 25, 2026 (insight-paper page dated February 24, 2026), EAB Enroll360. Note the exact N is never given — only '5,000+'.

Sample
5,000+ U.S. high school students, fielded October-November 2025 (AI use up from 26% in spring 2025 baseline to 46%)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted and funded by EAB (Enroll360)
Recurring
repeated waves (spring 2025 baseline; fall 2025 wave published Feb 2026)
News coverage
~4 distinct news stories found (several additional pickups are syndicated copies of EAB's press release) — Inside Higher Ed, eSchool News, HigherEdJobs, Education Week
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Survey Shows U.S. Teens Aren't Concerned About Impact of AI on Their Future Employability, but Should They Be Non-prob. surveyJunior Achievement USA2026-02Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 73% of teens believe AI will have a mostly positive effect, or no impact at all, on their ability to get a good job.
  • 68% plan to attend college but only about half of those (35%) know their intended major.
  • 71% are confident their future job will cover living expenses.
  • 90% expect to do as well or better financially than their parents or grandparents.

Citation caveat. Ipsos multi-client omnibus, two-day field window (Jan 27-28, 2026); the underlying panel/sampling frame is not named and Ipsos reports a 'credibility interval,' not a probability margin of error. Note that JA's own release phrases the major-choice finding ambiguously — 'while 68 percent of teens plan to attend college, only about half of those (35%) knew what major they wanted to study' — 35% cannot simultaneously be 'half of' the 68% group and a percentage of that group; cite it in the release's exact words rather than restating the base.

Sample
1,005 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Jan 27-28, 2026; credibility interval +/-3.5 points)
Method
online survey (Ipsos multi-client omnibus, weighted on age, gender, region, parent ethnicity/income)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Ipsos for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
one-time (JA switched pollster to Ipsos for 2026 waves)
News coverage
~1 distinct independent news story found (a JA-authored syndicated column also ran in Philadelphia Tribune, hsvvoice.com, and Guam Daily Post but is org-authored content, not counted) — CNBC
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

4-H AI Youth Survey (2026) Non-prob. surveyNational 4-H Council2026-02Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 61% believe AI will reduce the number of job opportunities in many fields.
  • 41% have changed the jobs they want because of AI (per press coverage).
  • 48% feel prepared to use AI tools in future careers.
  • 29% say they are not getting enough guidance from adults on AI.
  • 43% feel equally excited and concerned about AI while 37% are more concerned than excited.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-organization survey tied to 4-H's Beyond Ready initiative and its AI-in-agriculture programming; 4-H discloses only mode (online), N, age range, national scope, fielding dates and pollster — no sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error. Note also that 4-H-affiliated youth are reported as a separate, more AI-engaged subgroup (e.g. interest in AI-and-agriculture careers rises from 18% overall to 37% among 4-H youth), so subgroup figures are not representative of U.S. teens.

Corrections applied. Release date is June 15, 2026; the entry's 2026-02 is the fielding month, so the date field should be corrected or relabeled. Hart Research is confirmed directly by 4-H ('National 4-H Council partnered with Hart Research to survey 1,111 teens ages 13-18 nationwide from Feb. 10-27, 2026'), so the 'per press coverage' hedge in partners_funders and method can be dropped. The entry's note is wrong that the 41% career-change and 43%/37% sentiment figures come from AGDAILY coverage — both are stated in 4-H's own news release, as is a further finding that 40% say AI skills will be a requirement or important factor in the jobs they pursue.

Sample
1,111 U.S. youth ages 13-18
Method
Online survey of youth, fielded February 10-27, 2026 (Hart Research per press coverage)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Hart Research (pollster); tied to 4-H's Beyond Ready initiative
Recurring
Yes - second 4-H AI wave (first fielded Nov 2023)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found (only 4-H's own press release on GlobeNewswire)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Youth Mental Health in the AI Era: How GenAI Enters Help-Seeking Pathways Probability surveyThe Jed Foundation (JED), Surgo Health, Young Futures2026-02StudentsPublic Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 12% of youth reporting mental health struggles use generative AI for mental health support.
  • The study segments youth into six AI-engagement profiles, including 9% 'Emotionally Entangled Superusers' and 10% 'Low-Use Anxious Skeptics'.
  • 32% are 'Thriving Light-Touch Pragmatists' with healthy AI relationships.
  • 21% have never used AI.
  • Youth facing barriers to professional care were more likely to turn to AI.

Citation caveat. Weighted nonprobability sample (probability and opt-in panel members blended with social-media influencer recruitment), so it should not be described as nationally representative without that qualifier. The wave-specific methodology for this 1,300+ respondent AI report is not separately published — the only detailed methodology document covers the Apr–May 2024 baseline wave (N=4,509). The segment labels are analyst-assigned latent classes, not self-reported categories.

Corrections applied. Drop or qualify "nationally representative." The Youth Mental Health Tracker's own methodology page describes nonprobability sampling — NORC AmeriSpeak and Prodege panelists blended with recruitment through 19 Instagram/TikTok influencers and paid social advertising — weighted to U.S. population demographics and attitudes via raking and post-stratification calibration. That is a weighted nonprobability sample, not a probability sample. Also note the publisher's own reports index dates this report 2/17/26 while the JED page says Feb 18, 2026.

Sample
1,300+ U.S. youth aged 13-24 (nationally representative)
Method
online survey (segmentation study)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Surgo Health in partnership with Young Futures and The Jed Foundation; Youth Mental Health Tracker supported by Pivotal and Paramount
Recurring
part of an ongoing Youth Mental Health Tracker series
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found — The National Desk (Sinclair)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — The record conflated two different JED/Surgo reports and could not be reconstructed as an atomic survey record from disclosed public methodology.

Generative AI in Uncertain Times: How Teens are Navigating a New Digital Frontier Mixed-methodFamily Online Safety Institute (FOSI)2025-11Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 45% of teen gen AI users use a generative AI tool more than once a week, and 46% use gen AI for academic work.
  • Teens' biggest concern is loss of critical thinking skills (19%).
  • 57% say their parents have no rules about generative AI use (only 30% do).
  • 42% have talked about their feelings with an AI chatbot and 42% say talking to gen AI feels like talking to a human, while 44% say gen AI behavior has 'freaked them out'.
  • 81% have received advertisements encouraging them to interact with a chatbot.

Citation caveat. Supported by the Entertainment Software Association and TikTok; the entire sample is teen generative-AI USERS aged 15-18 recruited through an opt-in teen panel, so every percentage must be cited as 'among teen gen AI users', never as 'among teens'.

Corrections applied. partners_funders should add the funding line printed on the key-findings page: 'This survey was conducted with support from the Entertainment Software Association and TikTok.' Also: the survey was fielded by TeenVoice through the EvolveMe platform (TeenVoice and EvolveMe are products supported by American Student Assistance), July 28 - August 14, 2025, with quotas for age, race, gender and LGBTQ+ status and data weighted by iterative proportional fitting (raking) to U.S. Census adolescent benchmarks for race/ethnicity and gender. Focus groups ran May 12-15, 2025 (four groups, n=18) and three reflection sessions had n=10, all recruited from In Tandem's Youth Voice Fellowship; participants were 15-18, U.S.-based, and prior generative-AI users. Because fielding fell in summer break, respondents were asked to think about their AI use over the prior six months.

Sample
Survey of 1,000 U.S. teen gen AI users ages 15-18 (data collected by TeenVoice, July-August 2025) plus 4 focus groups (n=18, May 2025) and 3 youth reflection sessions
Method
mixed methods (survey + focus groups, youth-engaged design)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey data collected by TeenVoice; qualitative work in partnership with In Tandem
Recurring
one-time (follow-up to FOSI's 2023 gen AI study)
News coverage
no news coverage found - launch was at FOSI's own 2025 Annual Conference (own site, own YouTube panel); a Brookings TechTank podcast mention excluded per rules
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2025 AI in Education Trends Report, Part I: Student AI Usage Non-prob. surveyCopyleaks2025-09StudentsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 90% of students report using AI for academic purposes.
  • 29% use it daily and 53% regularly.
  • 73% increased AI use vs the prior year.
  • Usage spans the workflow — brainstorming 57%, outlining 50%, drafting 44%, paraphrasing 39%.
  • Part 2 (Nov 2025) found 48% admit using AI in violation of school policies.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey by an AI-detection company with a direct commercial interest in high reported student AI use. Recruitment method, fielding dates, weighting, and margin of error are all undisclosed. Most importantly, this is NOT a picture of traditional-age college students: roughly 44% of respondents were aged 45-60 and only 29% were 18-29, so 'students' here skews heavily toward adult learners.

Corrections applied. The population is materially misdescribed. Copyleaks' own methodology statement says the 2025 AI Usage Data Survey was conducted among '~1,100 students in the United States who were actively enrolled in two-year colleges, four-year universities, or graduate programs' - this is HIGHER EDUCATION ONLY, so the 'Students' (K-12) population tag should be removed and the sample corrected from '1,000+ U.S. students' to '~1,100 U.S. postsecondary students (two-year, four-year, and graduate).' Respondents fall into age brackets 18-29, 30-44, and 45-60; per Forbes' write-up of the study, 43.9% were aged 45-60, 27% aged 30-44, and only 29% aged 18-29. Also note that the '48% admit using AI in violation of school policies' figure comes from Part 2 (released November 5, 2025), a separate release from this Part I entry.

Sample
1,000+ U.S. students
Method
Online survey of students
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Copyleaks (self-funded)
Recurring
Yes — two-part 2025 report series
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (Forbes contributor feature, EdScoop; GlobeNewswire press-release syndications on Yahoo Finance/NatLawReview/ABC4 not counted) — Forbes, EdScoop
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Shifting Attitudes — New Research Reveals Teens' Views on AI, Career Preparedness and the Future of Work (JA Teens & the Future of Work Survey) Non-prob. surveyJunior Achievement USA and Citizens2025-09Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 57% say the rise of AI has negatively impacted how they view their future careers.
  • 94% nonetheless say they are optimistic about their future careers.
  • 40% believe a four-year degree is always a good investment, while 56% value real-world experience more.
  • 87% expect to earn extra income through side hustles, gig work, or social media content creation.
  • DELETE the clause 'and over half say the rise of AI has made them feel less confident about their future' — no such statistic exists.
  • I listed every percentage on the press release and extracted the full text of the executive-summary PDF.
  • The phrase 'less confident' does not appear in either, and no separate 'over half' AI-confidence figure is reported. It appears to be an unsupported restatement of the 57% figure.

Citation caveat. Bank-sponsored: Citizens Financial Group funded and is co-branded on this research (the executive summary's 'Our Response' section is a Citizens/JA program pitch) — disclose the sponsor when citing. Sampling frame not disclosed (email-invitation online survey, weighted, panel unnamed). No toplines or questionnaire published; only a press release and a 2-page thought-leadership PDF.

Sample
1,000 teens ages 13-18 (fielded Jul 30-Aug 10, 2025; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (email invitation, weighted to represent U.S. teens)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Wakefield Research; sponsored by Citizens Financial Group with Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
annual (2024 and 2025 waves)
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (regional business press covering the Citizens $20M workforce announcement that cited this survey; a syndicated tips piece not counted) — NJBIZ, New Jersey Business & Industry Association
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

How Students' Perspectives on AI Are Related to AI Training (ACT Research Report R2520) Probability surveyACT (ACT Research)2025-08Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 60% of students at least slightly agreed that knowing how to use AI would help prepare them for a college major or degree program (Table A7).
  • Male students gave significantly higher mean ratings than female students on all seven AI aspects and on all three college-preparedness items, including whether knowing AI would give an advantage when applying to college (M = 3.83 vs 3.36, d = 0.30).
  • Students whose high schools provided at least a moderate amount of AI training were significantly more likely than those whose schools provided none to agree AI knowledge would help prepare them for a college major (M = 4.24 vs 3.44, d = 0.52).
  • Students planning to major in visual and performing arts were significantly more concerned that AI will take jobs away (M = -1.43 on a -3 to +3 scale) than those planning computer science and math (-0.66), engineering (-0.85), or health sciences and technology (-0.84).

Citation caveat. 4.7% response rate. 94% of respondents plan to attend college immediately after high school, and the report itself warns findings 'might not be generalizable to high school students who do not plan to attend college.' Several major-group cells are very small (e.g. 33 agriculture, 248 with moderate/heavy AI training), which the report flags as making some interpretations 'tenuous.' Self-funded by ACT.

Corrections applied. Full title is 'How Students' Perspectives on AI Are Related to AI Training in High School, Planned College Major, and Gender' (ACT Research Issue Brief R2520, August 2025, Jeff Schiel) — the DB title truncates it, as the existing note says. Add the field detail: the survey was administered online in December 2024 to a disproportionately stratified random sample of 81,689 drawn from 138,957 December 2024 ACT registrants (target population 151,174); 3,816 responded, a 4.7% response rate; statistics are weighted for the sampling design and nonresponse.

Sample
3,816 respondents (grades 9-12) drawn from 81,689 students registered for the December 2024 ACT
Method
online survey of ACT test registrants
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
ACT Research (lead author Jeff Schiel); self-funded
Recurring
follow-up to ACT's December 2023 student AI report
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Back to School Survey: 64 Percent of Teens Not Learning About AI at School Probability surveyJunior Achievement USA2025-08Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 64% of teens report their schools don't teach about or encourage AI use as a learning tool.
  • 42% have used AI to complete assignments instead of doing the work themselves, up from 30% in 2024.
  • 55% consider using AI for homework instead of doing it themselves to be cheating (statistically unchanged from 54% in 2024).
  • 68% agree schools adequately prepare students for future employment.

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel (Big Village Youth CARAVAN volunteers) with census quotas; the reported +/-3.1% is not a probability-sample margin of error. The 2024 comparison figures (30%, 54%) are made by JA itself in this release; JA never published a standalone 2024 AI release, so those prior-wave numbers cannot be independently checked against a 2024 source.

Corrections applied. The entry's own trailing note is incorrect and should be deleted: it claims 'Press release (Aug 5, 2025) states fieldwork July 1-7, 2025; entry said Jul 1-6.' The release's methodology paragraph reads verbatim: 'This Youth CARAVAN survey was conducted by Big Village among a sample of 1,008 13-17-year-olds. This survey was live from July 1 - July 6, 2025.' The entry's sample field (Jul 1-6) is correct; the note is wrong. Optional addition: the release also reports 60% of teens believe the main purpose of education is to prepare students for future jobs and careers.

Sample
1,008 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Jul 1-6, 2025; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (Youth CARAVAN omnibus, nationally representative with census-based quotas)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Big Village for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
annual JA back-to-school survey (2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 waves)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found — CBS News (Baltimore)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

AI Can't Replace Us: What Youth Really Think About AI ConsultationYoung People's Alliance (YPA), a youth-led advocacy nonprofit2025-08StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) All 15 of 15 participants agreed that AI cannot substitute for human relationships — the finding the headline is built on. (2) 12 of 15 favored a complete ban on companion AI for minors, while 3 of 15 preferred content restrictions instead. (3) 14 of 15 supported limiting AI's human-like features. (4) On usage rather than policy: 13 of 15 reported using AI for academics, 9 of 15 said they had friends using AI, 7 of 15 believed some professions could potentially be substituted by AI, and 10 of 15 had no prior AI advocacy experience.

Citation caveat. Do not cite this as what youth think. N=15, all drawn from the sponsoring organization's own membership, consulted by an advocacy group that leads a coalition campaigning for precisely the AI-companion restrictions its participants endorsed — the self-interest and selection problems point the same direction and reinforce each other. YPA's own limitations note concedes respondents were members interested in youth advocacy, which limits generalizability. Raw counts must stay as counts: converting '12 of 15' into '80% of young people' would be a serious misrepresentation. Eight of the fifteen responded in facilitated group meetings rather than privately, adding social-desirability pressure toward the group's stated position. No sampling frame, no weighting, no margin of error.

Sample
15 YPA members, ages 14–22 — 10 high school students and 5 college students. Reported composition: 6 AAPI, 6 White, 2 Hispanic, 1 Black; 7 male, 8 female. Participants were recruited from the sponsoring organization's own membership.
Method
Internal consultation with the organization's own members, using two modes: remote Google Meet sessions (8 participants) and asynchronous Google Form submissions (7 participants). Fielded July 7–18, 2025; published on the organization's Substack August 19, 2025. Results reported as raw counts out of 15, not percentages.
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
No funders or partners disclosed in the piece. YPA is a youth-led nonprofit that launched and leads the Human-like AI Coalition, which campaigns for youth-centered AI companion regulation.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Talk, Trust, and Trade-Offs: How and Why Teens Use AI Companions Probability surveyCommon Sense Media2025-07Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Seventy-two percent of teens have used AI companions at least once and 52% qualify as regular users (a few times a month or more).
  • Among AI companion users (n=758), 33% have chosen to discuss something important or serious with an AI companion instead of a real person and 24% have shared personal or private information with one.
  • Half of all teens (50%) express distrust in the information or advice AI companions provide, with younger teens ages 13-14 significantly more likely than older teens ages 15-17 to trust that advice (27% vs 20%).
  • And 80% of AI companion users spend more time with real friends than with AI companions, while 67% of users find AI conversations less satisfying than human ones.

Citation caveat. Two things must accompany any citation. First, the denominators: the serious-conversations, personal-information and time-with-friends figures are percentages of AI companion USERS (n=758), not of all teens (n=1,060) — 33% of users is roughly 24% of teens, so quoting them as teen-wide overstates prevalence by about 40%. Second, this is a hybrid sample (719 probability AmeriSpeak plus 341 calibrated nonprobability Prodege) from an advocacy organization with an active policy agenda on companion apps, and the report itself notes there is "no statistically agreed upon approach to variance estimation when utilizing nonprobability samples."

Corrections applied. "Common Sense Media's Youth AI Safety Institute" does not appear anywhere in the report and should be dropped from the funder/partner field. The report states the survey "was conducted by NORC at the University of Chicago, with funding from Common Sense Media," and credits underwriting to Jennifer Caldwell and John H.N. Fisher, the Patrick J. McGovern Foundation, and the Siegel Family Endowment. Suggested citation is Robb, M.B., & Mann, S. (2025). The sample is a hybrid rather than a straight probability sample: 719 interviews from NORC's probability-based AmeriSpeak Teen Omnibus plus 341 nonprobability interviews from Prodege, combined via NORC's TrueNorth calibration and raked on age, sex, census region, race/ethnicity and parent's highest education to February 2024 CPS control totals. Field dates are April 30 to May 14, 2025; overall margin of sampling error ±4.2 percentage points; cumulative response rate 10.3%.

Sample
1,060 U.S. teens ages 13-17, nationally representative (fielded April-May 2025)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey conducted by NORC at the University of Chicago for Common Sense Media's Youth AI Safety Institute
Recurring
one-time (released July 16, 2025)
News coverage
50+ distinct stories (AP wire plus national TV, tech, parenting, and education trade press; the 72% stat anchored months of AI-companion coverage into 2026) — AP, CNN, CBS News, TechCrunch
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

How Can We Learn and Use AI at the Same Time? Participatory Design of GenAI with High School Students QualitativearXiv (preprint)2025-06Students Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Students organized concerns around bias and misinformation, plagiarism and harmful use, overreliance, and false accusations.
  • They wanted source visibility and hints rather than answers.
  • Four small groups produced distinct policy concepts — limits on AI as a legitimate source, limits on teacher use, parent consent, and data deletion — with the consent group also identifying unequal access when consent is withheld.

Citation caveat. Small interest-based sample with private-school skew; an AI-literacy intervention preceded policy design; group artifacts were not endorsed by all 17 students.

Sample
17 US high-school students ages 14-17 (seven public-school, 10 private-school; 16 had prior GenAI experience)
Method
Seven-step participatory-design workshop: recorded discussion, policy and product artifacts, role-play, inductive coding
Field/geography
US
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Ten Fresh Insights on Generative AI From Our Teen Advisors (Youth Advisory Memo) ConsultationCenter for Digital Thriving, Harvard Graduate School of Education (Project Zero)2025-05Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • One precision point, optional: the "75% AI" false-flag account was an advisor describing a friend's essay, not their own — the quote is "One of my friends, she wrote an essay ... It got scanned 75% positive for AI or something, even though she wrote it all herself." Phrasing it as "one essay flagged '75% AI' though self-written" is accurate but slightly obscures that it is a secondhand account within a qualitative session.

Citation caveat. Qualitative youth-advisory sessions with 10 hand-convened teen advisors — illustrative only. These are not prevalence estimates and cannot be generalized to teens nationally; cite the quotes as things teen advisors said, never as "X% of teens" or as evidence of how common a behavior is.

Corrections applied. All correct. Confirmed verbatim methods note: "The insights in this memo came from six 45-minute virtual discussion sessions with 10 teen advisors," met "most often in small groups with approximately three teens and two adult members of our team," advisors "currently in grades 9-12" attending "public, private, charter, and homeschool settings" across the U.S., convened "with help from In Tandem." Team line confirmed: Emily Weinstein, Eduardo Lara, Beck Tench, Carrie James, Lauren Palazzo. Center for Digital Thriving is at the Harvard Graduate School of Education and based at Project Zero — as recorded.

Sample
10 teen advisors (grades 9-12) across public, private, charter, and homeschool settings; six 45-minute virtual sessions
Method
qualitative youth advisory sessions (small-group discussions)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Youth advisory convened with In Tandem; Center for Digital Thriving team (Weinstein, Lara, Tench, James, Palazzo)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (memo circulated via the Center's own channels; only citations and resource listings)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Heartland Gen Zers Feel Unprepared to Use AI at Work (Voices of Gen Z regional AI-readiness study) Probability surveyGallup / Walton Family Foundation / Heartland Forward2025-05StudentsPublic VerifiedSafe to cite
  • Only 3% of middle/high school students feel extremely prepared to use AI in their future jobs (37% somewhat prepared.
  • 40% total).
  • Just 34% of Gen Z workers feel at least somewhat prepared to use AI in their current job.
  • Preparedness ranges from 61% in STEM roles to 22% in healthcare.
  • 59% of workers whose employers permit AI use feel prepared vs. 26% where AI is prohibited or policy is unclear.

Citation caveat. This is a regional cut of the same Voices of Gen Z fielding as id 141 (Gallup Panel, March 6-13, 2025) - the samples overlap, so do not present it as independent corroboration of the national Gen Z findings.

Corrections applied. Sample composition should read: 1,474 Gen Z ages 13-28 in 20 heartland states, comprising 638 13- to 18-year-old children reached through their Gallup Panel member parents and 836 adult panel members; the K-12-enrolled subgroup is n=610 and the no-longer-enrolled subgroup is n=864. MoE +/-3.7 pts total, +/-5.0 pts for each age subgroup. Gallup describes the 34% worker figure as 'about one-third' (9% extremely + 25% somewhat in the by-industry table; the topline table rounds to 9% + 26%), so 34% is a derived sum, not a printed number. Published May 7, 2025, by Zach Hrynowski; Walton Family Foundation and Gallup in partnership with Heartland Forward - confirmed.

Sample
1,474 Gen Z respondents in 20 heartland states, including 638 middle and high school students and 836 post-K-12 adults
Method
Web survey of Gen Z ages 13-28 living in 20 U.S. heartland states, fielded by Gallup March 6-13, 2025
Field/geography
United States (20 heartland states)
Partner / funder
Walton Family Foundation and Heartland Forward (funders/partners); Gallup (pollster)
Recurring
One-off regional companion to the annual Voices of Gen Z series
News coverage
no news coverage found (only Gallup's and Walton Family Foundation's own release pages)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Voices of Gen Z: Preparing the Heartland for an AI Future Probability surveyWalton Family Foundation, Gallup, Heartland Forward2025-05StudentsPublic VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 77% of Heartland Gen Zers use generative AI, including 43% weekly (vs. 49% weekly in the 30 non-Heartland states).
  • 47% of middle/high school students use AI for homework but only 26% say their school clearly permits AI use in at least some circumstances.
  • Just 10% of Gen Z K-12 students agree their teachers have prepared them to use AI in future jobs or education.
  • 9% of Gen Z workers feel "extremely prepared" to use AI in their current jobs.

Citation caveat. Funded by the Walton Family Foundation in partnership with Heartland Forward, a regional economic-development advocacy organization — worth disclosing, though the survey is a Gallup probability panel with fully documented methodology. Figures describe Gen Z in 20 Heartland states, not the US as a whole.

Corrections applied. None material; two optional enrichments. The Heartland sample is a subset of a larger national survey: Gallup Panel web survey conducted March 6-13, 2025 with 3,465 respondents ages 13-28 across all 50 states and DC, of which the report focuses on the 1,474 Gen Z respondents in the 20 Heartland states (638 aged 13-18 reached through panel-member parents plus 836 adult panel members), margin of sampling error ±3.7 points for the Heartland sample. Our "nearly 1,500" is accurate for the Heartland subsample. Publication date of May 2025 is confirmed by the report's document code (Walton_Heartland_050225). Heartland Forward's partnership role is confirmed in the report text.

Sample
Nearly 1,500 respondents ages 13-28 living in 20 Heartland states
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US regional - 20 Heartland states (Midwest and non-coastal South, incl. AR, AL, IL, IN, IA, KS, KY, LA, MI, MN, MS, MO, ND, NE, OH, OK, SD, TN, TX, WI)
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup; funded by Walton Family Foundation in partnership with Heartland Forward
Recurring
Regional companion to the 2025 Voices of Gen Z AI survey
News coverage
no independent news coverage found (only Gallup's and Walton Family Foundation's own posts, May 7-8, 2025)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Voices of Gen Z: How American Youth View and Use Artificial Intelligence Probability surveyGallup; Walton Family Foundation; GSV Ventures2025-04StudentsPublic VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 79% of Gen Z use generative AI products, 47% at least weekly (19% daily, 28% weekly).
  • More feel anxious (41%) than excited (36%) or hopeful (27%) about AI. Gen Z is more than twice as likely to say AI will harm rather than help their critical thinking skills (49% vs. 22%). 47% of students say schools should permit classroom AI use and 52% say schools should be required to teach how to leverage AI, but only 28% say their school explicitly permits it and 49% say their school lacks clear AI policies.
  • Gallup Panel web survey, March 6-13, 2025.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed. Confirmed: Gallup Panel web survey, March 6-13, 2025; N=3,465 ages 13-28 in all 50 states + DC, of whom 1,460 were 13-18 reached through adult Gallup Panel members who are their parents and 2,005 were 18-28 panel members themselves; MoE +/-2.4 pts total, +/-3.3 pts for the K-12 subsample. Walton Family Foundation announcement dated April 8, 2025 confirms our 2025-04 date; report version stamp is 03/31/25. Funders/partners confirmed as Walton Family Foundation and GSV Ventures with Gallup as pollster.

Sample
3,465 Americans ages 13-28 (incl. 1,460 ages 13-18 reached via parents)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup; funded by Walton Family Foundation and GSV Ventures
Recurring
annual AI wave of Voices of Gen Z (2025, 2026)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Axios, Inside Higher Ed
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Deepfake Nudes & Young People: Navigating a New Frontier in Technology-facilitated Nonconsensual Sexual Abuse and Exploitation Non-prob. surveyThorn2025-03StudentsPublic VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 41% of young people had heard of the term deepfake nudes.
  • 1 in 17 (6%) had been the target of deepfake nudes of themselves.
  • 13% personally knew someone targeted while under 18.
  • 84% believe the content harms the person depicted.
  • 2% admitted creating deepfake nudes of someone else, and 70% of creators got the apps from mainstream app stores.

Citation caveat. The creator statistics rest on a very small subsample: only 2% of the 1,200 respondents (n=24, base size <50) admitted creating deepfake nudes, so the "70% downloaded the app from their device's app store" figure describes roughly 17 people. Thorn itself flags self-report bias and says this data "should be viewed as directional." The overall sample is a quota-recruited online panel weighted to Census benchmarks, not a probability sample; minors were recruited through caregivers, which can suppress disclosure of sensitive experiences.

Sample
1,200 young people aged 13-20
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Thorn in partnership with Burson (survey fielded Sept 27-Oct 7, 2024)
Recurring
one-time (companion piece to Thorn's annual youth monitoring)
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found — Ars Technica, Education Week, Forbes, USA Today
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Teens, Trust, and Technology in the Age of AI Probability surveyCommon Sense Media2025-01Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Over a third (35%) of teens report having been misled by fake content online.
  • Around 6 in 10 say major tech companies cannot be trusted to care about their mental health and well-being (64%) or to protect people's safety even if it hurts profits (62%).
  • Nearly half (47%) have little to no trust that tech companies will make responsible decisions about how they use AI.
  • Roughly three-quarters say privacy and transparency safeguards are important - 74% that gen AI should discourage sharing personal information, 74% that outputs carry visible warnings, and 73% that AI-generated content be labeled or watermarked.

Citation caveat. This brief is a secondary analysis of the SAME March-April 2024 Ipsos dyad survey that produced 'The Dawn of the AI Era' (id 69) - do not present ids 67 and 69 as two independent surveys. The data are now over two years old on a fast-moving topic. Sample combines a probability panel (Ipsos KnowledgePanel) with a small opt-in supplement (n=117).

Corrections applied. Data was collected by Ipsos Public Affairs on behalf of Common Sense Media, not by Common Sense alone; the brief is underwritten by Carnegie Corporation of New York, Craig Newmark Philanthropies, Jennifer Caldwell and John H.N. Fisher, the Patrick J. McGovern Foundation, and the Siegel Family Endowment. Critically, the 2025-01 date is the publication date only - the data were fielded March 15-April 20, 2024 (the brief says 'March to May 2024'). The sample is 1,045 parent-teen dyads (1,045 teens 13-18 AND their 1,045 parents), with oversamples of 250 Black and 300 Latino dyads; conducted online in English and Spanish; teen MoE +/-3.6 pts. Suggested citation: Calvin, Lenhart, Hasse, Mann & Robb (2025).

Sample
1,045 U.S. teens ages 13-18, nationally representative
Method
Nationally representative online survey of teens
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Common Sense Media
Recurring
No
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories — TechCrunch, eMarketer, Library Journal infoDOCKET
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

About a quarter of U.S. teens have used ChatGPT for schoolwork - double the share in 2023 Probability surveyPew Research Center2025-01Students VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 26% of teens have used ChatGPT for schoolwork, double the 13% in 2023.
  • Black and Hispanic teens (31% each) more likely than White teens (22%) to have used it. 54% say it's acceptable for researching new topics vs. 29% for math problems and 18% for essays. 11th-12th graders (31%) vs. 7th-8th graders (20%).
  • Fielded Sept 18-Oct 10, 2024.

Citation caveat. Data are from fall 2024 fieldwork even though the entry is dated 2025-01 (publication) — label it as 2024 data in any chart. The 26% vs 13% headline comparison with 2023 is clean, since both are shares of all teens. The acceptability figures are not comparable across waves: in 2024 they are based on all teens, whereas the 2023 equivalents were based only on teens who had heard of ChatGPT.

Corrections applied. All correct: 1,391 US teens ages 13-17, fielded September 18 to October 10, 2024 via Ipsos KnowledgePanel, published January 15, 2025, Pew self-funded.

Sample
1,391 U.S. teens ages 13-17
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Fielded via Ipsos; Pew self-funded
Recurring
recurring teen AI series (2023, 2024, 2025 fieldings)
News coverage
~12 distinct news stories found (NPR, CBS News, TechCrunch, New York Post, K-12 Dive, Boing Boing, Parents, Seattle's Child, others) — NPR, CBS News, TechCrunch, New York Post
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Youth & AI: What Young Women Think About Generative AI QualitativeGirls Who Code / UCLA Computer Science Equity Project (Center X)2025Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 12 of 25 interviewed students held predominantly positive views of GenAI and only 3 of 25 held entirely negative views.
  • 197 of 320 student projects paired an AI use-case idea with ethical concerns.
  • After the AI-education program, one-third of interviewees increased their GenAI use and nearly three-quarters viewed GenAI more positively.
  • Privacy/security was the most frequently cited ethical concern.

Citation caveat. Qualitative study of 25 self-selected participants in the sponsor's own program plus 320 program projects; the 'impact of the program' findings are participant self-report about the co-author's program. Report counts as counts (12 of 25, 3 of 25, 197 of 320) - never convert them to percentages of youth generally.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed; the correction already recorded in our notes is accurate. Confirmed from the white paper: study conducted in 2024 with Stuart Foundation funding by Girls Who Code and UCLA Center X's Computer Science Equity Project; data sources were 15 program observations, 320 anonymized student AI reflection projects (described as 'from across the globe'), and 25 one-hour in-depth interviews with students from across California; participants were Self-Paced/Pathways Program students. Suggested citation: Ryoo, J.J., Choi, M., Clarke, R., Blizzard-Caron, J., Wei, W., Stark, L., Kohn, L., Voloch, D., & Ochterski, J. (2025).

Sample
25 interviewed high school students + 320 student projects from GWC Self-Paced/Pathways Program participants (young women and nonbinary youth)
Method
Qualitative: 25 in-depth student interviews (California), 320 student AI reflection projects analyzed, 15 program observations (2024 study)
Field/geography
United States (interviews from California; projects global)
Partner / funder
Stuart Foundation (funder); Girls Who Code; UCLA CS Equity Project (Ryoo, Choi, et al., 2025)
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

National High School Deliberative Polling Exercise: AI in School — Policies and Penalties Mixed-methodStanford Deliberative Democracy Lab2025Students Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Students preferred responsible-use guidance and corrective responses over blanket bans or first-offense suspension.
  • They wanted human review of AI-detector accusations because of false positives and privacy, and deliberation increased recognition of inaccuracy and misinformation risks.
  • Trust was higher in schools and local communities than in AI creators or social platforms.

Citation caveat. Self-selected, nonrepresentative and partly Bay Area-skewed; opinion change cannot be separated from the information-and-deliberation treatment.

Sample
115 self-selected US high school students participated; 71 completed paired questionnaires; partly national, partly Bay Area
Method
One-day online deliberative poll: balanced briefing materials, moderated small groups, expert plenaries, pre/post questionnaires
Field/geography
US national (Bay Area-skewed)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

State of Young People: Youth Perspectives on Social Divisiveness, Civics, Artificial Intelligence, and Mental Health in 2024 Mixed-methodAmerica's Promise Alliance, with Mathematica and NORC at the University of Chicago2025StudentsPublicHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) Only about a third of young people think AI technology is positive for humanity, and a majority say misuse of AI could result in substantial risk to humanity.
  • Teens and young men/boys are more positive than other young people, while concern about misuse is consistent across gender. 2) Actual use is low: only 31% use AI once a week or more, while 52% use it once a month or less.
  • Use is age-split — nearly half of teens (49%) use AI for school and studying versus about three in ten young adults (29%). 3) A striking school-provision gap: 51% did not learn about AI at their school or college at any point in the past year, leaving 26% learning on their own and 22% from peers.
  • Only 32% are confident their teachers know how to use AI effectively to support learning and only 30% that teachers can teach them to use it. 4) Trust is low and opinion on school AI use is genuinely split — only 36% are comfortable sharing personal information with AI and 41% trust the information or search results AI returns, while comparable shares agree, disagree, and are neutral on whether schools should allow students to use AI.

Citation caveat. NOT a pure probability survey — it is a hybrid of 1,005 probability cases (AmeriSpeak/Amplify AAPI) and 550 opt-in Dynata cases weighted together with model-based adjustment, so describe it as a weighted hybrid sample rather than a nationally representative probability poll. Web-only and English-only administration excludes youth without internet access and non-English speakers. The focus groups (n=21 across 4 groups) were recruited through APA's own member organizations — a self-selected, service-connected group — and are illustrative only, never generalizable. All findings are self-reported.

Sample
1,555 young people ages 13-24 (908 teens aged 13-17; 647 young adults aged 18-24), comprising 1,005 probability-panel cases and 550 opt-in panel cases, with oversamples of Black, Hispanic, and AAPI youth. Plus 4 focus groups totaling 21 participants, recruited primarily through APA member organizations.
Method
National web survey fielded by NORC at the University of Chicago on behalf of America's Promise Alliance, June 18 - July 29, 2024; questionnaire developed by Mathematica and APA. Web-only and English-only. Hybrid sample: NORC's probability-based AmeriSpeak Panel and probability-based Amplify AAPI Panel, PLUS Dynata's nonprobability panel; the 1,005 probability cases and 550 nonprobability cases were weighted together using raking to CPS/NCHS benchmarks plus gradient-boosted-tree small-area modeling to correct nonprobability bias. Supplemented by 4 focus groups in July 2024 conducted by Mathematica.
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
America's Promise Alliance (commissioner/publisher); Mathematica (research agenda, instrument design, analysis, focus groups); NORC at the University of Chicago (survey fielding). Research agenda co-constructed with 50+ APA member community organizations and APA's Youth Trustee Board. No external philanthropic funder is disclosed in the report.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Center for Youth and AI National Teen Poll on AI (with YouGov) Non-prob. surveyCenter for Youth and AI (YouthAI)2024-10Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 80% of teens said AI risks are important for lawmakers to address (ranked below healthcare access and affordability at 87%, and above social inequality at 78% and climate change at 77%).
  • 59% were concerned about AI-generated misinformation and 58% about deepfakes.
  • 47% were concerned about advanced autonomous AI escaping human control.
  • 68% found romantic relationships between humans and AIs unacceptable vs. 24% acceptable.
  • 65% had considered AI automation as a factor in their career plans.
  • 65% reported using AI tools like ChatGPT several times a week or more.

Citation caveat. YouGov opt-in online panel, weighted to be representative of US teens 13-18; no margin of error published, no toplines or crosstabs released (raw data only 'available upon request'), and the publisher is a youth-led AI-policy advocacy nonprofit whose authors were 17 and 19 at publication.

Corrections applied. Fieldwork ran July 30 - August 11, 2024 (the entry's 'late July-early August' understates the window). Report authors are Jason Hausenloy and Saheb Gulati. The brief acknowledges support and partnership from #HalfTheStory, Civics Unplugged, and Encode Justice — worth adding, since Encode Justice is an AI-policy advocacy organization. All other attribution (YouGov, N=1,017, ages 13-18, online, US national, weighted) is correct as stated.

Sample
1,017 U.S. teens aged 13-18; fielded late July-early August 2024
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in partnership with YouGov; Center for Youth and AI is a youth-led research/advocacy nonprofit
Recurring
one-time (organization describes it as a nationally representative survey)
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found — TIME, Fortune (Eye on AI), Library Journal infoDOCKET
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Nearly Half of Teens Interested in Being Entrepreneurs as Adults 'Likely' to Use AI Instead of Hiring Employees Probability surveyJunior Achievement USA2024-10Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 47% of teens interested in starting a business as adults would likely use generative AI in place of employees.
  • 71% of teens would consider starting a business as adults (down from 76% in 2023).
  • 22% say school programs sparked their interest in entrepreneurship.

Citation caveat. The 47% is a subgroup figure — it is the share of teens interested in starting a business as adults, not of all teens; our entry states this correctly and citations must preserve it. Opt-in Big Village Youth CARAVAN volunteers with census quotas; +/-3.1% is not a probability margin of error. The source's own methodology paragraph is internally inconsistent, giving both 'a sample of 1,004 13-17-year-olds' and 'The 1,003 completes are all who qualified' — a 1-respondent discrepancy inside JA's own text.

Sample
1,004 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Oct 8-13, 2024; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (nationally representative with census-based quotas)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Big Village for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
one-time (annual JA entrepreneurship poll; AI item in 2024 wave)
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

Exploring New Pathways to Success — Research Shows Half of Teens Believe AI and On-the-Job Training Are Most Valuable for Career Development Non-prob. surveyJunior Achievement USA2024-09Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 49% of teens believe learning AI and technology advancements is more valuable than a traditional degree.
  • Nearly 40% think AI will provide new job opportunities while 30% believe it will have no impact on their ability to get a job.
  • 80% feel prepared to acquire new skills arising from technological advancements.

Citation caveat. Bank-sponsored (Citizens Financial Group, a $415,000 JA grantmaker in 2024) — disclose the funder when citing. Sampling frame is not disclosed: email-invitation online survey, weighted, panel unnamed. Only JA's press release is published.

Corrections applied. Material omission: Citizens Financial Group co-sponsored this research and is credited in the release ('According to new research from Junior Achievement and Citizens'; 'in 2024 Citizens provided a $415,000 grant to Junior Achievement USA'). Organization should read 'Junior Achievement USA and Citizens'; partners_funders should read 'Conducted by Wakefield Research; sponsored by Citizens Financial Group with Junior Achievement USA.' Methodology verbatim: 'The Junior Achievement Career and Higher Education Survey was conducted by Wakefield Research among 1,000 nationally representative US Teens ages 13-18, between July 24-31, 2024, using an email invitation and an online survey. Data was weighted to ensure a reliable and accurate representation of U.S. teens ages 13-18.' Sampling frame/panel is not named.

Sample
1,000 teens ages 13-18 (fielded Jul 24-31, 2024; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (email invitation, weighted to represent U.S. teens)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Wakefield Research for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
first wave of JA's teens/future-of-work series (followed by the 2025 JA-Citizens 'Teens & the Future of Work' survey)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found — CNBC
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Youth Perspectives on Online Safety, 2023: An Annual Report of Youth Attitudes and Experiences Non-prob. surveyThorn2024-08Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Every existing number is correct, but the AI-relevant content should be named rather than gestured at, since it is the entry's only claim to belonging in an AI landscape scan.
  • Suggested replacement for the final sentence: "This wave added a generative-AI measure: 11% of minors reported knowing of cases where their friends or classmates had used AI tools to generate nudes of other kids, with a further 10% selecting 'prefer not to say' (Fig 16A).".

Citation caveat. Weighted nonprobability online panel of minors (recruited via caregivers), not a probability sample. More important for a landscape scan: this is an online-safety survey, not an AI survey — exactly one item of the instrument concerns AI. Do not present it as evidence about youth AI attitudes or use generally.

Sample
1,040 minors aged 9-17 (n=338 ages 9-12; n=702 ages 13-17)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Thorn in partnership with BSG (Benenson Strategy Group); fielded Nov 3-Dec 1, 2023
Recurring
annual youth monitoring since 2019; 'Youth Perspectives' branded reports annually since 2022 data year
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found (late-Aug 2024 coverage of the 1-in-10 deepfake-nudes finding) — Los Angeles Times, Business Insider, ED Times
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 1 of 9 numeric tokens

Safeguarding the Future: Exploring the Impacts of Generative AI on Child Online Protection in Nepal (the batch title 'Safeguarding Futures: Youth Perspectives on Generative AI and Child Online Protection' is wrong on both the main title and the subtitle — correct it before citing) Mixed-methodPublished by ChildSafeNet (Jawalakhel, Lalitpur, Nepal) in collaboration with the UNICEF Nepal Country Office. Authors: Anil Raghuvanshi (Team Leader), Shristi Joshi (Senior Programme Officer), Urishna Shakya (Programme Officer), all ChildSafeNet. Contributor: Santosh Sigdel (Executive Director, Digital Rights Nepal).2024-08StudentsPublicHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) Awareness is high but usage is much lower: 68% of survey respondents were familiar with generative AI (32% unaware), yet only 46% said they actually used it, with 54% not using it. 2) Usage peaks in early adulthood and is low among children — 34.20% of 13-17-year-olds, 56.59% of 18-24s, 61.36% of 25-40s and 33.33% of over-40s were generative AI users.
  • The report also notes a gender gap, with lower participation among women. 3) ChatGPT dominates: 65.64% of generative AI users in the survey used it, and 16 of the 17 FGD participants had used ChatGPT.
  • 82% of respondents used generative AI predominantly for educational purposes. 4) The single most-cited risk was cognitive, not safety-related: 58% of respondents flagged the negative impact on children's creativity and critical thinking skills as a major risk, rising to 71.21% among 18-24-year-olds, ahead of data privacy, cyberbullying, CSAM and biased content.
  • FGD participants additionally raised cybersecurity, ethics, and mis/disinformation, and were broadly positive overall — the report states young people in Nepal believe the benefits outweigh the negative impacts.

Citation caveat. Attribute to ChildSafeNet (in collaboration with UNICEF Nepal), NOT to UNICEF alone — it is NGO-published advocacy research with a child-online-protection mandate. The headline percentages come from an opt-in online survey recruited through social media with paid boosting; the report itself warns that because the survey was conducted online, respondents 'are more likely to be educated, tech-savvy, and have proper access to technology'. Critically, the survey covers ALL age groups from under-13 to 60+, so figures like '68% aware' and '58% cite creativity risk' are NOT child-specific despite the report's child-protection framing — never present them as children's or students' views without the age-band breakdown. The qualitative arm is small and geographically narrow: 17 FGD participants and 6 KIIs, all confined to the Kathmandu Valley. Nepal-specific; not transferable to US K-12.

Sample
Online survey n=631 (55.94% female / n=353; 43.9% male / n=277; 0.16% non-binary / n=1), spanning ALL age bands: under 13, 13-17, 18-24, 25-40, 41-60, and 60+. Two FGDs with 17 students aged 15-24, held at one public college in Bhaktapur district and one private college in Lalitpur district. Six key informant interviews.
Method
Explicitly described in the report as 'a mixed methodology... incorporating qualitative and quantitative data collection methods', with four components: (a) six key informant interviews (AI expert, AI ethics expert, educator/researcher, child protection expert, IT expert, legal expert); (b) two focus group discussions; (c) an online, paperless self-administered survey distributed via social media platforms using paid 'boosting' for reach — i.e. opt-in, non-probability; (d) a desk review of national and international literature, law and policy.
Field/geography
Nepal. The online survey was distributed nationally via social media, but the report states that due to time and resource limitations the FGDs and KIIs were conducted exclusively in the Kathmandu Valley.
Partner / funder
ChildSafeNet in collaboration with the UNICEF Nepal Country Office; a UNICEF Regional Office for South Asia child protection expert served as a key informant. No separate external funder is named in the report. Publication is open — any part may be copied or adapted provided copies are distributed free or at cost.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Teen and Young Adult Perspectives on Generative AI: Patterns of Use, Excitements, and Concerns Probability surveyCommon Sense Media, Hopelab, Center for Digital Thriving at Harvard Graduate School of Education2024-06StudentsPublicHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 51% of young people ages 14-22 have ever used generative AI but only 4% are daily users (8% do not know what gen AI tools are).
  • The most common uses are getting information (53%) and brainstorming (51%).
  • 41% believe gen AI is likely to have both positive and negative impacts on their lives in the next ten years.
  • Among those who have ever used generative AI, Black (51%) and Latinx (39%) young people are more likely than white peers (24%) to use it to make pictures or images.

Citation caveat. The 51%/39%/24% racial gaps in image generation are among gen AI USERS only (roughly half the sample), not among all young people - the entry's wording implies the full sample. MoE is a relatively wide +/-5.9 pts, higher for subgroups. Fielded Oct-Nov 2023, so these adoption figures predate mainstream AI uptake and are badly stale for current claims.

Corrections applied. Add the fieldwork vendor: data collection was conducted by NORC at the University of Chicago using its probability-based panel plus online opt-in panels to oversample LGBTQ+, Black, and Latinx respondents; survey fielded October 4-November 14, 2023; MoE +/-5.9 pts including design effect. Funding: Patrick J. McGovern Foundation, Jennifer Caldwell, and John H.N. Fisher; the Center for Digital Thriving is separately supported by founding grants from Susan Crown Exchange and Pivotal Ventures. One open-ended item came from a separate survey of 1,545 teens 13-17 reached via the SSRS Opinion Panel and nonprobability panels.

Sample
1,274 U.S. teens and young adults ages 14-22 (fielded October-November 2023)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Joint research by Hopelab, Common Sense Media, and Harvard GSE's Center for Digital Thriving; co-designed with youth advisors
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news mentions found (Axios AM newsletter item; most other pickups were blogs, library sites, and aggregators, not news stories) — Axios (newsletter mention)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Youth AI Use & Understanding Survey (first-ever 4-H tween/teen AI survey) Non-prob. surveyNational 4-H Council2024-02Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 66% of youth express at least some understanding of generative AI.
  • 72% of AI-using kids want help from adults in learning to use these tools.
  • 64% agree GenAI will help them learn things needed for future careers and 58% say it will improve how they learn at school.
  • Top concerns are cheating (61%) and exposure of private information (53%).

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Microsoft, which sells AI products and youth-AI-safety resources and is quoted in the release; 4-H discloses recruitment and instrument development but no sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error, so treat the figures as indicative rather than nationally representative. Note also that 4-H participants are reported as an unusually high-adoption subgroup (60% of 4-H'ers had used generative AI vs. 50% of all boys and 44% of all girls).

Corrections applied. Fielding dates November 5-16, 2023, pollster Hart Research, support from Microsoft, and sample of 1,510 children ages 9-17 are all confirmed on 4-H's own pages, so the 'per Education Week' hedge in the notes can be dropped. Blog is dated February 28, 2024 with a February 29, 2024 dateline. Worth adding to method: the instrument was designed and reviewed with experts from 4-H and the University of California-Irvine and preceded by ten cognitive interviews with in-range children in October 2023; children ages 9-12 were recruited via invitations to parents/caregivers, ages 13-17 recruited directly.

Sample
1,510 U.S. children ages 9-17
Method
Hart Research online survey, fielded November 5-16, 2023
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Hart Research (pollster); supported by Microsoft
Recurring
Yes - followed by the 2026 4-H AI Youth Survey
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Education Week, CNBC
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Student Perceptions of AI: Use, Trust, and Literacy (student focus group series) Qualitativefoundry10 (Digital Technologies and Education Lab)2024-01Students Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Three-part Medium series (Part One published January 30, 2024) reporting focus groups with 33 U.S. high school students.
  • The series reports no percentages.
  • Participants' ChatGPT use was described as near-unanimous and frequent, ranging from multiple times a day to every few weeks, concentrated in writing and reference tasks and used more in humanities than STEM subjects.
  • Students described using it to cope with academic pressure alongside extracurriculars and part-time jobs. Most learned to use it through trial and error, social media or peers, with little formal instruction.
  • They generally understood ChatGPT compiles and synthesizes information from the internet but had limited awareness of how large language models generate text or why they err.
  • Trust ranged from cautious (verifying outputs through outside research) to uncritical.
  • In Part Two, participants described inconsistent teacher-by-teacher rules and expressed a need for clearer, more consistent guidelines from educators and administrators.

Citation caveat. Qualitative focus groups with 33 students, self-published as blog posts with no methods section -- illustrative only, not generalizable, and no percentage should ever be attributed to it.

Corrections applied. The 'grades 10-12' descriptor could not be verified -- the articles say only '33 high school students across the U.S.' and quote individual participants (e.g., age 16 grade 11, age 17 grade 12) without any aggregate demographics. Recruitment method, focus-group dates and analysis approach are not disclosed. Publication date January 30, 2024 confirmed; published on foundry10's own Medium channel, with mirror copies at foundry10.org/stories/student-perceptions-of-ai-use-trust-and-literacy.

Sample
33 high school students (grades 10-12) across the U.S.
Method
focus groups
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
foundry10 (self-funded philanthropic research organization)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found - only foundry10's own Medium series (3 parts, published Jan 30, 2024) and foundry10.org mirror pages
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

High School Students' Use and Impressions of AI Tools Probability surveyACT (ACT Research)2023-12Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 46% of surveyed students reported having used AI tools, the most common being ChatGPT (83% of users.
  • Dall-E 2 17%, Bing Chat 11%).
  • Among the 54% who had not used AI tools, top reasons were no interest (83%), not trusting the information they provide (64%), and not knowing enough about them (55%).
  • 63% of students who used AI tools for school assignments had found errors or incorrect information in the responses (73% of top-quartile scorers vs 48% of bottom-quartile).
  • 53% of students with ACT Composite scores in the top quarter used AI tools vs 36% of those in the bottom quarter.

Citation caveat. 5% response rate, and the frame is students registered for the June 2023 ACT — a college-bound, higher-achieving population. Do not say '46% of high school students'; say '46% of surveyed grade 10-12 ACT registrants.' Self-funded by ACT, a test publisher with a commercial interest in college readiness.

Corrections applied. Authors are Jeff Schiel, Becky L. Bobek, and Joyce Z. Schnieders (report dated December 2023). The sample is not simply 'ACT-registered students': a stratified random sample of 79,412 students who had registered for the June 2023 ACT, of whom 4,006 responded — a 5% response rate. Survey developed and administered in June 2023.

Sample
4,006 students in grades 10-12
Method
Online survey of ACT-registered students, fielded June 2023
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
ACT, Inc.
Recurring
No (one-off report; ACT has related admissions-AI items in later briefs)
News coverage
~4 distinct news stories found (excluding press-release reposts and aggregators like Lumina/Policy Commons) — Education Week, K-12 Dive, District Administration
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

About 1 in 5 U.S. teens who've heard of ChatGPT have used it for schoolwork Probability surveyPew Research Center2023-11Students Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Base needs to be stated on the acceptability and grade-level figures. Suggested text: Two-thirds of teens had heard of ChatGPT.
  • 19% of those aware (13% of all teens) had used it for schoolwork.
  • Among teens who have heard of ChatGPT, use rose with grade level: about 25% of 11th-12th graders and 17% of 9th-10th graders vs. 12% of 7th-8th graders.
  • Also among teens who have heard of ChatGPT, roughly 70% said using it to research new topics is acceptable (13% not acceptable), 39% said acceptable for solving math problems (36% not acceptable), and only 20% found it acceptable for writing essays (57% not acceptable).
  • Fielded Sept 26-Oct 23, 2023.

Citation caveat. The acceptability and grade-level percentages are based on teens who have heard of ChatGPT, not on all teens — the denominator must be stated when quoting them. Do not chart the ~70% 'acceptable for research' figure against the 54% in the 2025 wave: the later wave uses all teens as its base, so that apparent 16-point drop is partly a change in denominator rather than a change in opinion.

Corrections applied. All correct: 1,453 US teens ages 13-17, fielded September 26 to October 23, 2023 via Ipsos KnowledgePanel, published November 16, 2023, Pew self-funded.

Sample
1,453 U.S. teens ages 13-17
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Fielded via Ipsos KnowledgePanel; Pew self-funded (Pew Charitable Trusts)
Recurring
recurring teen AI series (2023, 2024, 2025 fieldings)
News coverage
~6 distinct news stories found — Washington Post, Business Insider, We Are Teachers, Tech Policy Press
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Back to School Survey: 44% of Teens Likely to Use AI To Do Their Schoolwork for Them This School Year Probability surveyJunior Achievement USA2023-08Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 44% of teens said they are 'likely' to use AI to do their schoolwork instead of doing it themselves.
  • 60% consider using AI this way to be 'cheating'.
  • 48% know friends or classmates who have used AI to do their schoolwork.
  • Among reasons given for why teens use AI to do their schoolwork instead of doing it themselves, 62% said AI is 'just another tool for schoolwork' (other reasons: 24% dislike school/schoolwork, 22% believe people won't need the information because of AI, 22% say everyone else is doing it, 17% felt they would do poorly otherwise, 8% say mastering the subject isn't important).

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel: Big Village Youth CARAVAN respondents 'volunteered to participate in online surveys and polls,' balanced to census quotas and post-weighted; the reported +/-3.1% is not a probability-sample margin of error. Only JA's own press release exists — no toplines, questionnaire, or crosstabs are published. Sponsor (JA) is an education nonprofit with a stake in the finding.

Sample
1,006 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Jul 6-11, 2023; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (Big Village online panel, nationally representative with census-based quotas)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Big Village for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
annual JA back-to-school survey; AI items repeated in 2024, 2025, and 2026 waves
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Education Week, WBIR (Knoxville local TV)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

New Survey of American Teens Estimates How Many Are Using ChatGPT (Schooling & Technology Survey) Probability surveyEdChoice2023-05Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 42% of teens had heard a lot or some about ChatGPT (22% 'a lot', 20% 'some').
  • Fewer than one-third had used it — 15% in free time only, 8% at school and in free time, 5% only at school.
  • 11% had not heard much about it and 29% had not heard of it at all. Awareness was highest among Asian teens (65%), males (61%), and 18-year-olds (45%).
  • EdChoice cautions that the Asian-teen subgroup was smaller than most other demographic groups and that the result should be interpreted with care.

Citation caveat. Weighted opt-in online panel (Morning Consult), not a probability sample, and no margin of error is published. The 65% Asian-teen figure carries EdChoice's own explicit small-subgroup warning and should not be cited without it. EdChoice is a school-choice advocacy organization, though this particular instrument is a general teen technology/schooling survey with no obvious advocacy angle.

Corrections applied. No errors. Confirmed: Morning Consult administered an online survey for EdChoice to a national sample of 1,000 teens ages 13-18, March 24 to April 5, 2023, interviews in English, published May 3, 2023. Weights applied on age, gender, race, ethnicity, and region. Add that 'nationally representative' means weighted to national demographic targets from an opt-in online panel, not a probability sample; no margin of error is reported.

Sample
1,000 U.S. teens ages 13-18, nationally representative (fielded March 24-April 5, 2023; published May 3, 2023)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Morning Consult for EdChoice
Recurring
EdChoice runs monthly Public Opinion Tracker waves (teens and parents) with Morning Consult that have carried recurring AI items since 2023
News coverage
no news coverage found (findings published only via EdChoice's own channels)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Survey: 66 Percent of Teens Concerned They Might Not Be Able to Find a Good Job as Adults Due to Artificial Intelligence 'A.I.' Probability surveyJunior Achievement USA2023-03Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 66% of teens are concerned they will not be able to find a good job as adults due to AI (32% 'very' or 'extremely' concerned).
  • 92% would be interested in school courses that promote AI-related skills.
  • 71% think recent technological innovations are 'a good thing'.
  • 79% still believe they will find a good-paying, rewarding job as adults.

Citation caveat. Opt-in Big Village Youth CARAVAN panel ('respondents were selected from among those who have volunteered to participate in online surveys and polls') with census-based quotas; +/-3.1% is not a probability-sample margin of error. Only JA's own press release exists. Fieldwork Feb 28-Mar 5, 2023 is very early in the post-ChatGPT period — date the finding when citing.

Sample
1,005 teens ages 13-17 (fielded Feb 28-Mar 5, 2023; MOE +/-3.1%)
Method
online survey (Youth CARAVAN omnibus, nationally representative with census-based quotas)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Big Village for Junior Achievement USA
Recurring
one of JA's recurring teen omnibus polls (JA has fielded teen AI items repeatedly 2023-2026)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found — Education Week
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Teachers & educators 33

Usage is racing ahead of training and guidance; unions, vendors, and independent researchers all field here.

NPR/Ipsos poll: Teachers concerned about the impact of AI on students' critical thinking Probability surveyIpsos (for NPR)2026-06Teachers VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 54% of K-12 teachers say AI makes it harder for students to think critically, and 55% describe AI mainly as a shortcut for students to avoid work.
  • About 3 in 4 say AI has bigger implications for K-12 education than past technologies (internet, computers) and that teaching responsible AI use should be part of the curriculum.
  • Top teacher uses: creating classroom materials (69%) and writing/planning lessons (52%).
  • Only about one-third say their school has formal guidelines for student AI use.
  • Fielded April 27-May 5, 2026 (probability sample).

Corrections applied. Optional precision: the two 'about 3 in 4' items are 74% (AI has bigger implications for K-12 education than past technological changes) and 78% (teaching responsible AI use should be part of the school's curriculum) - the source calls the latter 'nearly four in five.' The formal-guidelines item is 'a formal policy on student use of AI' (33%). Published June 5, 2026.

Sample
545 U.S. K-12 teachers (fielded April 27 - May 5, 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Ipsos on behalf of NPR
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found (NPR's own June 5, 2026 story as commissioning media partner, plus independent pickups) — NPR, K-12 Dive, NewsOne
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

NPR/Ipsos Poll: K-12 Teachers on AI in Education Probability surveyNPR / Ipsos2026-06Teachers Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Three numbers are off by 1-2 points against the Ipsos topline.
  • Corrected text: '74% of teachers say AI in K-12 education has bigger implications than past technological changes such as computers or the internet (10% say it is no different, 16% not sure).
  • 54% say AI is making it harder for students to learn critical thinking skills, 55% see it mostly as a shortcut for students to avoid doing more work, 59% say it is eroding the level of trust between students and teachers, and 57% say it is making it harder to assess students' level of knowledge.
  • 62% of teachers use AI to help with their work, but among those users 63% say the time saved is two hours a week or less.
  • 78% agree teaching responsible use of AI should be part of the school's curriculum, while only 33% report a formal school policy on student use of AI (23% on teacher use) and 39% have required more assignments to be done by hand and 39% more to be done in class.
  • Overall, 40% say AI's impact on K-12 education has been negative (net) versus 9% positive, with 49% saying a mix of both.' The entry's 73%, 80% and 40% (handwritten/in-class) should become 74%, 78% and 39%.

Corrections applied. None. Organization, sponsor, date, sample (545 K-12 teachers), field dates (April 27-May 5, 2026), KnowledgePanel mode, ACS 2024 weighting and +/-5.0 MoE are all confirmed exactly. Worth adding that the MoE incorporates a design effect of 1.40, and that the time-savings item has a reduced base (N=339 AI users).

Sample
545 U.S. K-12 teachers (nationally representative, Ipsos KnowledgePanel; fielded April 27-May 5, 2026)
Method
Online probability survey via Ipsos KnowledgePanel, fielded April 27-May 5, 2026; weighted to 2024 American Community Survey benchmarks; margin of error +/-5 points
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
NPR (sponsor); Ipsos (pollster)
Recurring
One-off within NPR/Ipsos's occasional education polling series
News coverage
~5-7 distinct news stories found (beyond NPR's own story and Ipsos's release) — K-12 Dive, NewsOne, Daily Caller, Western Journal
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Surveying Teachers on Artificial Intelligence (Spring 2026 Teacher Survey) Non-prob. surveyEdChoice2026-05Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 55% of teachers oppose using AI in classrooms vs. 38% who support it — an 8-point drop in support since fall 2025.
  • 65% oppose allowing students to use AI for schoolwork (up from 57% in the fall).
  • 42% are extremely/very concerned about AI's impact on learning and 51% are extremely/very concerned about AI's future societal effects (up 5 points).
  • 72% agree it's important to help students develop critical-thinking skills for appropriate AI use. Teachers run 10-15 points more concerned about AI than the general public or school parents.

Citation caveat. Opt-in, non-probability online panel (EdChoice's own survey profile labels the sampling method 'Non-Probability, Stratified'), weighted to demographic targets; sponsored by EdChoice, a school-choice advocacy organization. The 'teachers are 10-15 points more concerned than the public or parents' comparison mixes an April 2026 teacher poll with a September 2025 adult poll - the gap is 10 points vs. the general public and 16 points vs. school parents.

Corrections applied. Sample and pollster are now confirmed, filling the entry's gaps: n=1,031 K-12 teachers, fielded online April 1-9, 2026 (release date May 7, 2026); data collection and quality control by Morning Consult, sponsor EdChoice. Survey profile: sampling frame = national sample of K-12 teachers age 18+ in the 50 states and DC; sampling method = 'Non-Probability, Stratified' (on gender and years of experience); quotas on age and years of teaching experience; weighted on age, race, ethnicity, gender, and teaching experience; measure of precision +/- 3.05 points; participation rate 51%; median survey time 11.8 minutes. Important: the general-population (41%) and school-parent (35%) comparison figures are NOT from this fielding - they come from a separate Morning Consult survey of U.S. adults conducted September 12-14, 2025.

Sample
National sample of K-12 teachers (n not stated in release)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
EdChoice (fielding partner not named in this release; EdChoice's recurring teacher polling is typically conducted with Morning Consult)
Recurring
recurring teacher survey waves (fall 2025 and spring 2026 waves both included AI items)
News coverage
no news coverage of the AI findings found (The 74 covered the same spring 2026 teacher survey wave on non-AI topics, May 4, 2026)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Amplifying Rural Educators' Perspectives: A Qualitative Study of Generative AI's Impact in Rural U.S. High Schools QualitativeUniversity research team (accepted to CHI 2026; arXiv preprint)2026-04Teachers Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 31 rural educators across 3 states use GenAI to streamline teaching tasks, but resource disparities restrict meaningful integration.
  • Main obstacles: infrastructure barriers, adoption resistance, and lack of AI literacy training.
  • Authors call for rural-specific design approaches rather than generic edtech solutions.

Citation caveat. Qualitative study of 31 educators in three states — findings are thematic and not statistically generalizable to rural educators nationally.

Corrections applied. Institution should be named rather than left as "University research team": lead and senior authors Shira Michel and Mahsan Nourani are at Northeastern University's Khoury College of Computer Sciences, with co-author Ed Finn at Arizona State University. The three states are Arizona, Maine and North Carolina and should be specified. Method should read "surveys and interviews" rather than "qualitative interview study" — Northeastern's own write-up describes the study as based on surveys and interviews of the 31 educators. Status should be updated from "accepted to CHI 2026" to published in the CHI 2026 proceedings (DOI 10.1145/3772318.3790489); note the published title differs slightly from the arXiv title ("...A Qualitative Study on the Impacts of Generative AI in Rural U.S. High Schools"). arXiv ID 2604.03542, submitted 4 Apr 2026, confirmed; author order confirmed exactly as Michel, Taylor, Parra Díaz, Wiggins, Finn, Nourani. Funding is not disclosed on the abstract page or the Northeastern write-up.

Sample
31 rural high school educators across three U.S. states
Method
Qualitative interview study with rural high school educators across three U.S. states
Field/geography
United States (3 states, rural)
Partner / funder
Authors: Michel, Taylor, Parra Díaz, Wiggins, Finn, Nourani; funding bodies not specified in abstract page
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Understanding K-12 Public High School Teachers' Perceptions of Artificial Intelligence in Education: A Phenomenological Study QualitativeLiberty University (doctoral dissertation, J. S. McAllister)2026-02Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Five themes emerged: AI awareness/understanding, beliefs about AI's instructional role, teacher AI self-efficacy, ethical and practical concerns, and integration approaches.
  • Despite viewing AI as transformative, actual classroom adoption remained limited by confidence gaps and lack of meaningful professional development.

Citation caveat. Unpublished doctoral dissertation; qualitative study in a single northeastern district; participant N is not disclosed on the public record page. Findings are not generalizable and should never be cited as a prevalence estimate.

Corrections applied. Author is Jackie Samantha McAllister; degree is a PhD in Education from Liberty University, dated February 13, 2026. The study is framed by Bandura's self-efficacy theory. Eligibility criteria in our method field are confirmed verbatim in the abstract - 'full-time, tenured male and female public high school teachers with at least four years of teaching experience, holding a master's degree, and between the ages of 25 and 75' - in a single K-12 public school district in the northeastern U.S.

Sample
Full-time tenured high school teachers in one district (N not stated on record page)
Method
Transcendental phenomenology: in-depth individual interviews, focus groups, and journal prompts with tenured high school teachers (4+ years experience, master's degrees); Moustakas' Modified van Kaam analysis
Field/geography
United States (northeastern school district)
Partner / funder
Liberty University School of Education
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Across the Aisle: 2026 Nationwide Education Survey Among Likely Voters Mixed-methodThe Hunt Institute, with Burson Insights, Data & Intelligence2026-01TeachersPublic VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) AI ranked DEAD LAST among the education priorities tested: only 52% rated "Integrate Artificial Intelligence" personally important (Dem 51%, Ind 45%, Rep 62%), versus 87% for addressing learning loss, 87% for hiring school staff, 85% for closing the low-/high-income learning gap, and 81% for expanding pre-K. 2) On whether "preparing students to use AI responsibly" is getting better or worse, voters split 33% better vs. 29% worse — with 29% saying "not sure," the highest uncertainty of any item tested, signaling the public has no settled view. 3) Among specific policy proposals, readiness-for-AI ranked in the lowest tier of support: 32% backed "ensure public schools are ready to incorporate AI programs into the learning environment," rising only to 33% when framed as keeping students "competitive in the global workplace" — i.e., the economic-competitiveness frame moved support by roughly one point. 4) Voters clearly distinguish general classroom technology from AI: "use of technology in the classroom" was the only item seen as improving on net (61% better vs. 22% worse).

Citation caveat. Non-probability opt-in online panel: respondents were "drawn from online panels" and weighted to 2022 likely voters, so the reported ±2.7% margin of error is not a true probability-sample MOE and should not be cited as one. The sample is LIKELY VOTERS, not parents, students, or educators — it cannot be cited as educator or parent opinion. The qualitative phase is only 25 people and is illustrative, not generalizable. Note also that AI items are a small slice of a broad education survey, not a dedicated AI instrument.

Sample
Phase 1: 25 participants (15 likely voters + 10 K-12 public school teachers/educators). Phase 2: 1,100 likely 2026 voters drawn from opt-in online panels; report states a margin of error of 2.7% for the full sample.
Method
Two-phase design run by Burson. Phase 1: online ethnographic journals (participants submitted reflections Oct 16-21, 2025), used to inform the quantitative phase. Phase 2: nationwide online survey administered Nov 20-24, 2025. Respondents drawn from online panels, screened to likely 2026 voters, and weighted to be representative of 2022 likely voters. Journal verbatims are quoted throughout the report body alongside survey charts.
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
Burson Insights, Data & Intelligence (research partner). Across the Aisle series developed in partnership with the Hon. Bob Wise. No external philanthropic funder is disclosed in the report.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

The Emerging Role of Teachers in the Age of AI Mixed-methodEd3 / Portrait of a Teacher initiative2026Teachers Audit-verified
  • AI's reported positive impact was concentrated in curriculum design (about 64%), content/pedagogy research (57%), instruction (56%), and assessment (55%), while family/community engagement (63% no big impact), student support (59%), and classroom management (55%) remained less affected.
  • A future in which students learn core subjects mostly through adaptive digital tools had net likelihood of 42% but net desirability of -19%, with 50% rating it undesirable.
  • Academic integrity, misinformation/bias, and student privacy/safety were the leading concerns.
  • Private-school respondents reported more hindrance and less desirability for many AI-enabled futures than public or charter respondents.
Sample
1,147 U.S. K-12 educators; AI-aware, nonrepresentative sample with many respondents in flexible or independently governed settings; item N varies (for example N=848 for future scenarios)
Method
Online survey with current-task impact ratings, future-scenario likelihood/desirability ratings, institution-type comparisons, and open-ended human-role responses
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
First Portrait of a Teacher AI survey; multi-year initiative

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Practitioner Voices Summit: How Teachers Evaluate AI Tools through Deliberative Sensemaking Mixed-methodEdWorkingPapers (Annenberg)2026Teachers Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Teachers evaluated process as well as output — setup time, reprompting, workflow fit, accuracy, transparency, accessibility, equity, productive struggle, and contextual fit all mattered.
  • Only six of 211 criteria explicitly positioned AI as a 'coach,' with most instead positioning AI as executing teacher-defined goals.
  • Post-summit accounts linked protected time, concrete artifacts, diverse peers, and psychological safety to making evaluation criteria explicit.

Citation caveat. Application-selected, mathematics-focused, largely AI-curious cohort; mechanism findings are intervention-conditioned with no comparison group; rubrics are initial judgments, not validated instruments.

Sample
61 US K-12 mathematics educators from 22 states; 55 rubrics and 211 distinct criteria analyzed
Method
Two-day deliberative summit: values grounding, hands-on tool exploration, rubric construction, recorded dialogue, surveys, seven follow-up interviews
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

Teachers and K-12 Education: National Polling Report - October 2025 (AI items) Non-prob. surveyEdChoice2025-10Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Teachers split almost evenly on AI in classrooms: 46% total support vs 48% total oppose.
  • Just 26% of teachers said things in K-12 education nationally are 'generally going in the right direction' (vs 50% for their local district and 39% for their state), down from 31% in March 2025. 40% said they had had to modify at least 'some' of their curriculum or class-discussion topics because of political pressure.
  • Counting those who modified 'a little,' the report's own key finding is that over half (53%) modified something, with 44% saying 'not at all.'.

Citation caveat. Opt-in, non-probability online panel weighted to demographic targets; sponsored by EdChoice, a school-choice advocacy organization. The '26% optimistic' figure is a right-direction/wrong-track item, not an optimism scale - describe it as EdChoice does.

Corrections applied. The entry says sample size is not stated; it is stated in the full report: n=1,004 teachers, fielded online September 20-24, 2025 (report released October 2025 - the date field '2025-10' is the release month, not the field period). Morning Consult conducted; EdChoice sponsored. Sampling method non-probability stratified; weighted on age, race, ethnicity, gender, teaching experience; measure of precision +/- 3.09 to 3.10 points. Crosstabs and questionnaire are published at edchoice.mcdatahub.com.

Sample
National sample of K-12 teachers (n not stated on summary page)
Method
Recurring EdChoice/Morning Consult national online poll of K-12 teachers (sample size not stated on summary page; crosstabs and questionnaire published)
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
Pollster: Morning Consult; sponsor: EdChoice (AI items confirmed: 46% of teachers favor / 48% oppose classroom AI)
Recurring
Yes - EdChoice/Morning Consult teacher polling series (fall and spring waves; see May 2026 wave entry)
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

Relief or Displacement? How Teachers Are Negotiating Generative AI's Role in Their Professional Practice QualitativearXiv (preprint)2025-10Teachers Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Teachers negotiated AI as relief from routine burden and as possible displacement of professional, intellectual, and relational labor.
  • District endorsement, compensated learning, and peer validation legitimized experimentation even before formal policy, while poor performance and lack of time suppressed it.
  • Teachers drew a practical line between AI scaffolding growth and unaided evidence of mastery, keeping red lines around privacy, bias, authenticity, judgment, and human connection.

Citation caveat. Single opt-in early-adopter district that had encouraged a named platform; teacher-only sample; no formal district policy at interview time.

Sample
22 purposively selected teachers in one large multilingual US district, spring 2025
Method
~1-hour semi-structured interviews; reflexive thematic analysis with iterative codebook
Field/geography
US (single large district)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

Teaching and Learning with AI: A Qualitative Study on K-12 Teachers' Use and Engagement with Artificial Intelligence QualitativeFrontiers in Education (peer-reviewed; authors Tripathi, Sharma, Singh, Bhargava, Raj)2025-08Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Semi-structured interviews with 20 K-8 teachers in two Delhi-area private schools (published Aug 14, 2025).
  • Teachers used AI primarily for administrative tasks and lesson planning and were largely self-taught with no institutional training.
  • Teachers simultaneously embraced AI's potential while voicing deep concerns about student over-dependence, erosion of critical thinking, and loss of classroom authority as students compare instruction to AI outputs.
  • Both teachers and students showed gaps in critical evaluation and ethical application of AI.

Citation caveat. N=20 qualitative interviews at two private schools serving middle/upper-middle-class families in one metro area (Delhi NCR, India). Not representative, not generalizable, and not US — cite as illustrative international texture only, never as a prevalence estimate.

Corrections applied. The paper self-describes its participants as 'K-12 teachers' (title and abstract) teaching elementary and middle school; our key_findings call them 'K-8 teachers,' which is a defensible reading of 'elementary and middle school' but does not match the authors' own label — prefer their wording. Interviews were ~45 minutes each, conducted in person and audio-recorded, analyzed thematically using an AI Literacy Framework and Ecological Teacher Agency Theory. Funding statement confirmed: 'no financial support was received.' Note the 'organization' field names the journal (Frontiers in Education) rather than the authors' institution; that is a cataloguing choice, not an error, but it should not be read as institutional authorship.

Sample
20 elementary and middle school teachers at two private schools in Delhi NCR, India (semi-structured interviews, Aug-Dec 2024)
Method
IDIs (semi-structured interviews)
Field/geography
India (Delhi National Capital Region)
Partner / funder
Academic study; no external funder named
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (academic article; only DOAJ/ResearchGate indexing)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Generative AI for Teachers' Self-Directed Professional Development: A Mixed-Methods Study Mixed-methodIndiana University (Curtis J. Bonk) with co-authors Zixi Li and Chaoran Wang; published in TechTrends (Springer)2025-07Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) Even among teachers screened for prior ChatGPT experience, daily use was uncommon: 7.05% used ChatGPT daily to facilitate teaching practice, 41.95% weekly, 22.82% monthly, and 28.19% rarely. (2) Use was concentrated in lesson-prep tasks — 19.49% primarily used it for inspiration for classroom pedagogies, activities, and lesson plans.
  • 17.97% for generating practice questions or quizzes.
  • 15.75% for creating customized educational content.
  • 12.37% for subject explanations or clarification. (3) The authors found teachers' motivation for self-directed professional development 'was generally passive due to teaching pressure given by state policy and local conditions,' yet ChatGPT nonetheless played a role in motivating teachers to advance that development. (4) Teachers reported high self-management and self-monitoring while using ChatGPT for professional development — applying varied learning strategies and tracking time and goals — and generally felt confident interacting with it for that purpose.

Citation caveat. The single most important caveat: Prolific respondents were PRE-SCREENED to already have ChatGPT experience for teaching, so every percentage describes the behavior of teachers who had already adopted the tool. These figures cannot be cited as adoption or usage rates among U.S. teachers generally — doing so would inflate them substantially. Prolific is an opt-in paid online panel, not a probability sample of the teaching workforce, so no margin of error applies and results are not projectable. The qualitative arm is only 5 interviews, and the authors concede 'the qualitative data was relatively small due to the dropout of participants which restricted the breadth of perspectives captured.' Authors also warn respondents may have interpreted Likert items differently depending on prior experience with the tool.

Sample
298 completed survey responses, plus 5 interviewees, plus submitted ChatGPT chat-history documents. Recruited through Prolific with inclusion criteria stated as: '(1) currently hold a teacher status in a K-12 setting, (2) live in the United States, and (3) possess experience using ChatGPT for teaching and professional development purposes.' Teaching experience distribution: 0.67% under 1 year, 7.0% 1–2 years, 19.80% 3–5 years, 33.56% 6–10 years, 18.46% 11–15 years, 20.47% 15+ years. Interviewees spanned social science, anthropology, and reading, with 6–10 years to 15+ years of experience.
Method
Mixed-methods design grounded in Garrison's (1997) self-directed learning framework. Online survey administered to a Prolific panel with pre-screening filters, plus five individual semi-structured interviews (selected from 75 respondents who volunteered), plus document analysis of participants' ChatGPT chat histories relating to self-directed professional development. Motivation and self-management items used a 5-point Likert scale ('Not at all' = 1 to 'Very much' = 5).
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
No funding statement located in the accessible full text. Prolific was used as the paid recruitment panel vendor — a commercial participant marketplace, not a funder.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Teaching for Tomorrow: Unlocking Six Weeks a Year With AI (Walton Family Foundation-Gallup) Probability surveyGallup; Walton Family Foundation2025-06Teachers Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 60% of teachers used an AI tool for their work during the 2024-25 school year (66% of high school teachers, 69% of early-career teachers).
  • 32% use AI at least weekly, 28% infrequently, 40% not at all.
  • Weekly users estimate saving 5.9 hours per week, the equivalent of about six weeks over a 37.4-week contract year (monthly users: 2.9 hours).
  • Across the nine tasks measured, 60%-84% of teachers who use AI for that task at least monthly say it saves time (highest: making worksheets/assignments 84%.
  • Lowest: one-on-one instruction/tutoring 60%).
  • If their students used AI weekly, 57% of teachers think it would decrease independent thinking and 52% critical thinking.
  • On support, the source says 68% of teachers engaged in NO school- or district-provided AI training in 2024-25, teachers are more likely to have taught themselves (52%) than to have been trained by their district (31%), and only 19% say their school has an AI policy.
  • Fielded March 18-April 11, 2025.

Citation caveat. The 'six weeks a year' figure is teachers' self-estimated weekly time savings multiplied by 37.4 contracted weeks - a self-report extrapolation, not an observed time study. Funded by the Walton Family Foundation.

Corrections applied. Panel is the RAND American Teacher Panel (one of RAND's American Educator Panels), described by Gallup as 'a nationally representative, probability-based panel of U.S. public school teachers'; weighted to NCES teacher- and school-level targets; margin of sampling error +/-2.5 pts. Gallup article published June 24, 2025 (report file version stamped 06/17/25). Everything else in the attribution row checks out.

Sample
2,232 U.S. public K-12 teachers (fielded March 18-April 11, 2025)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup, funded by the Walton Family Foundation; administered via RAND's American Educator Panels
Recurring
annual since 2025
News coverage
~12-15 distinct news stories found (5 confirmed directly; education trade press coverage continued June-August 2025) — The 74, EdSurge, EdSource, K-12 Dive
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Voices from the Classroom 2025: A Survey of America's Educators (AI theme) Probability surveyEducators for Excellence (E4E)2025-05Teachers VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 30% of teachers say AI could transform teaching and learning in a positive way, doubling from 14% in 2024.
  • 88% think AI could improve instruction (up from 82%).
  • 45% report more than a quarter of their students regularly use AI to complete assignments (67% among high school teachers).
  • Teachers split on impact - 44% say student AI use helps learning vs. 32% harms (among high school teachers 47% vs. 43%).
  • 53% received inadequate or no training on supporting student AI use.
  • Only 48% say their school's AI policy is clear.

Corrections applied. Only refinements, nothing wrong. The methodology section states 1,002 teachers actually qualified and completed the national survey (the report describes the design as 'a nationally representative sample of 1,000 full-time public school teachers,' and the margin of error is computed on 1,002). Recruitment was by email invitation to prescreened education professionals: 6,199 invites for the national sample (16% response rate), 5,185 for the teachers-of-color oversample (6%), 1,608 for the Gen Z oversample (19%). Margin of error +/- 3.1 points for the national sample and +/- 5.7 points for each 300-person oversample. National data weighted by region and race/ethnicity. Conducted online December 18, 2024 - February 3, 2025 by Penta Group Intelligence; questionnaire developed by 17 E4E teacher members.

Sample
1,000 full-time U.S. public school teachers (nationally representative), plus oversamples of 300 teachers of color and 300 Gen Z teachers; fielded online Dec 18, 2024-Feb 3, 2025
Method
Online survey of a nationally representative sample of full-time public school teachers, fielded December 18, 2024 - February 3, 2025, by independent research firm Penta; released May 6, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Questionnaire developed by 17 E4E teacher members; written and administered by Penta Group Intelligence (independent research firm)
Recurring
Yes - annual survey; second wave with AI items
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found (The 74, Education Week charts feature; education trade coverage of the Trump-agenda findings) — The 74, Education Week
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Annual AI in Education Survey: What UK and US Educators Think in 2025 Non-prob. surveyTwinkl2025-03Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Label the geography on each figure, since the entry currently mixes U.S. and UK numbers without marking two of them. Suggested: "62% of US teachers (60% UK) currently use AI for work purposes.
  • 53% of US teachers believe AI will positively contribute to children's education.
  • 67% of US teachers agree AI reduces stress at work (77% among frequent users).
  • 88% of frequent US AI users save up to five hours a week (25% up to an hour, 63% one to five hours).
  • Only 31% of US teachers report receiving training or substantial guidance from their school (69% have received none), and 76% of UK teachers have had no training or substantial guidance.
  • Only 20% of US teachers agree AI is sufficiently regulated.".

Citation caveat. Vendor-run, self-administered survey with no disclosed methodology: the release gives only N and field dates — no sampling frame, no recruitment method, no weighting, no margin of error. Respondents are almost certainly drawn from Twinkl's own teacher user base, so this is an opt-in sample of an edtech vendor's customers, not a representative teacher sample. Twinkl sells AI tools to teachers and the release doubles as marketing for them (it promotes Twinkl's AI Report Writer and "Ari" assistant by name), so the favorable time-savings and adoption figures are self-interested.

Corrections applied. The publication date of March 4, 2025 is confirmed by the dateline on Twinkl's U.S. press release ("Tallahassee, Florida, March 4th, 2025"). Fielding Jan 15-22, 2025 and the 6,501 UK / 3,777 US split (10,278 total) are confirmed. Note that Twinkl published separate UK and U.S. releases, and several figures in our entry are drawn from different national releases.

Sample
10,278 teachers (6,501 UK; 3,777 US)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
UK and US
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Twinkl
Recurring
first annual wave (launched 2025)
News coverage
no news coverage found (a March 2025 IT Brief UK teacher-AI story could not be confirmed as citing Twinkl; page itself verified alive via Wayback snapshot Mar 27, 2025, status 200 — live page bot-blocks fetchers)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Algorithm Appreciation in Education: Educators Prefer Complex over Simple Algorithms Non-prob. surveyCornell University / WPI (ACM LAK '25 proceedings)2025-03Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Verified, with one substantive finding worth adding.
  • Corrected text: In two randomized experiments (N=570), the authors compared educator preferences between a simple heuristic algorithm and a complex Bayesian Knowledge Tracing algorithm within an intelligent tutoring system, and tested whether explanations for the complex algorithm improve attitudes, trust and willingness to adopt.
  • Educators generally preferred the complex algorithm over the simple one, and explanations did not improve attitudes or adoption intentions, even when educators had to explain the complex algorithm's predictions.
  • Missing from the entry: the complex algorithm scored lower than the simple one on informational fairness because it is less transparent, and the explanation was insufficient to overcome this.
  • The authors conclude that widespread algorithm aversion may have evolved into algorithm appreciation, at least for widely used technologies like intelligent tutoring systems.

Citation caveat. N=570 recruited educators with the recruitment frame, geography and educator characteristics not confirmable from the openly accessible abstract. The outcomes are stated attitudes, trust and adoption intent in a vignette, not observed adoption of a real tool.

Corrections applied. Full author list is Kimberly Williamson, Rene F. Kizilcec, Sean Fath (Cornell) and Neil T. Heffernan (Worcester Polytechnic Institute), so the 'Cornell University / WPI' attribution is correct. Published March 3, 2025 in the Proceedings of the 15th International Learning Analytics and Knowledge Conference (LAK '25), pp. 527-536. Geography could NOT be confirmed: the abstract does not state where the 570 educators were recruited, and the full text was unreachable to automated requests, so the 'US' entry in the geography field is unverified and should be marked as such until someone opens the PDF. Recruitment method and educator characteristics are likewise not stated in the accessible abstract.

Sample
570 educators
Method
two randomized experiments (N=570 educators)
Field/geography
US
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

Samsung Solve for Tomorrow: The State of STEM Education Survey (2nd edition) — AI outpacing education's ability to keep up Non-prob. surveySamsung Electronics America (Solve for Tomorrow)2025-02Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 96% of teachers believe AI will become an intrinsic part of education within the next decade, yet 97% say they lack the resources/training to integrate emerging tech like AI.
  • 53% already use AI tools in their classrooms and another 33% are exploring uses.
  • Only 36% say curricula adequately cover emerging technologies including AI.
  • 88% emphasize teaching students ethical AI considerations.
  • Just 5% worry about AI displacing their job.

Citation caveat. Corporate-sponsored survey fielded by DonorsChoose, a nonprofit whose respondent pool is its own teacher user base; the release claims a 'nationally representative sample' and quotes a plus or minus 3% margin of error but discloses no sampling frame, recruitment method, or weighting scheme. Field dates are November-December 2024, not 2025. No standalone report, topline, or questionnaire was published — the newsroom announcement is the only artifact.

Corrections applied. The survey was fielded November 2024 through December 2024, not in 2025 — February 18, 2025 is the release date only. This matters for a landscape scan: the '53% already use AI tools in their classrooms' reading is a late-2024 measurement. The release discloses a margin of error of plus or minus 3%, which our entry omits. DonorsChoose conducted the research on behalf of Samsung Electronics America.

Sample
1,039 U.S. public middle and high school teachers
Method
Online survey of U.S. public middle and high school teachers, conducted in partnership with DonorsChoose; released Feb 18-19, 2025
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
Samsung Electronics America (funder); DonorsChoose (partner)
Recurring
Yes — recurring 'State of STEM Education' series (2nd edition; first ran 2023-24)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found beyond Samsung's own releases (link verified via Wayback snapshot; samsung.com times out for automated fetchers) — eSchool News
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

A Cross-Sectional Look at Teacher Reactions, Worries, and Professional Development Needs Related to Generative AI in an Urban School District Mixed-methodEducation and Information Technologies / Stanford University research team2025-02Teachers Audit-verified
  • 82.892% had not used an AI chatbot in the prior month, and most had not established classroom policies for the five queried student uses.
  • Each step from elementary to middle to high school reduced the modeled probability of allowing AI by 11.66 to 14.99 percentage points across idea generation, paper editing, whole-paper writing, concept explanation, and coding.
  • Elementary and middle teachers prioritized basic AI literacy in professional development, while high-school teachers emphasized guiding student use and detecting AI-generated work.
Sample
1,454 complete analytic responses from 1,674 respondents among 2,535 invited teachers (57.35% effective response rate); 118-school urban district on the U.S. West Coast
Method
District annual employee survey with AI items, closed-ended allowability questions, open responses, logistic regression, and coded qualitative analysis
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
No recurring AI wave identified; AI module was embedded in a district annual employee survey

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Creativity with AI in Education 2025 Report Mixed-methodAdobe2025-01TeachersHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 91% of educators observe enhanced learning when students use creative AI.
  • 86% believe teaching generative AI for creative projects will improve students' job prospects.
  • 95% consider it important that students use industry-standard tools.
  • 82% of educators using creative activities report positive effects on student well-being and engagement.

Citation caveat. Vendor-funded marketing research: commissioned by Adobe from Advanis to promote Adobe Express for Education, with findings framed around students using 'industry-standard tools developed by established companies rather than startups.' No field dates, sampling frame, recruitment method, weighting, or margin of error are disclosed anywhere public, and the full report sits behind a lead-capture form. Cite only as 'an Adobe-commissioned survey of 2,801 US and UK educators,' and never as evidence of what educators generally believe.

Corrections applied. Publication date is January 22, 2025 (Adobe's own blog announcement); the EdWeek sponsor placement ran January 23, 2025. Research conducted by Advanis for Adobe; 2,801 educators in the US and UK confirmed. The gated US report is titled 'Creativity with AI in Education 2025 Report — U.S. Higher Education Edition,' indicating the study is published in separate segment editions; the K-12 vs higher-ed and US vs UK composition of the 2,801 is not disclosed publicly, so the entry's 'Teachers; Higher-ed faculty' population coding cannot be verified.

Sample
2,801 educators in the US and UK
Method
Quantitative and qualitative survey by Advanis
Field/geography
United States and United Kingdom
Partner / funder
Research firm: Advanis; funded by Adobe
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found (only Adobe's own blog/report pages and paid sponsored-content placement on EdWeek)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

Empowering ELA Teachers: Recommendations for Teacher Education in the AI Era Non-prob. surveyContemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education (CITE Journal); authors Kennedy & Castek2025-01Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 10 in-depth interviews with early-career ELA teachers in the southwestern US plus analysis of 74 digital artifacts.
  • Found teachers positioned as objects of AI discourse shaped by tech firms, policymakers, and administrators rather than as decision-makers.
  • Identified 5 themes including uncertainty about AI's direction, primacy of human-centered learning, teachers' lack of input into AI policy, shifting teacher roles without consultation, and changing ELA practices.
  • Teachers wanted to learn AI tools but feared losing pedagogical autonomy.

Citation caveat. Qualitative study of 10 early-career ELA teachers in one U.S. region plus a document corpus - findings are interpretive themes, not prevalence estimates. Nothing here can be expressed as a percentage or generalized to teachers nationally. The Reddit component (r/ELATeachers) is a self-selected online community, not a sample of teachers.

Sample
10 early-career ELA teachers (1-3 years experience) from urban and suburban districts; 74 digital artifacts including posts from a 21,000-member ELA teacher online community
Method
IDIs plus discourse analysis of digital artifacts
Field/geography
US (Southwestern United States)
Partner / funder
Academic study; no external funder named
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (peer-reviewed academic article)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Classroom of the Future Report 2024 Non-prob. surveyClever2024-09Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Teachers who believe AI will make their job harder dropped from 48% (2023) to 18% (2024).
  • Only 30% feel moderately confident using AI tools and 45% report slight or no confidence in safe, responsible AI use.
  • Roughly 50% of educators favor automating administrative work, communication, lesson planning, and personalized learning, though 31% oppose automating student/parent communication.
  • 56% want better technology for students with IEPs/504 plans and 63% find digital tools more effective than traditional methods for engagement.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey of a K-12 edtech company's own educator base, with no disclosed methodology at all — no field dates, no sampling frame, no mode, no weighting, no margin of error, only "over 1,600 K-12 educators." The headline 48%-to-18% drop is a comparison across two separate self-run, unpublished-methodology waves. Cite as an industry sentiment signal, not as a population estimate.

Corrections applied. "Conducted in-house by Clever" is very likely wrong. Clever's own 2023 report landing page describes the Classroom of the Future series as "a collaboration between experienced research analysts and experts in mission-driven business strategy" (Clever and Whiteboard Advisors), and the current report landing page credits Whiteboard Advisors as collaborator. Search summaries also attribute the 2024 wave to Whiteboard Advisors, though the September 10, 2024 press release itself names no partner — confirm with Clever before publishing. Geography "US national" is not stated in either 2024 source. No field dates are disclosed anywhere for the 2024 wave.

Sample
1,600+ K-12 educators
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Clever
Recurring
annual (Classroom of the Future series; a 2025 wave also exists)
News coverage
no distinct news coverage found — press-release distribution (PR Newswire) and stats-roundup citations only; report released September 10, 2024
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Report of the NEA Task Force on Artificial Intelligence in Education (with NEA Policy Statement on the Use of AI in Education) ConsultationNational Education Association (NEA)2024-07TeachersHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Recommend rewriting so the borrowed statistics carry their true attribution: 'Establishes five principles for AI in education and accompanies the NEA Policy Statement on the Use of Artificial Intelligence in Education proposed by the Task Force and adopted at the July 2024 Representative Assembly.
  • The report contains no original NEA member polling.
  • Its headline statistics are citations of third-party research: the Center for Democracy & Technology found K-12 teachers' generative-AI use for personal or school use 'jumped 32 percentage points, to 83 percent, between the 2022-2023 school year and 2023-2024,' with 59% of teachers certain at least one student had used generative AI for school.
  • Education Week found 71% of K-12 teachers had received no professional learning about using AI in the classroom.
  • And the report states that 'only 16 states ... have issued guidance from the state department of education or another organization' as of writing.'.

Citation caveat. This is a union policy document, not a survey. It contains zero original NEA member polling — every number in it is a citation of someone else's research. Citing '83% of teachers use generative AI (NEA, 2024)' would be a misattribution of CDT's 2024 survey, and '71% received no AI training' belongs to EdWeek Research Center. If CDT's 'Up in the Air' survey or the EdWeek March 2024 teacher-training survey appear elsewhere in this corpus, this entry double-counts them; cite those primary sources directly and use the NEA report only for the union's stated position and five principles.

Corrections applied. The report page is dated June 26, 2024 (last updated October 22, 2024); the entry's 2024-07 date reflects the Representative Assembly adoption of the Policy Statement rather than publication of the report. The 'method' field should not read as though NEA collected data: there is no original survey. The member-engagement description in the sample field is accurate and confirmed verbatim in Section II (Task Force appointed fall 2023; online meetings Nov 2023-Apr 2024; in-person March 1, 2024 Chicago; NEA Leadership Summit March 1-3, 2024 Chicago; NEA Higher Education Conference March 14-16, 2024 Atlanta; NEA ESP Conference March 23-24, 2024 Las Vegas; Aspiring Educators Advisory Committee April 22, 2024).

Sample
Task force appointed fall 2023; member engagement sessions at NEA Leadership Summit (Mar 1-3, 2024), Higher Education Conference (Mar 14-16, 2024), ESP Conference (Mar 23-24, 2024), and Aspiring Educators Advisory Committee (Apr 22, 2024)
Method
mixed methods (task force deliberation, member listening sessions at 2024 NEA conferences, expert consultation, literature review - no original polling)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Task force appointed by NEA President Becky Pringle; produced internally by NEA
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~5-7 distinct news stories (EdWeek preview, approval, and Representative Assembly wrap coverage, plus local and later retrospective pieces) — Education Week, The Sopris Sun, Just The News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Teacher Burnout and AI Survey (Amid Burnout, Teachers Are Ready to Embrace AI) Non-prob. surveyCanva2024-05Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 35% of U.S. K-12 teachers report feelings of burnout daily or most days, and 83% at least some days.
  • 57% have considered quitting or switching schools and 64% have considered leaving the profession.
  • 42% of K-12 teachers have already used AI in the classroom, rising to 59% among teachers with five or fewer years of experience and falling to 28% among those with 20+ years.
  • Among the teachers who have used AI, 92% found it helpful in addressing pain points, 60% said it improved work efficiency, and 58% said it helped alleviate feelings of burnout.
  • Among teachers who have not used AI, 56% believe it could help reduce burnout.
  • The claims that '78% are eager to incorporate AI' and '93% admit not knowing where to start with AI' could not be located in any reachable account of this 2024 study and should be removed or re-sourced.

Citation caveat. Vendor-sponsored: Canva commissioned the survey and sells AI design tools to schools, and the framing (burnout is severe, AI relieves it) maps onto its product pitch. Opt-in Sago research panel with no disclosed weighting or margin of error. Critically, the positive AI findings are based only on the 42% of teachers who had already used AI — roughly a quarter of the full sample — so they must never be reported as 'most teachers say AI reduced their burnout.'

Corrections applied. Attribution verified and correct: Canva commissioned Sago, a research panel company, to survey a panel of 1,000 U.S.-based, full-time, in-person K-12 teachers from March 21 to April 1, 2024; released May 6, 2024 for Teacher Appreciation Week. No weighting scheme and no margin of error are disclosed anywhere I could find — add that gap to the record.

Sample
1,000 full-time, in-person U.S. K-12 teachers (fielded Mar 21-Apr 1, 2024)
Method
Online survey, fielded March 21-April 1, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Conducted by research panel firm Sago for Canva
Recurring
Canva has run related teacher AI surveys (earlier AI in Education Study of ~1,000-1,004 US teachers)
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found — Fox Business, eSchool News, EdTech Innovation Hub, Commsroom
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

A quarter of U.S. teachers say AI tools do more harm than good in K-12 education Probability surveyPew Research Center2024-05Teachers VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 25% of public K-12 teachers say AI tools in K-12 education do more harm than good.
  • 32% say equal mix of benefit and harm.
  • Only 6% say more good than harm.
  • 35% are unsure. High school teachers most negative (35% say more harm) vs. 24% of middle school and 19% of elementary teachers. Fielded Oct 17-Nov 14, 2023.

Citation caveat. Fieldwork was October 17 to November 14, 2023 even though the piece published in May 2024 — these are pre-2024 attitudes, collected roughly a year after ChatGPT's release and before most districts issued AI guidance. In a 2026 funder briefing this should be presented as a 2023 baseline, not as current teacher sentiment.

Corrections applied. All correct. For precision: RAND's American Teacher Panel members are recruited using probability-based sampling from a teacher sampling frame acquired from MDR Education; each member carries a design weight for their initial probability of selection, calibrated so the panel matches the national population of public school teachers per NCES data. Published May 15, 2024.

Sample
2,531 U.S. public K-12 teachers
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Pew self-funded; teachers surveyed via RAND's American Teacher Panel
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found (direct coverage by K-12 Dive and EdSource; frequently cited in later education-press pieces) — K-12 Dive, EdSource, District Administration, Education Next
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Global Education Insights Report 2024: Learning Outcomes & the Digital Classroom Non-prob. surveyMcGraw Hill2024-04TeachersHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 32% of educators already use generative AI (63% including those expecting to within a year).
  • 41% say AI has had a mostly positive impact on outcomes vs 19% negative.
  • Top perceived benefits: reduced administrative time (65%) and personalized learning (63%).
  • 57% rank challenges outside the classroom as the largest obstacle to student success.

Citation caveat. Publisher-funded (McGraw Hill) survey of an opt-in Morning Consult online educator panel across 19 countries; data explicitly not weighted for population size and no margin of error is published; N=1,145.

Corrections applied. Fieldwork was 2/9/24-3/11/24 (February-March 2024), not February 2024 alone. Sample is 1,145 educators - 456 PreK-12 educators and 689 higher-education instructors - collected by Morning Consult via online panel interviewing across 19 countries in six regions; the report states 'data is not weighted to account for population size.' Press release date of April 16, 2024 is confirmed.

Sample
1,000+ K-12 and higher-ed educators in 19 countries
Method
Online survey by Morning Consult across 19 countries
Field/geography
Global (19 countries incl. US, Canada, Europe, Latin America, Asia, Middle East)
Partner / funder
Pollster: Morning Consult; funded by McGraw Hill
Recurring
Yes — annual
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found — K-12 Dive, eSchool News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Up in the Air: Educators Juggling the Potential of Generative AI with Detection, Discipline, and Distrust Probability surveyCenter for Democracy & Technology (CDT)2024-03Teachers Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 83% of teachers reported using generative AI for personal or school purposes in 2023-24, a 32-point jump from the prior year.
  • 59% of teachers were certain at least one of their students had used generative AI for school purposes.
  • Teachers continued struggling with AI detection, discipline, and distrust despite increased school guidance.

Citation caveat. N=460 teachers — smaller than CDT's other waves, so subgroup breakouts carry wide error. The 83% is teachers using generative AI "for personal or school use," a deliberately broad measure; do not cite it as classroom or instructional AI use, which CDT measures far lower elsewhere. Online nonprobability sample fielded by Edge Research; no margin of error published.

Corrections applied. The sample description is incomplete and should state the size and the vendor. Verbatim methodology: "An online survey of a nationally representative sample of 460 6th- to 12th-grade public school teachers was fielded November – December 2023 by Edge Research." The database records no N at all; N=460 is materially smaller than CDT's other teacher waves (~1,000) and must be disclosed. Add: sample = 460 grade 6-12 public school teachers; research partner = Edge Research. Publication date March 2024 confirmed (report dated March 21-22, 2024). I could not independently confirm the authorship line "Maddy Dwyer and Elizabeth Laird" from the sources I reached — treat it as unverified until checked against the report's byline.

Sample
Nationally representative survey of middle and high school teachers (fielded November-December 2023)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors: Maddy Dwyer and Elizabeth Laird (CDT)
Recurring
Mid-year teacher wave of CDT's annual K-12 research series
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories (Youth Today verified); widely cited in non-news sources (NEA AI task force report, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights) — Youth Today
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Augmented Teachers: K-12 Teachers' Needs for Artificial Intelligence's Complementary Role in Personalized Learning QualitativeJournal of Research on Technology in Education (Seo, Yoo, Dodson, Jin)2024-03Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Two-part study. Study 1: a focus group interview with 15 K-12 public-school teachers (three 90-minute rounds, five teachers each from elementary, middle and high school.
  • All had used AI-based education services) identified eight roles teachers want AI to augment - personalized curriculum design, development of instructional materials, foundational learning support, self-reflection support, student evaluation, career guidance, student management, and administrative task support.
  • Study 2: an online questionnaire with 128 teachers (43 elementary, 41 middle, 44 high school) found preferences differ by school level - elementary teachers emphasized student assessment and management, while middle and high school teachers prioritized self-reflection support and career guidance.
  • Teachers stressed keeping AI in a complementary rather than substitutive relationship, with shared objectives and sustained interaction, becoming 'augmented teachers.' The statement that current AI systems fall short of teacher needs and can hinder education or cause teacher-AI conflicts is the paper's framing premise drawn from prior literature, not a result of this study.

Citation caveat. Small non-U.S. convenience sample from one metropolitan city (n=15 focus-group participants plus a voluntary-response questionnaire of 128 teachers recruited via letters to 121 schools). The city is anonymized as 'City S' in the paper and the country is never stated in the text, though author affiliations and the Korean government funders indicate South Korea. Study 1 participants were pre-selected for having already used AI-based education services, which biases toward AI-familiar teachers. No representativeness claim, no weighting, no error estimate; findings are design-oriented and exploratory.

Corrections applied. Sample is materially understated: 15 focus-group participants PLUS 128 questionnaire respondents (143 total), not 15. Method is mixed-methods (focus group interviews with storyboard scenarios + a 5-point-Likert online questionnaire), not focus groups alone. Geography: all participants were teachers in public schools in a single large metropolitan city, anonymized in the paper as 'City S'; three of four authors are at Korean institutions (Seoul National University of Science and Technology, Kyungil University, Hanbat National University; the fourth is University at Buffalo) and Study 2 recruitment ran through 'the Education Research and Information Institute in City S' - so this is a single non-U.S. metropolitan sample, almost certainly South Korean, and should not be read as U.S. or nationally representative anywhere. Funders are missing: National Research Foundation of Korea (NRF-2019S1A5A2A03053308) and the Institute of Information & Communications Technology Planning & Evaluation (RS-2023-00262158). Citation is JRTE vol. 57, no. 4, pp. 876-893; published online March 21, 2024, print issue July 2025.

Sample
15 K-12 teachers
Method
Focus group interviews with K-12 teachers to identify roles teachers envision AI augmenting in personalized learning
Field/geography
Not stated on verified pages (authors based in South Korea and North America)
Partner / funder
Authors: Kyoungwon Seo, Mina Yoo, Samuel Dodson, Sung-Hee Jin
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found (academic journal article)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Across the Aisle: Bipartisan Education Policies & Priorities Survey 2024 — AI Focus-Group Component Mixed-methodERIC (ED671068)2024TeachersPublic Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Teacher focus-group comments included concerns about critical thinking and deep understanding, with one teacher objecting to AI grading because it severed authentic feedback and knowledge of students.
  • Voters hesitated because of cheating, reliability, dependency, and reduced human interaction, while some saw future-readiness value when AI was framed as a partner.
  • A global-workplace rationale produced only a small descriptive favorability difference in the companion survey, with no significance test.

Citation caveat. Focus-group participant counts absent; nonrandom, nonprojectable groups; individual quotations should not be treated as consensus.

Sample
Three voter groups and two teacher groups; participant counts per group not disclosed
Method
Five two-hour confidential virtual focus groups followed by a weighted voter survey
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Rethinking Teacher Workload: A Phenomenological Study of Generative Artificial Intelligence and Educator Well-Being QualitativeLamar University – Beaumont (Ed.D. doctoral dissertation by Jennifer Roble)2024Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • NOTE: findings below are taken from the ERIC record's abstract, which is verbatim and complete.
  • The full 156-page dissertation is behind ProQuest and was not reachable, so no interior data, quotes, or participant detail could be checked.
  • From the abstract: (1) Curiosity was the motivator that led teachers to adopt generative AI, both to enhance teaching and to manage workload. (2) The learning curve and a lack of training limited teachers' ability to use generative AI fully. (3) Generative AI 'showed promise in reducing the heavy workload caused by administrative tasks, though it often fell below expectations' — i.e., the workload relief underdelivered against what teachers anticipated. (4) The study concludes that targeted professional development and institutional support are prerequisites for successful integration and for any improvement in working conditions.

Citation caveat. Ten interviews at ONE well-resourced independent school in Hawaii, with participants deliberately chosen because they were innovators and early adopters — this describes enthusiasts at an atypical school and cannot be generalized to teachers, to public-school teachers, or to Hawaii. It is an unpublished doctoral dissertation, not peer-reviewed. Access limit: only the ERIC abstract was reachable (full text is ProQuest-gated), so any claim beyond the four abstract-level findings above is unverified and should not be attributed to this source. Phenomenological work produces described experience, not measured effects — never cite it as evidence that AI does or does not reduce teacher workload.

Sample
10 teachers at a single large K-12 independent (private) school in Hawaii, purposively selected as innovators and early adopters of generative AI.
Method
Qualitative phenomenological design using semi-structured interviews with ten participants. Sampling deliberately targeted teachers identified as 'innovators and early adopters' of generative AI. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, 156 pages, ISBN 979-8-3468-7339-6.
Field/geography
United States (single independent school in Hawaii)
Partner / funder
None stated — unfunded doctoral dissertation research.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Canva AI in Education Study Non-prob. surveyCanva2023-12Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 78% of teachers are interested in using AI education tools, but 93% say they know 'a little' or 'nothing' about AI.
  • 60% agree AI has given them ideas to boost student productivity, 59% agree it has cultivated more ways for their students to be creative, and 56% agree it has made their lives easier.
  • 72% agree the technology could help with language learning and 67% agree it could support universal accessibility.
  • 92% of teachers use apps or services in their teaching, with 78% using them at least weekly.
  • Teachers already use generative AI for creating teaching materials (43%), collaborative creativity (39%), translating text (36%), and brainstorming (35%).

Citation caveat. Vendor-sponsored: Canva commissioned this survey and sells design and AI tools to schools, so findings showing teacher enthusiasm plus a knowledge gap point directly at its own product and PD offering. Only a press release exists — no full report, topline, or questionnaire is published, so the exact question wordings behind each percentage cannot be checked. Morning Consult panels are nonprobability samples; the quoted +/-3 margin of error should be treated as a modeled approximation, not a true sampling error.

Corrections applied. Attribution is correct and can be tightened: poll conducted by Morning Consult on behalf of Canva, Aug 6-11, 2023, among 1,004 U.S. educators, margin of error +/-3 percentage points, with results weighted by age, race/ethnicity, gender, educational attainment, and region. Announced via Business Wire Dec 4, 2023 under the headline 'New Survey Finds More Than Three-Quarters of Teachers Are Optimistic About AI But Lack Support.' Entry's date of 2023-12 refers to the release, not the fieldwork — keep both visible so this is not misread as December 2023 sentiment.

Sample
1,004 U.S. educators
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Morning Consult for Canva
Recurring
one-time (Canva released a follow-up teacher AI/burnout study in May 2024)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (BusinessWire press release and Statista not counted) — eSchool News
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Artificial Intelligence In Education: Teachers' Opinions On AI In The Classroom Non-prob. surveyForbes Advisor2023-10Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 60% of the 500 educators surveyed said they had integrated AI into their classroom to improve daily teaching responsibilities.
  • 55% said AI has improved educational outcomes in their classrooms, while 18% called it a hindrance.
  • The most-used tools were AI-powered educational games (51%), adaptive learning platforms (43%), automated grading and feedback (41%), chatbots for student support (35%) and intelligent tutoring systems (29%).
  • The entry's third claim -- 'more than half said AI has had a positive effect on the teaching and learning process' -- is a restatement of the same 55% figure, not an additional finding, and should be dropped or merged.

Citation caveat. Commercial content-marketing survey run by an affiliate-revenue consumer site with no named pollster, no sampling frame, no mode, no weighting and no margin of error disclosed; N=500 self-selected educators. Treat as an indicative data point, never as a representative measure of U.S. teachers.

Corrections applied. No polling firm, sampling frame, survey mode, weighting scheme or margin of error is disclosed anywhere; 'commissioned by Forbes Advisor' is the whole of the attribution. Sample (500 practicing U.S. educators) and timing (October 2023) are confirmed only through secondary citations, not from a reachable primary page.

Sample
500 practicing U.S. educators (surveyed October 2023)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Commissioned by Forbes Advisor (pollster not named in accessible coverage)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~2 distinct education-trade stories found; otherwise the survey is mostly cited in SEO statistics roundups (passivesecrets, AIPRM, boterview) and vendor blogs, which do not count — District Administration, Essentials Magazine (EDmarket)
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Thoughtful and Ethical Approaches to Using AI in Schools (teacher focus group series) Qualitativefoundry10 (Digital Technologies and Education Lab)2023-09Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Focus groups with 15 US middle/high school teachers (published Sept 14, 2023).
  • Teachers reported using ChatGPT for lesson planning, classroom materials, grading, and administrative tasks.
  • Top concerns were credibility of AI-generated information, plagiarism/academic integrity, and worry that over-reliance means "students may never learn basic skills".
  • Teachers explicitly requested comprehensive AI training and ethical guidelines.

Citation caveat. Qualitative focus groups with 15 teachers, self-published as a blog post with no methods section -- illustrative, not generalizable; recruitment and fielding dates undisclosed.

Corrections applied. Minor: the focus-group dates, recruitment method and analysis approach are not disclosed in the article -- only that foundry10 conducted focus groups with 15 middle and high school teachers from across the U.S. Authors (Jen Rubin, Kat Chen, Riddhi Divanji) and the September 14, 2023 publication date are confirmed.

Sample
15 middle and high school teachers across the U.S.
Method
focus groups
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
foundry10 (philanthropic education research organization); authors Jen Rubin, Kat Chen, Riddhi Divanji
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found - only foundry10's own Medium post (published Sept 14, 2023) and its foundry10.org mirror
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Back-to-School Survey 2023 Non-prob. surveyGoGuardian2023-09Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 38% of teachers say AI features increase their likelihood of adopting an edtech product while ~50% say AI makes no difference.
  • Teachers most want AI applied to content creation, then interventions, data analysis, and lesson planning.
  • 93%+ were somewhat or very likely to implement an edtech product they had never used before.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey recruited from GoGuardian's own network of educator users - opt-in convenience sample, unweighted, with no sampling frame, response rate, or margin of error disclosed. The AI item measures willingness to adopt edtech products, not general AI attitudes.

Corrections applied. Precise figures from the survey deck's own charts: AI features increase adoption likelihood for 38.3% (26.8% 'somewhat increases' + 11.5% 'significantly increases'), 50.7% say 'neutral, no impact,' and 11.0% say AI features DECREASE their likelihood of adopting (6.5% somewhat + 4.5% significantly) - the decrease share is worth carrying since our entry only reports the positive and neutral sides. The deck states 1,134 responses collected July 12-Aug. 2, 2023 through 'GoGuardian's nationwide network of educators'; the 'all 50 states' descriptor appears only in the press release, not the deck. The AI-application item was select-all-that-apply and is charted in raw counts, not percentages.

Sample
1,134 educators across all 50 U.S. states (North America)
Method
Online survey of educators, fielded July 12-Aug 2, 2023
Field/geography
United States/North America
Partner / funder
GoGuardian (self-funded)
Recurring
Annual back-to-school survey series
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Parents & families 20

Thinner than teachers or students — and where messaging questions matter most, coverage is mostly guardrail polling.

New Survey: When Choosing a School for Their Children, Majority of Parents Consider Artificial Intelligence Policies Non-prob. surveyNational School Choice Awareness Foundation (NSCAF)2026-08Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 76% of parents support at least some AI use in schools.
  • 78% say a school's approach to AI matters when evaluating education options. 42% cite personalized learning as AI's most compelling benefit, vs. 21% for preparing students for AI-driven careers and 12% for instant feedback/tutoring. 48% say their biggest concern is technology dependency.
  • 16% cheating.
  • 12% weakened critical thinking.

Citation caveat. Self-interested and non-probability: the survey was designed, fielded and published by a school-choice advocacy foundation, and the headline finding (78% say a school's AI approach matters when 'evaluating education options') is precisely the finding that supports the sponsor's school-choice framing. Sample is SurveyMonkey's opt-in audience panel, so the quoted +/-2.2 margin of error is a conventional-but-inapt statistic for a non-probability sample. No questionnaire or topline is published.

Corrections applied. No factual corrections — organization, date, sample, field dates, panel and MoE all check out. Two additions worth capturing from the publisher's own report page: the 76% support figure decomposes into 47% who say schools should actively integrate AI and 30% who support limited or moderate use, against 19% who say little or no AI should be used and 4% unsure; and only 4% of parents named 'AI in education' as their single biggest concern for the coming school year, which is useful context against the 78% 'AI approach matters' headline. Weighting was to national parent population benchmarks on age and gender.

Sample
2,053 U.S. parents of children ages 4-17, fielded July 24-31, 2026 (MoE +/-2.2)
Method
online survey (SurveyMonkey national audience panel)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Fielded via SurveyMonkey's national audience panel for NSCAF
Recurring
NSCAF surveys parents regularly (school choice); this is its first AI-focused module
News coverage
no news coverage found (only the organization's own PR Newswire release; survey released Aug 10, 2026, days before this check)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

End of School Year Survey: Parents Divided on Technology and Student Preparation for Life after Graduation (The Public, Parents, and K-12 Education monthly tracker) Non-prob. surveyEdChoice2026-06ParentsPublic VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 60% of school parents support using AI in classrooms, up 5 points since November 2025.
  • One-third of school parents are extremely or very concerned about AI's effects on their child's learning. 77% of private school parents vs. 53% of district school parents support allowing AI help on schoolwork (24-point gap).

Citation caveat. EdChoice is a school-choice advocacy organization and the 24-point private-vs-district gap is its house narrative — name the sponsor when citing it. Morning Consult uses a weighted opt-in online panel, not a probability sample; the linked page carries no weighting scheme or margin of error (those live in the companion tracker PDF). The private-school-parent subgroup inside ~1,300 parents is small, so the 77% figure is imprecise.

Corrections applied. No errors. Page confirms Morning Consult for EdChoice, ~2,250 adults and ~1,300 school parents each month across the March, April, and May 2026 waves, published June 9, 2026.

Sample
~2,250 adults and ~1,300 school parents surveyed each month, March-May 2026 waves (published June 9, 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Morning Consult in partnership with EdChoice
Recurring
monthly tracker (EdChoice + Morning Consult) with periodic AI modules; monthly reports at https://www.edchoice.org/research/the-public-parents-and-k-12-education-june-2026-polling/
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (The Center Square, June 11, 2026) — The Center Square
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

National Latino Family Report 2026: Families Building a Stronger Future Non-prob. surveyAbriendo Puertas/Opening Doors (AP-OD), with UnidosUS2026-05Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • First wave of this series with an AI segment: 33% of Latino parents are extremely or moderately concerned that AI will limit their children's job opportunities when they start their careers.
  • 27% are extremely or moderately concerned AI will put their own job in jeopardy before they are ready to retire.
  • Context findings: 49% say their financial situation worsened in the past year, and education fell to 9% as a top federal priority (from 17% in 2022).

Citation caveat. The published methodology gives dates, n, MoE, mode, and oversamples but never discloses the sampling frame, the source of the sample, or whether/how the data were weighted — so the MoE cannot be independently evaluated. Advocacy-commissioned (AP-OD/UnidosUS) and philanthropically funded. The population is Latino parents/caregivers of children prenatal-to-5, NOT Latino adults or parents generally, and the two AI items are single questions in a survey otherwise about economics, immigration, healthcare, and childcare.

Corrections applied. Method is not an online survey: the report states the poll 'was implemented through a blended approach including web-based and telephone interviews that include both landlines and cell phones,' fielded in English or Spanish with 368 surveys conducted in Spanish. The report states the poll 'was commissioned by AP-OD and UnidosUS' (BSP Research fielded it). Report self-describes as 'the fifth annual study.' Everything else checks: n=1,300, MoE +/-2.72%, fielded March 9-April 17, 2026, oversamples NM 250 / CA 273 / TX 166 / FL 101.

Sample
1,300 Latino parents/primary caregivers of children prenatal through age 5 (MoE +/-2.72; oversamples in NM 250, CA 273, TX 166, FL 101; fielded March 9-April 17, 2026)
Method
online survey (national survey of Latino parents, conducted by BSP Research; oversamples in New Mexico, California, and Texas)
Field/geography
US national (Latino families; NM/CA/TX oversamples)
Partner / funder
Conducted by BSP Research for AP-OD in conjunction with UnidosUS; supported by the J.B. and M.K. Pritzker Family Foundation, Conrad N. Hilton Foundation, Centro Multicultural La Familia, and Centro Hispano
Recurring
annual since 2020 (waves 2020, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026); AI questions first added in the 2026 wave (2025 report contains no AI items)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found, focused on the economic/immigration findings rather than the AI items — Organ Mountain News, CALO News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

PPIC Statewide Survey: Californians and Education (April 2026) Probability surveyPublic Policy Institute of California (PPIC)2026-04ParentsPublic Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 81% of likely voters say they would vote yes on a proposed November 2026 citizens' initiative titled 'Child Safety Requirements for Artificial Intelligence Products.
  • Prohibits Smartphones in Schools' (PPIC's press release renders this as 'eight in ten likely voters').
  • The measure requires risk assessments and risk labels for AI products likely to be used by children and bars distribution to children of AI products posing an 'unacceptable risk,' including certain companion chatbots.
  • Only 14% of Californians think AI will have a positive impact on the state's TK-12 public schools over the next 10 years, while about half (50%) expect a negative impact.
  • More than nine in ten public school parents support limits on phone use in schools: 51% would limit phones in class but allow access at lunch or between classes and 41% prefer an all-day ban. 51% of California ADULTS say the quality of public education has gotten worse in recent years (only 8% say it has improved), while 57% of public school parents say the TK-12 system is headed in the right direction.

Corrections applied. Method should read 'online survey administered through the Ipsos KnowledgePanel (probability-based panel recruited by address-based sampling), in English and Spanish, weighted to 2024 ACS benchmarks' — not 'mixed-mode.' Add release date April 16, 2026 and the likely-voter subsample: 1,008 likely voters, MoE +/-3.9 (total sample 1,604 adults, MoE +/-3.2, fielded March 26-April 3, 2026 — all correct as recorded). Authors and the three foundation funders check out.

Sample
1,604 California adults (fielded March 26-April 3, 2026; MoE +/-3.2)
Method
online survey (statewide mixed-mode survey of adults, English/Spanish)
Field/geography
US state (California)
Partner / funder
Authors Mark Baldassare, Dean Bonner, Lauren Mora, Deja Thomas; supported by the Arjay R. and Frances F. Miller Foundation, the Stuart Foundation, and the Windy Hill Fund
Recurring
annual PPIC education survey (April wave, long-running); AI ballot-measure item first appeared in 2026 — the April 2025 wave contains no AI questions
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found; coverage focused on the survey's state-superintendent-race and school-funding items, with little pickup of the AI ballot-measure item (note: ppic.org blocks automated fetchers site-wide with 403s, but the survey's existence is confirmed via PPIC's April 23, 2026 briefing and EdSource coverage) — EdSource, CalMatters
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

"Hey Siri, Will AI Change My Kid's Future?" What Parents Really Think Non-prob. surveyLearner.com (tutoring vendor)2026-03Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 97% of parents expressed at least one concern about AI in education, averaging 3 concerns each (top concerns: misinformation risk, over-reliance on technology, loss of personal touch). 88% believe AI should be part of the high school curriculum.
  • 67% say developing AI-related skills is at least 'very important'.
  • 85% are at least somewhat interested in learning more about AI themselves. 68% believe AI-enabled cheating is at least somewhat common, and 50% are unaware of their school's AI policies.
  • 63% have discussed AI with their children (27% of those conversations initiated by the child).

Citation caveat. Vendor-run in-house survey of a tutoring company's own customer network; N=420, roughly 90% private-school families, self-selected. Directional only - not representative of US parents.

Corrections applied. Publication date March 12, 2026 confirmed. Sample composition is more private-school-skewed than recorded: 86.7% private (no religious affiliation) plus 2.9% private (religious affiliation) = about 89.6% private school, versus 8.8% public/state school and 1.7% other. Learner.com itself discloses the small sample and potential self-selection bias.

Sample
420 parents from Learner's network (86.7% private school, 8.8% public school)
Method
online survey of vendor network (non-representative)
Field/geography
US national (convenience sample)
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Learner.com
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

National Parents Union February 2026 Survey: Parents Demand Real AI Guardrails Non-prob. surveyNational Parents Union2026-03Parents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 56% of parents say their child already uses generative AI chatbots like ChatGPT, Gemini, Copilot, or Character.ai (68% among high school parents).
  • 86% say chatbots should be legally required to show pop-up warnings to minors before sensitive content.
  • 85% support requiring chatbots to alert parents when a child asks about potentially harmful behavior.
  • 79% support requiring parental permission before minors use AI chatbots, with support consistent across party lines (roughly 8 in 10 want more AI guardrails).

Citation caveat. Non-probability online opt-in sample (Cint/Lucid exchange), weighted to ACS benchmarks; the pollster's own topline warns the stated +/-2.6 MoE 'does not account for other potential sources of error that can occur in online surveys with non-probability samples.' Also an advocacy release: NPU published it explicitly to influence a live congressional fight over AI-chatbot regulation, so the guardrail items are framed to show maximal support.

Corrections applied. Optional precision only: field dates are February 12-18, 2026 and the margin of sampling error is +/- 2.6 points (neither is in the entry). The chatbot question wording lists more brands than the entry reproduces: 'ChatGPT, Gemini, Snap's MyAI, Claude, Microsoft Copilot, or Character.ai.' Sample was drawn from the Cint/Lucid sample exchange using NCES/ACS quota targets and weighted to ACS benchmarks plus voter-registration benchmarks from the Census November 2024 CPS Voting and Registration Supplement.

Sample
1,511 parents of K-12 public school students nationwide (fielded February 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Echelon Insights for National Parents Union
Recurring
Part of NPU's recurring national parent polling; AI items also in Oct 2023 wave
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories (Education Week covered the poll in mid-March 2026) — Education Week
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Parents Divided as AI Rapidly Reshapes Massachusetts Classrooms (EdTrust in Massachusetts parent poll) Non-prob. surveyEdTrust in Massachusetts2026-01Parents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 59% of parents say their child has already used AI for schoolwork, rising with grade level.
  • Parents split roughly in thirds on AI in K-12 (only 33% positive).
  • 48% believe AI will positively influence student learning vs. 42% expecting negative consequences.
  • 35% say their child's school lacks AI policies and 37% are unsure whether policies exist.
  • Over 70% worry about biased evaluation of student work, data privacy, and unequal access.

Corrections applied. Method is misdescribed as an online survey. The topline's 'About the Poll' states: live telephone interviews (landline and cell) AND online interviewing, conducted in English and Spanish, October 21 - November 12, 2025. Oversamples brought totals to 250 Black, 250 Latino, and 219 AAPI respondents. Results were weighted within race/ethnicity to age, gender, and education, then combined and weighted to statewide parameters by race, age and gender, and geography. The credibility interval in the topline is +/- 3.3 percentage points including the design effect (the press release says +/- 3.0). Sponsored by The Education Trust; the Barr Foundation funding is stated in the press release.

Sample
1,351 Massachusetts K-12 parents with oversamples of Black, Latino, and Asian parents (fielded Oct 21-Nov 12, 2025; released Jan 21, 2026)
Method
online survey (English and Spanish)
Field/geography
US state - Massachusetts
Partner / funder
Conducted by The MassINC Polling Group; funded by the Barr Foundation
Recurring
Part of EdTrust in Massachusetts' ongoing parent polling series
News coverage
~5-7 distinct news stories found (heavy same-day Massachusetts coverage on Jan 21, 2026) — WBUR, The Boston Globe, WGBH, Worcester Telegram
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Parents Trust School Communications About Education Far More Than AI, Social Media, or News Probability surveyChild Trends2026Parents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • The direction of the finding is right but the entry carries no numbers and slightly overstates the AI-specific comparison.
  • Corrected text: In a December 2025 survey of 1,025 parents and caregivers of children ages 5-18, 43% named school-based communications as the education-information source they trust most - more than double any other category - and about two-thirds of parents seeking education information used communications from their school.
  • Only very small proportions named social media, news, or AI tools as their most-trusted source.
  • The brief does not publish a standalone percentage for AI tools, so the headline claim that school communications are trusted 'far more than AI' rests on that unquantified grouping. 42.9% named social media as the source they trust least.
  • Descriptive self-report about most- and least-trusted sources, not an experimental messenger test - the entry's own caution on this point is correct.

Citation caveat. Descriptive self-report on which sources parents trust most, not a randomized messenger test - it cannot support a claim that school messengers are more persuasive, only that parents say they trust them more. The brief does not report a separate figure for AI tools, so the 'far more than AI' framing in the title is stronger than the published data.

Corrections applied. The empty date field should be 2026-07-28 (published July 28, 2026). Authors are Claire Kelley and Samantha Holquist. The method field should record that this was fielded on AmeriSpeak, the probability-based panel administered by NORC at the University of Chicago, using online and telephone interviewing - a genuine probability sample and the strongest design in this batch, which the entry omits entirely. Sample should read '1,025 parents and caregivers of children ages 5-18' rather than the vague 'Parents of K-12 students', weighted to Census Current Population Survey benchmarks for sex, age, education, race/ethnicity and region. Fieldwork was December 2025, so this is a Dec-2025 survey published seven months later. No funder is disclosed on the page.

Sample
Parents of K-12 students
Method
survey of parents (descriptive messenger-trust ratings)
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI Is Moving Fast—But School Responses and Parent Opinions Are Not (Understanding America Study, spring 2025 wave) Probability surveyUSC Center for Applied Research in Education (CESR); published by Center on Reinventing Public Education2025-11Parents Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 96% of elementary families and 83% of secondary families were unaware of or had received no school communication about AI policy.
  • Nearly 50% of parents didn't know whether teachers prohibited or encouraged AI use.
  • Teen school-related AI use ranged from 40% in the highest-income families to 19% in the lowest-income — an income gap that doubled from 12 points in 2024 to 24 points in 2025.
  • About two-thirds of parents believed AI undermines basic-skill development.
  • 50% said schools should teach AI use while roughly 25% advocated complete bans.

Citation caveat. Findings are published only as a CRPE commentary page — no full report, topline or technical appendix, and no sample size or margin of error is disclosed, though the underlying Understanding America Study is a probability-based nationally representative panel.

Corrections applied. Acronym mismatch: the center is the Center for Applied Research in Education (CARE), which is housed within USC Dornsife's Center for Economic and Social Research (CESR). Our entry writes "USC Center for Applied Research in Education (CESR)", pairing the CARE name with the CESR acronym. Correct to "USC Center for Applied Research in Education (CARE), at USC Dornsife's Center for Economic and Social Research (CESR)." Authors (Rapaport, Saavedra, Silver, Fast, Polikoff), November 2025 publication, CRPE as publisher, and the spring 2025 Understanding America Study probability panel are all confirmed on the page. The sample field cannot be firmed up: no N, exact field dates or margin of error is published.

Sample
Nationally representative Understanding America Study panel of families with elementary and secondary students, spring 2025
Method
online survey (probability-based panel)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors: Amie Rapaport, Anna Saavedra, Daniel Silver, Nathanael Fast, Morgan Polikoff (USC)
Recurring
Second wave, following summer 2024 survey
News coverage
no news coverage found (CRPE commentary/brief; no distinct news stories about this wave surfaced)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Social Dynamics of AI Adoption (NBER Working Paper 34488) Non-prob. surveyNBER — Bursztyn, Imas, Jiménez-Durán, Leonard, Roth2025-11Parents Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • The design is mis-described and must be rewritten.
  • Corrected text: Incentivized experiments with parents of teenagers recruited on Prolific.
  • In the main experiment (Experiment 1, US, n=993), parents stated their willingness to pay for a three-month premium AI subscription for their child under four scenarios in which 20%, 40%, 60% or 80% of teenagers in their state use AI tools.
  • WTP rises $1.83 per 10-percentage-point increase in peer usage, and rises by more than 60% moving from the 20% to the 80% scenario (p<0.001).
  • This is a within-subject comparison of stated WTP across hypothetical peer-adoption scenarios, NOT a randomized information treatment - the entry's phrase 'randomized information treatments... social-norms information... raised willingness-to-pay by more than 60%' misattributes the effect.
  • The randomized treatment in Experiment 1 was information about adverse effects of unstructured AI use: it shifted beliefs about AI's effect on cognitive skills by 0.44 standard deviations (p<0.001) but had essentially no effect on willingness to pay (effect size near zero, p=0.747), while 57% of parents in the adverse-information group said they would prefer that no student be allowed to use AI tools, significantly more than control (p<0.001).
  • A separate Experiment 4 (US, Oct 24-28, 2025) did randomize real state-level information about teen AI take-up.
  • Follow-up experiments show social information has little effect on beliefs about AI quality or on support for bans, indicating social pressure rather than social learning.

Citation caveat. Prolific opt-in convenience sample of parents, not representative of US parents. The headline 'more than 60%' is the change in stated willingness to pay across hypothetical peer-adoption scenarios, not the effect of a randomized message or information treatment - it cannot be cited as evidence that telling parents about peer usage moves their behavior by 60%. Note also the paper's own null result: information about AI's adverse effects did not reduce demand at all, it only increased support for school-level bans.

Corrections applied. Sample field ('US parents (see paper for Ns)') should be replaced with actual Ns: Experiment 1 n=993 and Experiment 2 n=999 (1,992 parents of at least one child aged 13-18 across the two main experiments; mean age 48.2, 53% female), Experiment 3 n=200, Experiment 4 n=674 (500 plus 174 pilot responses). Recruitment was via Prolific, an opt-in online research platform - not a nationally representative sample. Geography 'US national' overstates: Experiments 1 and 4 were US-only, while Experiments 2 and 3 also include United Kingdom and Canada residents. Field dates: Experiments 1-2 March 31 to April 8, 2025; Experiment 3 June 2025; Experiment 4 October 24-28, 2025. The blank partners_funders field should read: Becker Friedman Institute; Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (EXC 2126/1-390838866); Research Council of Norway FAIR project 262675; IRB approval University of Chicago. All four data collections were pre-registered on AsPredicted. The paper has since been peer-reviewed and published as 'Social dynamics of AI adoption in parents' educational decisions', PNAS vol 123 no 31, August 2026, doi 10.1073/pnas.2533193123 - the entry should cite the PNAS version alongside the working paper.

Sample
US parents (see paper for Ns)
Method
incentivized randomized information experiments with parents
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

The 57th Annual PDK Poll of the Public's Attitudes Toward the Public Schools (2025) Probability surveyPDK International2025-08ParentsPublic Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Support for AI in schools declined across every use case vs. 2024: AI for teacher lesson planning fell from 62% to 49%, AI tutoring from 65% to 60%, AI standardized-test practice from 64% to 54%, and student use of AI for homework from 43% to 38%. 68% of parents opposed giving AI programs access to their students' grades, assessment data, and personal information.

Citation caveat. The year-over-year decline must not be cited without noting that three things changed at once between waves: the survey house (Langer Research Associates → the Wason Center at Christopher Newport University), the mode (online Ipsos KnowledgePanel → live-caller telephone), and the language (English and Spanish → English only). An unknown share of the 13-point drop on lesson planning is potentially house/mode effect rather than genuine opinion change. Separately, the 68% figure is a parent-only subgroup — roughly 250 respondents, about a quarter of the sample — so its margin of error is far wider than the ±3.9 headline figure.

Corrections applied. The method field is wrong. This was NOT an online survey — it was a live-caller telephone survey. PDK's methodology states: fieldwork June 21-30, 2025, conducted by telephone, live calling by Dynata interviewers with five callbacks, in English only, 1,005 interviews, margin of error ±3.9 points at 95% confidence, design effect 1.6, weighted by iterative raking on region, age, sex, race, Hispanic ethnicity and education to 2023 and 2024 Census estimates. The toplines confirm interviewer administration through '[INTERVIEWER PROBE]' instructions and volunteered '(vol)' response codes. Released August 19, 2025.

Sample
1,005 U.S. adults, fielded June 21–30, 2025
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by the Wason Center for Civic Leadership at Christopher Newport University for PDK International
Recurring
Annual since 1969; second year with AI questions
News coverage
~9-10 distinct news stories found (Aug 2025 wave: The 74 exclusive, EdSource, two Education Week stories, Forbes, EDNC, GovTech, The Hill, Times of India; plus later citations) — Education Week, Forbes, The 74, The Hill
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Parents' Perceptions About the Use of Generative AI Systems by Adolescents Non-prob. surveyUNICRI Centre for AI and Robotics and Harvard Berkman Klein Center (presented at ACM Interaction Design and Children, IDC 2025)2025-06Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Only one wording fix needed.
  • The source says: "a plurality of parents (43%) felt that they did not 'have sufficient knowledge on how to use AI tools responsibly to guide their child'" — this is about AI tools generally and about self-assessed knowledge, not specifically about confidence with "AI chatbots." Suggested replacement for that clause: "a plurality (43%) said they did not have sufficient knowledge on how to use AI tools responsibly to guide their child." Everything else verifies verbatim: the abstract states most parents "are unaware of how their children use GenAI and feel disconnected from them on this topic" and that those who use GenAI regularly are "significantly more optimistic about its impact on adolescents' development".
  • The chi-square for "AI chatbots should be restricted for teenagers until proper regulation" is exactly χ²=30.60, p<0.0001 (Regular vs. Unfamiliar parents, p-adjusted <0.0001).

Citation caveat. Self-described preliminary study; N=159 recruited through social media (opt-in convenience sample, authors concede likely over-representation of tech-savvy parents); 75% of respondents were European despite the "19 countries" framing; no fielding dates, weighting or margin of error reported. Partially funded by The Walt Disney Company. Cite as exploratory, not representative.

Corrections applied. MATERIAL OMISSION — the paper's Acknowledgments state: "This project was partially funded by The Walt Disney Company." Our partners_funders field lists only UNICRI and Harvard Berkman Klein and should add Disney as a partial funder. Author affiliations otherwise confirmed exactly: Maria Eira (UNICRI Centre for AI and Robotics, Porto), Amirkaveh Rasouli (UNICRI Centre for AI and Robotics, The Hague), Vicky Charisi (Harvard Berkman Klein Center). Venue/date confirmed: IDC '25, June 23-26 2025, Reykjavik; DOI 10.1145/3713043.3731508; 5 pages. N=159 and 19 countries confirmed. Geography needs qualification: the paper states 75% of respondents were from Europe, so "Global" overstates the spread. Recruitment was via social media, voluntary, uncompensated and anonymous; the authors call it a "preliminary study" and explicitly warn the "social media recruitment method may introduce selection bias, potentially over-representing tech-savvy parents."

Sample
159 parents of adolescents aged 13-17
Method
online survey (small-N exploratory study)
Field/geography
Global (19 countries across Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Americas)
Partner / funder
United Nations Interregional Crime and Justice Research Institute (UNICRI) Centre for AI and Robotics; Harvard University Berkman Klein Center
Recurring
one-time (larger-scale follow-up planned)
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI 디지털교과서 도입의 쟁점 분석: 학부모 인식을 중심으로 / Exploring Issues in the Implementation of AI Digital Textbooks: Parental Perceptions QualitativeAuthors: Choi Seongkyu (Kyung Hee University / 경희대학교) and Lim Jongheon (Korean Educational Development Institute / 한국교육개발원). Published in 교육연구논총 (CNU Journal of Educational Studies), Chungnam National University Research Institute of Education, Vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 5-36.2025-05Parents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) On instruction and assessment, parents voiced a tension between personalised learning and the contradiction posed by standardised testing, and between engaging lessons using diverse materials and reduced student attention in digital-based classes.
  • They also weighed learning efficiency from accumulated data against concerns about students' sensitive personal data. 2) On students, parents balanced enhanced AI and digital literacy against digital overdependence, and the 'digital native generation' framing against concerns about physical health. 3) On teachers, parents balanced reduced instructional burden against diminished teacher roles and authority, and improved teacher understanding of students against widening gaps in instructional quality. 4) The authors recommend growth-centred assessment systems, educational policy protecting student well-being, and teacher-centred policy design.

Citation caveat. Tiny qualitative sample: 19 parents in two focus-group rounds. Produces themes only — no percentages, no prevalence, no representativeness. Nothing here can be quantified ('X% of parents worry about...') and it does not generalize to Korean parents broadly, let alone to US parents. It is bound to South Korea's specific AI Digital Textbook (AIDT) national rollout, a top-down government deployment with no US equivalent. Verified at the KCI bibliographic-record and English-abstract level only — the Korean-language full text was not retrieved, so any claim beyond the abstract's themes is unconfirmed. Co-author is at KEDI, a government institute tied to the policy under study.

Sample
19 parents. Recruitment method and demographic composition are not stated in the abstract or KCI record.
Method
Focus group interviews (FGI) conducted in two rounds with the same parent participants, analysed thematically. Findings are organised as paired tensions (expectation vs. concern) across three domains: instruction/assessment, students, and teachers. No quantitative component and no prevalence estimates. Related reporting indicates KEDI ran parent FGIs in two stages around October-November 2024 — first on general perceptions of AI digital textbooks, then again after demonstrating a prototype — which is consistent with the two-round design, though the round structure is not spelled out in the abstract.
Field/geography
South Korea (national AI Digital Textbook / AIDT policy rollout context)
Partner / funder
Not stated in the KCI record or abstract. Second author is affiliated with the Korean Educational Development Institute (KEDI), the government-funded research institute involved in AI digital textbook policy research — an institutional interest worth noting.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

What Do Parents Know about Generative AI in Schools? Probability surveyCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE, Arizona State University), with USC's Understanding America Study2025-01Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Nearly three quarters of parents said their children's teachers or school had not sent home information about policies related to student GenAI use.
  • Just 16-20% of parents believe their children use GenAI for education-related purposes (versus 52-58% who say no and 26-28% who don't know).
  • Only 14% have discussed appropriate uses of GenAI with their children. 58% agreed that students using GenAI to complete schoolwork is cheating unless explicitly approved by the teacher.
  • Just 25% said schools should not allow students to use GenAI at all.
  • 48% said schools should be teaching students how to use GenAI. 62% of parents with a BA or more say schools should teach children how to use AI, versus just 31% of parents with a high school degree or less. [REMOVE the clause 'far below student-reported usage' — the piece makes no such comparison and states the opposite about its evidence base: 'We will have similar survey data collected from teenagers who participated in the Understanding America Study soon, and it will be interesting to see how parents' reports match what teens tell us.'].

Citation caveat. Findings are published only as a short blog commentary — no full report, toplines, questionnaire, weighting details, or margins of error are available, so the percentages cannot be independently checked or disaggregated. The underlying UAS panel is probability-based, which makes this one of the stronger samples in the batch, but the write-up is not a research publication.

Corrections applied. This is a CRPE-hosted blog commentary, not a CRPE report, and the authors are USC-affiliated: Morgan Polikoff (USC Rossier), Amie Rapaport (USC CESR), and Nathanael Fast (USC Marshall). Attributing the research to CRPE as organization overstates CRPE's role — CRPE is the publishing venue; the survey is USC's Understanding America Study. Sample is described only as 'a probability-based sample of over 1,800 American households' fielded 'during the summer of 2024' — no exact N and no precise field dates are given.

Sample
1,800+ American households (parents), fielded summer 2024
Method
probability-based online panel survey (Understanding America Study, USC)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey administered through USC's Understanding America Study panel
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (the brief itself is a CRPE commentary by USC researchers Polikoff, Rapaport, and Fast; only citations found)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Navigating AI as a Family: Caregivers' Perspectives and Strategies Qualitativefoundry102025Parents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Caregivers held different mental models and orientations, and some views changed as participants heard others' reasoning.
  • They balanced educational and creative opportunity against critical-thinking, social-emotional, privacy, ethics, and employment concerns.
  • They commonly identified ages 10-12 for explicit AI conversations and looked to schools and districts for trusted guidance on integrity, verification, privacy, and independent judgment.

Citation caveat. Only 32 self-selected recontact volunteers; Rapid Qualitative Inquiry favors timely synthesis; the GenAI definition changed after early groups.

Sample
32 caregivers recontacted from a probability-based national survey of 2,826 caregivers
Method
Eleven 90-minute virtual focus groups analyzed with team-based Rapid Qualitative Inquiry
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

2024 Schooling in America: Public Opinion on K-12 Education, Transparency, Technology, and School Choice Probability surveyEdChoice2024-08ParentsPublic Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • About two-thirds of parents (65-66%) say schools should teach students to use AI responsibly (79% among private school parents).
  • 22% of parents report AI programs are currently used in their child's classes (48% private school vs. 19% public school parents), while 35% say AI is not used and 42% are unsure.
  • 52% of parents support AI use in classrooms (61% private, 50% public).

Citation caveat. EdChoice is a school-choice advocacy organization, and the private-vs-public gap is its core narrative — flag the sponsor when citing the sector comparisons. All AI figures come from an opt-in non-probability online panel of school parents (weighted, with a reported ±2.0 MoE that is a modeled figure, not a design-based one). The private-school-parent subgroup within N=2,319 is small, so the 48%/19% and 61%/50% splits carry wide uncertainty.

Corrections applied. Research partner is wrong. The 2024 Schooling in America Survey was designed and fielded in collaboration with BRAUN RESEARCH, INC. (which also handled quality control and hosted the web surveys, using Fulcrum and Pure Spectrum for panel recruitment) — not Morning Consult. Morning Consult conducts EdChoice's separate monthly Public Opinion Tracker, not this annual survey. Sample description should also be sharpened: the general-population N=1,502 is a hybrid of 500 live-telephone RDD interviews (probability) plus 1,002 interviews from an opt-in, non-probability online panel; the N=2,319 current school parents are drawn entirely from the opt-in non-probability online panel. Both samples are weighted. Reported margins of error: ±2.0 points (parents), ±2.5 points (general population). Every AI figure in this entry comes from the school-parent sample. Fielding April 9-30, 2024 is correct.

Sample
2,319 current school parents and 1,502 general population adults, nationally representative (fielded April 9-30, 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
EdChoice (annual survey; Public Opinion Tracker partner is Morning Consult)
Recurring
Annual since 2013; AI items appeared in the 2024 (12th) edition
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news mentions found (school-choice angle); no coverage of the AI findings found — K-12 Dive
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Ipsos Education Monitor 2024 (30-country Global Advisor survey) Non-prob. surveyIpsos2024-08ParentsPublic VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Support for banning AI models like ChatGPT in schools rose to 36% globally in 2024 from 29% in 2023, with 37% opposed - publics are split on AI's classroom role.
  • The survey also tracks views on technology in education and support for banning under-14s from social media across 30 countries.

Citation caveat. Ipsos Global Advisor is a weighted nonprobability online panel. Ipsos itself flags that samples in Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Indonesia, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, Romania, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand and Turkiye are more urban, educated and/or affluent than their general populations and are not nationally representative. The '36% globally' is a 30-country unweighted average, not a world figure.

Corrections applied. Refine sample to the exact figure: 23,754 online adults under age 75 across 30 countries, interviewed June 21 - July 5, 2024 (India 18+ and partly face-to-face via IndiaBus; 18-74 in Canada, Ireland, Malaysia, South Africa, Turkiye, US; 20-74 Thailand; 21-74 Indonesia and Singapore; 16-74 elsewhere). Publication month (August 2024), organization, self-funding, and geography are correct.

Sample
~23,000 adults across 30 countries
Method
online survey
Field/geography
global (includes US)
Partner / funder
Ipsos self-funded (Global Advisor)
Recurring
annual since 2023
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found for the 2024 wave (the 2025 wave drew more pickup, e.g. RNZ, Philippine News Agency) — Says.com (Malaysia)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

PDK Poll of the Public's Attitudes Toward the Public Schools (56th annual, 2024) Probability surveyPDK International2024ParentsPublic VerifiedSafe to cite
  • More than 60% of Americans support using AI to prepare lesson plans for teachers' review and use.
  • Over 60% support AI tutoring students via interactive applications.
  • Majorities favor students using AI to practice standardized tests.
  • Support drops to 43% for letting students use AI to prepare their homework (50% among parents).

Citation caveat. The 50% parent figure for student homework use rests on a public-school-parent subgroup with a ±7.4-point margin of error, so the parent/non-parent gap (50% vs 42%) is within error and should not be described as a significant difference.

Corrections applied. All correct. Worth adding for precision: administered online via the Ipsos KnowledgePanel, in which participants are randomly recruited by address-based sampling and households without internet are provided a web-enabled device. Margin of error ±3.3 points for the full sample and ±7.4 points for public school parents. Released August 2024.

Sample
1,009 U.S. adults (fielded Jun 21-Jul 1, 2024)
Method
national random-sample survey (fielded in English and Spanish)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Langer Research Associates for PDK International
Recurring
annual since 1969; AI battery introduced in the 2024 wave
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found for the 2024 wave (news archives for this period are spotty; only Education Next's opinion-roundup confirmed directly; 2024-wave coverage largely displaced in search indexes by the 2025 wave) — Education Next
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Survey Finds Parental Support for AI in K-12 Classrooms, with Lingering Concerns Non-prob. surveyNational Coalition for Public School Options (PSO)2023-10Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 49.9% of parents view AI favorably vs. 32.2% negatively, and 71.8% believe AI will spark 'a new revolution in technology'.
  • Support falls as AI gets closer to direct student learning — 53.4% support teachers using AI for lesson planning, 45.1% AI evaluating student performance, 44.3% AI providing direct instruction, 42.9% students using AI for assignments.
  • 71.5% express concern about AI and 68.1% worry it will harm their child's career prospects.
  • 55% want increased oversight of K-12 AI use vs. 17% opposed.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-funded and partisan-executed: commissioned by a school-choice advocacy coalition and conducted by Cygnal, a Republican-aligned polling firm. No margin of error, weighting, or sampling frame is disclosed anywhere — the only methodology statement is that respondents were invited via email/mobile notifications on an online platform. Several AI-regulation items were message-tested, so cite the pre-message figures. Fielded August 2023, so it reflects pre-ChatGPT-mainstreaming-era parent attitudes.

Corrections applied. Date: the survey was FIELDED August 1-3, 2023, not October. The white paper's methodology page states: 'This survey was conducted August 1 - 3, 2023, with 1,000 parents of school aged children.' October 2, 2023 is only the release date. Sample field should read '1,000 U.S. parents of school-aged children, fielded Aug 1-3, 2023; released Oct 2, 2023.' Organization name is correct as printed on the release ('The National Coalition for Public School Options (PSO)'), but the group's current public-facing brand is 'Parents for School Options' — worth noting so readers can find it. One further nuance: the 55%/17% regulation split is the PRE-message reading; the white paper shows it moving to 58% support / 19% oppose after respondents were shown pro- and anti-regulation messaging, and the white paper's own executive summary inconsistently renders this item as 51%.

Sample
1,000 U.S. parents (released October 2, 2023)
Method
online survey (national parent survey conducted by Cygnal)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Cygnal (Republican-aligned polling firm) for PSO, a school-choice advocacy coalition
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found (The 74's Oct 30, 2023 parent-AI-poll roundup appears to cover it); no other coverage found — The 74
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

New Poll: Parents See Potential of Artificial Intelligence to Enhance Learning but Uncertainty Persists Non-prob. surveyNational Parents Union2023-10Parents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • One item needs tightening.
  • The release's 'more than two-thirds' is really exactly two-thirds: topline Q14 shows 23% say the potential benefits outweigh the potential downsides and 44% say there are about equal benefits and downsides (67% combined), with 16% saying downsides outweigh and 17% unsure.
  • Suggested replacement clause: '67% of parents say AI's potential benefits in K-12 education either outweigh (23%) or equal (44%) the potential downsides.' All other figures stand as written.

Citation caveat. Non-probability opt-in online panel (Lucid), weighted; the topline itself warns the +/-3.4 MoE does not cover non-coverage or panel self-selection error. Published by a parent-advocacy organization. The '56% see AI tutoring as most positive' figure is the top-rated item on a battery of net-positive ratings, not a forced ranking — phrase accordingly.

Corrections applied. The pollster IS identifiable: the topline PDF states 'Echelon Insights conducted a survey on behalf of the National Parents Union' and carries Echelon's Alexandria, VA footer on every page. The entry's note that the pollster is unnamed is true only of the release page; partners_funders should read 'Conducted by Echelon Insights for National Parents Union.' Add sampling detail: sample drawn from the Lucid sample exchange using NCES/ACS quota targets, non-probability sampling, weighted to ACS benchmarks and to November 2022 CPS voter-registration benchmarks. Field dates Oct 3-6, 2023 and MoE +/-3.4 are confirmed correct.

Sample
1,515 parents of K-12 public school students (fielded October 3-6, 2023; MOE +/-3.4 pts)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
AI items recur in NPU's ongoing national parent survey series (e.g., Feb 2026 AI guardrails poll)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories (Education Week three days after release; a Sinclair National Desk piece in Dec 2023) — Education Week, The National Desk (Sinclair)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Administrators & system leaders 25

Superintendents, principals, and edtech leaders: adoption, policy, and the pressure they're absorbing.

U.S. State of EdTech 2026 Non-prob. surveyCoSN (Consortium for School Networking)2026-05Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • All five figures are verbatim from the report, but one comparison needs the report's own qualifier attached.
  • On AI in operations the report states: 'Only a third (36%) of districts are not using AI in operations, compared to nearly two-thirds (63%) the prior year.
  • The 2026 survey expanded the 2025 question to include a broader list of AI components.
  • Tracking this expanded list will provide a clearer picture of changes over time.' The 64%-vs-37% jump is therefore not apples-to-apples — seven response options (student safety monitoring 38%, intrusion detection 18%, license plate recognition 14%, appearance search 8%, behavior analysis 8%, heat mapping 6%, occupancy management 3%) were new in 2026.
  • Recommended edit: '...64% of districts are using AI in operations vs. 37% the prior year, though the report cautions that the 2026 question added a broader list of AI components, so the two years are not directly comparable.'.

Citation caveat. Self-selected survey emailed to education-technology-leader lists (assembled with partners including MCH Strategic Data), not a probability sample of districts — yet the report claims a ±4% margin of error at 95% confidence, which implies a random sample it does not have. Respondents skew small: 69% are from districts under 6,000 students and only 7% from districts over 25,000, and six states (DE, HI, MS, NM, RI, WV) returned no respondents. All percentages are district-weighted, not student-weighted, so they do not describe the share of US students affected.

Sample
607 K-12 education technology leaders, fielded Jan 14 - Mar 1, 2026 (45-question survey)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Partners: CDW Education, Lightspeed Systems, AASA, Sogolytics, MCH Strategic Data
Recurring
annual (successor to State of EdTech District Leadership series)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (EdWeek Market Brief confirmed; association newsletters and roundups not counted) — EdWeek Market Brief
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

The Impact of AI on Work in Higher Education Non-prob. surveyEDUCAUSE2026-01AdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 94% of respondents had used AI tools for work in the past six months, and 73% of those users do so daily or weekly.
  • 81% feel enthusiasm or a mix of caution and enthusiasm toward AI.
  • 92% of institutions have a work-related AI strategy, but only 54% of respondents were aware of policies/guidelines governing work AI use.
  • Just 13% of institutions measure ROI on AI tools.
  • 86% want to use or continue using AI in the future.

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents recruited from the email lists of four higher-ed associations (EDUCAUSE, AIR, NACUBO, CUPA-HR); unweighted, no margin of error, and heavily skewed toward technology, data and business-office roles with only 12% faculty. The headline '94% have used AI tools for work' describes association members who opted into an AI survey, not higher-ed employees generally. Sponsored by Zoom (an AI-product vendor), with a disclosed no-editorial-influence statement.

Corrections applied. Geography should not be stated flatly as 'United States': 89% of respondents are at institutions mostly or entirely located in the U.S., 10% are not (Table 8). Method detail: 34 closed- and open-ended items (not stated in our entry); distributed by email by EDUCAUSE, AIR, NACUBO and CUPA-HR; analyzed in SPSS/NVivo; no weighting and no margin of error. Populations should note the sample is predominantly administrative, not faculty: 39% managers/directors, 32% professional/staff, 16% executive leaders, 12% faculty. Author: Jenay Robert. All other attribution (organization, Jan 12 2026 publication, Sept 29-Oct 13 2025 field dates, N=1,960, AIR/NACUBO/CUPA-HR partnership, Zoom sponsorship with no editorial influence) is correct.

Sample
1,960 responses meeting inclusion criteria (survey distributed by EDUCAUSE, AIR, NACUBO, and CUPA-HR, fielded Sept 29-Oct 13, 2025)
Method
Survey of higher ed staff and faculty fielded September 29 - October 13, 2025; published Jan 12, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Conducted in partnership with AIR, NACUBO, and CUPA-HR; sponsored by Zoom (no editorial influence)
Recurring
Successor to the annual EDUCAUSE AI Landscape Studies (2024, 2025)
News coverage
~1-2 independent news stories found (EdTech Magazine); partner organizations NACUBO, AIR, and CUPA-HR published their own write-ups (excluded as partner self-coverage) — EdTech Magazine
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI in Education Survey: AI-Enabled Learning Tools Can Help Unlock Time Savings for Higher Ed Professionals Non-prob. surveyD2L2025-10AdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 74% want a clear institutional AI policy but only 46% report explicit guidelines.
  • 64% have access to paid AI tools and 63% of those increased use this academic year.
  • 85% of educators using AI-enabled LMS tools report time savings vs 51% of non-users.
  • 60% have redesigned assessments to maintain academic integrity.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey: D2L is an LMS company and the headline finding promotes its own product category. Fielded on Prodege's Pollfish platform, an opt-in app-intercept panel, N=500, with no toplines, questionnaire, weighting scheme, or margin of error published — the press release is the only artifact. The 85%-vs-51% time-savings gap is a cross-sectional association between two self-selected groups; the release itself says only that it 'suggest[s] a positive association,' so it must not be cited as evidence that AI-enabled LMS tools cause time savings.

Sample
500 U.S. higher education professionals
Method
Online survey via Prodege (Pollfish platform)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Fieldwork by Prodege via Pollfish platform, Oct 7-12, 2025; funded by D2L
Recurring
Part of recurring D2L AI in Education survey series
News coverage
no news coverage found (checked eCampus News and Campus Technology archives; press release only, released at EDUCAUSE Oct 29, 2025)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education professionals only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was reche

2025 Fall Term Pulse Point Survey (AI adoption items) Non-prob. surveyAmerican Council on Education (ACE)2025-09Admins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 25% of respondents said their institution or system had already adopted generative AI technologies for student support, 22% planned to adopt within six months and 43% within one to two years (only 3% do not plan to adopt at all).
  • 91% said academically rigorous evidence on learning outcomes is extremely (20%), very (44%), or moderately (27%) influential when considering AI adoption — the extremely-or-very share alone is 64%.
  • Nearly nine in 10 said ethics is extremely (25%), very (42%), or moderately (36%) influential in AI adoption decisions.
  • Among provosts, vice provosts, and deans, nine in 10 said 'educator visibility' into students' use of generative AI is extremely (28%), very (44%), or moderately (19%) important.

Citation caveat. Two of the four AI figures in our entry misstate the source (see corrections) — fix before any external use. ACE discloses no sampling frame, no recruitment method, no response rate, and no weighting for its Pulse Point panel, so the 517 cannot be characterized as representative of anything. ACE's own report has an internal arithmetic error on the ethics item (25+42+36 = 103%), which is reason to treat that figure loosely as 'nearly nine in 10' rather than a precise number.

Corrections applied. Released September 15, 2025; authors Julia Napier and Danielle Melidona. Respondent titles span associate/assistant provosts, associate/assistant VPs, chiefs of department, chiefs of staff, deans, executive directors, general counsel, presidents/chancellors/CEOs/rectors, provosts/CAOs, trustees, VPs/vice chancellors, and vice provosts — not only presidents/provosts/deans/VPs. Critically, the AI battery was administered only to presidents, provosts, vice provosts, and deans, not to all 517 respondents, so the AI percentages do not rest on the full N=517.

Sample
517 senior leaders (95% at institutions/systems, plus national associations and nonprofits; fielded July 28-August 8, 2025)
Method
Pulse Point survey of senior higher ed leaders, fielded July 28 - August 8, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
American Council on Education
Recurring
Yes — ACE Pulse Point series (AI items appear intermittently; the Winter 2026 wave, fielded Dec 2025, contained no AI questions)
News coverage
no news coverage found (only aggregator listings at New America and Lumina and a vendor press-release piece)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education leaders only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked as 'Parti

Operational AI in Education: A CoSN 2025 Member Survey — Readiness, Realities, and the Road Ahead Non-prob. surveyCoSN (Consortium for School Networking)2025-09Admins Audit-verified
  • 76% said district leaders were involved in setting operational-AI direction, but only 12% reported clear direction and oversight.
  • Lack of expertise (60%), increased security risk (49%), ROI and configuration complexity (33% each), and cultural resistance (26%) were leading barriers.
  • Only 7% were fully confident operational AI aligned with cybersecurity best practice.
  • 22% were not confident. Sixty-one percent described district data as not ready or siloed, and only 9% said legal/compliance risk was being actively managed.
Sample
281 CoSN members; U.S. K-12 district network and operations context
Method
15-question member survey focused on operational AI, network environments, governance, risks, and readiness
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
Standalone CoSN member survey; related to but distinct from the annual State of EdTech wave

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Child Trends analyses of NCES School Pulse Panel AI data (3-brief series: "School Leaders Are More Likely to Support Teachers' AI Use Than Students'"; "Most Public Schools Lack AI Policies for Students"; "Fewer AI Trainings Are Offered in Schools Serving Students of Color") Probability surveyChild Trends2025-08Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 69% of school leaders view teachers' AI use somewhat/very favorably vs. 42% for students' use — a 27-point gap consistent across school settings.
  • Only 31% of public schools have a written student AI policy (18% planning.
  • 30% no plans), with high schools at 43% vs. elementary 27%.
  • Schools serving >75% students of color are far less likely to offer staff AI training than schools serving <=25% students of color (58% vs. 75%, a 17-point equity gap).

Citation caveat. Child Trends' disaggregations (notably the 58% vs. 75% staff-training gap by share of students of color) are presented without margins of error or significance tests in the briefs themselves. Also note this is secondary analysis of the NCES School Pulse Panel December 2024 collection — the same data as corpus entry #210 — so the two must not be cited as independent evidence.

Corrections applied. Date should reflect the series span, not just the last brief: the three briefs were published July 2, 2025 ('School Leaders Are More Likely to Support Teachers' AI Use Than Students''), July 31, 2025 ('Most Public Schools Lack AI Policies for Students'), and August 6, 2025 ('Fewer AI Trainings Are Offered in Schools Serving Students of Color') — so 2025-07 to 2025-08 rather than 2025-08. The underlying collection ran December 6-20, 2024. The N=1,490 schools figure is correct but is NOT stated in any of the three Child Trends briefs — I confirmed it via the IES press release for the December 2024 School Pulse Panel ('1,490 participating public K-12 schools from every state and the District of Columbia').

Sample
Nationally representative SPP sample of public K-12 school leaders (December 2024 collection, 1,490 schools)
Method
secondary analysis of federal survey data (NCES School Pulse Panel, December 2024 collection)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Child Trends (authors Samantha Holquist and Claire Kelley); no funder named
Recurring
one-time series (published July 2, July 31, and August 6, 2025)
News coverage
no news coverage found — only reprints/citations on advocacy and resource sites (e.g., CLARO, Bowdoin resource page), no distinct news stories
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2025 State of EdTech District Leadership Non-prob. surveyCoSN (Consortium for School Networking)2025-05Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 94% of edtech leaders see AI's potential for positive impact (productivity rated highest).
  • Generative AI ranked the top tech priority, with 80% of respondents in districts with GenAI initiatives.
  • 57% of districts use or are exploring AI-detection tools for student work.
  • Only 1% of districts have completely banned AI.

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents from partner-supplied email lists plus an open public link - not a probability sample of districts, and no weighting or response rate is reported, so the stated 4% margin of error assumes randomness the design does not have. The sample skews sharply small: 39% of respondents are from districts under 1,750 students and 38% from districts of 1,750-5,999, with only 4% from districts of 25,000 or more. It is also a self-report from CoSN's own professional community, whose members are unusually engaged with edtech.

Corrections applied. Replace the vague sample description: results were compiled from 645 district responses (one response per district, the most senior EdTech leader where multiple were submitted), from 46 states - no respondents from Delaware, Hawaii, New Mexico, or South Dakota. The 41-question survey was emailed to U.S. school district EdTech leadership on January 14, 2025 with reminders until close on March 2, 2025; respondents could also participate via a public link. CoSN reports a nominal 4% margin of error at 95% confidence. Partners confirmed exactly as listed: CDW Education, Lightspeed Systems, AASA, Sogolytics, and MCH Strategic Data.

Sample
Hundreds of district edtech leaders
Method
Annual national survey of K-12 district education technology leaders (12th annual)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
CoSN with sponsor partners (AASA, CDW Education, Lightspeed Systems, MCH Strategic Data among series partners)
Recurring
Yes — annual series
News coverage
~3-5 distinct education trade stories found — eSchool News, EdTech Digest, DATIA K12
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2025 Voice of the Superintendent Survey: Five Current Themes in District Leadership Non-prob. surveyEAB (District Leadership Forum)2025-05Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 60% of superintendents report having established a task force to explore innovative uses of AI, but just 35% have established clear guidelines for when and how teachers can use AI and 39% have done the same for students.
  • 92% agree AI will transform how we educate students within five years.
  • On the survey's 20-item urgency list, 'integrating AI into teaching and operations' ranks 14th, well below accelerating student growth in math, which 68.9% rate very urgent and which was the most-cited very urgent issue in every subgroup.

Citation caveat. N=122 self-selected superintendents from 37 states; no sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error disclosed, and EAB's District Leadership Forum surveys its own partner network. Year-over-year comparisons to the 2024 wave (N=148) rest on two small, differently composed convenience samples.

Corrections applied. No attribution errors. Confirmed in the brief: 122 superintendents from 37 states, distributed online April 2-16, 2025; project director Jess Nelson (contributing consultant Ben Court). The 2025-05 date is consistent with EAB telling participants the full report would follow in May 2025.

Sample
122 superintendents from 37 states (fielded online April 2-16, 2025); includes generative AI adoption items
Method
Online survey of school superintendents distributed April 2-16, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Conducted and funded by EAB (District Leadership Forum; project director Jess Nelson)
Recurring
Yes — annual; a 2026 edition could not be located as of Aug 2026
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Source identity verified; public full text unavailable or incomplete; Source identity and accessible official/publisher evidence reviewed; complete full text was unavailable or gated)

AI Is Evolving, but Teacher Prep Is Lagging: A First Look at Teacher Preparation Program Responses to AI Mixed-methodCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2025-04AdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Few schools of education are making serious moves to incorporate AI training, with faculty indifference or resistance, institutional policy constraints, and limited generative-AI expertise cited as barriers. 59% of respondents reported providing some AI-related instruction to preservice teachers, but it is mostly folded into existing coursework and typically geared toward plagiarism prevention.
  • Only about 25% provide training on ways AI can support new approaches to teaching.
  • More than two-thirds reported their institutions have no policies on AI tool use, and those that do focus mainly on plagiarism and misrepresentation of work.
  • Only about a third had formed external partnerships or brought in technical experts.
  • Only 10% said their faculty are confident using AI, and more than half said faculty do not feel confident integrating AI into instruction. [REMOVE from this entry: 'not a single superintendent interviewed viewed teacher preparation programs as a resource for AI professional learning' and 'districts are independently running practical AI workshops instead.' Neither appears in this report — the word 'superintendent' does not occur in it at all.
  • Both come from Weiner and Lake's April 2025 companion commentary in The 74, where they are undocumented assertions drawn from CRPE's separate district work with no disclosed sample.].

Citation caveat. 14% response rate to outreach to 500+ education school leaders (roughly 70 respondents), self-selected and not weighted or nationally representative; funded by the Gates Foundation. Cite the percentages as 'among responding teacher-prep programs,' never as a national figure. Do not attribute the superintendent claim to this report.

Corrections applied. Date and year are wrong: the report is OCTOBER 2024 (cover date, ERIC ED661791, copyright 2024), not 2025-04. The 2025-04 date belongs to the companion op-ed. Funder IS named: 'CRPE would like to thank the Bill and Melinda Gates foundation for supporting this project' — replace 'funder not named on page'. Authors: Steven Weiner, Robin Lake, and Jessica Rosner. Sample is materially misleading as written: CRPE reached out to 500+ US education school leaders and the response rate was 14% (roughly 70 respondents) — 500+ is the outreach frame, not the achieved sample. The report describes surveys and interviews only; there is no education-school faculty focus group and no K-12 school-leader survey component in this report. Populations should be higher-ed teacher-prep program leaders/deans, not K-12 administrators.

Sample
Survey outreach to 500+ U.S. education school leaders plus interviews and an education-school faculty focus group; also draws on school-leader surveys/interviews from CRPE's broader AI project
Method
mixed methods (interviews, faculty focus group, school-leader surveys)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
CRPE (housed at ASU Mary Lou Fulton College); authors Steven Weiner and Robin Lake; funder not named on page
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found — The 74 (independent takeaways article), The 74 (authors' commentary, Apr 2025)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Teacher-preparation output is chiefly qualitative and lacks a usable achieved

Surveying School System Leaders: What They Are Saying About Artificial Intelligence (So Far) Mixed-methodBellwether2025-02Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 71% of leaders planned intentional AI use in SY24-25, yet none described an overarching systemwide AI strategy.
  • Administrative uses outpaced instructional ones (61% planned AI for administrative tasks vs. 27% for grading assessments).
  • 55% had adopted or revised AI policies within two years but policies were often vague and embedded in plagiarism rules.
  • Rural leaders lagged non-rural leaders on AI use plans (64% vs. 73%).

Citation caveat. N=102 convenience sample with roughly a 1% response rate and rural districts over-represented at 64%. The authors state plainly: 'Given the small convenience sample and over-representation of rural districts, the findings are not nationally representative.' Any citation must carry that sentence — these percentages cannot be presented as national estimates of school system leaders.

Corrections applied. Geography should read '37 states plus the District of Columbia,' not '37 states' — the report says 'The leaders represent school districts in 37 unique states and the District of Columbia.' Add the response rate: approximately 1%. Author list should be spelled out: Michelle Croft, Nora Weber, Kelly Robson Foster. Publication February 2025, funders (Chan Zuckerberg Initiative and Raikes Foundation), 102 school system leaders surveyed in fall 2024, 12 leaders in interviews/focus groups November–December 2024, and 64% rural are all confirmed verbatim.

Sample
102 school system leaders surveyed (fall 2024); 12 leaders in qualitative interviews/focus groups (Nov-Dec 2024); rural districts overrepresented (64%)
Method
mixed methods (survey plus interviews/focus groups)
Field/geography
US multi-state (37 states)
Partner / funder
Funded by Chan Zuckerberg Initiative and Raikes Foundation
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (searched Google News, Bing News, K-12 Dive)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

2025 EDUCAUSE AI Landscape Study: Into the Digital AI Divide Non-prob. surveyEDUCAUSE2025-02AdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 57% said AI is a strategic priority at their institution (up from 49% in 2024).
  • 39% reported institutional AI acceptable-use policies (up from 23%).
  • 68% said students use AI 'somewhat more' or 'a lot more' than faculty, while only 2% said faculty use it more.
  • Only 9% said their institution's cybersecurity and privacy policies adequately address AI-related risks.
  • STRIKE '83% were concerned about AI widening the institutional digital divide' - that figure appears in none of the reproductions of the report's key findings I could reach, and the only traceable digital-divide statistic from this study is that 42% of respondents predicted 'AI tools widen the digital divide' as an impact of AI on higher education by 2027.
  • Either replace it with the 42%/2027 figure or drop it pending direct access to the full report.

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents from EDUCAUSE's higher-education community, no published weighting or margin of error; sponsor Zoom is an AI-product vendor. Higher-ed only. Do not cite the 83% digital-divide figure - it is unsupported by any reachable version of the report's findings.

Corrections applied. Attribution otherwise checks out: 788 higher education professionals, 52-question survey, fielded November 4-18, 2024, published February 17, 2025, authors Jenay Robert and Mark McCormack, Zoom listed as a 2025 EDUCAUSE Mission Partner supporting the study.

Sample
788 higher education professionals (52-question survey fielded Nov 4-18, 2024)
Method
online survey (fielded Nov 4-18, 2024)
Field/geography
US national (predominantly US higher ed institutions)
Partner / funder
Zoom (2025 EDUCAUSE Mission Partner listed as study sponsor)
Recurring
annual since 2024
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (eCampus News, Library Journal infoDOCKET); also cited in passing by several Forbes higher-ed columns — eCampus News, Library Journal infoDOCKET, Forbes (passing citations)
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education technology professionals only. Workstream coverage in the CS

School Pulse Panel, December 2024 collection: Artificial Intelligence, Digital Literacy, and Cell Phone Policies (press release: "More than Half of Public School Leaders Say Cell Phones Hurt Academic Performance") Probability surveyNational Center for Education Statistics (NCES), Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education2025-02Admins VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 67% of public schools provided AI training to teachers/staff/administrators in 2024-25.
  • 69% of school leaders view teachers using AI for job duties favorably vs. 42% viewing students' educational AI use favorably.
  • 73% of schools report teachers use AI for lesson planning, grading, assessments, or instruction.
  • 31% have a written policy on students' AI use (18% planning one), 47% teach students about AI (72% of high schools), and 32% use AI-detection software on student work.

Corrections applied. Two small precision points for the key_findings wording: the 67% figure is schools that provided AI training to all or some teachers, staff and/or administrators (26% trained all teachers), and the 73% figure is schools where at least a few teachers use AI for the listed tasks — not schools where teachers generally do. Likewise the 32% is schools where teachers use software to detect AI-generated student work. Release date February 19, 2025.

Sample
1,490 public K-12 schools in all 50 states and DC, surveyed December 6-20, 2024 (school leaders responding for their schools)
Method
online survey (federal statistical panel; data collected by U.S. Census Bureau)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by NCES/IES (U.S. Department of Education) with data collection by the U.S. Census Bureau; federally funded
Recurring
SPP is a monthly federal panel (2021-2025); the AI module ran once, in the December 2024 collection
News coverage
~1-2 news stories found citing the data (e.g., a July 2025 Times Union cellphone-ban story); the release was mostly picked up by research organizations (Child Trends, RAND) rather than news outlets — Times Union (Albany)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Leading Through Disruption: Higher Education Leaders Assess AI's Impacts on Teaching and Learning Non-prob. surveyAAC&U and Elon University Imagining the Digital Future Center2025-01Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 89% of leaders estimated at least half of their students use GenAI for coursework, while 62% estimated fewer than half of faculty use the tools.
  • 95% said their institution's teaching models will be affected (48% significantly).
  • 91% think GenAI will enhance and customize learning.
  • 56% say their schools are not prepared to use GenAI for preparing students for the future and 63% feel unprepared to help non-faculty staff use these tools for work.
  • 59% reported cheating has increased on their campuses.
  • Only 29% expect staff reductions (3% major) and 11% faculty/TA reductions (1% major).

Citation caveat. Self-described NON-SCIENTIFIC survey: 337 self-selected leaders invited off AAC&U's and Elon's own contact lists via Qualtrics; the publisher states results are 'not generalizable to all of higher education.' No weighting or margin of error. Cite as 'a non-scientific survey of 337 higher-ed leaders known to AAC&U,' never as 'higher education leaders' generally.

Sample
337 presidents, chancellors, provosts, rectors, academic affairs VPs, and academic deans
Method
Survey of higher education leaders fielded November 4 - December 7, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
American Association of Colleges & Universities (AAC&U); Elon University
Recurring
Part of Elon's Imagining the Digital Future AI survey series
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found (excluding AAC&U/Elon's own announcements and aggregators) — GovTech, IBL News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education leaders only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked a

Empowering Educational Leaders for AI Integration in Rural STEM Education QualitativeFrontiers in Education (peer-reviewed)2025Admins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Infrastructure, staffing, and technical support were foundational permission conditions rather than secondary rollout details.
  • Leaders said privacy breaches could have outsized impacts in small, close-knit communities.
  • Leaders wanted ongoing rural-tailored learning, train-the-trainer models, partnerships, and peer networks rather than one-off generic training.

Citation caveat. Small, network-recruited, leadership-only qualitative sample nested within the survey; three of 15 participants were not rural; exact field dates absent.

Sample
133 survey respondents; 15 entered focus groups (12 rural, two suburban, one urban)
Method
Convergent mixed-method: open-ended reflections plus three 60-minute focus groups; thematic coding, member checking, two-coder reliability
Field/geography
US (mostly rural)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

AI in Higher Education: Understanding the Present and Shaping the Future (2024 AI Report) Non-prob. surveyEllucian2024-10AdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 84% of higher ed professionals reported using AI professionally or personally — a 32-point year-over-year increase.
  • 93% expect to expand AI use for work in the next two years.
  • Data security/privacy concerns rose from 50% to 59% year-over-year.
  • Concerns about AI bias rose from 36% to 49%.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey: Ellucian is a higher-education ERP/software vendor surveying its own market. The report calls the sample 'representative' and 'balanced' but discloses no sampling frame, no panel source, no recruitment method, no weighting scheme and no margin of error. The year-over-year comparisons rest on very different bases — 2023 n=1,383 for the adoption question and n=1,133 for the barriers question vs. n=445 in 2024 — so the '32-point increase' compares two differently sized, differently composed samples. Respondents are administrators, not faculty.

Corrections applied. Populations should be 'Administrators' rather than 'Higher-ed faculty; Administrators': the report describes the sample as '445 higher education administrators', and the role table shows Director 34%, Executive Leader 32%, Individual Contributor/Staff 21%, Manager 8%, Faculty Member 5% (n=21), Trustee 0.2%. Geography is not purely US/Canada: United States 366 (82%), Canada 71 (16%), Other 8 (2%) — Andorra, Australia, Ecuador, Netherlands, Qatar, UAE. The '330+ institutions' figure comes from the PR Newswire release, not the report itself (the report's appendix tabulates respondents, not institutions). Field dates (Aug 12-Sep 8, 2024), release date (Oct 22, 2024), report month (October 2024) and N=445 are all correct.

Sample
445 higher education faculty and administrators from 330+ US and Canadian institutions (fielded Aug 12 - Sep 8, 2024)
Method
Survey of higher education faculty and administrators, fielded August 12 - September 8, 2024; released October 22, 2024
Field/geography
United States and Canada
Partner / funder
Ellucian (higher-ed software vendor; gray literature); report PDF: lp.ellucian.com/rs/085-MHT-312/images/Ellucian_2024_AI_Report.pdf
Recurring
Yes — second annual Ellucian AI survey (2023 baseline wave)
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (education trade press only; EDUCAUSE listing is a member press-release repost, not counted) — EdScoop, eCampus News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 7 of 7 numeric tokens

Understanding and Supporting K-12 School Leaders' Current Decision-Making about AI Uses in Schools Mixed-methodEducation Development Center (STELAR) / NSF RAPID — Miller et al.2024-09Admins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Rapid technology change and weak authoritative guidance led leaders to prefer revisable guidance or reinterpretation of existing policy over rigid rules.
  • Privacy and cybersecurity often drove temporary bans, and leaders distinguished AI assistance from replacement while keeping consequential decisions human-controlled.
  • Leaders wanted concise, role-specific resources from state agencies and trusted experts and noted that limiting school access may disadvantage students who lack access at home.

Citation caveat. One US region, likely self-selection, 14% survey response rate; interview coding not documented; interview/survey overlap not disclosed.

Sample
42 semi-structured interviews; companion survey 159 responses from 86 districts
Method
Sequential mixed-method NSF RAPID study: hour-long interviews informed a regional leader survey
Field/geography
US — western New York
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

2024 State of EdTech District Leadership Non-prob. surveyCoSN (Consortium for School Networking)2024-04Admins Audit-verified
  • 40% of districts had no defined GenAI approach, 31% used a use-case-dependent approach, 22% embraced it, and 3% banned it.
  • Most (54%) had no separate AI-use policy, while 31% addressed AI within current policies.
  • EdTech leaders' leading AI concerns were new cyberattacks (63%), lack of teacher training (49%), cyberbullying (47%), false information (45%), and student-data privacy (45%).
  • Twenty percent used AI-output detectors and another 38% were exploring them.
Sample
981 survey responses from U.S. school-system EdTech leaders
Method
61-question annual emailed survey distributed by CoSN and partner lists; item findings exclude nonrespondents
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
11th annual State of EdTech survey; linked to separately retained 2025 and 2026 waves

Added by independent audit (net-new)

2024 Voice of the Superintendent Survey (Executive Brief) Non-prob. surveyEAB2024-02Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 97% of superintendents agree schools have a responsibility to teach students how to use AI effectively and responsibly (43.2% agree + 53.4% strongly agree), and 92% agree AI will transform how we educate students within five years — but only 37% say their district has a plan for training teachers to appropriately use AI in the classroom, and just 4.1% rate 'determining district policies and best uses for A.I.' as a very urgent issue for the next year, the lowest share of any issue on the survey's urgency list. 84% say teachers in their district are concerned about students using AI tools to cheat and take shortcuts.

Citation caveat. N=148 self-selected superintendents out of roughly 13,000 US districts; EAB discloses no sampling frame, no weighting, and no margin of error, and EAB is a K-12 consulting firm surveying its own network. Subgroup and trend claims are unreliable at this N.

Corrections applied. No attribution errors. Confirmed in the brief's methodology page: 148 superintendents from 39 states, distributed online November 27, 2023 to January 10, 2024. February 2024 AASA release confirmed via EAB's press materials.

Sample
148 superintendents from 39 states (fielded online Nov 27, 2023 - Jan 10, 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted and funded by EAB; released at the AASA National Conference on Education, Feb 2024
Recurring
annual (Voice of the Superintendent series)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (THE Journal story on AI findings; AASA School Administrator citations) — THE Journal, AASA School Administrator
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

2024 EDUCAUSE AI Landscape Study Non-prob. surveyEDUCAUSE2024-02AdminsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 49% of respondents said AI was a strategic priority at their institution (vs 57% a year later).
  • 23% of institutions had AI-related acceptable use policies (vs 39% in 2025).
  • 41% described their institution's AI policies as somewhat/extremely permissive vs 18% restrictive.
  • 23% said institutional leaders felt cautious or very cautious about AI.
  • 56% reported AI-related work responsibilities (vs 61% in 2025).

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents from EDUCAUSE's higher-education community (IT-weighted), with no published weighting or margin of error; findings had to be verified indirectly because the report is bot-blocked and login-gated. Higher-ed only - do not generalize to K-12.

Corrections applied. The entry contradicts itself on the publication date: the method field says 'published Feb 26, 2024' while the appended correction says 'Published Feb 13, 2024.' Best available evidence points to mid-February 2024 (Library Journal infoDOCKET's 'Just Released' post is dated Feb. 13, 2024, and the EDUCAUSE library path is /2024/2/). Pick one and drop the other. Field dates confirmed as November 27 - December 8, 2023; 46 closed- and open-ended questions confirmed; 'more than 900 higher education professionals' confirmed; author Jenay Robert, published by ECAR, Boulder, CO.

Sample
More than 900 higher education professionals (46-question survey fielded Nov 27-Dec 8, 2023)
Method
Survey of higher education professionals (IT, faculty, staff, leaders), fielded late 2023; published Feb 26, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EDUCAUSE Research
Recurring
Yes — annual AI Landscape Study (2024, 2025); succeeded in 2026 by 'The Impact of AI on Work in Higher Education'
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (Campus Technology feature; Library Journal infoDOCKET item); a companion podcast interview not counted — Campus Technology, Library Journal infoDOCKET
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

2024 Survey of College and University Presidents (AI items) Non-prob. surveyInside Higher Ed / Hanover Research2024-02Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 50% of presidents described themselves as somewhat or very optimistic about AI's growing impact on higher ed, and only 6% were very concerned.
  • About a third agreed their institution is prepared to handle the rise of AI, while just 17% said higher education as a whole is prepared.
  • 81% had not yet published a policy governing AI use in teaching and research.

Citation caveat. Self-selected respondents: 380 of 2,693 invited presidents replied (~14%), so results reflect who chose to answer. Sponsor-funded (seven sponsors), fieldwork dates unpublished, and the data are now over two years old on a fast-moving topic.

Corrections applied. Sample description is wrong on institution type. The 380 respondents were 206 public and 174 private nonprofit institutions -- IHE's own write-up states no for-profit college presidents are included among respondents. The '2,693 presidents of public, private nonprofit, and for-profit colleges' figure that appears in sponsor materials is the invitation frame, not the respondent base (the reported 4.66% margin of error is exactly what n=380 yields with a finite-population correction against N=2,693). Correct to: '380 responding presidents (206 public, 174 private nonprofit; no for-profit respondents), drawn from an invitation frame of 2,693; margin of error 4.66%.' Also: this is the 14th annual edition; the 'fielded Jan-Feb 2024' detail in our notes could not be confirmed on any reachable page and should be marked unverified.

Sample
380 college and university presidents (public, private nonprofit, and for-profit institutions)
Method
Annual presidents survey, early 2024; sponsored by VitalSource
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Hanover Research (fieldwork); sponsors: EY-Parthenon, Mantra Health, TimelyCare, Jenzabar, VitalSource, Phi Kappa Phi, Lumina Foundation
Recurring
Yes — annual IHE presidents survey with AI items in subsequent years
News coverage
no dedicated news coverage of the 2024 wave found; the annual series is occasionally referenced by other outlets (e.g., a 2026 Forbes piece)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

"We Can't Blow It." District Leaders Are Optimistic about AI but Need Urgent Help QualitativeCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE), Arizona State University2024-02Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) Leaders are simultaneously optimistic about AI's potential and pessimistic about their systems' readiness — they are 'not yet prepared to realize these possibilities' and want help that 'goes far beyond policy guidance.' (2) Training teachers is by far the top concern.
  • Leaders report teachers have very little experience with the newest AI tools, and one described the trap that 'people are too early into the process of truly understanding what it is' to have a deep enough dialogue to even assess training. (3) Secondary concerns are cheating and plagiarism, students not being able to tell fact from fiction, and cost — several leaders worry that currently-free tools like MagicSchool will become unaffordable ('If I can't find a financial model that makes sense… I'm not going to be able to move it forward'). (4) Policy ranks below practical support: many districts have stalled on AI policy while waiting for guidance from school board associations or exemplar districts, and notably they are NOT relying on their state departments of education. (5) An explicit equity fear that without support 'only the most advantaged districts and motivated teachers will be able to prepare students' for the AI economy.

Citation caveat. Qualitative interviews with a self-selected sample — cannot support any quantitative or generalizable claim, and there are no percentages in the source to quote. The exact N is never disclosed ('dozens'), so the sample cannot be assessed at all; do not convert 'dozens' into a specific number. CRPE itself flags the selection bias in print — leaders 'opted in to be interviewed,' meaning the sample skews toward district leaders already engaged with and enthusiastic about AI, and the report's headline optimism finding is therefore partly an artifact of who volunteered. Never cite this as evidence of what district leaders generally think; cite it as illustrative themes from AI-interested superintendents. Also note the vintage: interviews ran in late 2023/early 2024 and were published February 2024, before most districts adopted AI policies, so the 'no guidance, stalled policy' findings are likely stale for current use.

Sample
'Dozens' of district leaders, largely superintendents, including leaders of small rural districts with only a handful of schools. NO EXACT N IS EVER STATED. Participants self-selected: the authors write that 'these leaders are excited about AI, given they opted in to be interviewed.'
Method
Qualitative interviews only — no survey, no quantitative instrument, and not a single percentage appears in the publication. CRPE describes it as: 'Over the past several months, we at CRPE have interviewed dozens of district leaders across the country about how they view AI.' Findings are presented as themes supported by anonymous verbatim quotes. Authors: Robin Lake (Director, CRPE) and Lydia Rainey (Principal, CRPE).
Field/geography
United States (national; districts not named, includes small rural districts)
Partner / funder
No funder or sponsor is named on the publication.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

The 2024 Administrator AI Report: Perceptions, Practices, and Potential in Education Non-prob. surveyImagine Learning2024-01Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 64% of administrators believe generative AI will positively impact education while only 5% plan to ban it.
  • 47% plan to implement comprehensive AI policies and 54% want assistance from education solutions providers.
  • Administrators report students use AI for research (70%), refining writing (65%), and creating study aids (55%).

Citation caveat. Vendor-run in-house survey with N=163 (roughly +/-8 points at 95% confidence if it were a random sample, which it is not); the release discloses no recruitment frame or weighting, so treat it as a convenience sample of administrators in Imagine Learning's orbit rather than a national read.

Corrections applied. None. Confirmed verbatim: 'responses from 163 K-12 education administrators,' 71% district and 29% school administrators, survey conducted October 31-November 9, 2023, published January 25, 2024, conducted by Imagine Learning.

Sample
163 K-12 administrators (71% district-level, 29% school-level); fielded Oct 31-Nov 9, 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Imagine Learning
Recurring
companion wave to the annual Educator AI Report
News coverage
no clearly attributable news coverage found (a possible passing mention in The Hill could not be confirmed)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Navigating the AI Dilemma in Higher Ed: Insights from a National Survey Non-prob. surveyGrammarly2024AdminsHigher ed Major caveatsDo not cite externally
  • The report is no longer effectively gated - a public copy is reachable and its numbers can be recorded. Reported findings: more than 60% of higher-ed leaders and faculty say their institutions regularly use AI tools.
  • Nearly 80% express positive feelings about using AI tools in the classroom.
  • 82% consider AI at least as important as other educational priorities, including 14% who call it the most important.
  • 78% say teaching AI skills is at least as important as core academics, including 11% who say AI skills are more important (two-thirds say 'as important').
  • Asked for top AI priorities, no item commanded a majority - improving campus operations 42%, administrative efficiency 36%, AI-powered plagiarism detection 33%, equipping students with workplace skills 33%, accessibility 27%, personalized learning 27%, early intervention 23%, faculty AI-literacy training 22%, integrating AI into course content 19%, AI literacy curricula 18%, automating grading 12%, AI ethics/governance frameworks 6%.
  • 80% call data privacy important but only 63% rate their institution's implementation effective.
  • The landing-page claim our entry quotes is accurate: 'Higher education leaders' perspective on AI has drastically changed in the last year--shifting from banning it completely to embracing it thoughtfully.' No base size, field dates, or question wording is published for any of these percentages.

Citation caveat. Vendor-sponsored content marketing produced by a media company's brand studio for Grammarly. The report discloses no field dates, no sampling or recruitment method, no respondent composition, no question wording, and no margin of error; N is given only as 'more than 200.' Its percentages cannot be traced to any disclosed methodology.

Corrections applied. This is sponsored content, not media research: the report's own cover line is 'Custom content for Grammarly by studioID,' studioID being Industry Dive's brand-content studio, not the Higher Ed Dive newsroom. Sample is stated only as 'more than 200 higher ed leaders and faculty across the country' with no breakdown by role, institution type, or region. Date: no date is printed in the report; the PDF's creation timestamp is Nov. 14, 2024 and the asset filename indicates a Q4-24 / January 2025 distribution, so 'year 2024' is defensible but should be recorded as 'late 2024 (distributed Jan. 2025), no date stated in report.'

Sample
200+ U.S. higher-ed executive leaders, administrators, and instructional faculty
Method
National survey by Higher Ed Dive's studioID
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Research partner: Higher Ed Dive studioID; funded by Grammarly
Recurring
Grammarly also published 'Teaching With AI: Trends, Tensions, and Transformation in Higher Education' (Sept 2025), likewise gated
News coverage
no news coverage found (gated landing page; report distributed via Grammarly/Higher Ed Dive studioID)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 1 of 1 numeric tokens

"Can We Just Please Slow It All Down?" School Leaders Take on ChatGPT QualitativeCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE) and Mary Lou Fulton Teachers College, Arizona State University (published in TechTrends)2023-11Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Focus groups (August 2023) with 18 school leaders across 5 states overseeing ~70 schools.
  • Leaders expressed cautious optimism about AI but asked to "slow it all down" and wanted guidance from states, universities, and industry.
  • Most were unprepared to create formal AI usage policies and few were providing staff training.
  • Participants showed relatively little concern about student safety/data privacy but significant concern that AI could widen the digital divide.

Citation caveat. Two focus groups with roughly 18 school leaders, which the authors state are 'not representative of all school leaders' and provide only 'a snapshot' — a point-in-time qualitative read from August 2023, now nearly three years old and describing the earliest post-ChatGPT period. Published as a journal column rather than a full peer-reviewed empirical study.

Corrections applied. The peer-reviewed piece is a COLUMN ('Rethinking Creativity and Technology in Education') in TechTrends 67(6), 878-884, accepted 13 October 2023 — a short editorially-framed piece reporting focus-group impressions, not a full empirical research article with a formal coding and analysis section. The article itself describes the sample differently from the CRPE summary: two focus groups — the first of superintendents and school leaders from six school districts (over sixty schools) in Michigan, the second of heads of schools from the Pacific Northwest representing four states and seven schools. The 'N=18' figure comes from CRPE's summary page, not the article; 'five states' = Michigan plus four Pacific Northwest states; '~70 schools' = 60+ plus 7. Authors: Jim Dunnigan, Danah Henriksen, Punya Mishra (ASU) and Robin Lake (CRPE).

Sample
18 superintendents, principals, and senior administrators collectively overseeing ~70 schools
Method
focus groups
Field/geography
US multi-state (5 states)
Partner / funder
Conducted by CRPE with ASU Mary Lou Fulton Teachers College (Dunnigan, Henriksen, Mishra, Lake); funder not named
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~1 news item found (a The 74 piece written by the study authors); no independent news coverage found — The 74
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

2023 State EdTech Trends Report Non-prob. surveySETDA (State Educational Technology Directors Association)2023-09Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 55.1% of state edtech leaders reported increased interest in AI guidance/policy for classrooms compared to the prior year (23.2% no, 21.7% unsure).
  • Only 2% of respondents reported their state had an AI initiative underway.
  • Cybersecurity was the #1 state edtech priority, with AI newly emergent post-ChatGPT.

Citation caveat. Roughly 100 self-selected state education agency officials — a purposive survey of a small professional universe, not a probability sample of anything, with no exact N, response rate, weighting, or margin of error disclosed. The one-decimal percentages (55.1%, 23.2%, 21.7%) imply a precision that ~100 respondents cannot support; round them when citing.

Corrections applied. The notes field still carries the superseded author attribution ('Report authors Keith Lee and Evo Popoff') alongside its own correction; the uncorrected sentence should be deleted. Confirmed authors are Erifer Fernandez Reyes and Evo Popoff. The report's foreword is dated August 2023 (signed Julia Fallon, SETDA), so a 2023-09 date reflects public release rather than the document date. Respondent universe confirmed as 'over 100 state leaders from 45 states, Guam and the Department of Defense Education Activity'; surveys administered April and May 2023.

Sample
100+ state education leaders (state chiefs, CIOs, state edtech directors) from 45 states, Guam, and the Department of Defense Education Activity; surveyed April-May 2023
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national (state education agencies)
Partner / funder
Produced by Whiteboard Advisors; commissioned by SETDA
Recurring
annual since 2022; AI questions first added in 2023
News coverage
no 2023-specific stories surfaced in current search indexes; low single-digit trade-press coverage is likely, since later waves of this same annual series drew Government Technology and Education Week stories
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

General public & voters 51

The political weather: national sentiment trackers, data-center polling, and election-adjacent surveys.

Annenberg Public Policy Center: Opposition to Local Data Centers Rises Sharply Probability surveyAnnenberg Public Policy Center, University of Pennsylvania (Institutions of Democracy)2026-08Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 61% now oppose construction of new data centers in their area (44% strongly), up 12 points from 49% in Feb-Mar 2026 — the largest shift on any AI question in APPC's surveys.
  • Support fell from 21% to 14%.
  • Opposition spans parties (Democrats 69%, Republicans 54%, independents 53%) and peaks at 70% among adults under 30.
  • Broader AI pessimism held steady (39% expect negative impact over the next decade).
Sample
1,320 U.S. adult citizens, nationally representative panel fielded by SSRS June 16-July 19, 2026 (MoE +/-3.5)
Method
Nationally representative panel survey of 1,320 U.S. adult citizens; wave fielded June 16 - July 19, 2026, compared with a February-March 2026 wave; published Aug 11, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Annenberg Public Policy Center, University of Pennsylvania
Recurring
Yes — APPC AI survey waves (Feb-Mar 2026 and Jun-Jul 2026; earlier waves from Dec 2025 reported 42% opposition)
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found (press-release reprints on phys.org, YubaNet, and Targeted News Service excluded); released August 11, 2026, so coverage may still grow — WHYY, PhillyVoice, Business Journal Daily
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Real and internally consistent source, but it concerns local data-center siting rather than K–12 adoption or messaging. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source field

Data for Progress Poll: Voters Show Strong Support for Regulating AI to Protect Workers Non-prob. surveyData for Progress2026-07Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • All four figures match the crosstabs exactly.
  • One wording drift worth fixing: the entry says '69% favor requiring a 30-day government review before large AI model releases,' but item [1a] reads 'Requiring AI companies to give the U.S. government a 30 day window to review their new AI models before releasing them to the public' — it is not limited to large companies or large models.
  • Drop 'large.' For precision the job-training item is [3b], 'Creating a new jobs training program for workers displaced by AI' (74% support, +58 net), and the trade-schools item is [1c], 'Increasing government spending to launch new trade schools and technical institutes in the U.S. to retrain workers displaced from their jobs by AI' (66%).

Citation caveat. Data for Progress is a progressive advocacy organization polling on its own policy agenda, not a neutral pollster. The sample is an opt-in web panel weighted to likely voters by age, gender, education, race, geography, and recalled presidential vote — a nonprobability sample, so the stated ±3-point margin of error is a modeled approximation, not a sampling-theory MoE. English-only. Every item is a support/oppose reaction to a single favorably worded description of a policy with no cost, tradeoff, or opposing argument presented, which reliably produces high support; these numbers describe reaction to framing, not durable public opinion.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed; two details worth adding to the method field: mode was a web panel and the survey was conducted in English only.

Sample
1,090 U.S. likely voters (web panel, fielded June 12-16, 2026; MoE +/-3 pts)
Method
Web survey of 1,090 US likely voters, fielded June 12-16, 2026, weighted by demographics and recalled presidential vote; MoE +/-3 points; published July 21, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Data for Progress (pollster/publisher)
Recurring
Data for Progress polls AI topics repeatedly
News coverage
no news coverage found for this specific poll (publisher's own blog only; nearby coverage was of different AFL-CIO/DFP and Working Families Power polls)
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — AI-and-workers policy polling, not K–12 or family education research. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying re

Bentley University-Gallup Business in Society Survey (AI attitudes; 'Americans Cool Toward AI') Probability surveyGallup; Bentley University2026-07Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 2026 wave (fielded May 4-11, 2026): 39% of Americans believe AI does more harm than good, up from 31% in 2025 and back near 2023 levels. 79% say AI will reduce the number of U.S. jobs over the next 10 years, up from 73% in 2025.
  • Only 27% trust businesses 'a lot' or 'some' to use AI responsibly, down from 31% in 2025. 70% call themselves somewhat or extremely knowledgeable about AI, up from 64% in 2024.

Corrections applied. Method field says only 'online survey' — it can be stated fully: probability-based Gallup Panel web study of 3,270 US adults 18+, fielded May 4-11, 2026, MoE +/-2.4 percentage points (at 50%), published July 28, 2026, author Julie Ray, in partnership with Bentley University. Nothing in the entry is wrong; it is simply under-specified relative to what the source discloses.

Sample
3,270 U.S. adults 18+ (fielded May 4-11, 2026)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup in partnership with Bentley University
Recurring
annual since 2023
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories found (Nexstar story syndicated across multiple stations counted once) — NewsNation/Nexstar, Futurism, Library Journal infoDOCKET, Sinclair (Siouxland News)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Real national public-opinion source but no K–12 audience or school-specific item. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better u

Populace x The Free Press: The Honesty Project (Private Opinion Tracker, Wave 1) — AI 'threat to my way of life' item Probability surveyPopulace (with The Free Press)2026-07Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 53% of Americans privately believe 'artificial intelligence poses a threat to my way of life' vs. 46% who say so publicly.
  • The private-public gap is widest among Hispanic adults (60% private vs. 43% public, +17), adults earning $60k-$100k (63% vs. 47%, +16), Millennials (56% vs. 41%, +15) and Gen X (60% vs. 45%, +15), followed by adults without a college degree (60% vs. 47%, +13) and women (61% vs. 49%, +12).
  • The gap runs the other way for several groups — Black adults (32% private vs. 43% public), adults earning more than $150k (25% vs. 39%) and possible voters (30% vs. 48%) are markedly less likely to hold the view privately than to express it publicly.
  • Social media users report less threat than non-users both publicly (39% vs. 48%) and privately (47% vs. 56%).

Citation caveat. Private-opinion figures are not survey responses — they are model-derived estimates from a list experiment, computed as the difference in mean item counts between a control group and a treatment group that saw one extra statement. The report publishes no confidence intervals for these estimates, and list-experiment estimates are materially noisier than the +/- 2.6% topline MoE implies, so small private-public gaps (a few points) should not be treated as real. Fielded on YouGov's opt-in online panel weighted to population targets (not a probability sample), and co-branded with a media partner (The Free Press) that published the findings first.

Corrections applied. The nationally representative general-population estimates come from the base sample of n=2,010 (MoE +/- 2.6%), not from the full 3,005 interviews. Total N=3,005 comprises the 2,010 base plus oversamples of Asian (420), Black (286) and Hispanic (289) respondents; weighted racial samples are 500 Asian (MoE 4.8%), 525 Black (4.8%) and 501 Hispanic (5.2%). Recommend the sample field read '3,005 U.S. adults total; nationally representative base sample n=2,010 plus Asian, Black and Hispanic oversamples.' Everything else in the attribution — YouGov fielding Apr. 9-20, 2026, Gradient methodological/analytical support, The Free Press as partner, list experiment / item count technique, formal title 'Private Opinion Tracker (Wave 1, 2026)' — is confirmed verbatim in the report.

Sample
3,000+ U.S. adults, nationally representative with Asian, Black, and Hispanic oversamples (fielded April 9-20, 2026)
Method
List-experiment (item count technique) private-opinion study contrasted with parallel direct polling; fielded by YouGov April 9-20, 2026, with methodological/analytical support from Gradient; oversamples of Asian, Black, and Hispanic respondents
Field/geography
United States (national)
Partner / funder
The Free Press (partner); Gradient (methods/analytics); YouGov (fielding)
Recurring
Yes — Wave 1 of an ongoing Populace x Free Press private-opinion tracker
News coverage
no independent news coverage found; only launch articles by partner The Free Press (June 21-22, 2026)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Methodologically relevant to preference falsification but outside K–12 scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better under

Americans and AI 2026: Chatbots, Smart Devices and Views on Impact Probability surveyPew Research Center2026-06Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 49% of U.S. adults now use AI chatbots (Feb. 17-23, 2026), up from 33% who said they had ever used one in Aug. 2024.
  • ChatGPT alone reaches 44% of adults, up from 34% in 2025 and 18% when first asked in 2023.
  • 60% say they read AI summaries at the top of search results (30% do not, 10% unsure).
  • 96% say they know at least a little about AI, and the share who have heard 'a lot' has nearly doubled since 2022 (26% in Dec. 2022 to 48% in Feb. 2026).
Sample
5,119 U.S. adults
Method
American Trends Panel survey of 5,119 U.S. adults, fielded Feb 17-23, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Pew Research Center (self-funded, Pew Charitable Trusts)
Recurring
Yes — successor to Pew's 2023-2025 AI use/attitudes tracking; released June 17, 2026
News coverage
~18 distinct news stories found (TechCrunch, CNET, Gizmodo, Variety, Forbes, Boing Boing, Sinclair/National Desk, PetaPixel, Social Media Today, and more) — TechCrunch, CNET, Variety, Forbes
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Authoritative national AI use survey, but not K–12 research. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topl

Reuters/Ipsos Poll on AI and Jobs (June 2026) Probability surveyReuters and Ipsos2026-06Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 53% of Americans said they were concerned about the possibility that AI will put them or someone in their household out of work (27% very concerned, 25% somewhat concerned).
  • 37% were not concerned.
  • Concern was higher among Democrats (61%) than Republicans (47%), with independents at 51%.
  • Related items in the same battery: 75% were concerned that AI will eliminate jobs in some professions and 73% were concerned about the increased use of AI generally.

Citation caveat. The 53% is a 'concerned (net)' figure combining very and somewhat concerned; only 27% were very concerned. The claim that anxiety was 'consistent across age, gender and education levels' comes from the Reuters write-up and cannot be checked against the released topline, which breaks results out by party only.

Corrections applied. Poll fielded June 3-8, 2026 (Ipsos released results June 8; Reuters published its story June 10; the topline PDF is a June 12 release). Margin of sampling error is plus or minus 1.5 percentage points at 95% confidence, including a design effect of 1.05 — this is not stated in our entry. Mode is Ipsos KnowledgePanel, a probability-based online panel, weighted on gender by age, race/ethnicity, census region, metropolitan status, education, household income, 2024 vote choice, and party ID.

Sample
4,531 U.S. adults (six-day poll, June 2026)
Method
Online Ipsos poll of 4,531 US adults, fielded over six days in early June 2026; reported June 10, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Reuters (media partner); Ipsos (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — follow-on to the August 2025 Reuters/Ipsos AI wave
News coverage
~6 distinct news stories found, plus wide syndication of the Reuters wire story — Reuters, USA Today, Cybernews, Memeburn
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Yahoo URL rate-limited; Reuters is the underlying news source. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/to

Americans Oppose AI Data Centers in Their Area Probability surveyGallup2026-05Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 71% of Americans oppose construction of AI data centers in their local area, with 48% strongly opposed and only ~25% in support (7% strongly).
  • Opposition to data centers (71%) exceeds opposition to local nuclear power plants (53%).
  • 46% worry 'a great deal' about environmental impacts.
  • 56% of Democrats vs. 39% of Republicans strongly oppose, and 55% of women vs. 43% of men.

Corrections applied. Gallup published and analyzed this (author Jeffrey M. Jones, May 13, 2026), but Gallup did not field the headline survey: the March 2-18, 2026 survey of 1,000 adults was conducted by Recon MR via telephone interviews (random-digit-dial, minimum 80% cellphone / 20% landline), MoE +/-4 percentage points at 95% confidence. Our method field omits the mode, the field house, and the margin of error, and reads as though Gallup interviewed the 1,000 adults itself. Separately, the open-ended 'reasons' data in the article comes from a DIFFERENT instrument — 2,054 Gallup Panel members surveyed by self-administered web April 1-15, 2026 (MoE +/-6 for the 472 supporters, +/-3 for the 1,561 opponents).

Sample
1,000 U.S. adults 18+ (fielded March 2-18, 2026)
Method
Survey of 1,000 U.S. adults across all 50 states and D.C., fielded March 2-18, 2026; published May 13, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Gallup
Recurring
Not established as recurring
News coverage
~6 distinct news stories found — Forbes, Breitbart, ConsumerAffairs, ConstructConnect
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — General infrastructure attitudes only. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located during ver

By 20 to 1, Americans Want the White House to Safety Test AI Non-prob. surveyInstitute for Family Studies2026-05Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 82% of Americans support White House pre-deployment safety vetting of AI systems vs 4% opposed (a 20-to-1 margin).
  • 87% want AI evaluated for its effects on child and family well-being.
  • 90% of Trump voters and 79% of Harris voters support pre-deployment testing.
  • Strong majorities favored vetting across all 11 harm categories tested (national security, mental health, scams, etc.).

Citation caveat. Advocacy-organization poll: IFS commissioned, framed, and interpreted it, and the organization actively campaigns for child-safety-framed AI regulation. No toplines, crosstabs, question wording, weighting scheme, or margin of error are published -- only YouGov's name and 'a sample of 1,000 Americans nationwide.' The 20-to-1 headline compares 82% support to 4% opposition while omitting the 14% neutral.

Corrections applied. Publication date is May 14, 2026 (fielded May 7, 2026) -- our 2026-05 is correct but the precise date is worth recording.

Sample
1,000 U.S. adults
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted with YouGov (fielded May 7, 2026); authors Michael Toscano, Ken Burchfiel, Daniel Cochrane
Recurring
one-time (part of IFS's ongoing AI policy polling series)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct stories/citations found (TIME cited the poll; a Daily Signal story on AI-guardrail polling likely covers it) — TIME, The Daily Signal (probable)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — General AI governance poll. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located during verification i

Simulated Soulmates: How Common are AI Companions? Non-prob. surveyInstitute for Family Studies / BYU Wheatley Institute2026-05Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 15% (1 in 7) of U.S. adults aged 18-30 in committed dating, engaged, or marital relationships say they often chat with an AI romantic companion.
  • The report's executive summary puts experimentation at 20-30% while its body text reports 34%. 13% often roleplay romantically or sexually with an AI companion, 11% often use one to generate sexually explicit content, and 8% regularly masturbate while talking to one.
  • Among users of AI romantic companions, 30% say their real-life partner has no knowledge of the use (a further 11% only somewhat aware, 14% mostly but not fully aware), and 69% of frequent users who are hiding their use say it is somewhat or extremely important that their partner not learn the full extent of it.
  • In cross-sectional regression models controlling for demographics, regular AI companion use was associated with 46% lower odds of being in a stable relationship and 40% lower odds of high-quality communication -- but the same models found 36% HIGHER odds of being in a highly satisfied relationship.
  • The report states the direction of these associations cannot be established from cross-sectional data.

Citation caveat. Qualtrics opt-in panel with demographic quotas, unweighted, with no fielding dates and no margin of error disclosed. Cross-sectional, so the relationship-quality associations cannot establish causation -- and the same models produced a significant POSITIVE association with relationship satisfaction, which the headline framing omits. Advocacy-adjacent publishers (Wheatley Institute / IFS).

Corrections applied. Sample is 2,431 U.S. adults aged 18-30 in a committed dating, engaged, or marital relationship, collected by Qualtrics through its existing opt-in sample panels using a quota framework (52% female; South 38% / West 24% / Midwest 21% / Northeast 17%; 62% White, 18% Hispanic, 10% Black). Method field should name Qualtrics and quota sampling. The report has five authors -- Willoughby, Carroll, Toscano, Hakala, and Morris -- not three. Report publication date is May 18, 2026; the IFS blog post is May 19, 2026.

Sample
2,000+ partnered U.S. young adults aged 18-30
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors Brian J. Willoughby, Jason S. Carroll, Michael Toscano; Wheatley Institute at BYU and Institute for Family Studies
Recurring
follow-up to Counterfeit Connections (2025)
News coverage
~5-10 distinct news stories found (KSL News Utah TV story, ABC4 Utah, Logan Herald Journal, Times of India, SpaceDaily, Biblical Recorder; PR Newswire syndications excluded) — KSL News Utah, ABC4 Utah, Times of India, Herald Journal
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Young-adult relationship study, not youth/parent/K–12 research. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/t

Morning Consult AI tracking: 'Why Consumer AI's Adoption Story Has Outrun Its Reputation' / AI Trust Report Non-prob. surveyMorning Consult2026-05Public Major caveatsDo not cite externally
  • Retain only what the linked May 13, 2026 article actually reports: 53% of consumers lean toward believing AI tools exploit rather than respect their data.
  • 41% say their view of AI has improved over the past year.
  • 67% find AI tools helpful and empowering.
  • 56% describe AI as opaque rather than transparent.
  • 49% call AI overhyped rather than innovative.
  • And AI ranks 10th in awareness-adjusted distrust among the 198 categories Morning Consult tracks.
  • DELETE the following, which appear in neither the linked article nor the underlying analyst report and which I could not locate in any Morning Consult source: '4 in 10 U.S. adults use AI tools at least several times a week', '8 in 10 encounter AI-generated content at least several times a week', and '18% of Gen Zers have stopped shopping with a brand over distrust of its AI use'. Also soften 'among the least trusted industries it measures' to the precise ranking above.

Citation caveat. As currently constituted the entry cannot be cited: two of its five findings exist in no locatable Morning Consult source, its stated sample belongs to a different report than its link, and the findings that do check out rest on an n=302 cut with no disclosed panel, weighting, or margin of error. If rebuilt around the June 2025 'Navigating Consumer Trust' report (n=2,208, May 16-18, 2025, plus or minus 2 points, weighted), it would become citable with a standard commercial-panel caveat.

Corrections applied. The entry conflates two separate Morning Consult products. The link is an article, 'Why Consumer AI's Adoption Story Has Outrun Its Reputation' by Ivan Rocabado, published May 13, 2026, whose reputation cut is n=302 U.S. adults fielded May 2026 with no disclosed panel type, weighting, or margin of error. The sample the entry describes — 2,208 U.S. adults, May 16-18, 2025 — belongs to a different report, 'Navigating Consumer Trust in the Age of Data Privacy and AI' (published June 2025, plus or minus 2 points, weighted by age, gender, race, education, region and cross-tabulations). The date/year fields are also internally inconsistent (date 2026-05 vs. year 2025); year should be 2026 if the entry stays anchored to the linked article. This entry should be split into two, or rebuilt around whichever single product is actually wanted.

Sample
2,208 U.S. adults (May 16-18, 2025 wave)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Morning Consult (self-conducted)
Recurring
ongoing tracker with periodic reports (AI Trust Report: https://morningconsult.com/reports/ai-trust-report)
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found — Business Insider
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Major source-wave stitching error; also general consumer research, not K–12. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underl

Framing the Social Implications of AI Mixed-methodFrameWorks Institute2026-05Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Genuine frame-testing research on AI in society generally, but the sample description double-counts.
  • Corrected text: Frames were tested across three methods - on-the-screen pre/post interviews (50 participants over Zoom in December 2022 and a second round of 50 in August 2024), six peer discourse sessions with 36 participants total (August 7-10, 2023), and three online experimental surveys totaling 7,867 US adults (wave 1 n=1,557.
  • Wave 2 n=2,931.
  • Wave 3 n=3,379) fielded between July 2022 and March 2023 - plus a 250-participant definition pilot recruited on Prolific. In total, 8,255 people across all methods.
  • The entry's '8,255 US adults plus interviews and peer discourse sessions' double-counts, since 8,255 already includes them.
  • Tested elements were definitions of AI, metaphors ('echo' and 'amplification'), explanations of human involvement and of how data are socially produced, issues, and values, with a methods supplement and sample messages published.
  • The entry's claim that education appears only as one application area among many is confirmed: 'education' appears exactly once in the full report, in a list alongside health care, social services and legal, and there are no K-12-specific frames and no parent or educator samples.

Citation caveat. Published May 2026 but the underlying survey experiments were fielded July 2022 to March 2023, with the first wave predating ChatGPT's public launch - do not present these as current AI attitudes. Quota-matched opt-in Dynata panel with no weighting applied. General-public sample with no education-specific frames and no parent or educator respondents, so it cannot be used to claim anything has been message-tested for a K-12 audience.

Corrections applied. Date 2026-05 (May 8, 2026) is the publication date and is correct, but the method field is misleading about recency: the survey experiments were fielded July 2022 to March 2023, the peer discourse sessions in August 2023, and the interviews in December 2022 and August 2024. Wave 1 (n=1,557) was fielded before ChatGPT's public launch. Survey recruitment and hosting were by Dynata from opt-in sources (proprietary loyalty panels, open invitation, partner channels); target quotas were set to national benchmarks for age, sex, race/ethnicity, household income, education and party affiliation, but the supplement explicitly states data were NOT weighted - so the supplement's own phrase 'nationally representative sample' means quota-matched opt-in, unweighted. Funder MacArthur Foundation (Technology in the Public Interest program) confirmed.

Sample
8,255 US adults plus interviews and peer discourse sessions
Method
randomized survey experiments plus qualitative methods (8,255 US adults)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Funded by the MacArthur Foundation
Recurring
one-time (report May 2026; communicator toolkit Aug 10, 2026)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Colorado Polling Institute Spring 2026 Statewide Poll: Voters back limits on kids' cell phones & social media; express concern over AI & data centers Non-prob. surveyColorado Polling Institute (CPI)2026-04Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 79% of Colorado voters back a ban on cell phones in K-12 classrooms (56% strongly).
  • 75% now say they interact with AI tools like ChatGPT, Claude, or Gemini, up 15 points from 60% in CPI's November 2025 poll.
  • 69% are extremely or very concerned about AI (vs. 63% of Americans in a Dec 2025 Fox News national poll).
  • 45% say AI's risks outweigh benefits vs. 23% benefits-outweigh-risks.
  • 87% are extremely/very concerned about social media's impact on children's mental health and 71% support banning under-16s from social media.

Citation caveat. Quota-controlled online nonprobability sample of 613 voters reported with a ±3.96% margin of error — an MoE is not strictly appropriate for a nonprobability sample, so treat the precision as indicative. The "vs. 63% of Americans" line is CPI's own cross-poll comparison to a December 2025 Fox News national survey with different question wording and a different population, and should be presented as CPI's framing rather than as a like-for-like gap.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed — organization, bipartisan firm pairing (New Bridge Strategy (R) and Aspect Strategic (D)), N=613 likely 2026 Colorado voters, March 20-25 2026 field dates and ±3.96% MoE all confirmed. The "online survey" method in our entry is confirmed, but only on the poll landing page ("Interviews were conducted online"), not on the release or the toplines; that page also discloses that "Quotas were set for key demographic sub-groups, such as gender and age" and interviews were "distributed proportionally throughout the state." Worth recording that the sample source/panel is never named and post-stratification weighting is not described — quotas are.

Sample
613 likely 2026 Colorado voters (fielded March 20-25, 2026; MoE +/-3.96)
Method
online survey (bipartisan-designed statewide voter survey; fielded by New Bridge Strategy and Aspect Strategic)
Field/geography
US state (Colorado)
Partner / funder
Conducted by the bipartisan team of New Bridge Strategy (R) and Aspect Strategic (D); CPI is an independent nonprofit funded by individual and organizational donors
Recurring
CPI polls roughly twice yearly since 2023; AI usage items tracked since the November 2025 statewide wave
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found — CBS Colorado
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — State voter poll; AI items are not school-specific. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline locat

Fox News Poll: Voter Concern About AI Rises to 66% (March 2026) Probability surveyFox News2026-04Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 66% of registered voters are concerned about artificial intelligence, up from 63% in December 2025 and 56% in 2023 (the first time the question was asked).
  • Seven in 10 (69%) employed voters are unconcerned their job will be cut in the next five years, while 31% are worried.
  • 93% say humans rather than AI systems alone should have the final say on military decisions that could kill people (7% say AI alone).
  • Seven in 10 say it is not important to their career that they learn how to use AI. [The following belong to the PRIOR Fox wave and must not be attributed to this one: 53% expect AI to change how we live 'a lot' (up 10 points from 43% in 2023), 47% find AI very/somewhat useful day-to-day, and 89% support labeling AI-generated content — all from 1,004 registered voters fielded Feb 28-Mar 2, 2026, published March 10, 2026.].

Citation caveat. Wave conflation: the 53%/43% 'change how we live a lot' trend, the 47% day-to-day usefulness figure and the 89% content-labeling figure come from a separate Fox News poll (N=1,004, fielded Feb 28-Mar 2, 2026, published March 10, 2026), not from the March 20-23 wave this entry documents. Cite each number with its own wave's N and field dates.

Corrections applied. The entry's own methodology (N=1,001, fielded March 20-23, 2026, published April 1, 2026, MoE +/-3, Beacon Research (D) / Shaw & Company Research (R), national voter file) is correct — but it does not cover all the findings listed. Mode detail: 104 landline, 641 cellphone, 256 online after text invitation; weighted to age, race, education and area using ACS and voter-file data. Database title is a paraphrase; actual headline is 'Fox News Poll: Broad anxiety about AI doesn't extend to jobs' (the entry's notes already flag this).

Sample
1,001 registered voters (fielded March 20-23, 2026; MoE +/-3 points)
Method
Survey of 1,001 US registered voters from a national voter file, fielded March 20-23, 2026, by Beacon Research (D) and Shaw & Company Research (R); MoE +/-3 points; published April 1, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Fox News (sponsor); Beacon Research (D) and Shaw & Company Research (R) (pollsters)
Recurring
Yes — trend question dating to 2023
News coverage
no independent news coverage found - Fox's own write-up only; search budget limited a deeper secondary-coverage sweep
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — General voter poll, out of scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located during verifica

Quinnipiac University Higher Ed Poll: Americans Want College Students Taught AI But Wary of AI Use (April 2026) Probability surveyQuinnipiac University Poll2026-04Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 74% of Americans think it is important that college and university students be taught how to use AI (42% very important, 32% somewhat important).
  • Asked how students will actually use it, 42% think students are more likely to use AI to help them learn while 47% think students will use it to avoid learning.
  • Among adults 18-34 the split is 35% help / 58% avoid, and among those 65+ it is 48% help / 35% avoid. Separately, 76% say international students studying in the U.S. are a good thing.

Corrections applied. Add field dates: March/April — specifically April 9-13, 2026 (our sample field gives only the April 22, 2026 release date). Sub-sample MoE for the 654 respondents with an associate's degree or higher is +/-4.8. Method is more precisely 'probability-based random digit dialing with live interviewers calling landlines and cell phones.' N=1,210 and MoE +/-3.5 are correct.

Sample
1,210 U.S. adults nationwide, including 654 with an associate's degree or higher (released April 22, 2026; MoE +/-3.5)
Method
phone poll
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Quinnipiac University (self-conducted)
Recurring
repeated AI polls (April 2025, March 2026, April 2026)
News coverage
~5-6 distinct news stories found (plus a widely syndicated AP/LA Times 'AI-proof majors' story citing the poll) — The Hill, Inside Higher Ed, Courthouse News, U.S. News & World Report
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

NY Split on Pros and Cons of AI, By 43-37% NY'ers Say Disadvantages Are Too Great (Siena AI Poll) Non-prob. surveySiena College Research Institute (Siena University Poll)2026-04Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 43% of New Yorkers say AI's disadvantages are too great vs. 37% who say advantages outweigh disadvantages.
  • 67% use AI chatbots (21% daily, 44% at least weekly) and 48% say their AI use increased vs. last year.
  • 56% of users double-check AI results always/most of the time and 20% pay for an AI subscription.
  • 92% have seen apparently AI-generated content in the last 30 days, and only 8% trust AI results more than a traditional search engine (35% trust search engines more).
  • Familiarity is sharply age-graded: 56% of under-35s are very familiar with chatbots vs. 6% of 65+.

Citation caveat. New York State residents only — do not generalize to national sentiment. The sample is a hybrid: 428 respondents from a stratified dual-frame probability phone sample (158 completed via text-to-web) and 382 from a proprietary opt-in online panel (Cint), so roughly 47% of interviews come from a non-probability source, weighted to ACS demographics and state party registration.

Sample
810 New York State residents (fielded March 3-14, 2026; MoE +/-3.6; 428 phone + 382 online panel)
Method
mixed methods (dual-frame landline/cell phone incl. text-to-web, plus Cint online panel)
Field/geography
US state (New York)
Partner / funder
Siena Research Institute powered by ReconMR; directed by Donald Levy
Recurring
one-time dedicated AI poll (first of its kind for SRI; no dedicated 2024-2025 Siena AI poll found). Siena's June 30 and Aug 12, 2026 political polls of likely NY voters also carried AI attitude items
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found (regional New York pickup) — WRGB CBS6 Albany
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — General New York adult poll, out of scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located during

NBC News Poll: Majority of Voters Say Risks of AI Outweigh Benefits Probability surveyNBC News2026-03Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • One clause is misattributed.
  • The release footnotes the prior-wave AI-usage readings as 'Trend data from CNBC All-America Economic Survey,' not NBC News poll waves, and the trend is non-monotonic: 53% (August 2025), 48% (December 2025), 56% (March 2026).
  • Suggested replacement: '56% said they had used an AI platform such as ChatGPT, Microsoft Copilot or Google Gemini in the past two or three months, up from 48% in December 2025 and 53% in August 2025 (earlier readings from the CNBC All-America Economic Survey).' Everything else is confirmed verbatim in the topline, including the ICE comparison: on net favorability AI is -20 (26% positive / 46% negative) against ICE's -18 (38%/56%), so AI does rate below ICE.

Corrections applied. The sample field is empty and must be filled: '1,000 registered voters, including 620 interviewed via cellphone and 309 via an online survey sent by text message.' Pollsters are missing entirely: the survey is Hart Research Associates/Public Opinion Strategies Study #260072, a bipartisan pair (Hart = Democratic, POS = Republican) conducting for NBC News — partners_funders should name them rather than listing NBC News as 'funder' only. Populations should read 'Registered voters,' not 'General public' — every AI item is asked of RVs, not all adults. Field dates Feb 27-March 3, 2026 and MoE +/-3.10% are confirmed correct.

Method
National NBC News survey of 1,000 registered voters, fielded February 27 - March 3, 2026 via telephone and text-to-web; MoE +/-3.1 points
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
NBC News (funder)
Recurring
Yes — NBC News has tracked AI usage/sentiment across waves (Dec 2024/2025 and Aug 2025 reference points cited in coverage)
News coverage
~15-20 distinct stories citing the poll across national, business, legal, and tech press (widely picked up via the 'voters dislike AI more than ICE' framing) — The New York Times, Gizmodo, The Motley Fool, The National Law Review
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — NBC page blocks bots, but article and full poll PDF are real. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/top

Quinnipiac University Poll on AI: Americans' AI Use Increases While Views Sour (March 2026) Probability surveyQuinnipiac University Poll2026-03Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 51% of Americans say they have used AI to research topics they are curious about, up from 37% in April 2025.
  • 27% have used it for school or work projects (24% in April 2025) and, separately, 27% for analyzing data (up from 17%).
  • 24% have used it to create images (up from 16%).
  • Only 21% trust AI-generated information most (18%) or almost all (3%) of the time, while 76% trust it hardly ever (27%) or only some of the time (49%). 70% think AI is likely to decrease the number of job opportunities, with Gen Z most pessimistic at 81%. 30% of employed adults are concerned AI may make their job obsolete, up from 21% in April 2025.

Corrections applied. All correct as recorded (1,397 U.S. adults, fielded March 19-23, 2026, MoE +/-3.3, released March 30, 2026). Optional addition: 800 employed adults, MoE +/-4.3; method is probability-based RDD with live interviewers.

Sample
1,397 U.S. adults nationwide (fielded March 19-23, 2026; MoE +/-3.3)
Method
phone poll
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Quinnipiac University (self-conducted)
Recurring
repeated AI polls (April 2025, March 2026, April 2026)
News coverage
~10-12 distinct news stories found, including national tech/business press and international pickup — TechCrunch, Business Insider, U.S. News & World Report, Courthouse News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — General adult AI poll; no distinct K–12 measure. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located

AI Policy Institute Battleground Polling: Battleground Voters Want AI Guardrails Non-prob. surveyArtificial Intelligence Policy Institute (AIPI)2026-02Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 81% of voters in both competitive Senate states and toss-up House districts prefer regulatory guardrails on AI vs 6-8% favoring no regulation.
  • Battleground Senate voters are far more concerned about AI risks (55%) than excited about its potential (19%).
  • Voters prioritize keeping AI out of adversaries' hands by roughly 4:1.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-organization polling on its own policy agenda: AIPI advocates for AI regulation and both wrote and fielded these polls with no independent pollster. Non-probability online web panels (vendor undisclosed), and a margin of error is quoted despite the sample not being a probability sample — that figure should not be presented as a true sampling error. Battleground districts/states only; not a national sample.

Corrections applied. Add that AIPI fielded both polls itself — no independent pollster or panel vendor is named anywhere ('conducted by the AI Policy Institute with an online sample… fielded over web panels'). Add the disclosed weighting: gender, race, education, 2024 presidential results, age, plus weighting by whether respondents passed attention checks. Also record the House-side figure our entry omits: 81% support for guardrails with only 8% opting for no regulation in toss-up House districts, vs 81% and 6% in battleground Senate states. Everything else confirmed verbatim: published February 27, 2026; 2,830 likely voters fielded January 17–21, 2026 (MoE 2.4%); 3,969 likely voters fielded February 2–8, 2026 (MoE 2.1%); the ten House districts and eight Senate states listed in our notes match exactly.

Sample
2,830 likely voters in competitive House districts (MoE 2.4%) and 3,969 likely voters in Senate battleground states (MoE 2.1%)
Method
Two surveys: 2,830 likely voters in 10 toss-up House districts (fielded Jan 17-21, 2026, MoE 2.4%) and 3,969 likely voters in 8 competitive Senate states (fielded Feb 2-8, 2026, MoE 2.1%); published February 27, 2026
Field/geography
United States (battleground House districts and Senate states)
Partner / funder
AI Policy Institute (funder/publisher)
Recurring
AIPI publishes frequent AI polls; this is its battleground series
News coverage
no news coverage found for this specific battleground release (AIPI's other polls have drawn NBC/USA Today/Time coverage)
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Full official page with links to toplines/crosstabs; out of scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying repor

Rising AI Use, Rising Calls for Action: Insights from Fathom's National Polling and Statewide Focus Groups Mixed-methodFathom2026-01Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 1) Education ranked 4th among sectors where the public is most concerned about AI-driven job displacement, cited by 21% — behind customer service, manufacturing, and technology/software (25%) — placing teaching jobs squarely in the public's displacement anxiety. 2) 77% support a guardrail "to ensure the use of AI by students in school does not harm their education and ability to learn" (55% strongly support, 23% somewhat). 3) The single highest-ranked guardrail of all those tested was child safety: 78% support "to keep children safe online when they use AI" (56% strongly, 22% somewhat) — child protection outranked disinformation, cyberattacks, and data privacy. 4) Education emerged as a focal point in the focus groups, with participants raising undetectable AI-written essays and whether eighth graders should be permitted to use AI for papers.
  • The report frames this as momentum for guidelines that build critical thinking alongside AI literacy.

Citation caveat. This is a general-population VOTER poll about AI overall, not a K-12 education study — education appears as a handful of items plus one focus-group case study, so it cannot carry claims about schools, educators, or students as populations (none were sampled as such). The report does not disclose the polling vendor or whether the online sample was probability-based or opt-in, so the stated ±2.17% MOE cannot be independently assessed and should be reported as "as-stated by Fathom" rather than accepted at face value. Focus groups are only 4 groups in 2 states (OH, CA) with undisclosed participant counts — illustrative, never generalizable. Fathom is an AI-governance advocacy nonprofit, so guardrail-support items are being measured by an organization with a stake in the answer.

Sample
National survey: 2,036 interviews (population described as voters). Focus groups: 4 groups of Ohio and California voters; per-group participant counts are not disclosed. Prior wave for trend: 2,558 voters (Sept 2024).
Method
Per the report's own methodology page. Qualitative: 4 virtual focus groups among Ohio and California voters, conducted August 6-7, 2025, segmented as Ohio Republican voters, Ohio Independent voters, California Democratic voters, and California Republican voters. Quantitative: national survey of 2,036 interviews conducted August 28 - September 4, 2025, reported margin of error ±2.17% at a 95% confidence interval. Trend comparison drawn from a prior national online survey conducted September 9-13, 2024 among 2,558 voters (reported MOE ±1.94%). The report does not name the polling vendor and does not state whether the sample was probability-based or opt-in.
Field/geography
United States — national survey; focus groups limited to Ohio and California
Partner / funder
Fathom, a 501(c)(3) nonprofit (FEIN 93-4840479) that states it is funded by philanthropists and takes no donations from corporations including frontier labs and FAANG companies, or from foreign entities associated with countries of concern. Polling vendor not disclosed in the report.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Elon University Poll: North Carolinians give K-12 schools low grades as the federal government begins to move more control of education to the states Non-prob. surveyElon University Poll, with Elon's Dr. Jo Watts Williams School of Education2025-12Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 59% say high school graduates should understand how AI works, including its benefits, risks and ethical issues.
  • At the same time 63% say schools should limit student use of AI tools such as ChatGPT because of overreliance, bias, misinformation and privacy risks.
  • 50% give traditional public schools a grade of C, D or F.
  • 57% rate technical skills like coding and data analysis as 'very important' for students (vs. 77% for writing and for financial literacy).

Citation caveat. North Carolina only, not national; YouGov nonprobability online panel -- 1,164 adults interviewed, matched down to a final sample of 800; MoE +/-4.24% adjusted for weights.

Sample
800 North Carolina adults (fielded Nov 19-Dec 1, 2025; MoE +/-4.24)
Method
online survey (conducted for the Elon Poll by YouGov)
Field/geography
US state (North Carolina)
Partner / funder
Fielded by YouGov; designed in partnership with Elon University's Dr. Jo Watts Williams School of Education
Recurring
Elon Poll is a recurring series; this K-12 education wave with AI items is one-time
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (The Center Square syndicated story counted once) — The Center Square, Elon News Network
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Fox News Poll: How Do Voters Feel About AI? It's Complicated (November 2025) Probability surveyFox News2025-11Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 50% say AI is a good thing for day-to-day life, but only 37% say the same for their mental health or for society in general.
  • 51% of employed voters say AI benefits their current job while 48% view it negatively for long-term careers.
  • 58% believe AI will eliminate more jobs than it creates within five years.

Corrections applied. Method field can be enriched: mixed-mode random selection from a national voter file — 104 landline, 646 cellphone, 255 online after text invitation. All other attribution (Fox News sponsor; Beacon Research (D) and Shaw & Company Research (R); N=1,005 registered voters; fielded Nov 14-17, 2025; MoE +/-3; published Nov 20, 2025; United States) confirmed verbatim.

Sample
1,005 registered voters (fielded November 14-17, 2025)
Method
Survey of 1,005 US registered voters from a national voter file, fielded November 14-17, 2025, by Beacon Research (D) and Shaw & Company Research (R); MoE +/-3 points; published November 20, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Fox News (sponsor); Beacon Research (D) and Shaw & Company Research (R) (pollsters)
Recurring
Yes — Fox News polls AI batteries periodically (first asked AI concern in 2023)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found - only Fox News' own poll write-ups and their Yahoo News syndication (duplicates of the publisher's own story); search budget limited a deeper secondary-coverage sweep
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General voter AI poll with no K-12 education measure. Workstream coverage in

Heartland/Rasmussen Poll: Young Voters and AI Government Powers Non-prob. surveyThe Heartland Institute (Glenn C. Haskins Emerging Issues Center) and Rasmussen Reports2025-11Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 41% of young voters (18-39) support giving advanced AI systems authority over the majority of public policy decisions.
  • 55% of self-identified young conservatives support the proposal.
  • More than a third of young voters supported giving an AI system control of the world's largest armies.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-sponsored polling by the Heartland Institute, a free-market advocacy think tank, fielded by Rasmussen/Pulse Opinion Research using an automated telephone plus online design with limited sampling-frame disclosure. The questions are hypothetical and deliberately provocative — asking whether to 'take power away from most human lawmakers' or give AI 'authority to control all of the world's largest militaries' — so the resulting numbers measure reaction to a striking scenario, not a considered policy preference. Sample is restricted to ages 18-39 and cannot be described as the general public.

Corrections applied. populations='General public' is imprecise — the entire sample is likely voters aged 18-39, not the general public; it should read 'General public (young adults 18-39)'. Add that fieldwork was by Pulse Opinion Research, LLC for Rasmussen Reports, national telephone and online, ±3 points at 95% confidence. Fielding dates (Oct 31 - Nov 2, 2025) and release date (Nov 19, 2025) confirmed on both publishers' pages.

Sample
1,496 likely voters aged 18-39 (fielded Oct 31-Nov 2, 2025; MoE +/-3)
Method
Survey of 1,496 US likely voters aged 18-39, completed November 2, 2025; released November 19, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
The Heartland Institute (funder); Rasmussen Reports (pollster)
Recurring
Occasional partner surveys
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (plus Rasmussen's and Heartland's own posts, not counted) — Christian Post, Crosswalk.com
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General young-voter AI/government-power poll; no education measure. Workstrea

EPIC/AP-NORC Poll: Americans' concern over AI's environmental impact Non-prob. surveyAP-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research; Energy Policy Institute at the University of Chicago (EPIC)2025-10Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 72% of Americans express concern about AI's environmental impacts, including 41% very or extremely concerned - higher than concern about cryptocurrencies, meat production, or air travel. Fielded Sept 2-18, 2025.

Citation caveat. This is a probability/non-probability hybrid (AmeriSpeak plus a quota-matched Dynata sample), not a pure probability sample — worth stating if the citation is doing precision work. Also note the comparison to cryptocurrency, meat production, and air travel is between 'very or extremely concerned' shares (41% vs 29%, 29%, 23%), not between total-concern shares.

Corrections applied. The method field 'mixed methods' is wrong and should be corrected — this is a single quantitative survey, not a qual+quant design. The correct description is AP-NORC's TrueNorth hybrid: NORC's AmeriSpeak probability-based panel combined with a Dynata non-probability sample, quota-matched on age, race/ethnicity, gender, and education. Add margin of error ±2.4 percentage points. The formal AP-NORC project title is 'Public attitudes toward climate policy, technology, and the environment'; the EPIC page our link points to is the press release for it. All other attribution confirmed: 3,154 U.S. adults, fielded September 2–18, 2025, released October 23, 2025, EPIC (University of Chicago) with AP-NORC.

Sample
3,154 U.S. adults
Method
mixed methods
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by NORC with EPIC (University of Chicago) and the Associated Press
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found — The Hill, Finance & Commerce
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public environmental attitudes toward AI; no K-12 measure. Workstream coverag

Data for Progress/WE ACT Poll: Voter Awareness and Views of AI Data Centers Non-prob. surveyData for Progress with WE ACT for Environmental Justice2025-09Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • All five figures match the crosstabs, with two wording fixes. (1) The 45% is not 'no opinion of data centers' in general — on item [1], a favorability question, 45% chose 'Haven't heard enough to say' (34% favorable, 21% unfavorable). (2) The 48% refers to state AND local government, not just local officials: item [4] asks whether 'your state and local government should be doing more or less to reduce the environmental and human health impacts from data centers.' Recommended text: '62% of voters had heard nothing at all about data center construction in their state and 45% said they had not heard enough to offer an opinion of data centers.
  • After a neutral definition, 56% supported construction (+25 net), falling to 51% when the question was re-asked after respondents read about potential harms.
  • 48% say their state and local government should be doing more to reduce the environmental and human health impacts.'.

Citation caveat. Commissioned with WE ACT for Environmental Justice, an advocacy organization with a direct stake in the result, and fielded by an advocacy pollster on an opt-in web panel weighted to likely voters (so ±3 points is modeled, not a true sampling MoE). Most importantly, the 56%-to-51% movement is not opinion changing over time — it is a within-survey informed-opinion design: item [3] asks support after a neutral definition, and item [9] re-asks the identical question ('Having read more, do you support or oppose...') after intervening items presented potential harms. It measures response to the specific messages tested and cannot be cited as a shift in public opinion.

Sample
1,179 U.S. likely voters (web panel, fielded July 11-12, 2025)
Method
Web survey of 1,179 US likely voters, fielded July 11-12, 2025, weighted to national likely-voter population; MoE +/-3 points; published September 8, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
WE ACT for Environmental Justice (partner); Data for Progress (pollster)
Recurring
Data for Progress polls AI/data-center topics repeatedly
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public data-center attitudes with no education measure. Workstream co

Reward, Risk, and Regulation: American Attitudes Toward Artificial Intelligence (Gallup-SCSP) Probability surveyGallup and Special Competitive Studies Project2025-09Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 39% of Americans report using AI 'sometimes' or more in their personal or work life, and just 8% of US adults say they are 'very knowledgeable' about AI.
  • 79% say it is important for the US to have more advanced AI than other countries.
  • 87% think it is likely foreign governments will use AI to attack the US in the future.
  • 80% say the government should maintain rules for AI safety and data security even if it means developing AI capabilities more slowly.
  • 72% support creating or expanding workforce training and education programs to teach AI skills.

Citation caveat. Commissioned and funded by the Special Competitive Studies Project, an advocacy organization whose mission is US technological competitiveness — several question framings (e.g. 'important for the US to have more advanced AI than other countries', foreign-government AI attacks) reflect that agenda and should be described as commissioned questions, not neutral benchmarks. Also fix the knowledge statistic before citing.

Corrections applied. Methodology confirmed and can be stated more precisely: self-administered web surveys April 25-May 5, 2025 with a random sample of 3,128 US adults 18+ drawn from the probability-based Gallup Panel, MoE +/-2.1 percentage points at 95% confidence. Report published September 19, 2025 (entry's 2025-09 is correct). Gallup is the pollster; SCSP commissioned and funded it — both correctly recorded.

Sample
3,128 U.S. adults 18+ (nationally representative web survey, fielded April 25-May 5, 2025)
Method
Nationally representative Gallup web survey of 3,128 US adults, fielded April-May 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Special Competitive Studies Project (funder/commissioner); Gallup (pollster)
Recurring
No — one-off partnership (this is the study often referenced as Gallup's 'AI in America' work with SCSP)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news items found (Candid/Philanthropy News Digest takeaways piece; most other mentions are Gallup's or SCSP's own channels) — Candid
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public AI risk/regulation attitudes with no education measure. Workst

How Americans View AI and Its Impact on People and Society Probability surveyPew Research Center2025-09Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 50% are more concerned than excited about AI in daily life (up from 37% in 2021).
  • 57% rate AI's societal risks as high vs. 25% who see high benefits. 53% believe AI will worsen people's creative thinking and 50% say it will harm meaningful relationships. 76% say it's important to be able to tell AI-generated content apart, but 53% lack confidence they can.
  • Fielded June 9-15, 2025.
Sample
5,023 U.S. adults
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Pew self-funded
Recurring
wave in Pew's ongoing AI attitudes tracking
News coverage
~8 distinct news stories found (Axios, The Verge, Inside Radio, MarketingProfs, Business Journal Daily, plus later pieces citing it) — Axios, The Verge, Inside Radio, MarketingProfs
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public AI attitudes with no education measure. Workstream coverage in the CSV

Reuters/Ipsos Poll on AI: Job Displacement, Political Chaos and AI Anxieties (August 2025) Probability surveyReuters and Ipsos2025-08Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 71% were concerned about AI putting too many people out of work permanently.
  • 77% were concerned about AI being used to cause political chaos by our rivals.
  • 68% agreed the government should regulate AI to ensure public safety (61% for economic stability).
  • On education, only 36% agreed AI will improve education while 40% disagreed and 23% said they did not know. 66% — not 67% — were concerned about people replacing their in-person relationships with AI companions.
  • Separately, 67% agreed that AI will have unpredictable consequences that people will ultimately not be able to control.

Citation caveat. The 77% figure is specific to AI 'being used to cause political chaos by our rivals' — that is, by foreign adversaries — not to generic domestic political chaos. All figures are concerned/agree nets.

Corrections applied. Margin of error is plus or minus 1.5 percentage points at 95% confidence. Our entry is internally contradictory here — the method field says 'MoE about 2 points' while the sample field says '+/-1.5 pts'; the topline states 1.5. Mode is Ipsos KnowledgePanel, a probability-based panel, weighted on demographics and party ID (party benchmarks from the 2025 NPORS survey, demographics from the 2024 March CPS supplement). Ipsos published August 25, 2025.

Sample
4,446 U.S. adults 18+ (fielded Aug 13-18, 2025; MoE +/-1.5 pts)
Method
Online Ipsos poll of 4,446 US adults, fielded August 13-18, 2025; MoE about 2 points
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Reuters (media partner); Ipsos (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — Reuters/Ipsos polls AI periodically
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found; the Reuters wire story was additionally syndicated internationally (The Hindu, Dunya News, etc.) — Reuters, ZDNet, HCAMag, Yahoo Finance
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public AI job/regulation anxieties with no education measure. Workstr

The Economist/YouGov recurring AI polling (2024-2026 waves) Non-prob. surveyYouGov; The Economist2025-06Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Every claim verified, with one number to tighten: the May 2026 figure is 71%, not 'over 70%'. Corrected text: Share of Americans saying AI's effect on society will be negative rose from 34% (Dec 2024) to 40% (Mar 2025), 41% (Apr 2025) and 47% (June 27-30, 2025 wave, n=1,112).
  • In the September 5-8, 2025 wave (n=1,644), 44% expected AI to have a negative effect on the U.S. economy vs 13% who expected a positive effect.
  • In the February 13-16, 2026 wave, 63% had used AI but only 23% use it regularly, and 58% say they do not trust AI much or at all vs 35% who trust it a fair amount or a great deal.
  • In the May 9-11, 2026 wave, 71% said AI development is moving too fast, 27% said the pace is about right and 2% said too slowly.

Citation caveat. YouGov opt-in online panel weighted to population benchmarks, not a probability sample. More important for citation: this single entry aggregates five separate waves whose numbers live at five different URLs - anyone following the entry's link will find only the June 2025 trend, not the Sept 2025, Feb 2026 or May 2026 figures. Cite the specific wave URL for each number.

Corrections applied. Date should be 2025-07, not 2025-06: the linked article was published July 18, 2025 from the June 27-30, 2025 wave (the existing correction note says this but the date field was not updated). The today.yougov.com URL 301-redirects to the yougov.com/en-us/ path given in best_source_link. Sample description is accurate: 1,112 U.S. adult citizens for that wave, from YouGov's opt-in panel weighted to be representative of the U.S. adult population, MoE approximately 4%; other waves run roughly 1,100-1,700 (Sept 2025 was 1,644).

Sample
1,112 U.S. adult citizens (June 27-30, 2025 wave); ~1,500-1,700 per typical Economist/YouGov wave
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by YouGov for The Economist
Recurring
recurring AI questions in the weekly Economist/YouGov poll since 2023
News coverage
~1-3 distinct independent stories specifically about these poll findings (e.g., National Catholic Reporter); Economist/YouGov AI numbers are widely cited in passing but mostly self-published via YouGov/The Economist — National Catholic Reporter
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General-public recurring AI polling with no education measure; the row also i

Trust, Attitudes and Use of Artificial Intelligence: A Global Study 2025 Non-prob. surveyKPMG International and University of Melbourne (Melbourne Business School)2025-05Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • US: 41% of Americans are willing to trust AI and 54% accept or approve of it.
  • 45% believe AI's risks outweigh the benefits and 75% are concerned about negative outcomes from AI.
  • 69% of US employees report their organization uses AI (and 60% say their organization has an AI strategy), with 58% admitting they relied on AI output at work without evaluating its accuracy and 57% saying they made mistakes in their work due to AI.

Corrections applied. Publication date is April 2025 (KPMG/University of Melbourne launch and press release are dated April 2025; the '/2025/05/' in the PDF path is an asset-folder date), not May 2025. Sample is 48,340 adults across 47 countries and jurisdictions, 1,001-1,098 respondents per country, online survey fielded November 2024 to mid-January 2025 via representative research panels sourced from Dynata, nationally representative on gender, age and regional distribution matched to official national statistics. The University of Melbourne team led design, conduct, data collection, analysis and reporting (Gillespie, N., Lockey, S., Ward, T., Macdade, A., & Hassed, G., 2025); KPMG is co-publisher and funder. US sample size is within the 1,001-1,098 per-country range.

Sample
More than 48,000 respondents across 47 countries (fielded Nov 2024 - mid-Jan 2025)
Method
Survey of 48,000+ people across 47 countries, fielded November 2024 - January 2025; US country snapshot published separately
Field/geography
Global (47 countries; US snapshot available)
Partner / funder
KPMG (funder/partner); University of Melbourne research team led by Prof. Nicole Gillespie
Recurring
Yes — 2025 wave of the 2023 KPMG/UQ study
News coverage
~20-30 distinct news stories found (Google News shows 40+ results; heavy Canadian and Australian pickup) — CBC, The Globe and Mail, BNN Bloomberg, Canadian HR Reporter
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General adult/workforce AI trust study with no K-12 measure. Workstream cover

Heartland/Rasmussen Poll: 72% of Voters Concerned About AI Non-prob. surveyThe Heartland Institute and Rasmussen Reports2025-05Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 72% of likely voters are very or somewhat concerned about AI, including 31% very concerned and 41% somewhat concerned.
  • 77% would support a state or federal law requiring developers and technology companies to design AI so that it protects the human rights contained in the Constitution (48% strongly, 29% somewhat).

Citation caveat. Advocacy-sponsored polling: the Heartland Institute is a free-market advocacy think tank, and the constitutional-rights question is leading — it asks about designing AI to protect 'the human rights contained in the Constitution, such as freedom of speech and freedom of religious expression', wording that all but guarantees supermajority agreement. Rasmussen/Pulse Opinion Research uses an automated telephone plus online design with limited sampling-frame and weighting disclosure. The two publishers report the same item differently, so cite the pollster's own 77%.

Corrections applied. Add that fieldwork was conducted by Pulse Opinion Research, LLC for Rasmussen Reports, by national telephone and online survey, with a ±3 percentage point margin of error at a 95% confidence level. The Heartland piece was published May 13, 2025. Sponsor is Heartland's Glenn C. Haskins Emerging Issues Center, as the entry already notes.

Sample
1,067 likely U.S. voters (fielded April 30-May 4, 2025; MoE +/-3)
Method
Survey of 1,067 US likely voters, fielded April 30 - May 4, 2025 by Rasmussen Reports
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
The Heartland Institute (Glenn C. Haskins Emerging Issues Center) with Rasmussen Reports
Recurring
Occasional partner surveys
News coverage
no independent news coverage found (only the publisher's own May 13, 2025 release)
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: General voter AI constitutional-rights/regulation poll with no education measure. Wor

How the U.S. Public and AI Experts View Artificial Intelligence Probability surveyPew Research Center2025-04Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 56% of AI experts vs. 17% of the public believe AI will have a very or somewhat positive impact on the U.S. over the next 20 years.
  • 51% of the public is more concerned than excited vs. 15% of experts. 56% of the public is extremely/very concerned about AI eliminating jobs vs. 25% of experts.
  • 64% of the public expects fewer jobs. 33% of U.S. adults have ever used an AI chatbot vs. 98% of experts. 58% of the public and 56% of experts are more concerned that government will not go far enough regulating AI than that it will go too far.

Citation caveat. The expert half of this study is NOT a probability sample and is not representative of AI experts generally. Pew built the frame by compiling authors and presenters from 21 AI conferences held in 2023-24, identifying U.S.-based individuals via public information and email-finder services, and inviting them; the report states plainly that 'Expert views are only representative of those who responded.' Any public-vs-expert gap cited from this study should be attributed as 'AI conference authors and presenters who responded to Pew's survey,' not 'AI experts.' The public sample (American Trends Panel, N=5,410) is a genuine probability panel and needs no such caveat.

Sample
5,410 U.S. adults (Aug 12-18, 2024) and 1,013 AI experts (Aug 14-Oct 31, 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Pew self-funded; experts drawn from authors/presenters at 21 AI conferences
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~16 distinct news stories found (Washington Post, The Verge, CNBC, Entrepreneur, Inc., Visual Capitalist, Statista, National CIO Review, GovTech, Sinclair stations, others) — Washington Post, The Verge, CNBC, Entrepreneur
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: General U.S. public and AI-expert comparison with no education measure. Workstream co

Quinnipiac University National Poll: The Age of Artificial Intelligence (April 2025) Probability surveyQuinnipiac University Poll2025-04Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 54% think AI will do more harm than good to education, vs. 32% who see benefit.
  • 83% worry AI will diminish young people's ability to think independently. 44% think AI will harm daily life overall vs. 38% who see benefit.
  • 59% see benefit for medical advances. 56% expect AI to decrease jobs, though 78% of employed workers aren't worried about their own job. Only 4% trust AI-generated information 'almost all the time.' Fielded April 3-7, 2025.

Corrections applied. All correct. Optional additions: release date April 16, 2025; method is probability-based random digit dialing with live interviewers calling landlines and cell phones.

Sample
1,562 U.S. adults surveyed April 3-7, 2025 (MoE +/-2.5), including 867 employed adults (MoE +/-3.3)
Method
phone poll
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Quinnipiac University (self-conducted)
Recurring
repeated AI polls (April 2025, March 2026, April 2026)
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found (contemporaneous The Hill and UPI pickup in April 2025, plus later citations in EdTech Magazine and eMarketer) — The Hill, UPI, EdTech Magazine, eMarketer
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Close Encounters of the AI Kind: The Increasingly Human-Like Way People Are Engaging With Language Models Probability surveyElon University Imagining the Digital Future Center2025-03Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 52% of US adults now use AI large language models like ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude and Copilot.
  • 72% of LLM users have used ChatGPT and 34% use LLMs at least daily.
  • 51% say their main use is personal, informal learning.
  • 63% worry LLM use replacing human communication will increase social isolation.
  • Hispanic (66%) and Black (57%) adults are more likely than White adults (47%) to be LLM users.

Citation caveat. When citing, keep the bases straight: 52% is the incidence among all U.S. adults (n=939 screened, ±3.2), while 72% ChatGPT, 34% daily, 51% informal learning and 63% social isolation are all among LLM users only (n=500, ±5.1). Also, 63% is 'think it is very or somewhat likely that the spread of LLMs will cause social isolation by replacing a lot of human-to-human communication' — 'worry' overstates the item slightly.

Corrections applied. All attribution correct. Add methodology detail available in the separate topline PDF: SSRS Opinion Panel is a multi-mode probability panel (web n=498, telephone n=2; English n=473, Spanish n=27); data weighted to the target population of U.S. adults who have used LLMs; MoE ±5.1 at 95% CI with a design effect of 1.37; the 52% incidence figure derives from n=939 screened panelists (eligible and ineligible) weighted to the full U.S. adult population, MoE ±3.2. Author: Lee Rainie, Director. Half-sample items carry larger MoEs (FORM 1 n=261, ±7.0; FORM 2 n=239, ±7.5).

Sample
500 U.S. adult LLM users from the SSRS Opinion Panel (fielded Jan 21-23, 2025; MoE +/-5.1); screening found 52% of U.S. adults use LLMs
Method
National survey fielded by SSRS (SSRS Opinion Panel); deep-dive sample of 500 US adult LLM users, fielded January 21-23, 2025, MoE +/-5.1 points; released March 12, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Elon University (funder); SSRS (pollster)
Recurring
No
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories found (the '52% of U.S. adults use LLMs' finding was widely picked up; Scripps syndication counted once) — NBC News, The Hill, Scripps News, Straight Arrow News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Adult LLM users and general engagement; no K-12 measure. Workstream coverage

Counterfeit Connections: The Rise of AI Romantic Companions Non-prob. surveyInstitute for Family Studies / BYU Wheatley Institute2025-02Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 31% of young adult men and 23% of young adult women report having chatted with an AI system meant to simulate a romantic partner (19% of all U.S. adults.
  • 15% of adult men and 10% of adult women over 30).
  • 27% of young adult men vs 12% of young adult women have viewed AI-generated pornography.
  • Among those who chatted with an AI romantic partner, 21% agreed they preferred AI communication over engaging with a real person (42% said AI programs are easier to talk to, 43% better listeners, 31% that AI understands them better).
  • Among WOMEN of all ages who used AI platforms for romantic or sexual purposes, over 60% screened at risk for depression on the CES-D and 52% reported high loneliness, compared with 41% and 39% among women not using these technologies.
  • The report explicitly states the direction of causality is unclear.

Citation caveat. Qualtrics opt-in panel with demographic quotas, not a probability sample and not weighted; no fielding dates and no margin of error are disclosed anywhere in the report. Cross-sectional design -- the report itself says it cannot tell whether AI use worsens mental health or whether people already struggling are drawn to these apps. Advocacy-adjacent publishers (Wheatley Institute / IFS) with a stated interest in the findings.

Corrections applied. Sample is 2,969 U.S. adults 18+, collected by Qualtrics through its existing opt-in sample panels using a quota framework on biological sex, age, and race/ethnicity; the oversample is 1,000 individuals aged 18-29 (our entry says 18-30). Authors are four, not two: Brian J. Willoughby, Jason S. Carroll, Carson R. Dover, and Rebekah H. Hakala. The underlying report's full title is 'Counterfeit Connections: The Rise of Romantic AI Companions and AI Sexualized Media Among the Rising Generation' (Wheatley Institute, 2025); our title is the IFS blog headline. Wheatley's landing page dates the report Feb 12, 2025; the IFS blog post is Feb 13, 2025.

Sample
~3,000 U.S. adults, including an oversample of 1,000 young adults aged 18-30
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors Brian J. Willoughby and Jason S. Carroll; published by the Wheatley Institute at Brigham Young University with the Institute for Family Studies; quota sampling to mirror national demographics
Recurring
one-time (followed by 'Simulated Soulmates' in 2026)
News coverage
~6-12 distinct news stories/citations found (Newsweek, The New Yorker, Psychology Today, Deseret News, APA Monitor, DatingNews.com, syndicated columns) — Newsweek, The New Yorker, Psychology Today, Deseret News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Adults and AI romantic companions; no K-12 measure. Workstream coverage in th

AI in America: Gallup-Telescope survey on AI use and attitudes Probability surveyGallup; Telescope2025-01Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 99% of US adults report using at least one AI-enabled product in the past week, but 64% did not realize they were using AI. Majorities expect AI to have a negative impact over the next five years on the spread of misinformation (72%.
  • 78% of Democrats vs 66% of Republicans) and on social connections (64%).
  • On national security the partisan split is 59% of Democrats vs 50% of Republicans expecting a negative impact, and on job opportunities the sharpest divide is by age (78% of adults 18-29 vs 45% of those 65+) rather than by party, where differences are minimal.
  • On responsibility, 96% say the government is mostly or partly responsible for addressing AI-driven national security threats, 68% say government and business share responsibility for AI-driven misinformation, and 52% see shared responsibility for job displacement.
  • Gallup Panel web survey of 3,975 US adults, fielded Nov 26-Dec 4, 2024.

Citation caveat. The headline 99%/64% figures are solid; the entry's two summary sentences overstate the source. 'Majorities across both parties' does not hold for national security (Republicans are at 50%, not a majority) and is not demonstrated for job opportunities (where Gallup reports minimal partisan difference and the real divide is generational). 'Large bipartisan majorities' on shared responsibility is also loose — shared responsibility for job displacement is only 52%. Cite the specific per-issue numbers, not the generalization.

Corrections applied. Partner is named 'Telescope Foundation' in Gallup's own methodology statement; our entry says 'Telescope' (the entry's linked partner announcement is telescopegp.com). Worth reconciling the exact legal name. Method can be stated fully: probability-based Gallup Panel web study, recruited via random-digit-dial and address-based sampling, N=3,975 US adults 18+, fielded Nov 26-Dec 4, 2024, MoE +/-2.6 percentage points, published January 14, 2025, author Ellyn Maese. Date, N and fieldwork window in the entry are all correct.

Sample
3,975 U.S. adults 18+ (Gallup Panel web survey, fielded Nov 26-Dec 4, 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Gallup in partnership with (and funded by) Telescope
Recurring
one-time (released January 2025)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Semafor, Emerging Tech Brew (Morning Brew)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General U.S. adults' AI awareness/use with no education measure. Workstream c

AP-NORC/USAFacts Survey: Americans' Trust in AI-Powered Election Information Probability surveyAP-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and USAFacts2024-09Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Corrected text: "64% of U.S. adults were not confident that information from AI chatbots or search results is reliable and factual.
  • Only 8% said results produced by AI chat programs are always or often based on factual information, and 12% said the same of results from AI-assisted internet search engines (51% said AI results are rarely or never factual).
  • 43% said AI will make it more difficult to find factual and accurate information about the 2024 presidential election, vs 16% who said easier." Two fixes: (1) our entry says 'about 40%' for the election-difficulty figure — the report's own number is 43% (the AP wire's looser 'about 4 in 10' is where 40% came from); (2) our entry attributes the two-thirds confidence figure to 'AI chatbots,' but the question wording was 'information from artificial intelligence chatbots or search results,' so it covers both.

Corrections applied. Release date is September 10, 2024, not September 12, 2024 — September 12 is the date of the AP wire story, not the report. Add margin of error ±4.0 percentage points. All other attribution confirmed: AP-NORC/USAFacts, 1,019 U.S. adults (990 web, 29 telephone), NORC AmeriSpeak probability panel, fielded July 29–August 8, 2024, U.S. national. The 'State of the Facts 2024' title correction already recorded in our notes is correct.

Sample
1,019 U.S. adults (990 web, 29 phone; NORC AmeriSpeak probability panel, fielded July 29-Aug 8, 2024)
Method
AP-NORC probability-based panel survey of US adults with USAFacts; findings reported September 12, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
USAFacts (funder/partner); AP-NORC (pollster)
Recurring
No
News coverage
~1-3 distinct stories (single AP wire story syndicated widely) — AP (wire), PBS NewsHour, Seattle Times, The Columbian
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

Latinos & AI: 2024 Poll Takeaways Probability surveyDigital Democracy Institute of the Americas (DDIA)2024-06Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Only 15% of U.S. Latinos regularly used ChatGPT as of April 2024.
  • 47% view AI as neither positive nor negative.
  • 68% say there is a pressing need for stricter AI regulation and oversight.
  • 66% worry about AI-driven job displacement.
  • Report recommends AI literacy training akin to digital literacy programs.

Citation caveat. These figures must be date-stamped to DDIA's first 2024 wave (fielded March 11-April 26, 2024). DDIA fielded a second wave in September 2024 (N=3,000, released February 2025) in which several of these numbers moved: regular ChatGPT use rose from 15% to 20%, 'neither positive nor negative' fell from 47% to 42%, and agreement on the pressing need for stricter AI regulation went from 68% to 69% (job-displacement worry held at 66%). Citing 15%/47%/68% without the wave label would present superseded figures as current. Also note YouGov's panel is opt-in, matched and weighted to be nationally representative of U.S. Latino adults rather than a probability sample, and the survey ran in English and Spanish with 89% choosing English.

Sample
3,015 U.S. Latino adults
Method
Nationally representative YouGov poll of U.S. Latino adults, administered in English and Spanish, fielded March 11-April 26, 2024
Field/geography
United States (national Latino sample)
Partner / funder
Fielded by YouGov
Recurring
Unclear (DDIA runs recurring Latino information-ecosystem polling)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (Tech Policy Press covered the umbrella DDIA poll containing the AI items; AI takeaways published June 25, 2024) — Tech Policy Press
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 0 of 5 numeric tokens

Ipsos AI Monitor 2024: Changing attitudes and feelings about AI and the future it will bring Non-prob. surveyIpsos2024-06Public Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Across the 32-country average, 53% say they are excited for products and services that use AI, while 50% say AI makes them nervous - i.e. in 2024 excitement slightly outweighed nervousness. 67% say they have a good understanding of AI (72% Gen Z, 71% Millennials, 58% Baby Boomers), and 52% say they know which products and services use AI. Asia is the most enthusiastic region (Asia Pacific average 62% excited.
  • China 80%, Indonesia 76%, Thailand 76%, South Korea 73%), while Australia (39%) and New Zealand (43%) are least excited. 41% disagree with the statement 'I trust that companies that use AI will protect my personal data.' 66% say AI will profoundly change their lives in the next 3-5 years.
  • Fielded April 19 - May 3, 2024.

Citation caveat. Do not cite the key_findings text currently in the database - every figure in it belongs to the 2025 wave, not 2024. Once corrected: Ipsos Global Advisor is a weighted nonprobability online panel; Ipsos states that samples in Brazil, Chile, China, Colombia, Indonesia, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand and Turkiye skew more urban, educated and/or affluent than their general populations and should not be read as nationally representative.

Corrections applied. 32 countries, not ~30. Sample is 23,685 adults, not '23,000+ ages 18-74': age frames vary by market (18+ in India, 18-74 in Canada/Ireland/Israel/Malaysia/South Africa/Turkiye/US, 20-74 Thailand, 21-74 Indonesia and Singapore, 16-74 elsewhere). Fielded April 19 - May 3, 2024, NOT March 22 - April 5, 2024. India's sample was collected partly face-to-face on the IndiaBus platform. Organization, self-funding, and June 2024 publication date are correct.

Sample
23,000+ adults ages 18-74 across ~30 countries (Global Advisor)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
global (includes US)
Partner / funder
Ipsos self-funded (Global Advisor)
Recurring
annual since 2023
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (mostly international trade/marketing press; Ipsos country offices' own releases excluded) — IndiaAI, B&T (Australia)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 4 of 10 numeric tokens

AI & Politics '24 Probability surveyElon University Imagining the Digital Future Center and Elon University Poll2024-05Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 78% of US adults expected abuses of AI to affect the 2024 presidential election outcome.
  • 73% believed AI would be used to manipulate social media to influence the election.
  • 93% supported penalties for candidates who maliciously fake photos, video or audio.
  • 23% of adults reported having used LLMs such as ChatGPT, Gemini or Claude.

Corrections applied. Method field can be strengthened: fielded on Ipsos KnowledgePanel, a probability-based online panel recruited by address-based sampling from the USPS Delivery Sequence File (households without internet given tablets/connectivity); weighted by gender x age, race/ethnicity, education, Census region, metro status and household income to the March 2023 CPS; design effect 1.08; MoE +/-3.2 at 95% confidence.

Sample
1,020 U.S. adults (fielded April 19-21, 2024; MoE +/-3.2)
Method
National survey of 1,020 US adults, fielded April 19-21, 2024, MoE +/-3.2 points; released May 15, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Elon University (funder)
Recurring
No
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found (Sinclair national piece syndicated across stations counted once) — Fox Business, WUNC, GovTech, Sinclair/ABC 33-40
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

AI Index Report 2024 — Public Opinion chapter Non-prob. surveyStanford Institute for Human-Centered AI (HAI)2024-04Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 66% globally believe AI will dramatically affect their lives within 3-5 years (up from 60%).
  • 52% express nervousness toward AI products and services, up 13 points since 2022.
  • 52% of Americans feel more concerned than excited about AI, up from 38% in 2022.
  • Only 37% think AI will improve their job.

Citation caveat. Secondary synthesis with no original Stanford HAI fieldwork. Attribute each figure to its originating survey — the 66%, 52% nervous, and 37% are Ipsos 2023; the 52% of Americans more concerned than excited is Pew Research 2023 — and note the data are 2023 fieldwork despite the 2024 publication date. Do not count this as an independent data point alongside the Ipsos or Pew entries already in the corpus.

Corrections applied. Chapter 9 and April 2024 publication confirmed. Add that the underlying fieldwork is 2023, not 2024: the chart provenance lines in the chapter PDF read 'Source: Ipsos, 2023' and 'Source: Pew Research, 2023'. Data sources are Ipsos, Pew Research Center, University of Toronto, and Quid (social media analysis) — all four already reflected in the method field.

Sample
Chapter aggregates third-party surveys (Ipsos global survey, Pew Research Center, University of Toronto); no original HAI fieldwork
Method
Synthesis of global and US public-opinion surveys (Ipsos global longitudinal data, Pew Research, University of Toronto ChatGPT-awareness data, Quid social media analysis)
Field/geography
Global and United States
Partner / funder
Stanford HAI (publisher); Ipsos, Pew Research Center, University of Toronto (data sources)
Recurring
Yes — annual AI Index chapter
News coverage
~30+ distinct stories on the 2024 AI Index report overall (10+ distinct outlets confirmed in the April 2024 release window: WEF, IEEE Spectrum, Bloomberg, ZDNet, Forbes Australia, Indian Express, PYMNTS, HPCwire, GIGAZINE, i-programmer); public-opinion chapter findings cited in a subset of stories — IEEE Spectrum, Bloomberg, ZDNet, The Indian Express
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

The Impact of Artificial Intelligence by 2040 Probability surveyElon University Imagining the Digital Future Center2024-02Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • Two-thirds of Americans (66%) say AI will have a somewhat or far more negative than positive impact on people's privacy by 2040.
  • 55% say the same about people's opportunities for employment.
  • Asked overall how increased use of AI will affect the quality of people's daily lives, 29% say more negative than positive, 31% equally positive and negative, 17% more positive than negative and 23% don't know.
  • 40% say AI will have a somewhat or far more negative than positive impact on the level of civility in society by 2040.

Citation caveat. Minor framing fix: the 29% / 31% split comes from a general question about 'the quality of people's daily lives' with no 2040 time horizon; only the item batteries (privacy, employment, civility, etc.) are explicitly 'by the year 2040'. Separately, if any expert-canvassing numbers are ever cited from this report, note that the 328-expert half is a self-selected opt-in canvassing, not a probability sample — only the Ipsos public-opinion half is projectable.

Corrections applied. All attribution correct. Precise expert count: 328 experts responded to at least one aspect of the 17th 'Future of Digital Life' canvassing, of whom 251 answered multiple-choice questions and 166 provided written answers — so '300+' is accurate. Poll fielded on the Ipsos Omnibus using Ipsos KnowledgePanel, a probability-based online panel; N=1,021; Oct 20-22, 2023; MoE ±3.2%. Release date Feb 29, 2024 confirmed.

Sample
1,021 U.S. adults (fielded Oct 20-22, 2023; MoE +/-3.2) plus a canvassing of 300+ global technology experts
Method
National survey of 1,021 US adults (Elon University Poll with Ipsos panel), fielded October 20-22, 2023, MoE +/-3.2%, paired with a canvassing of 300+ technology experts; released February 29, 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Elon University (funder); Elon University Poll and Ipsos (fieldwork)
Recurring
No — one-off report in the ITDF series; center directed by Lee Rainie (ex-Pew)
News coverage
no news coverage found (only organizational/blog mentions such as CNI; no distinct news stories located)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 4 of 4 numeric tokens

100th HPU Poll: During HPU's Centennial, North Carolinians Look One Century Into the Future Non-prob. surveyHigh Point University Survey Research Center (HPU Poll)2024-02Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Asked what artificial intelligence will do 'one hundred years from now,' 55% of North Carolinians said AI will play a major part in creating animated films and 45% said it will play a major part in producing college-level textbooks (other items: adapting books into live-action movies 43%, writing popular music 40%, movie sequels 40%, composing orchestral music 39%).
  • Asked whether 'governments will rely more, less or about the same on technology like robots and artificial intelligence' a century from now, 67% said governments will rely more for spying on foreign governments, 64% for monitoring average citizens' actions, and 63% for checking the backgrounds of government job applicants.

Citation caveat. These are speculative 100-years-from-now forecasts, not present-day attitudes toward AI, and the sample is an opt-in Dynata panel with a credibility interval rather than a sampling MoE. The 'college-level textbooks' item is the only education touchpoint - do not cite this as evidence of public attitudes toward AI in schools.

Corrections applied. +/-3.3 points is a credibility interval, not a margin of error: HPU states "their participation does not adhere to usual assumptions associated with random selection. Therefore, it is not appropriate to assign a classic margin of sampling error," and builds the 3.3 from a 3.0 interval plus a 1.2 design effect. Add: fielded by the HPU Survey Research Center on its Qualtrics platform using a Dynata-recruited NC panel; weighted to U.S. Census NC estimates for age, gender, race, ethnicity, education. Published Feb 23, 2024. N=1,042 and Jan 16-26, 2024 field dates are correct.

Sample
1,042 North Carolina residents (fielded January 16-26, 2024; MoE +/-3.3)
Method
online survey (online panel weighted to Census benchmarks)
Field/geography
US state (North Carolina)
Partner / funder
High Point University Survey Research Center; fielded online via a Dynata panel
Recurring
HPU Poll is a recurring NC series; this centennial AI-expectations module was one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found for the centennial/AI-expectations poll (only HPU's own release; The Hill covered a different HPU Poll wave)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 6 of 6 numeric tokens

Harvard Youth Poll, 46th Edition (Fall 2023) Probability surveyHarvard Kennedy School Institute of Politics2023-12Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • A plurality (34%) of young Americans believe advances in AI and automation will be harmful to their career prospects, vs 24% helpful, 15% no effect, 26% unsure.
  • Pessimism is concentrated among non-college youth (net -17) and rural youth (net -25), while urban youth are net positive (+4).

Citation caveat. Describe the method accurately as an Ipsos KnowledgePanel-calibrated blend (probability n=1,089 calibrating an opt-in n=1,009), not a pure probability panel. "Non-college youth (net -17)" is IOP's "not in school, no degree" group; enrolled college students are -6.

Corrections applied. Method label is wrong: this is not a straight probability panel. IOP's own methodology reads: "Data were collected by Ipsos Public Affairs using the KnowledgePanel calibration approach. In this approach, the calibrating sample was provided by the KnowledgePanel probability-based sample source (n=1,089), while the sample to be calibrated was provided by non-probability, opt-in web panel sample sources (n=1,009)." Add: interviews in English and Spanish, Oct 23-Nov 6, 2023; weighted to age-group, race, Hispanic ethnicity, education, household income, urbanicity, region; MoE +/-2.86%; released Dec 5, 2023. Organization, partner (Ipsos), Della Volpe, N=2,098 and geography all correct.

Sample
2,098 U.S. 18-29-year-olds
Method
online survey (probability panel)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted with Ipsos Public Affairs; polling directed by John Della Volpe; fielded Oct 23-Nov 6, 2023
Recurring
biannual poll series (spring and fall waves since 2000)
News coverage
~15-25 distinct news stories found; coverage centered on the poll's 2024-election findings (youth vote enthusiasm, Biden vs Trump) — the AI/career item was rarely the focus — The Washington Post, Los Angeles Times, The Economist, Newsweek
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 7 of 7 numeric tokens

UChicago Harris/AP-NORC Poll: Bipartisan Concern About the Use of AI in the 2024 Elections Probability surveyAP-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research; University of Chicago Harris School of Public Policy2023-11Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 58% of adults worry AI will increase the spread of false information in the 2024 presidential election (66% among those familiar with AI tools vs. 51% among the less familiar).
  • Only 14% are even somewhat likely to use AI for election information.
  • Just 8% support voters using chatbots to choose candidates, 7% favor AI-targeted political ads, 6% back AI-edited campaign media. 66% support a federal ban on AI-generated false content in political ads.
  • Fielded Oct 19-23, 2023 (AmeriSpeak panel).

Corrections applied. The method field 'mixed methods' is wrong — this is a probability-panel survey (NORC AmeriSpeak), not a qual+quant design. Add margin of error ±4.1 percentage points. All other attribution confirmed: 1,017 U.S. adults, fielded October 19–23, 2023, released November 3, 2023, AP-NORC with the University of Chicago Harris School of Public Policy and the Associated Press, U.S. national.

Sample
1,017 U.S. adults
Method
mixed methods
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by NORC (AmeriSpeak) with UChicago Harris School of Public Policy and the Associated Press
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~2-4 distinct stories (AP wire story widely syndicated; the 58%-misinformation stat was heavily cited in later election-AI coverage, but few independent stories about the poll itself) — AP (wire), UChicago News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 11 of 11 numeric token

Berkeley IGS Poll Release #2023-25: Broad-based, bipartisan support for state government action to counter threats posed by deepfakes, disinformation and artificial intelligence in next year's election Non-prob. surveyUC Berkeley Institute of Governmental Studies (Berkeley IGS Poll)2023-11Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 84% of California registered voters are concerned about the dangers that disinformation, deepfakes and artificial intelligence pose to next year's elections, with 60% very concerned.
  • 78% agree technology companies and social media platforms are "contributing to a worsening of our political discourse by not properly identifying obvious mistruths and disinformation" (84% of Democrats, 76% of No Party Preference, 68% of Republicans).
  • 73% say state government has a responsibility to take action to protect Californians from political disinformation, deepfakes and AI in the 2024 elections (86% of Democrats, 69% of No Party Preference, 54% of Republicans).

Citation caveat. The 73% figure does NOT measure support for regulating social media platforms — the question asked whether state government has a responsibility to take action to protect Californians from political disinformation, deepfakes and AI in the 2024 elections. Citing it as support for platform regulation misstates the instrument. Methodologically strong but not a classic probability sample: voters were recruited by email invitation from the state voter file (only voters with email addresses on file) and self-selected into responding; IGS itself says sampling error is "difficult to calculate precisely" and offers ~+/-2 points as an approximation. Also election-focused, not education — the only education item is a civics-curriculum question.

Corrections applied. Funder is wrong in the partners_funders field: the release states plainly that the poll was funded by the Evelyn and Walter Haas Jr. Fund. It was NOT conducted for or funded by CITED/California Common Cause — Common Cause separately promoted the results. Publication date is November 14, 2023 (Release #2023-25, Tuesday, November 14, 2023); the Berkeley News writeup is dated November 16. Method should note post-stratification weighting and a voter-file sampling frame.

Sample
6,342 California registered voters (fielded October 24-30, 2023; MoE ~+/-2)
Method
online survey (completed online in English and Spanish)
Field/geography
US state (California)
Partner / funder
Berkeley IGS Poll directed by Mark DiCamillo; coverage links the release to the California Initiative for Technology and Democracy (CITED, a California Common Cause project)
Recurring
Berkeley IGS Poll is periodic; this AI/deepfakes module was one-time (no AI items found in 2024 IGS releases)
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found (CalMatters confirmed; UC Berkeley's own news office excluded as publisher outlet) — CalMatters
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 0 of 8 numeric tokens

Bentley-Gallup Business in Society Survey 2023 (AI findings) Probability surveyBentley University and Gallup2023-09Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 75% of Americans believe AI will lead to fewer jobs in the next 10 years.
  • 79% do not trust businesses to use AI responsibly (21% trusted 'a lot' or 'some').
  • 40% said AI does more harm than good.
Sample
5,458 U.S. adults (Gallup Panel web survey, fielded May 8-15, 2023; MoE +/-1.8 pts)
Method
Gallup web survey of 5,458 US adults, fielded May 8-15, 2023 (Gallup Panel)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Bentley University (funder/partner); Gallup (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — annual, first wave
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found for the 2023 AI findings (Fox Business, Slashdot); later Bentley-Gallup waves drew heavier coverage (The Hill, Gizmodo, NewsNation) but those are separate studies — Fox Business, Slashdot
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

MITRE-Harris Poll Survey on AI Trends (July 2023 wave) Non-prob. surveyMITRE Corporation with The Harris Poll2023-09Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Only 39% of US adults believed today's AI technologies are safe and secure, down 9 points from November 2022.
  • 54% were more concerned about AI's risks than excited about its benefits.
  • 85% supported a nationwide effort across industry, government and academia to make AI safe.
  • Wave added questions on generative AI chatbots after ChatGPT's release.

Citation caveat. Fielded on The Harris Poll's 'Harris On Demand' opt-in online omnibus, weighted to be projectable rather than drawn from a probability frame, and no margin of error is published. MITRE commissioned and framed the research around AI assurance, which is a line of business for it.

Corrections applied. Sharpen fielding dates to July 13-17, 2023 (deck states these explicitly). Deck released September 19, 2023, as the entry says. Weighting is described only as 'data weighted to ensure results are projectable to U.S. adults ages 18+'; no margin of error is reported.

Sample
2,063 U.S. adults ages 18+ (Harris On Demand omnibus, fielded July 2023)
Method
Online Harris Poll omnibus survey of 2,063 US adults, fielded July 2023; released September 19, 2023
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
MITRE (funder); The Harris Poll (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — third wave; no 2024-2026 public wave found as of August 2026
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found — Politico, PC Gamer
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 1 of 5 numeric tokens

Growing public concern about the role of artificial intelligence in daily life Probability surveyPew Research Center2023-08Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 52% of Americans feel more concerned than excited about increased AI use in daily life, up 14 points from 38% in Dec 2022.
  • Only 10% more excited than concerned.
  • 36% an equal mix. Concern outweighs excitement across every major demographic group. Fielded July 31-Aug 6, 2023 on the American Trends Panel.
Sample
11,201 U.S. adults
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Pew self-funded
Recurring
recurring concern-vs-excitement trend (waves 2021, 2022, 2023, 2025)
News coverage
~7 distinct news stories found (WIRED, Fox News, Fortune, ABA Journal, TechNewsWorld, Editor & Publisher) — WIRED, Fox News, Fortune, ABA Journal
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 9 of 9 numeric tokens

Trust in Artificial Intelligence: A Global Study 2023 Non-prob. surveyKPMG and University of Queensland2023-02Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 61% of people globally are ambivalent about or unwilling to trust AI.
  • People rate AI systems higher on capability/helpfulness than on safety, security and fairness.
  • Younger generations and university-educated respondents are more accepting of AI.

Citation caveat. Fieldwork ran September-October 2022 — BEFORE ChatGPT's public launch on Nov 30, 2022 — so despite the '2023' title this measures pre-generative-AI-boom public sentiment and must not be cited as current attitudes. Panels were Qualtrics-sourced research panels quota-matched to national statistics, i.e. nonprobability, not a probability sample. KPMG is both funder and co-publisher of a study about trust in AI, a market it advises in. The entry's link resolves only to KPMG's global executive summary; the 82-page full report is at the UQ link supplied.

Corrections applied. Author list is incomplete — the citation is Gillespie, N., Lockey, S., Curtis, C., Pool, J., & Akbari, A. (2023), so add Ali Akbari. Sample should read: 17,193 respondents across 17 countries (Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, India, Israel, Japan, Netherlands, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, UK, US), country samples of 1,001-1,021, fielded September-October 2022 — the fieldwork dates are missing from the entry and are the single most important attribution fact here. Method should read: online survey of representative research panels sourced by Qualtrics, nationally representative within each country on gender, age and regional distribution matched to official national statistics; respondents randomly allocated to one of five AI use cases. Funder should read: Australian Government Research Support Package grant to the UQ AI Collaboratory and the KPMG Chair in Trust grant (ID 2018001776); UQ led design, conduct, analysis and reporting.

Sample
Over 17,000 respondents across 17 countries
Method
Online survey of 17,000+ adults across 17 countries (incl. US), designed and analyzed by University of Queensland researchers (Gillespie, Lockey, Curtis, Pool) with KPMG
Field/geography
Global (17 countries incl. US)
Partner / funder
KPMG (funder/partner); University of Queensland (research lead)
Recurring
Yes — predecessor to the 2025 KPMG/University of Melbourne wave
News coverage
~4 distinct news stories found at release (plus syndicated copies) — Decrypt, The Conversation, The Fashion Law, The Independent (Uganda)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 1 of 1 numeric tokens

MITRE-Harris Poll Survey on AI Trends (November 2022 wave) Non-prob. surveyMITRE Corporation with The Harris Poll2023-02Public Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Only 48% of Americans believed AI is safe and secure.
  • 78% were very or somewhat concerned AI could be used with malicious intent.
  • 82% agreed AI should be regulated to ensure adequate consumer protection (vs. 91% of a separately surveyed tech-expert sample).
  • Only 37% were comfortable with government agencies using AI to make decisions that directly affect them.
  • Men and younger generations were consistently more comfortable with AI applications than women and older generations — e.g. on federal benefits processing, 55% of men vs. 44% of women, and 57% Gen Z / 63% millennials vs. 47% Gen X / 36% boomers.
  • REMOVE the claim that '85% said making AI safe and secure for public use requires a nationwide effort across industry, government and academia' — that question and figure are from the July 2023 wave (id 203) and do not appear in this deck.

Citation caveat. Fielded on The Harris Poll's opt-in 'Harris On Demand' online omnibus, weighted to be projectable rather than probability-sampled, with no margin of error published; the tech-expert comparison sample is only n=200 and its recruitment is described but not documented. MITRE commissioned the research and has a commercial interest in AI assurance work.

Corrections applied. The February 9, 2023 deck reports a second, separate survey of 200 individuals working in the technology field (tech experts) alongside the n=2,050 general-public sample; the entry's sample field should note this, because several of the deck's headline comparisons are public-vs-expert. Fielding November 3-7, 2022 and release February 9, 2023 are both correct.

Sample
2,050 U.S. adults (Harris On Demand omnibus, fielded November 3-7, 2022)
Method
Online Harris Poll survey of 2,050 US adults, fielded November 3-7, 2022; results released February 9, 2023
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
MITRE (funder); The Harris Poll (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — waves fielded Oct 2021, Nov 2022, and Jul 2023
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — HPCwire, Marketplace (via WHRO)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Fieldwork was November 2022, outside the January 2023+ inclusion window.

Monmouth University Poll: Artificial Intelligence Use Prompts Concerns Probability surveyMonmouth University Polling Institute2023-02Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 35% of the public has heard a lot about recent AI developments, up from 12% eight years earlier. 55% favor creating a federal AI regulatory agency (41% opposed), with support at 70% among Democrats, 56% independents, 36% Republicans.
  • Most Americans express concern about the impact of products like ChatGPT and support AI use in only a few application types.
  • Fielded Jan 26-30, 2023 (MOE +/-5.7).
Sample
805 U.S. adults
Method
phone poll
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Monmouth University (self-conducted)
Recurring
trend comparison with Monmouth's 2015 AI poll
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found (CNBC and Washington Post confirmed; 2023 coverage under-indexed in search) — CNBC, Washington Post
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 11 of 11 numeric token

AI use cases & adoption 34

How AI is actually being used in schools — adoption rates, tool categories, usage-data analyses.

Beyond Borders: U.S. and Australian Families on Online Safety, Screen Use, and the Digital Lives of Kids Non-prob. surveyFamily Online Safety Institute (FOSI)2026-07StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 38% of kids say they used generative AI in the past week vs. only 27% of parents who believed their child had - an 11-point awareness gap.
  • The parent-underestimation pattern held across nearly every measured online activity (e.g., scrolling social media: 54% of kids vs. 46% of parents).

Citation caveat. Industry-funded (Disney's Digital Wellness Grant Program and TikTok) and self-published; quota-balanced nonprobability online panel with no post-hoc weighting -- the report states findings 'reflect the opinion of survey respondents only'.

Corrections applied. partners_funders is incomplete and should add the report's own funding line: 'This research is supported by Disney's Digital Wellness Grant Program & TikTok.' Also confirmed from the methodology section: fielded March 17 - April 6, 2026; N = 2,003 children ages 10-17 (1,000 U.S., 1,003 Australian) and 2,003 parents (1,000 U.S., 1,003 Australian); U.S. data representative by child age, child gender, parent/child race, single/multi-parent household and household income, Australian data representative by child age and gender; 'No post-hoc weights were applied to this study'; analyzed in SPSS.

Sample
1,000 U.S. children ages 10-17; 1,000 U.S. parents; 1,003 Australian children ages 10-17; 1,003 Australian parents
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US and Australia
Partner / funder
Data collection by Ipsos; Online Safety Survey Wave Four fielded March 17 - April 6, 2026; FOSI (self-published)
Recurring
Fourth wave of FOSI's biannual Online Safety Survey (prior wave: 'Connected and Protected,' May 2025)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found - only FOSI's own press release syndicated via AccessNewswire/ACN wire (Yahoo Finance, Morningstar, Mirage News, Scoopasia, etc.), which are duplicates of one release
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

JED Preliminary Research on How Teens Are Using AI and What It Means for Their Mental Health Non-prob. surveyThe Jed Foundation (JED)2026-07Students VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 4 in 5 students used some type of AI.
  • Over half used AI for academics and nearly one-third sought AI advice on relationships or problem-solving.
  • More than 1 in 10 talk to AI for companionship.
  • Nearly 3 in 5 students used AI when they felt sad, stressed, or lonely.
  • Students using AI for emotional support, problem-solving, or companionship were more likely to have poorer mental health, greater loneliness, and a history of suicidal thoughts and behaviors.

Citation caveat. Preliminary findings only — JED says the full research is not expected until fall 2026, so no instrument, toplines, or methodology document exists yet. The sample is students in 21 schools/districts already partnered with JED, not a probability or nationally representative sample of U.S. students; no weighting or margin of error is disclosed. The mental-health links (poorer mental health, loneliness, suicidal thoughts) are cross-sectional associations in a single survey, not evidence that AI use causes harm — do not phrase them causally.

Sample
5,500+ middle and high school students across 21 U.S. schools/districts; surveyed Oct 2025-Apr 2026
Method
school-based student survey
Field/geography
US (21 schools/districts, multiple states)
Partner / funder
Research led by Dr. Kayla Anderson, JED VP of research and evaluation
Recurring
preliminary findings; full report expected fall 2026
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (Sinclair broadcast coverage of the July 21, 2026 Capitol Hill briefing counted as one syndicated story) — EdTech Innovation Hub, WBFF/Sinclair stations
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

The Common Sense Media Census: AI Use by Tweens and Teens Probability surveyCommon Sense Media2026-06Students Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 86% of kids age 9-17 use or interact with AI, including 24% daily.
  • 73% say their school or a teacher has communicated about what they should and should not use AI for in schoolwork, while 56% say their school has discussed how to use AI safely and only 51% have heard from school about how to tell if AI information is accurate.
  • 44% say no parent or guardian has talked with them about how to use AI safely.
  • Among kids who use AI, 57% have asked it for information or advice about their health or body and 37% have used it to discuss feelings or personal problems.
  • Among kids who use AI chatbots, 17% have been shown something they felt was not OK or not meant for someone their age, and only 33% of those told a trusted adult.

Corrections applied. Add the research partners: the questionnaire was developed by Echelon Insights (co-authors Kristen Soltis Anderson, Eleanor O'Neil, Baxter White) and fieldwork was conducted by SSRS. Fielded March 18-26, 2026 among 1,204 youth age 9-17; MoE +/-3.8 pts; published June 8, 2026. Funders: Arthur M. Blank Family Foundation, Bezos Family Foundation, Craig Newmark Philanthropies, Jennifer Caldwell and John H.N. Fisher, Patrick J. McGovern Foundation, Siegel Family Endowment, Walton Family Foundation. Credited to the Common Sense Media Youth AI Safety Institute.

Sample
1,204 U.S. tweens and teens ages 9-17
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Survey conducted by SSRS for Common Sense Media
Recurring
First AI-focused Common Sense Census wave (released June 8, 2026)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (one Sinclair national story syndicated widely; several organizational/blog writeups not counted) — The National Desk / Sinclair stations (WBFF, KSNV)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

EdWeek Research Center survey: Districtwide AI initiatives (Sept-Nov 2025 wave) Non-prob. surveyEdWeek Research Center / Education Week2026-06TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Only 27% of educators say their district has a districtwide initiative focused on AI.
  • 73% say their district does not. (Recommend dropping the trailing clause 'pointing to large cross-district disparities in coordinated AI strategy' — that is our inference, not a survey finding, though it is consistent with the article's framing of a 'hodgepodge AI landscape'.).

Citation caveat. No sampling frame, mode, weighting, or margin of error is published, and the article does not claim national representativeness. The 27%/73% figure is educators' awareness of a districtwide AI initiative, which is not the same as whether one exists.

Corrections applied. Add author Jennifer Vilcarino and exact publication date June 18, 2026. Note the article does not describe this survey as nationally representative; it reports only field window and role counts. All sample details in our entry are exact.

Sample
140 district leaders, 89 school leaders, 464 teachers (693 total)
Method
Survey of district leaders, school leaders, and teachers, fielded September-November 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
Yes — recurring EdWeek RC AI waves
News coverage
no external news coverage found (EdWeek's own June 18, 2026 article is the publication vehicle)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

2026 Edtech Top 40: K-12 Edtech Engagement Usage dataInstructure (LearnPlatform)2026-06StudentsTeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Districts maintain access to an average of 3,001 unique digital tools, while students and educators interact with only four on average.
  • Eighty-five percent of the top 40 LTI tools are purpose-built for education, versus a small group of general consumer tools (Google, Microsoft, Canva, Lucid).
  • AI adoption is cautious rather than accelerating: the only large language model in the top 40 is Google Gemini, at rank 38, and AI-integrated tools such as Turnitin and Canva appear as part of broader instructional workflows rather than standalone AI deployments.
  • Data covers September 1, 2025 through April 30, 2026.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run analysis of Instructure's own Canvas LTI telemetry; it measures activity inside one LMS ecosystem, not the U.S. K-12 market. No disclosure of how representative the Canvas K-12 install base is, and no derivation shown for the '3,001 tools per district' figure. Instructure sells into this market.

Corrections applied. Add the data period (Sept 1, 2025 - Apr 30, 2026) and release date (June 29, 2026). Sample figures are correct as stated (12,672,611 individuals; 618,068 educators; 11M+ students), but this is platform telemetry from Instructure's own Canvas K-12 install base, not a sample of U.S. K-12 districts, and should be described as such. Note the report page itself states 'more than half the tools in this year's top 40' are purpose-built; the 85% figure appears in Instructure's press release. Organization/partner/geography/method otherwise check out.

Sample
12,672,611 individuals, including 618,068 educators and 11M+ students
Method
Platform usage analytics: LTI launch data from 1,000+ integrated tools in the Canvas ecosystem across U.S. K-12 institutions
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Instructure / LearnPlatform (vendor gray literature)
Recurring
Yes — annual (methodology changed to LTI launch data in 2026 edition)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found for the 2026 edition (only the company's own PR Newswire release, June 29, 2026); prior editions drew EdWeek/eSchool News/District Administration coverage
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Early Adopter Districts and AI: Strategic Pathways, System Strain, and the Conditions for Amplifying Transformation Mixed-methodCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2026-05Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Surveys and interviews with leaders from 45 early-adopter districts in 20 states.
  • 58% of districts function as "System Improvers" using AI to strengthen existing instructional models, 16% as "System Changers" leveraging AI to amplify reform, and ~7% as "Reimaginers" exploring fundamentally new teaching and learning models.
  • Transformation-oriented districts share strong learning orientation, technical fluency, and cross-team collaboration.

Citation caveat. 38% survey response from a purposively identified frame of AI early adopters; the report states outright that the sample 'is not intended to be representative or exhaustive' and that 'relatively few superintendents participated,' skewing findings toward technology and AI leads. Funded by Overdeck, Cinelli, and Walton family foundations.

Corrections applied. Funders ARE named in the report's acknowledgements — replace 'funder not named on page' with: Overdeck Family Foundation, Cinelli Family Foundation, and Walton Family Foundation. Sample/method should be sharpened: survey and interview data collected October-November 2025; 119 districts initially identified as Early Adopters, of which 45 (38%) responded to the survey; 28 were selected for follow-up interviews and 14 participated (29 participants). The '45 districts across 20 states' figure refers to survey respondents only — the interview base is 14 districts. Authors confirmed: Michael Berardino, Swati Guin, Bree Dusseault. Date MAY 2026 confirmed on the PDF cover.

Sample
Leaders from 45 Early Adopter districts across 20 states
Method
mixed methods (surveys and interviews)
Field/geography
US multi-state (20 states)
Partner / funder
CRPE at ASU Mary Lou Fulton College (authors include Michael Berardino, Swati Guin, Bree Dusseault); funder not named on page
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (the Nov 2025 The 74 piece covers CRPE's separate fall-2025 database update and is authored by CRPE researchers)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Teaching for Tomorrow: Closing the Expectations Gap — Most Teachers Receive No Formal Guidance on AI Use (2026 wave) Probability surveyGallup / Walton Family Foundation2026-05Teachers VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 82% of teachers report no formal guidance on applying AI tools to their work.
  • Only 18% receive formal guidance while 34% receive none at all and 48% only informal guidance.
  • 69% receive no guidance on using AI for one-on-one instruction/tutoring and 58% none for grading and feedback.
  • Fewer than 1 in 10 receive formal AI guidance on any specific work task.

Corrections applied. Add the sampling frame, which is the most citation-relevant missing detail: teachers were recruited from the RAND American Teacher Panel, a nationally representative probability-based panel, with the final sample weighted to national teacher demographics; MoE +/-2.5 percentage points at 95% confidence. Authors are Andrea Malek Ash and Katherine Senseman; published May 26, 2026. Funding is stated in the source as Walton Family Foundation AND Gallup, not Walton alone as the entry implies. Actual article headline is 'Most Teachers Receive No Formal Guidance on AI Use'; the entry's title prefixes the parent study name 'Teaching for Tomorrow: Closing the Expectations Gap,' which is accurate framing.

Sample
2,069 U.S. public K-12 teachers (fielded Feb 9-Mar 2, 2026)
Method
Web survey of 2,069 U.S. public K-12 teachers, fielded Feb 9 - Mar 2, 2026 (nationally representative)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Funded by the Walton Family Foundation; conducted by Gallup
Recurring
Yes — annual Walton-Gallup 'Teaching for Tomorrow' teacher study; AI guidance release published May 26, 2026
News coverage
~6-10 distinct news stories found (Arizona regional group story syndicated across sibling papers counted once) — Axios, US News, K-12 Dive, Glendale Star/Tempe News (AZ regional)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Generative AI in K-12 Classrooms: A Midyear Implementation Report Non-prob. surveyColleague AI and AmplifyLearn.AI (University of Washington)2026-04Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 2,891 teachers (nearly 30%, reported as 29.6%, of teachers in the participating districts using NCES full-time-equivalent counts as the denominator) had used the Colleague AI platform by Dec 31, 2025, exchanging over 412,304 messages.
  • Adoption grew 61% to 4,644 teachers by March 31, 2026.
  • Among active users, teachers averaged 12 sessions and 3.7 hours on-platform (about 18 minutes per session) over four months.
  • Lesson planning features made up 60-99% of usage in every participating district.
  • District adoption ranged from 4% to 67%.
  • And among 12,005 students with matched beginning- and middle-of-year test scores, approximately three hours of teacher AI use was associated with a statistically significant 0.025 standard deviation increase in interim reading scores, while the corresponding math association was not statistically distinguishable from zero.

Citation caveat. Vendor co-authored study of the vendor's own platform (Colleague AI authors sit alongside University of Washington authors, and an NSF SBIR award to the vendor's parent company part-funds the work). The 0.025 SD reading association is explicitly correlational, drawn from a voluntary-adoption population, and the authors themselves warn: teacher adoption was voluntary and "we may be observing a selection effect." It is not evidence that the platform caused reading gains.

Corrections applied. The report cover is dated March 2026; arXiv v1 was posted April 8, 2026 (our 2026-04 is defensible but the document itself says March 2026). Author affiliations are explicit: superscript 1 = University of Washington, superscript 2 = Colleague AI. The funding line is more specific than our entry: IES Grant R305C240012, NSF awards #2043613, #2300291 and #2405110 to the University of Washington, and — omitted from our entry — an NSF SBIR/STTR award to Hensun Innovation LLC (#2423365), which is the vendor-side award and should be disclosed alongside the others.

Sample
12 Washington State school districts (rural, suburban, urban; up to 30,000 students each); platform usage logs Sept 1 - Dec 31, 2025 plus district administrative records
Method
usage-data analysis
Field/geography
US state (Washington)
Partner / funder
Joint vendor-university study (Colleague AI with AmplifyLearn.AI, University of Washington); acknowledgments note support from the Institute of Education Sciences and the National Science Foundation
Recurring
midyear report (full-year report expected)
News coverage
no news coverage found (academic arXiv preprint, submitted April 8, 2026; no trade or general press pickup located)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Epoch AI/Ipsos National AI Usage Survey Probability surveyIpsos with Epoch AI2026-04Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 50% of Americans used an AI service in the past week (ChatGPT 31%, Gemini 21%, Copilot 11%, Meta AI 8%).
  • 65% of AI users use these services multiple days per week.
  • 80% of users use AI to look up information and 59% for writing/editing.
  • Among employed AI users, 51% use AI at least partly for work and 20% say AI now handles tasks they previously performed.

Corrections applied. Add: probability-based Ipsos KnowledgePanel, margin of error +/-2.2 points at 95% confidence, weighted to 2025 Census Bureau benchmarks across demographic, geographic and political variables. Sample, dates (March 3-6, 2026), publication date (April 13, 2026) and partner are all correct as stated.

Sample
2,021 U.S. adults aged 18+ (fielded March 3-6, 2026)
Method
Ipsos survey of 2,021 US adults, fielded March 3-6, 2026; published April 13, 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Epoch AI (partner/funder); Ipsos (pollster)
Recurring
No
News coverage
~5 distinct news stories found (a follow-up wave was also covered by NBC News in Aug 2026, suggesting the series is becoming recurring) — NBC News, The Hill, Futurism, Tekedia
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Authoritative general-adult usage survey, out of scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline l

EdWeek Research Center: Are AI Literacy Lessons Now the Norm? (winter 2025-26 survey) Probability surveyEdWeek Research Center / Education Week2026-03TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Nearly 8 in 10 educators say high school students in their district receive lessons on what AI is and how to use it responsibly.
  • 73% say the same for grades 6-8.
  • Nearly 4 in 10 say the same for 4th and 5th graders, while 8% say the same for pre-K through 3rd grade.

Citation caveat. EdWeek asserts the survey is nationally representative but publishes no sampling frame, mode, weighting scheme, or margin of error; N=499 across three role groups means the subgroup bases are small. Also note the figures are educators' perceptions of what their district offers, not a district-level audit. EdWeek's ed-tech coverage is grant-supported by the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative (editorial control retained by EdWeek).

Corrections applied. Add author (Lauraine Langreo) and exact publication date (March 3, 2026). The article states 'a nationally representative survey of 499 teachers, principals, and district leaders conducted in December and January' — it does not name the years, so 'December 2025-January 2026' is a (reasonable) inference from the March 2026 publication date, not a stated fact. Add funder disclosure: 'Coverage of education technology is supported in part by a grant from the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative... Education Week retains sole editorial control over the content of this coverage.'

Sample
499 teachers, principals, and district leaders (fielded December 2025-January 2026)
Method
Nationally representative survey of 499 teachers, principals, and district leaders, fielded December 2025 - January 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
Yes — part of EdWeek's recurring AI survey program
News coverage
no external news coverage found (self-published by EdWeek, itself a news outlet; article by Lauraine Langreo, Mar 3, 2026)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

EdWeek Research Center annual educator AI surveys (2023-2025 waves) Non-prob. surveyEducation Week (EdWeek Research Center)2026-01Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 61% of teachers said they used AI in their work in some capacity in 2025, up from 32% in 2024 and 34% in 2023, per EdWeek Research Center data. 50% of teachers reported at least one professional development session on using AI in their work in 2025 (survey fielded September-November 2025), almost double the 29% in EdWeek's January-March 2024 survey.
  • EdWeek's own fall 2024 wave put the figure at 43%, not 42%.
  • The article also cites 21% of teachers who have never used AI and do not plan to.
  • REMOVE the claim that teachers 'most commonly use AI for planning, differentiation, and feedback' - the article reports no use-case breakdown.
  • That phrase is a quotation from Carolyne Quintana, CEO of the nonprofit Teaching Matters, offering an explanation for the rise in adoption, not a survey result.

Citation caveat. EdWeek Research Center's own educator panel; the article asserts nothing about sample size, sampling frame, or weighting for the fall 2025 wave, and EdWeek publishes no topline or methodology document for it. Cite the 61% adoption figure as EdWeek Research Center panel data, not as a documented nationally representative estimate.

Corrections applied. Article published January 12, 2026 by Lauraine Langreo (last modified March 2, 2026). The article discloses no sample size, sampling frame, or weighting for the fall 2025 wave - only that it was fielded between September and November. The '29%' comparison point is explicitly from EdWeek's January-March 2024 survey, so the entry's 'vs 42% in Oct 2024 and 29% in 2024' conflates two different waves and misstates the fall 2024 number.

Sample
2025 wave fielded September-November 2025; teacher AI use 61% (vs 34% in 2023, 32% in 2024)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
annual since 2023
News coverage
no distinct external news stories found (EdWeek, itself a news outlet, is the publisher; only blogs/newsletters such as Dan Meyer's Substack cite the data)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Teens, Social Media and AI Chatbots 2025 Probability surveyPew Research Center2025-12Students VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 64% of teens ever use an AI chatbot and about 30% use one daily (16% several times a day or almost constantly).
  • ChatGPT leads at 59% teen adoption vs Gemini 23% and Meta AI 20%.
  • Black (35%) and Hispanic (33%) teens report higher daily chatbot use than White teens (22%).
Sample
1,458 U.S. teens ages 13-17
Method
Probability-based survey of U.S. teens (Ipsos fieldwork), September 25 - October 9, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Pew Research Center; Ipsos (data collection)
Recurring
Yes - Pew's annual teens/tech survey series; companion analysis published Feb 2026
News coverage
~35 distinct news stories found (NYT, CNN, NBC News, NPR, TechCrunch, Engadget, PCMag, PCWorld, Gizmodo, Quartz, Scientific American, US News, Seattle Times, The Register, and many more) — New York Times, CNN, NBC News, NPR
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

EdWeek Research Center survey: District/school AI policies (summer 2025 wave) Probability surveyEdWeek Research Center / Education Week2025-10TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Nearly half of teachers, principals, and district leaders say their district or school does not have an AI policy, according to a summer 2025 EdWeek Research Center survey.
  • Another 16% say the current policy does not establish meaningful guardrails about how to use the technology for instructional purposes.

Citation caveat. The source says 'nearly half', not 45% — do not cite a precise figure. No sample size, mode, sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error is disclosed for this wave, and the survey is not described as nationally representative. Cite only as 'nearly half, per an EdWeek Research Center summer 2025 survey (N and methodology not published).'

Corrections applied. Remove 'nationally representative' from the method field — the article does not characterize this survey that way, and no sample size, mode, sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error is published anywhere in the piece or its companion. The article says only 'a survey conducted this summer by the EdWeek Research Center.' Add authors Arianna Prothero and Jennifer Vilcarino, published October 20, 2025. Add funder disclosure: EdWeek's ed-tech coverage is supported in part by a Chan Zuckerberg Initiative grant (EdWeek retains sole editorial control).

Sample
Teachers, principals, and district leaders (nationally representative; fielded summer 2025; N not published in article)
Method
Nationally representative survey of teachers, principals, and district leaders, fielded summer 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
Yes — recurring EdWeek RC AI waves
News coverage
no external news coverage found; the 45% no-AI-policy finding is cited only in EdWeek's own articles
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Character AI Safety Research: Kids' Accounts Exposed to Harm Every Five Minutes Non-prob. surveyParentsTogether Action and Heat Initiative2025-09Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Researchers logged 669 harmful interactions in 50 hours - an average of one every 5 minutes.
  • Harms included grooming and sexual exploitation (296 instances), emotional manipulation and addiction (173), violence and harm (98), mental health risks (58), and racism/hate speech (44).
  • The report concludes Character AI 'is not a safe platform for children under 18.'.

Citation caveat. Advocacy-organization adversarial product audit, not a survey and not a sample of real children — all conversations were conducted by adult researchers role-playing child personas, and in some conversations researchers deliberately introduced sensitive topics to test bot responses. Bots were purposively selected to appeal to each persona. The 'one harmful interaction every 5 minutes' rate therefore describes researcher-directed adversarial testing and cannot be generalized to what a typical child user experiences. Harm categorization was performed by the advocacy organizations themselves against their own definitions.

Corrections applied. The sample description needs one correction and more precision. Accounts were registered at ages 13-15, not 12-15: the report states all avatar accounts were registered to the stated age of the persona except Olivia, who told bots she was 12 but used an account registered to a 13-year-old because Character AI does not allow under-13s to create accounts. Full design: a team of ParentsTogether Action staff and contract researchers created five fictional child personas (Olivia 12, Emma 13, Amir 14, River 14, Connor 15), identified 10 bots per persona (50 total, each with at least 5,000 prior interactions and English-speaking), held one 15-minute exploratory conversation with each of the 50, advanced 26 bots that met a 'generative conversation' threshold to 30-60 minute in-depth conversations, and logged approximately 50 hours in total. Report dated 28 September 2025.

Sample
50 hours of conversation across 50 Character AI bots using accounts registered to children ages 12-15; 669 harmful interactions logged (avg. one every 5 minutes)
Method
usage-data analysis (adversarial product testing by adult researchers using child-registered accounts)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
ParentsTogether Action in partnership with Heat Initiative
Recurring
one-time (published September 2025)
News coverage
~8-10 distinct news stories found (initial wave Sept 3-5, 2025, plus later citations in AI-companion coverage) — The Washington Post, Sky News, Cybernews, Motherly
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

2025 JMI Poll of Florida Voters Non-prob. surveyThe James Madison Institute (JMI)2025-09Public Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 40% of Florida voters use AI daily or regularly in their jobs while nearly one-third report never using it.
  • Younger Floridians are 3x more likely to use AI daily (17%) than those 55+ (5%).
  • North Floridians report daily AI use at twice the rate of Southwest Florida (21% vs. 9%). The same poll covers education choice: 65% would choose a school-choice option if cost were no object.

Citation caveat. Advocacy polling commissioned by a free-market think tank, released as a findings summary with no published toplines, crosstabs, or questionnaire. Survey mode, sampling frame, and weighting are not disclosed. The AI items measure workplace AI use only and are unconnected to the poll's education items, so this cannot support any claim about AI in Florida schools.

Corrections applied. The pollster IS identifiable and should no longer be listed as unnamed: the poll was conducted by Targoz Market Research for the James Madison Institute, September 16-18, 2025, N=1,200 registered Florida voters, margin of error ±2.77%. Release date September 29, 2025. The method field is self-contradictory — it asserts 'online survey' while also saying the mode is not fully specified; the release does not disclose mode, so the online claim should be dropped rather than assumed.

Sample
1,200 registered Florida voters (fielded September 16-18, 2025)
Method
online survey (statewide survey of registered voters; mode not fully specified)
Field/geography
US state (Florida)
Partner / funder
James Madison Institute (free-market Florida think tank); pollster not named in release
Recurring
annual JMI Poll
News coverage
~6 distinct news stories about the poll, but all focused on non-AI findings (property taxes, school choice, 2026 races); no coverage found of its AI/data-center items specifically — Florida Politics, Florida Phoenix, Florida Daily
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: AI questions concern general work use; separate education items concern schoo

A National Context of Generative AI for Reading to Support English Learners ConsultationDigital Promise (U-GAIN Reading R&D Center)2025-08TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Interviews and listening sessions with 16 educators across 11 states plus a market scan of edtech products.
  • Found that while many districts prioritize the Science of Reading, implementation varies widely.
  • Explored how schools can use generative AI to enhance reading instruction for English Learners in light of declining national literacy rates.

Citation caveat. Qualitative study of 16 educators recruited via the U-GAIN interest list and social media — a self-selected, non-representative sample. Findings are directional themes, not prevalence estimates, and no fieldwork dates are given. Do not convert any statement into a percentage of educators nationally.

Corrections applied. All correct. Full detail from the report: authors Stefani Pautz Stephenson, Tiffany Leones, Danae Kamdar, Yenda Prado, Joshua Ddamulira; August 2025; IES grant R305C240040 to Digital Promise Global (U-GAIN Reading R&D Center); 11 states are AK, CA, FL, LA, MA, MI, NV, NY, RI, TX, VA; data collection was eight 1:1 semi-structured interviews plus three listening sessions, inductively coded.

Sample
16 educators across 11 states
Method
IDIs and listening sessions plus edtech market scan
Field/geography
US multi-state (11 states)
Partner / funder
Institute of Education Sciences (IES) grant R305C240040 (U-GAIN Reading R&D Center), U.S. Department of Education
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (small qualitative brief; ERIC record and publisher pages only)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Young adults are leading the way in AI adoption (AP-NORC poll) Probability surveyAP-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research; The Associated Press2025-07Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • 60% of adults have ever used AI to search for information.
  • 40% have used it for brainstorming ideas, 37% for work tasks, and 34% for drafting emails.
  • Among adults 18-29, at least half use AI for brainstorming or information searches - far above older cohorts - and 28% of young-adult AI users use it several times a day for searches.
  • Fielded July 10-14, 2025 (AmeriSpeak panel, MOE +/-3.6).

Corrections applied. The method field 'mixed methods' is wrong — this is a probability-panel survey (NORC AmeriSpeak), conducted in mixed MODE (1,357 web, 80 telephone), in English and Spanish, with a small monetary incentive. Add: respondents aged 18–29 were deliberately OVERSAMPLED ('sampled at a higher rate than their proportion of the population for reasons of analysis'), n=386 with MoE ±6.6 — this matters because the entry's headline is a young-adult claim. All other attribution confirmed: 1,437 U.S. adults, fielded July 10–14, 2025, released July 29, 2025, MoE ±3.6, AP-NORC with the Associated Press.

Sample
1,437 U.S. adults
Method
mixed methods
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by NORC (AmeriSpeak) with the Associated Press
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories found (AP wire story plus independent writeups) — AP News, Ars Technica, Newsweek, Cybernews
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: General adult AI adoption with no K-12 measure. Workstream coverage in the CS

AI Early Adopter Districts: The Promises and Challenges of Using AI to Transform Education Non-prob. surveyCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2025-07Admins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Even AI early-adopter districts were still piloting rather than scaling AI in 2024-25.
  • Most remained in early, fragmented stages of experimentation.
  • CRPE sorted districts into four categories — Dabblers, Emerging Users, System Changers, and Reimaginers — and found that about 80% fell into the first two (Dabblers and Emerging Users).
  • Districts used AI primarily to reduce teacher workload and improve productivity rather than to drive instructional redesign, with the most common strategies being teacher-facing tools and teacher AI literacy.
  • Key barriers were limited adult AI literacy and capacity, edtech fatigue and decision paralysis, and policy gaps including unclear state guidance, poor interoperability, data privacy and funding hurdles.
  • 29% of survey respondents flagged uneven state policy guidance and limited internal capacity as major barriers, and 80% of surveyed districts in states without guidance called the lack of state guidance an 'extremely difficult' barrier.
  • Districts also lacked tools and readiness to support multilingual learners and students with disabilities.

Citation caveat. Purposive, self-nominated sample of 27 districts already identified as AI early adopters; explicitly not nationally representative, suburban-skewed, and the quantitative survey component is only n=17 districts. Findings describe leading-edge districts, not US districts generally.

Corrections applied. partners_funders is wrong: this study is NOT connected to the RAND-CRPE American School District Panel. Districts were identified through referrals and desk research, not the ASDP. The report's acknowledgements name research/nonprofit partners — AI for Equity, Chiefs for Change, Digital Promise, EdTrust, Los Angeles County Office of Education, National Parents Union, StrategicEdu, TeachAI, and the PIE Network — and refer to an unnamed single funder. Authors: Bree Dusseault, Maddy Sims, Michael Berardino. Sample should read: study conducted August 2024-May 2025; 51 districts identified, 27 recruited; 22 focus groups/interviews with 45 leaders from 22 districts; survey responses from 17 of the 27; 10 follow-up group interviews at 6 districts; public profiles built for 40 districts. Explicitly not nationally representative, with suburban districts overrepresented. Date 2025-07 is correct — the PDF cover reads JULY 2025 (the crpe.org page's 'August 2025' is the web posting).

Sample
27 'Early Adopter' school districts (surveys, focus groups, and interviews with district leaders, 2024-25 school year)
Method
mixed methods
Field/geography
US national (27 districts)
Partner / funder
Connected to the RAND-CRPE American School District Panel
Recurring
recurring CRPE AI early-adopter tracking (2024-25 and 2025-26 updates)
News coverage
no news coverage found (only ERIC/EdPrepLab resource listings, an NASBE citation, and CRPE's own Substack)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

What California Teachers Are Trying, Building, and Learning with AI QualitativeCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2025-07TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 18 schools ran 30+ pilots of off-the-shelf and custom AI tools involving 80+ educators.
  • Five findings on educator adoption, tool-instruction alignment, preserving relationships, time savings, and widespread dissatisfaction with existing off-the-shelf solutions.

Citation caveat. Qualitative study of a single funder-run cohort, with no comparison group; Silicon Schools Fund designed, facilitated and funded the cohort and also funded this evaluation of it. Interview base is 12 pilot teams, not the 80+ educators in the cohort.

Corrections applied. The sample field conflates the cohort with the research sample. The cohort was 18 California schools (including two private schools), 80+ educators (about half teachers, half administrators) across six sessions, and 30+ pilots — but CRPE's own data collection was 'meeting observations, pilot documents, and interviews with 12 of the pilot teams.' CRPE did not interview 80+ educators. Funder role is understated: Silicon Schools Fund 'facilitated and funded the cohort' AND 'This report was made possible by the Silicon Schools Fund' — i.e. it funded both the intervention and the study of it. SSF designed and facilitated the cohort in partnership with AI for Education and Villanueva Consulting; participating schools received small grants for travel, lodging, release time, and some software licensing. Authors confirmed: Chelsea Waite, Steven Weiner, Lisa Chu; date JULY 2025 confirmed.

Sample
18 California schools; 80+ teachers and administrators; 30+ AI pilots
Method
Qualitative case research on classroom AI pilots (observation and educator interviews across pilot schools)
Field/geography
California, USA
Partner / funder
Silicon Schools Fund (research partnership); authors Chelsea Waite, Steven Weiner, Lisa Chu
Recurring
No
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found — The 74, GovTech, Education Week, LA School Report
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

U.S. School Districts AI Adoption Index Non-prob. surveyStarbridge2025-06Admins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 60% of districts discussed AI during public board meetings in the past two years.
  • 68% have purchased AI-related tools.
  • Districts with at least one AI implementation deploy 3+ tools on average, indicating multi-solution strategies rather than pilots.

Citation caveat. Vendor gray literature from a sales-intelligence company whose business is selling exactly this district-signal data to K-12 vendors, so a large reported AI-adoption market is self-interested. It is a document/procurement analysis, not a survey. No district denominator, no N, and no operational definition of 'purchased AI-related tools' is disclosed, so '68%' cannot be checked against a base. The full report is gated behind a lead-capture form.

Corrections applied. The sample field says 'thousands of districts'; the page actually says Starbridge 'analyzed thousands of public signals—board minutes, procurement records, strategic plans, and policy documents'. Those are documents, not districts — the district denominator is never disclosed anywhere on the page. Also, populations='Administrators' is misleading: no humans were surveyed, this is analysis of public records, so no respondent population exists. Publication date June 24, 2025 confirmed on page.

Sample
Nationwide district-level public-records analysis (thousands of districts)
Method
Analysis of thousands of public signals — board meeting minutes, procurement records, strategic plans, policy documents — across K-12 districts nationwide
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Starbridge (vendor gray literature)
Recurring
First edition (published June 24, 2025)
News coverage
no news coverage of the index found (press covered Starbridge's Oct 2025 funding round, not this study; one District Administration piece on AI in schools may reference it)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Building AI Readiness: Actionable K-12 Insights and Investment Pathways ConsultationBellwether and aiEDU: The AI Education Project2025-05Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) The report frames three 'problems of practice' identified by attendees: educator preparation, student readiness, and the evolving role of teachers in AI-enhanced learning. (2) It proposes five areas for philanthropic investment, beginning with Educator Capacity Building for AI (pre-service AI literacy, in-service coaching, and new specialized roles such as AI instructional coaches) and District Capacity and Implementation Support (pilots across urban, rural and under-resourced districts, toolkits, and a technical-assistance hub). (3) It argues for a people-first thesis — 'even the most powerful AI tools are only as effective as the educators who use them' — and warns districts otherwise risk 'reinventing the wheel' in isolation. (4) Context statistics are CITED FROM OTHER STUDIES, not generated here: that 58% of teachers reported receiving no AI-related professional development as of late 2024 (RAND) and that more than 50% of teens 13-18 have used AI chatbots or text generators (Common Sense Media).

Citation caveat. MUST NOT be cited as survey or research evidence — it produces no original data. It is a synthesis of a single invitational two-day convening of 24 hand-picked participants, and its statistics are all borrowed from other studies, so cite RAND or Common Sense directly rather than citing this report for those numbers. Severe conflict of interest for this particular corpus: aiEDU CEO Alex Kotran is a co-author, three of the 24 participants are aiEDU staff, and the report's central recommendation — philanthropic investment in educator capacity building — is the service aiEDU sells. Presenting it to funders as independent evidence for aiEDU's model would be circular. The room was also unrepresentative of the field it describes: 22 of 24 participants were funders or intermediaries and only 2 were serving K-12 practitioners, with zero teachers, students, or parents — so it documents what philanthropy believes districts need, not what districts report needing. Funders NewSchools and CK-12 also sat in the convening.

Sample
24 named convening participants listed in Appendix B, plus the 4 authors. Composition is overwhelmingly funders and intermediaries — Kapor Foundation, Google.org, NewSchools (x2), Bezos Family Foundation, Charter School Growth Fund (x2), Stuart Foundation, Raikes Foundation, CK-12 Foundation, Valhalla Foundation, Schusterman Family Philanthropies, Chan Zuckerberg Initiative, GSV Ventures/ASU+GSV, Colorado Education Initiative, LearnerStudio, Ednovate, aiEDU (x3). Only 2 of 24 are serving K-12 system practitioners: Tim Hemans (Gwinnett County Public Schools, GA) and Zachary Kennelly (DSST Public Schools, CO). No teachers, students, or parents participated.
Method
NOT A SURVEY AND NOT A STUDY. This is a synthesis of a two-day invitational convening of philanthropic funders and education leaders held by Bellwether and aiEDU in March 2025. The report states it 'synthesizes key takeaways from the convening into a guide for funders and education leaders.' Input was gathered through panels and breakout groups; the report collects no original data — every statistic it cites is borrowed from third-party sources (RAND, Common Sense Media, Digital Education Council) via endnotes. Authors: Amy Chen Kulesa, Marisa Mission, Mary K. Wells (Bellwether) and Alex Kotran (aiEDU).
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Financial support from NewSchools and the CK-12 Foundation (both of which also had staff/principals in the convening room: Cameron White and Pete Fishman of NewSchools; Neeru Khosla of CK-12).
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

More Districts Are Training Teachers on Artificial Intelligence: Findings from the American School District Panel Mixed-methodRAND Corporation (American School District Panel, with CRPE)2025-04Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 48% of districts reported having trained teachers on generative AI as of fall 2024 — double the 23% of fall 2023 — and another 26% planned to do so during 2024-25 (projected 74% by fall 2025). 67% of low-poverty districts had provided training vs. 39% of high-poverty districts (43% vs. 6% a year earlier).
  • Virtually all district AI training was opt-in.
  • 11 of 14 interviewed leaders built training in-house after struggling to find qualified external partners.

Citation caveat. Small district-level sample with a very low response rate — 291 of 8,017 invited districts (4%) in fall 2024 — weighted to national representativeness by RAND but sensitive to nonresponse bias; the poverty-gap subgroup figures rest on smaller cells still. The interview findings (opt-in training, do-it-yourself development) come from 14-15 self-selected leaders and are explicitly described by RAND as not representative of the survey sample.

Corrections applied. All correct, including the exact district counts and windows: 291 districts completed the fall 2024 survey (fielded Oct 24-Dec 23, 2024) and 231 completed fall 2023 (Oct 12-Dec 14, 2023); 15 semistructured interviews were conducted Nov 2024-Jan 2025, 14 of whom had trained or planned to train teachers on AI (which is why the in-house finding is '11 of 14'). Authors are Melissa Kay Diliberti, Robin J. Lake, and Steven R. Weiner; published April 8, 2025. Worth adding to the sample field: the fall 2024 survey had a 4-percent response rate (291 of 8,017 invited districts) and fall 2023 a 19.8-percent completion rate (231 of 1,167 invited ASDP member districts); responses were weighted to be representative of all U.S. K-12 public school districts.

Sample
291 districts (fall 2024 survey, Oct 24–Dec 23, 2024) compared with 231 districts (fall 2023); 15 district-leader interviews (Nov 2024–Jan 2025)
Method
online survey + interviews (mixed methods)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
ASDP is a RAND–CRPE partnership (with Council of the Great City Schools and MGT); funded by the Gates Foundation
Recurring
Updates the fall 2023 ASDP AI findings (RRA956-21)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found (education trade press) — Education Week, K-12 Dive, WHYY
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

EdWeek Research Center survey: How educators use AI for daily tasks (December 2024 wave) Non-prob. surveyEdWeek Research Center / Education Week2025-02TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Of 990 educators surveyed, principals reported using AI mostly to draft emails and newsletters.
  • District administrators' top uses were drafting communications, generating reports/presentations, creating assessments, transcribing/summarizing meetings, and investigating suspected student AI use.
  • Some administrators reported not using AI at all.

Citation caveat. The use-case findings are drawn from 22 hand-picked open-ended responses that EdWeek published as illustrations, not from quantified results — no percentages exist for any of these use cases. Do not present any of them as prevalence estimates among the 990 respondents. Only the N (990), the role mix, and the December field month are quantitative facts.

Corrections applied. Add author Olina Banerji and exact publication date February 14, 2025. The article says the survey was 'conducted in December' without naming the year — 'December 2024' is a sound inference from the February 2025 publication date but is not stated. N=990 educators (teachers, principals, district administrators) is exact. No mode, sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error is disclosed.

Sample
990 educators (teachers, principals, district administrators)
Method
Survey of educators (teachers, principals, district administrators), fielded December 2024
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EdWeek Research Center
Recurring
Yes — EdWeek RC runs recurring AI survey waves
News coverage
no external news coverage found (EdWeek's own Feb 14, 2025 article is the publication vehicle)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Uneven Adoption of Artificial Intelligence Tools Among U.S. Teachers and Principals in the 2023–2024 School Year Probability surveyRAND Corporation (American Educator Panels / American Instructional Resources Survey)2025-02TeachersAdmins VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 25% of teachers used AI tools for instructional planning or teaching in 2023-24.
  • Almost 40% of ELA or science teachers reported using AI vs. about 20% of math or general elementary teachers.
  • Nearly 60% of principals reported using AI tools for their work.
  • Only 18% of principals said their school or district provided guidance on AI use.
  • Principals in the highest-poverty schools were about half as likely as those in the lowest-poverty schools to report guidance (13% vs. 25%).

Corrections applied. All correct. Optional precision: authors are Julia H. Kaufman, Ashley Woo, Joshua Eagan, Sabrina Lee, and Emma B. Kassan; surveys were fielded in spring 2024 asking about the 2023-2024 school year; analytic Ns are roughly 8,814 teachers and 3,593-3,597 principals, with open-response subsamples of 1,878 teachers and 1,955 principals; responses were weighted to be nationally representative.

Sample
Nationally representative samples of ELA, math, and science teachers (American Teacher Panel) and principals (American School Leader Panel), 2024 AIRS administration
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Funded by the Gates Foundation, the Charles and Lynn Schusterman Family Foundation, and the Walton Family Foundation
Recurring
Part of the annual AIRS series
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (K-12 Dive same-day coverage; the report's phrase drew no wider news pickup) — K-12 Dive
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

2024 Generative AI in Independent Schools Survey Report ConsultationNational Association of Independent Schools2025-01 Audit-verified
  • The survey documents classroom AI policies, policy-development processes, and multidisciplinary teacher uses.
  • The verified public summary emphasizes challenges around adoption and the need for clearer policies, robust training, and stronger educator confidence.
  • It does not publish detailed topline percentages.
Sample
260 department and division heads from U.S. independent schools
Method
Survey co-designed with the NAIS Department/Division Head Research Cohort; public methodology summary; full report requires member login or purchase
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
No recurring public wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Districts and AI: Tracking Early Adopters and Implications for the 2024-25 School Year Non-prob. surveyCenter on Reinventing Public Education (CRPE)2024-10Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 65% of the 40 early-adopter systems (26) published AI guidance for staff, students, and families vs just 5% of districts nationally in CRPE's fall 2023 survey.
  • 63% provided AI professional development.
  • 70% used AI-enabled tools for teachers and 58% for students.
  • Only 15% (6 systems) had comprehensive AI strategies with 5+ initiatives.
  • Systems collectively endorsed/partnered with 65 AI tools.

Citation caveat. Curated, non-representative list of 40 early-adopter systems identified from news stories and referrals from AI support organizations — CRPE states plainly these 'are not a representative sample or an exhaustive list.' Because the analysis rests on publicly available documents, the percentages measure what these districts have publicly published, not what they actually do internally.

Corrections applied. Minor: the fall 2023 comparison survey was conducted by CRPE with RAND (the page describes 'a representative survey of districts CRPE released this spring with RAND'), so crediting RAND alongside CRPE would be more precise. Authors confirmed as Bree Dusseault, Jared Hurwitz, Michael Berardino, Nadja Michel-Herf; date October 2024 confirmed; no funder is named on the page.

Sample
40 early-adopter school systems
Method
Database analysis of 40 early-adopter school systems identified via news stories and AI support-organization referrals (not representative)
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Authors Dusseault, Hurwitz, Berardino, Michel-Herf; references RAND partnership
Recurring
Yes — CRPE has tracked district AI approaches since 2023 and released an updated database for 2025-26
News coverage
~1 distinct news story found — K-12 Dive
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

An Ethical and Equitable Vision of AI in Education: Learning Across 28 Exploratory Projects ConsultationDigital Promise2024-10StudentsTeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Digital Promise served as learning partner to the Gates Foundation's K-12 AI Pilot Cohort — 28 organizational teams (districts, nonprofits, and for- and non-profit edtech companies) that each received $100,000 to run 2023-24 exploratory projects applying AI across K-12 education.
  • The synthesis reports that AI succeeded at tasks such as categorizing and coding datasets, translating language, and triangulating data, but was not yet capable of creating usable math word problems, diagnosing student misconceptions, detecting speech, or evaluating AI outputs.
  • Cohort teams emphasized that working directly with practitioners is key to aligning AI applications with authentic need, that teachers' authentic needs and concerns should be the drivers of AI development, and that it is essential to start by establishing a clear vision for the role of teachers and the role of technology.
  • Cross-cutting barriers included inherent bias in AI outputs (teams found bias easy to spot but hard to act on) and the absence of shared quality benchmarks for evaluating AI-enabled tools.
  • The report calls for ending the silos of districts solving these problems alone in favor of working groups and shared evaluation frameworks.

Citation caveat. Qualitative synthesis of a single funder's own grantee cohort, conducted by the funder-paid learning partner and funded by the Gates Foundation — the sample is 28 self-selected grant-funded projects, so findings describe that cohort's experience, not the K-12 field. No prevalence or effect estimates. Do not cite the current key_findings text as written; use the corrected text.

Corrections applied. Organization, authors (Noakes, Shell, Murillo, Van Nostrand, Ruiz, Cornick, Karim), October 2024 date, Gates Foundation funding, DOI 10.51388/20.500.12265/232, and N=28 projects are all correct. Add for accuracy: Digital Promise was the cohort's learning partner, not the grantmaker; grantees received $100,000 each for 2023-2024 projects; data came from surveys, interviews, and a virtual (Dec 2023) and in-person (Apr 2024) convening.

Sample
28 exploratory K-12 AI projects funded through a Gates Foundation pilot initiative
Method
qualitative cross-project synthesis (project learnings, educator co-design)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation; authors Noakes, Shell, Murillo, Van Nostrand, Ruiz, Cornick, Karim (Digital Promise)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (only Digital Promise's own Oct 23, 2024 announcement and repository/ERIC listings)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

The Rapid Adoption of Generative AI (NBER Working Paper 32966) Probability surveyNational Bureau of Economic Research (Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis / Vanderbilt / Harvard)2024-09Public Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Tighten the adoption comparison to match the abstract: relative to each technology's first mass-market product launch, WORK adoption of generative AI has been as fast as the personal computer, while OVERALL adoption has been faster than either PCs or the internet.
  • The entry's 'faster than the PC or the internet at comparable stages' overstates the work-adoption result.
  • All other figures are exact: as of late 2024 nearly 40% of the U.S. population age 18-64 uses generative AI.
  • 23% of employed respondents had used it for work at least once in the previous week and 9% used it every work day.
  • Between 1 and 5 percent of all work hours are currently assisted by generative AI.
  • Reported time savings equal 1.4% of total work hours.

Citation caveat. NBER working paper, not peer reviewed. Built on a quota-targeted, weighted Qualtrics online panel rather than a probability sample; the authors document that 18-24 year olds and those with no more than a high school degree are underrepresented while households under $50,000 are overrepresented before weighting. Survey funded in part by the Walmart Foundation. General-population benchmark, not education-specific.

Corrections applied. Add funder: 'The survey was funded in part by the Walmart Foundation, grant 252882.' Correct the sample description: the main results pool the August 2024 (n=5,014) and November 2024 (n=5,329) RPS waves, over 10,000 respondents, not the August wave alone; a June 2024 pilot module drew a further 2,551 responses. Issued September 2024, revised February 2025 (the entry's 2024-09 is correct as the issue date). The RPS is fielded online by Qualtrics; the paper states plainly that the Qualtrics panel of roughly 15 million members 'is not a random sample of the U.S. population' — invitations are quota-targeted on gender, age, education and household income and responses are then raked to CPS benchmarks, so 'nationally representative' here means weighted-to-representative, not probability-sampled.

Sample
Nationally representative samples of U.S. adults ages 18-64 (August 2024 wave; updated February 2025)
Method
online survey (nationally representative, Real-Time Population Survey)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Authors: Alexander Bick (St. Louis Fed), Adam Blandin (Vanderbilt), David J. Deming (Harvard)
Recurring
Repeated tracking waves (first fielded Aug 2024; updated 2025)
News coverage
~8-10 distinct news stories found — NPR, VentureBeat, Harvard Crimson, The Decoder
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 9 of 9 numeric tokens

2024 K-12 Educator + AI Survey Non-prob. surveyCambium Learning Group (conducted by Hanover Research)2024-08TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Among K-12 teachers and district administrators at schools and districts already actively using AI (n=482), teacher uses included creating personalized learning experiences (56%), real-time performance tracking and feedback (52%), supporting critical thinking skills (50%), proofreading writing (47%), and lesson planning (44%).
  • Administrator uses included interpreting/analyzing student data (61%), managing student records (56%), and managing professional development (56%).

Citation caveat. Two caveats, both load-bearing. First, the sample was screened to educators in districts ALREADY actively using AI — usage rates from this survey say nothing about U.S. educators generally and must never be presented as adoption rates. Second, it is vendor-commissioned: Cambium Learning Group sells K-12 curriculum and assessment products, so a finding that educators are productively using AI is commercially favorable to the sponsor. N=482 across two very different populations (teachers and district administrators) also means thin subgroup cells.

Corrections applied. Attribution holds: commissioned by Cambium Learning Group, fielded and analyzed by Hanover Research, fielded January 2024, released Aug 6, 2024, 482 qualified responses from K-12 teachers and district administrators. Screening criterion confirmed in trade coverage: respondents were drawn from 'schools and districts that are actively using AI in the classroom.' Not disclosed anywhere I could reach: the panel/sample source, exact field dates within January, and any margin of error — so sample_type is an inference from the screening description rather than a stated design.

Sample
482 qualified respondents (teachers and district administrators familiar with AI use at their school/district)
Method
Online survey of K-12 teachers and district administrators at schools/districts actively using AI, fielded January 2024; analyzed by Hanover Research
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Commissioned by Cambium Learning Group; fielded and analyzed by Hanover Research
Recurring
No
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found (wire/press-release reposts on BusinessWire, FinancialContent, Silicon UK not counted) — eSchool News, THE Journal
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

AI-Generated Content in Student Papers: One-Year Data Analysis Usage dataCopyleaks2024-03StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Among student papers and assignments scanned by Copyleaks, the share flagged as containing AI-generated content rose from 11.92% in January 2023 to 20.98% in January 2024, a 76.00% relative increase.
  • Over the same period the share flagged as containing plagiarized content fell from 34.95% to 17.08%, a 51.13% relative decrease.
  • Copyleaks does not claim these trends show substitution of AI generation for copying.
  • Its own framing is that generative AI 'certainly did not eliminate' plagiarism.

Citation caveat. Vendor platform-log data, not a survey: the measuring instrument is Copyleaks' own AI detector, the product the release is marketing, and no false-positive or accuracy validation is disclosed. Institutions are a self-selected convenience set of existing Copyleaks customers, no document count is given, and the '76% spike' is a relative change in detector flag rates (11.92% to 20.98%), not an absolute measure of student AI use. The substitution-of-AI-for-plagiarism inference is the database's, not the source's.

Corrections applied. The method field's '~1M student papers' is unsupported - that figure appears nowhere in the Copyleaks report or press release, which say only 'tens of thousands of college and high school students.' No document count is ever disclosed. Correct the method to: analysis of 13 months of anonymized AI-detector and plagiarism-detector results (Jan 2023-Jan 2024) from the same educational institutions used in Copyleaks' prior study, all of which had been using its detectors since January 2023. Seven countries: Australia, Canada, Myanmar, Philippines, South Africa, UK, US. Report title: 'One Year Later: ChatGPT and Education', released March 19-20, 2024.

Sample
Tens of thousands of college and high school student papers across seven countries (Jan 2023-Jan 2024)
Method
Platform data analysis (AI/plagiarism detection across ~1M student papers, Jan 2023-Jan 2024)
Field/geography
Global (primarily US)
Partner / funder
Copyleaks (self-funded)
Recurring
Recurring data/report series
News coverage
no independent news coverage found (only verbatim press-release reprints on Business News This Week and IT Reseller Magazine)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Teachers Change Their Minds About AI (84% of U.S. Educators Actively Use AI in the Classroom) Non-prob. surveyStudy.com2024Teachers Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 84% of educators report actively using AI tools in the classroom.
  • 74% plan to increase their AI usage in the coming school year.

Citation caveat. In-house vendor survey run on Pollfish (opt-in mobile river panel), N=1,109, with a ±10% margin of error at only 90% confidence — very wide. The disclosed sample is 58% male and 15% under age 25, which does not resemble the US teacher workforce (roughly 76% female, and few teachers are under 25 given degree and certification requirements), suggesting weak screening of the opt-in pool. The 84% figure sits far above probability-based estimates of teacher AI use and must not be cited as a national teacher usage rate.

Corrections applied. Add the methodology now recoverable from indexed content: N=1,109 teacher participants; fielded via Pollfish (an opt-in mobile panel); margin of error ±10% at a 90% confidence level (not the conventional 95%); the piece compares two Study.com waves, 2023 and 2024. Disclosed respondent demographics are implausible for a US K-12 teacher population: 58% male / 42% female, and 15% aged 18-24.

Sample
U.S. educators (n not confirmed; page blocked automated verification)
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by Study.com
Recurring
Study.com has run repeated educator AI polls since 2023
News coverage
no news coverage found (two searches; no outlets citing the 84% figure surfaced)
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

What do AI chatbots really mean for students and cheating? (Challenge Success cheating surveys) Non-prob. surveyStanford Graduate School of Education / Challenge Success2023-10Students Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Peer-reviewed finding (Lee, Pope, Miles & Zárate 2024): analysis of anonymous survey data from three high schools, collected both before and after ChatGPT's November 2022 release, found that self-reported cheating behaviors remained relatively stable after the introduction of generative AI chatbots, though changes differed by type of cheating (social cheating, AI-related cheating, and so on).
  • Most students did not think using a chatbot to produce an entire paper or complete an entire assignment should be allowable, but there was support for using chatbots to help start assignments and to explain new concepts.
  • Separately, in the Stanford GSE interview, Denise Pope states that 'for years, long before ChatGPT hit the scene, some 60 to 70 percent of students have reported engaging in at least one cheating behavior during the previous month,' and that the percentage 'stayed about the same or even decreased slightly' in Challenge Success's 2023 surveys — this 60-70% range is a verbal characterization of 15+ years of Challenge Success school surveys and is not attached to any published sample size, field dates, or methodology.

Citation caveat. The headline 60-70% cheating figure has no disclosed methodology — it comes from a researcher interview describing unpublished Challenge Success survey data, with no N, no field dates, and no sampling frame. The traceable finding (cheating rates stable after ChatGPT) rests on three self-selected partner high schools, not a national sample. Never cite the 60-70% as a national rate for U.S. high school students.

Corrections applied. Geography 'US national' is wrong and should be removed. The underlying peer-reviewed study covers three high schools; Challenge Success surveys are administered at partner schools that engage the organization, a self-selected group that skews toward high-performing schools (its published academic-integrity work drew on 15 'high-performing U.S. schools'). Primary research is Victor R. Lee, Denise Pope, Sarah Miles, and Rosalía C. Zárate, 'Cheating in the age of generative AI: A high school survey study of cheating behaviors before and after the release of ChatGPT,' Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, published online June 13, 2024, DOI 10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100253 (gold open access). The 2023-10 date and the Stanford GSE link belong to a news interview, not to a research output.

Sample
Ongoing Challenge Success surveys of U.S. high school students before and after ChatGPT's release
Method
online survey
Field/geography
US national (Challenge Success partner high schools)
Partner / funder
Challenge Success (Stanford GSE-affiliated nonprofit); researchers Victor Lee and Denise Pope
Recurring
ongoing Challenge Success survey program
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories found (New York Times story plus an AP wire story that was widely syndicated in Dec 2023; ed.stanford.edu 403s automated fetchers but the page is live/archived) — The New York Times, Associated Press (KATV/ABC7 pickups), ABC7 Los Angeles
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

GenAI in Higher Education: Fall 2023 Update — Time for Class Study Non-prob. surveyTyton Partners2023-10StudentsAdminsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Regular (monthly+) generative AI use among students nearly doubled from 27% (spring 2023) to 49% (fall 2023).
  • Faculty use more than doubled from 9% to 22% over the same six months.

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Turnitin, which sells AI-detection products and therefore has a commercial interest in high measured AI-use rates — the report's cover states "RESEARCH SPONSORED BY" and "made possible with the support of our partner Turnitin," and Turnitin's own press release confirms it compensated Tyton to conduct the study. The report discloses sample sizes, field dates, institution count, and respondent demographics but not the sampling frame, recruitment method, or any weighting, so the results cannot be treated as a representative sample of U.S. higher education.

Corrections applied. The fall wave was fielded in September 2023 specifically (the report compares "March 2023 to September 2023"). Respondents were students and faculty only — approximately 1,600 students and 1,000 faculty across more than 600 unique institutions; administrators were not a separate surveyed population, though 37% of faculty respondents reported holding an administrative role.

Sample
Pulse survey of 1,600+ current postsecondary students and 1,000+ higher-ed faculty (fielded fall 2023; smaller than the spring 2023 wave)
Method
online pulse survey (fall 2023 follow-up to spring wave)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Sponsored by Turnitin (confirmed on PDF page 2)
Recurring
one-time pulse update within the annual Time for Class series
News coverage
~1 distinct news story confirmed — Inside Higher Ed
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

UNESCO Global Survey of Institutional Guidance on Generative AI (announced with 'UNESCO survey: Less than 10% of schools and universities have formal guidance on AI') Non-prob. surveyUNESCO2023-06Admins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Fewer than 10% of schools and universities have institutional policies or formal guidance on generative AI; ~13% of universities reported guidance versus only 7% of schools.
  • Only 2 institutions reported complete or near-total bans.
  • Close to 20% of respondents were unsure whether their institution had any policy or guidance.

Citation caveat. This is a self-selected convenience sample of just over 450 institutions drawn from UNESCO's own Associated Schools Network and UNESCO Chairs programme — institutions already engaged with UNESCO, and skewed to Europe/North America (44%). It is NOT a representative sample of the world's schools and universities. The widely repeated framing that "fewer than 10% of schools and universities worldwide have formal AI guidance" overstates what this can support; say "fewer than 10% of 450+ institutions surveyed in UNESCO's networks." No full report or topline was published — only the findings article.

Sample
Slightly over 450 schools and universities (UNESCO Associated Schools and UNESCO Chairs networks), fielded 4-19 May 2023
Method
online survey of institutions
Field/geography
Global (450+ institutions: Europe/North America 44%, Asia-Pacific 23%, Latin America/Caribbean 17%, Africa 11%, Arab States 5%)
Partner / funder
Conducted in-house by UNESCO among institutions in its Associated Schools Network and UNESCO Chairs programme
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (UN News covered the survey at release; the <10% stat was widely re-quoted in Sept 2023 coverage of UNESCO's GenAI guidance, e.g. StateScoop and Tech Times, but those stories are about the guidance, not this survey) — UN News
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Higher education (adjacent) 26

Not K-12, but the sentiment dynamics on campuses preview what secondary schools face next.

AI in Higher Education Global Survey 2026 Non-prob. surveyDigital Education Council2026-07StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • The phrase 'each up ~16 points year-over-year' is not supported and should be corrected to apply to faculty only.
  • The documented rise is faculty 61% -> 77% (+16), matching DEC's own Global AI Faculty Survey 2025, which reported that 61% of faculty had used AI in teaching.
  • For students, DEC's own Global AI Student Survey 2024 reported 86% of students using AI in their studies, so 88% represents roughly a 2-point rise, not 16 — a 16-point student rise would require a 2025 student baseline of 72%, which appears nowhere in DEC's published work and traces only to an aggregator back-calculating it from the ambiguous press sentence.
  • Recommended text: 'Student AI adoption reached 88% and faculty 77%, with faculty use up 16 points year-over-year.
  • Only 29% of students believe their instructors are adequately equipped to guide responsible AI use (17% in US & Canada).
  • Faculty excitement diverges by region — 57% in Asia-Pacific vs 26% in US/Canada, where intent to use AI in teaching fell 9 points from 76% to 67%, the lowest of any region.
  • 41% of students worry AI will diminish job opportunities in their field.
  • 22% find it harder to work without AI and 19% say they are retaining less because they rely on it.'.

Citation caveat. The 45,398 N is impressive but does not buy representativeness: respondents are recruited opt-in through DEC's own member institutions, with no sampling frame, no disclosed fielding window, and no weighting, so this is a large convenience sample of engaged institutions rather than a picture of global higher education. Regional comparisons (Asia-Pacific vs US/Canada) reflect which institutions chose to participate in each region. The full report is gated behind member login or form registration, so the underlying question wording and country composition cannot be independently checked. Drop the claim that student adoption rose 16 points.

Corrections applied. Add publication date July 9, 2026 (entry's 2026-07 is correct but undated). The method field should record that responses are collected on an opt-in basis through participating DEC member institutions rather than by random or stratified sampling; fielding dates and any weighting are not disclosed publicly.

Sample
45,398 respondents (27,284 students; 18,114 faculty) across 35 countries
Method
Combined global survey of university students and faculty
Field/geography
Global (35 countries)
Partner / funder
Digital Education Council member institutions
Recurring
Yes — successor wave to DEC's 2024 student and 2025 faculty surveys, at much larger scale
News coverage
~3-4 distinct news stories found — Forbes, EdTech Innovation Hub, The College Fix
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Student Voice Flash Survey: Why Students Aren't All In on AI (May 2026) Non-prob. surveyInside Higher Ed / Generation Lab2026-06StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • ~55% of students expect AI to somewhat or very negatively impact their career prospects (75% among arts/design/media majors); ~30% report using AI more than last year.
  • Two in five are explicitly concerned about dependence on AI tools.
  • Only 10% say their institution is handling AI's rise 'very well, in a thoughtful and proactive way' while 34% call the response inconsistent; ~60% see AI's main value as learning support (tutoring, concept explanation).

Citation caveat. Generation Lab student panel (nonprobability; vendor claims the frame resembles a probability sample). This wave reports no margin of error at all, and no weighting is disclosed.

Sample
1,038 students at 203 public and private nonprofit two- and four-year institutions
Method
Flash survey on generative AI fielded May 2026 by Generation Lab
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Generation Lab (fieldwork); supported by the Gates Foundation
Recurring
Yes — latest Student Voice AI flash wave
News coverage
no external news coverage found (article published by Inside Higher Ed itself)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Ahead of the Curve: CSU Systemwide Survey on AI in Higher Education Non-prob. surveyCalifornia State University (survey developed and conducted by San Diego State University researchers)2026-04StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Over half of students, 60% of faculty, and about two-thirds of staff regularly use AI tools.
  • 95% of respondents had used at least one of 21 listed AI tools.
  • 80% of students feel uncomfortable submitting AI-generated work as their own.
  • 82% of students express AI-related job security concerns and 69% believe AI will become essential to most professions.

Citation caveat. Despite the huge N, this is a self-selected open-invitation survey of one university system, not a probability sample — no response rate and no weighting are disclosed, and people with strong views about AI are the likeliest to answer an AI survey. Cite it as 'the largest dataset of its kind' and as CSU-specific, never as representative of U.S. higher education or even of CSU's population.

Corrections applied. Core attribution verified: developed and conducted by San Diego State University researchers, fielded fall 2025 across all 22 CSU campuses, released April 1, 2026, 94,000+ total respondents (80,000+ students of whom 85% undergraduate, 6,000+ faculty, 7,300+ staff). Full title confirmed as 'Ahead of the Curve: What the Nation's Largest Public University System is Learning about AI.' ONE UNCONFIRMED CLAIM: the entry names 'David Goldberg (SDSU AI faculty fellow)' as the research team lead. No source I reached names a team lead — the CSU and SJSU releases say only 'researchers at San Diego State University.' Either source that name or drop it. Add to method: participation was by open invitation to all CSU students, faculty and staff, and the instrument covered five sections (awareness/understanding, experience/usage, perceptions/attitudes, skills education and training, future expectations).

Sample
94,000+ respondents: 80,000+ students (85% undergraduate), 6,000+ faculty, 7,300+ staff
Method
Systemwide online survey fielded fall 2025 across all 22 CSU campuses covering AI awareness, experience, perceptions, skills training, and future expectations; released April 2026
Field/geography
California (22 CSU campuses)
Partner / funder
CSU Chancellor's Office; survey developed and conducted in fall 2025 by an SDSU research team led by David Goldberg (SDSU AI faculty fellow)
Recurring
No (first systemwide wave; billed as largest AI survey in US higher ed)
News coverage
~7 distinct news stories found (plus PRNewswire syndications on MarketWatch/Morningstar, not counted) — Los Angeles Times, EdSource, Inside Higher Ed, CalMatters
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

AI Is Routine for College Students, Despite Campus Limits (State of Higher Education 2026 AI findings) Non-prob. surveyGallup / Lumina Foundation2026-04StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 57% of college students use AI in coursework at least weekly, including ~20% daily.
  • Men report daily use at 27% vs 17% of women.
  • 53% say their school discourages (42%) or prohibits (11%) AI use, yet most use it anyway.
  • Nearly 90% of at-least-monthly users cite understanding complex material as an important reason.
  • Top uses are help with difficult coursework (64% daily/weekly) and checking homework answers (60%).

Citation caveat. Opt-in nonprobability panel (Dynata), weighted but with no valid margin of error — do not present these percentages as nationally representative estimates of college students with a stated precision. All AI-use figures are self-reported. Funded by Lumina Foundation, which has a stated interest in postsecondary attainment.

Corrections applied. Critical omission in the method field: this is NOT a probability sample. Respondents were drawn from the Dynata web-based NONPROBABILITY panel, with data weighted to national demographics by gender, age, race, ethnicity, education and region. The entry's 'Web survey of US adults pursuing associate or bachelor's degrees' gives no hint of this, and a reader would reasonably assume Gallup's usual probability panel. Everything else confirmed: 3,801 enrolled students (1,433 associate, 2,368 bachelor's) ages 18-59 out of 6,010 US adults, fielded Oct 2-31, 2025, published April 1, 2026, author Stephanie Marken, funded by Lumina Foundation.

Sample
3,801 currently enrolled college students (1,433 associate; 2,368 bachelor's), ages 18-59, from a survey of 6,010 U.S. adults fielded Oct 2-31, 2025
Method
Web survey of US adults pursuing associate or bachelor's degrees, fielded October 2-31, 2025
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Lumina Foundation (funder); Gallup (pollster)
Recurring
Yes — AI items in Gallup-Lumina's annual State of Higher Education study
News coverage
~6-10 distinct news stories found (The Hill ran two separate stories; Yahoo/AOL syndications not counted) — UPI, The Hill, NewsNation, The EDU Ledger
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

AI and the Workforce Ahead: Class of 2026 Graduation Report Non-prob. surveyHandshake2026-04StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 85% of Class of 2026 seniors use genAI and more than a third use it daily (vs ~50% non-users in the Class of 2024).
  • 58% say they'll need stronger AI skills to succeed at work but only 28% say their program has meaningfully integrated AI.
  • Career-outlook pessimism climbed from 46% to 62% in two years.
  • More than 10% of active internship postings now mention AI and full-time postings mentioning AI nearly doubled year-over-year to 4.2%.

Citation caveat. Self-published by a career platform with a commercial stake in the early-career market; respondents are users of that platform, so it is a nonprobability sample weighted to IPEDS - the +/-2.9pp margin of error is model-based, not a probability-sample MoE.

Corrections applied. Fill in the methodology, which our entry leaves vague: Handshake Network Trends fielded the student survey in March 2026 via Sprig to a stratified random sample of graduating-senior Handshake users drawn from eligible U.S. four-year institutions and stratified across 24 demographic cells to mirror IPEDS enrollment; after cleaning, 1,248 Class of 2026 bachelor's-degree students representing 498 institutions were retained; responses were raked to IPEDS/NCES on gender, race/ethnicity and institutional selectivity; stated overall margin of error +/-2.9 pts at 95%. Job-posting and resume figures come from Handshake marketplace data (July-March windows), not the survey. Exact title: 'AI and the Workforce Ahead: What the Class of 2026 tells us about the future of the labor market'; page dated April 2026.

Sample
Class of 2026 college seniors (Handshake network survey)
Method
Survey of Class of 2026 seniors plus Handshake platform labor-market data; published April 2026
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Handshake (gray literature); covered by CNBC April 29, 2026
Recurring
Yes — annual Handshake graduation-report wave
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found — CNBC, Inside Higher Ed
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Student Generative Artificial Intelligence Survey 2026 (HEPI Report 199) Non-prob. surveyHigher Education Policy Institute (HEPI) with Kortext2026-03StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 95% of students use AI in at least one way and 94% use generative AI to help with assessed work.
  • 12% directly include AI-generated text in assessed work (up from 8% in 2025 and 3% in 2024).
  • 49% say AI has improved their student experience while students split on institutional encouragement (37% agree vs 36% disagree); ~15% use AI for companionship or loneliness.

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Kortext, an AI study-tools vendor named as an example option in the questionnaire; weighted non-probability Savanta panel. Disclose sponsorship when citing.

Corrections applied. None; optionally add weighting and error: "1,054 full-time undergraduate students were polled through Savanta in December 2025... weighted on demographics such as gender, institution type and year of study... The margin of error is approximately 3%." Authors Rose Stephenson and Charlotte Armstrong, Kortext sponsor, published 12 March 2026 - all correct.

Sample
1,054 full-time UK undergraduate students
Method
online survey conducted by Savanta (fieldwork Dec 2025)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
In partnership with Kortext; fieldwork by Savanta; authors Rose Stephenson and Charlotte Armstrong
Recurring
annual since 2024
News coverage
~6-10 distinct news stories found ('near universal' student AI use angle) — Times Higher Education, The Telegraph, Wonkhe, The Star (PA)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

The AI Challenge: How College Faculty Assess the Present and Future of Higher Education in the Age of AI Non-prob. surveyAmerican Association of Colleges and Universities (AAC&U) and Elon University Imagining the Digital Future Center2026-01Higher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 95% of faculty warn AI will increase student overreliance on the tools.
  • 90% say generative AI will diminish critical thinking and 83% say it will decrease attention spans.
  • 78% report campus cheating has increased since AI tools became widely available.
  • 74% believe generative AI will negatively affect the integrity and value of degrees.
  • Yet 69% address AI literacy in their teaching and 87% have created explicit AI-use policies for coursework.

Citation caveat. The report states plainly that this is a 'non-scientific survey of college and university faculty known to the American Association of Colleges & Universities' and that 'the results are not generalizable.' 1,057 self-selected respondents from an invitation list; no weighting or margin of error. AAC&U has an institutional stake in the higher-ed AI conversation. Cite as 'a non-scientific survey of 1,057 faculty known to AAC&U,' never as 'college faculty' generally — and note that a list-recruited, self-selecting faculty sample is likely to over-represent those with strong views about AI, which matters when the headline numbers are 90-95% negative.

Sample
1,057 faculty nationwide (non-scientific survey fielded October 29-November 26, 2025)
Method
online survey (fielded Oct 29-Nov 26, 2025)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Joint project of AAC&U and Elon University's Imagining the Digital Future Center
Recurring
second report in the AAC&U/Elon AI series (after Leading Through Disruption, 2025)
News coverage
~5-8 distinct news stories found — Inside Higher Ed, Fox News, University Business, Elon News Network
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Anthropic Education Report: How Educators Use Claude Non-prob. surveyAnthropic2025-08Higher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Corrected text: "57% of educator conversations involved curriculum development, 13% academic research, and 7% assessing student performance.
  • Educators leaned toward augmentation for teaching tasks (77.4% augmentation for 'university teaching and classroom instruction, which includes creating educational materials and practice problems') but toward automation for record-keeping and evaluation (48.9% automation for 'maintaining student records and evaluating academic performance')." The only defect: our entry labels the 48.9% figure as 'grading conversations.' The source's O*NET task category is 'maintaining student records and evaluating academic performance,' which is broader than grading. 57%, 13%, 7% and 77.4% are verbatim correct.

Citation caveat. Vendor analysis of its own product's usage logs — not a survey and not a representative sample of educators. The population is self-selected Claude.ai Free/Pro users who signed up with a higher-ed email address over an 11-day window, and Anthropic has a commercial interest in the findings. K-12 teacher accounts are explicitly excluded, so it cannot be cited as evidence about K-12 teachers.

Sample
~74,000 anonymized conversations from higher-ed professional accounts (May 22 - June 2, 2025), plus qualitative input from 22 Northeastern University faculty
Method
usage-data analysis
Field/geography
Global (Claude.ai users with higher-ed email addresses)
Partner / funder
Anthropic (self-conducted via Clio analysis; qualitative partner Northeastern University faculty)
Recurring
second in Anthropic's Education Report series
News coverage
~4-6 distinct news stories found (Axios ran it as a lead story Aug 26, 2025; plus trade/library press pickup) — Axios, Library Journal infoDOCKET, EdTech Innovation Hub
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Workforce Outlook: The Class of 2026 in the AI Economy Non-prob. surveyHandshake2025-08StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • More than 80% of rising seniors have used generative AI tools, mostly as a brainstorming partner (74%) or study aid / self-teaching (68%) rather than a content generator.
  • Regular use is holding steady at about 80%. 61% are somewhat or very pessimistic about their careers (report text: 'more than 60%,' versus 50% of the Class of 2024 two years earlier), and of those pessimistic seniors almost half say generative AI is a factor.
  • Correct the AI-anxiety trend: among PESSIMISTIC seniors, generative AI was named as a reason by almost half of the Class of 2026 (about 48% on the chart) versus about a third (about 34%) of pessimistic Class of 2025 seniors surveyed a year earlier - the base is pessimistic seniors only, not all seniors, and the report frames it as a one-class-year change (Class of 2025 vs Class of 2026, surveys fielded July 2024 and July 2025).
  • Just 24% of rising seniors believe generative AI will create jobs versus more than 50% of hiring managers.
  • The share of full-time job descriptions mentioning generative AI has increased almost 5x since 2023, and internship descriptions more than 4x.

Citation caveat. Self-published by a career platform; student respondents are platform users (nonprobability, weighted to NCES) and the hiring-manager comparison comes from a separate opt-in commercial panel (Centiment). The AI-as-reason-for-pessimism figures are percentages of pessimistic students, not of all seniors.

Corrections applied. Fill in the methodology: student survey fielded July 7-23, 2025 to a random sample of Handshake users, 2,440 Class of 2026 bachelor's-degree students from 641 institutions retained after cleaning, weighted by gender, race/ethnicity and institutional selectivity to NCES enrollment. The hiring-manager comparison is a separate survey fielded July 3-30, 2025 through the panel vendor Centiment, n=1,042 entry-level hiring managers at organizations with 50+ employees that hired entry-level talent in the past 12 months - our entry mentions this survey exists but gives no N or vendor. Job-posting figures run from 2023 through Aug. 11, 2025 with a disclosed keyword list. No margin of error is reported.

Sample
Class of 2026 rising seniors (Handshake network survey)
Method
Survey of rising seniors (Class of 2026) on Handshake plus platform job-postings data
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Handshake (gray literature); hiring-manager comparison survey included
Recurring
Yes — Handshake class-survey wave preceding the Class of 2026 graduation report
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories found (plus college-paper mentions) — Inside Higher Ed, The Times of India
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: College rising seniors/Class of 2026 only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was

Student Voice Flash Survey: College Students' Views on AI (July 2025) Non-prob. surveyInside Higher Ed / Generation Lab2025-08StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 85% of students had used genAI for coursework in the past year (top uses: brainstorming 55%, tutoring-style questions 50%, exam prep 46%).
  • 97% believe institutions should address AI threats to academic integrity, but only 21% support AI-detection software.
  • 55% of AI users report mixed effects on their learning/critical thinking.
  • 18% said AI has made college less valuable while 58% said college is as or more relevant.

Citation caveat. Generation Lab student panel: a +/-3 point margin of error is reported, but IHE's own methods page describes a randomized college list plus 'proprietary methods' to obtain student contacts that the vendor says 'closely resembles a probability sample' -- a vendor characterization, not an audited probability design. Weighting is not disclosed.

Sample
1,047 students at 166 two- and four-year institutions
Method
Flash survey on generative AI fielded July 2025 by Generation Lab; margin of error +/-3 points
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Generation Lab (fieldwork); supported by the Gates Foundation
Recurring
Yes — one of several Student Voice AI flash surveys (May 2025, July 2025, May 2026)
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found (e.g., Digit.in on the 85%-use finding); otherwise mostly blog/newsletter citations — Digit.in
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education students only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked

State of the Graduate: Class of 2025 (AI items) Non-prob. surveyHandshake2025-05StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 77% of seniors expected to use genAI tools in the workplace.
  • 62% were at least somewhat concerned about what genAI means for their job prospects, up from 44% two years earlier.
  • More than a quarter of computer science majors described themselves as 'very pessimistic' about careers vs 6% of healthcare majors.

Citation caveat. Self-published by a career platform; respondents are platform users (nonprobability), weighted to NCES benchmarks, with no margin of error reported.

Corrections applied. Fill in the methodology: between Feb. 11-28, 2025 Handshake randomly invited students across its platform to an online survey; after cleaning, 2,871 Class of 2025 bachelor's-degree students from 658 institutions completed it; responses were weighted by gender, race/ethnicity and institutional selectivity to NCES enrollment figures. No margin of error is reported. Generative-AI posting figures come from Handshake job postings Jan. 1, 2023-March 31, 2025 using a disclosed keyword list. Date: no publication date is printed on the report or the landing page; field dates (Feb. 2025) and application data running through mid-April 2025 bound the release to no earlier than mid-April 2025, consistent with our 2025-05 date, but record it as inferred. The 'more than a quarter' of computer science majors is 28% (vs 18% for the Class of 2024).

Sample
Class of 2025 graduating seniors (Handshake network survey)
Method
Survey of graduating seniors on the Handshake early-career network plus platform labor-market data
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Handshake (career platform; gray literature)
Recurring
Yes — annual Handshake class survey with AI items (Class of 2025, 2026 waves)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found (HR Dive story on Class of 2025 job competition appears to draw on it; attribution hard to confirm) — HR Dive
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: College graduates/Class of 2025 only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rech

Anthropic Education Report: How University Students Use Claude Non-prob. surveyAnthropic2025-04StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Computer science students dominated usage — 38.6% of conversations vs only 5.4% of U.S. bachelor's degrees.
  • 39.3% of conversations involved creating/improving educational content and 33.5% sought technical explanations or solutions.
  • The four interaction styles (direct vs collaborative problem solving/output creation) each accounted for 23-29% of conversations, meaning nearly half of student use was 'direct' (answer-seeking) — raising cognitive-offloading concerns.

Citation caveat. Vendor analysis of its own product's usage logs, not a survey — the population is self-selected Claude.ai users with higher-ed email addresses, so it cannot be read as representative of university students. Anthropic has a commercial interest in the findings.

Sample
~1 million anonymized Claude.ai conversations, filtered to 574,740 academic conversations from higher-ed email accounts
Method
usage-data analysis
Field/geography
Global (Claude.ai users with higher-ed email addresses)
Partner / funder
Anthropic (self-conducted, privacy-preserving Clio analysis)
Recurring
first in Anthropic's Education Report series
News coverage
~5-10 distinct stories; verified pickup limited by several tech outlets blocking crawlers, and much coverage was folded into simultaneous Claude for Education launch stories; heavily cited in later ed coverage — The Decoder, Campus Technology, EdScoop, Axios Boston
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

2025 EDUCAUSE Students and Technology Report: Shaping the Future of Higher Education Through Technology, Flexibility, and Well-Being Mixed-methodEDUCAUSE2025-04StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 43% of students reported not using genAI at all in their courses.
  • Most common uses were brainstorming (33%), refining ideas (24%), and organizing (24%).
  • 51% had received guidance on AI use, while 52% said most or all of their instructors prohibit genAI.
  • 55% recognize genAI's importance for their careers but only 20% reported receiving relevant training from their institution.
  • Students below 35% felt prepared in AI technologies vs 70%+ for most other career competencies.

Citation caveat. Weighted nonprobability sample: students self-selected into the survey at 37 self-selecting institutions (90% public), recruited via EDUCAUSE marketing emails and its analytics portal, and weighted only by institution size to IPEDS. It is not a probability sample of U.S. undergraduates and no margin of error is reported. Also note the full report is behind an EDUCAUSE member login, so a reader following the citation link cannot see the data.

Corrections applied. All attribution correct. Additional detail from the report's methodology section: the instrument was the 2024 EDUCAUSE student survey, 63 closed- and open-ended items, distributed via EDUCAUSE marketing emails and EDUCAUSE's analytic services portal; inclusion criterion was a 30%+ item-completion rate; data were weighted by institution size classification to IPEDS Fall 2022 benchmarks (weighting was by institution size only, not by student demographics). Respondents skew public (5,806 of 6,468 = 90% public institutions vs 80% of the IPEDS population). Authors: Nicole Muscanell and Kristen Gay. ERIC ID ED678855 confirmed.

Sample
6,468 students from 37 institutions
Method
Student survey administered March 6, 2024 - January 2, 2025; 63 closed- and open-ended questions; data weighted to IPEDS benchmarks
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
EDUCAUSE Research; indexed in ERIC as ED678855
Recurring
Yes — EDUCAUSE Students and Technology series (annual/biennial)
News coverage
no distinct news coverage found (only EDUCAUSE's own pages/webinars and institutional or vendor blogs)
Source access
Paywalled
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education students only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked

NEA Educator Finance Omnibus Survey 2024 — Select AI Highlights Non-prob. surveyNational Education Association / SSRS2025-04TeachersHigher ed Audit-verified
  • Only 7% of current educators used AI regularly and 51% had never used it.
  • Higher-ed faculty were more likely than other educators to use AI at least occasionally (40%), while 66% of education support professionals had never used it.
  • Higher-ed faculty were more likely than PK-12 teachers/SISPs to have a student-AI policy (52% vs. 15%).
  • Across PK-12 teachers/SISPs and higher-ed faculty, 79% would at least sometimes consider AI to support emergent bilingual learners and 79% students with disabilities.
  • Assessment (62%) and helping students with assignments (54%) drew less interest. Most PK-12 teachers/SISPs had received no AI professional development.
Sample
N=3,655 U.S. educator personnel from the NEA member list, SSRS Opinion Panel, and opt-in panels; members and nonmembers; weighted to U.S. educators, excluding retirees from weighting
Method
Mixed online/phone survey using three sample sources; subgroup comparisons; memo reports selected findings
Field/geography
US national
Recurring
Omnibus; no public recurring AI wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Chegg.org Global Student Survey 2025 Non-prob. surveyChegg.org2025-02StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Recommend adding the qualifier the source attaches to the 53%: 'of those students who used GenAI to support their studies, more than half (53%) are concerned about receiving incorrect or inaccurate information when using GenAI tools that are not built specifically for education.' Dropping 'not built specifically for education' matters here, because Chegg sells an education-specific AI product and the framing of the question favors it.
  • All other figures verify verbatim: 80% of undergraduates surveyed have used GenAI to support their studies.
  • 29% turn to GenAI first when stuck, ahead of free online resources (24%), friends/peers (15%), course materials (14%) and professors/teaching assistants (8%); 'More than two-thirds of students (69%) believe that their college or university should provide them with GenAI tools to support their studies.'.

Citation caveat. Commissioned and funded by Chegg, an education company with a direct commercial interest in how students seek study help and in the claim that general-purpose AI tools are less accurate than education-specific ones. Online survey with recruitment method, sampling frame, weighting and margin of error undisclosed; countries were 'selected to represent a broad range of student views,' not sampled probabilistically.

Corrections applied. Date should be 2025-01, not 2025-02 — the press release is dated January 28, 2025. Also correct the entry's note claiming the survey is 'publicly reported with full methodology': the report discloses fieldwork dates, total and per-country sample sizes, ages, countries, online mode, and respondent demographics, but does NOT disclose the sampling frame (panel vs. quota vs. random), any weighting scheme, or a margin of error. 'Global (15 countries)' is accurate; 'worldwide' in the findings text is Chegg's own framing and should be read as 15 selected countries.

Sample
11,706 undergraduate students aged 18-21 across 15 countries
Method
online survey conducted by Yonder Consulting (fieldwork Oct 1-23, 2024; 500-1,002 respondents per country)
Field/geography
Global (15 countries incl. US, UK, India, Brazil, Mexico, Kenya, South Korea)
Partner / funder
Fieldwork by Yonder Consulting; funded by Chegg.org
Recurring
annual Global Student Survey series (AI questions since 2023)
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found (same study as id 50); mostly press-release wire pickup, with Government Technology the one confirmed independent story — Government Technology (govtech.com)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Global undergraduates ages 18-21 only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rec

Student Generative AI Survey 2025 (HEPI Policy Note 61) Non-prob. surveyHigher Education Policy Institute (HEPI) with Kortext2025-02StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Generative AI use for assessments jumped from 53% in 2024 to 88% in 2025.
  • Any AI use rose from 66% to 92%.
  • Top motivations were saving time (51%) and improving work quality (50%).
  • Top deterrents were being accused of cheating (53%) and hallucinations (51%).
  • Only 36% had received institutional AI-skills training despite 67% viewing AI skills as essential.

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Kortext, an AI study-tools vendor whose product is named as an example option in the questionnaire ('Summarising, note-taking or quizzing university textbooks e.g. Kortext'); weighted non-probability online panel (Savanta). Disclose the sponsorship when citing.

Corrections applied. None. Confirmed verbatim in the Policy Note: "we polled 1,041 full-time undergraduate students through Savanta in December 2024. The responses were weighted on demographics such as gender, institution type and year of study... The margin of error is approximately 3%." Author Josh Freeman; published 26 February 2025.

Sample
1,041 full-time UK undergraduate students
Method
online survey conducted by Savanta (fieldwork Dec 2024; weighted by gender, institution type, year of study)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
In partnership with Kortext; fieldwork by Savanta; author Josh Freeman
Recurring
annual since 2024
News coverage
~8-12 distinct news stories found (the 92% AI-use finding was widely reported in UK national and higher-ed press, incl. PA wire copy) — The Guardian, Times Higher Education, The Independent, University World News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: United Kingdom undergraduates only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechec

College students and ChatGPT adoption in the US Non-prob. surveyOpenAI (Global Affairs)2025-02StudentsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • More than one-third of US 18-24 year olds use ChatGPT, and over 25% of their messages are learning-related.
  • More than 40% of student ChatGPT users use it for starting papers and projects, summarizing texts, brainstorming creative projects, and exploring topics, with other common uses including math problem-solving, exam prep and academic research.
  • Adoption is highest in California, Virginia, New Jersey and New York (one secondary account lists a top five that also includes Arizona) and lowest in Wyoming, Alaska, Montana and West Virginia.
  • Separately, OpenAI states 'Our survey shows that while 3 in 4 higher ed students want AI training, only 1 in 4 universities and colleges provide it' — this comes from an unspecified OpenAI survey, not from the usage-data analysis, and no sample size, sampling frame, or field dates are given for it.

Citation caveat. Vendor self-published analysis of its own product's usage data, released by OpenAI's Global Affairs (policy/government-relations) arm, which has a direct commercial and regulatory interest in showing high student adoption and an institutional training gap. No methodology is disclosed anywhere: no sample size, sampling frame, weighting, or field dates for either the usage analysis or the survey, and the usage figures cannot be independently audited. Do not cite the '3 in 4 students want AI training / only 1 in 4 institutions provide it' statistic externally — it is the most quotable claim in the report and is traceable to no disclosed methodology at all.

Corrections applied. Publication date of 20 February 2025 confirmed. Organization (OpenAI Global Affairs) correct. The method field should distinguish two separate components: an analysis of ChatGPT usage data for US 18-24 year olds, and a wholly separate OpenAI-run survey of higher-ed students and institutions whose methodology is never described. The top-adoption-state list may be a top five including Arizona.

Sample
ChatGPT usage data for US 18-24 year olds plus survey data
Method
usage-data analysis
Field/geography
US national (state-level breakdowns)
Partner / funder
OpenAI (self-published analysis of ChatGPT usage data, published Feb 20, 2025)
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found — Fortune, BestColleges, Maginative
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Digital Education Council Global AI Faculty Survey 2025 — AI Meets Academia: What Faculty Think Non-prob. surveyDigital Education Council (DEC)2025-01Higher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 61% of faculty have used AI in teaching, but 88% of users report only minimal-to-moderate use.
  • Sentiment is divided — 57% positive, 30% neutral, 13% negative — while 65% see AI as an opportunity.
  • 83% are concerned about students' ability to critically evaluate AI output and 82% worry students may become too reliant on AI.
  • 80% say institutional AI guidelines are not comprehensive, and 86% see themselves using AI in teaching in the future.

Citation caveat. Self-selected convenience sample recruited through 52 DEC member institutions; not representative of global faculty. The report discloses no fieldwork dates, no sampling frame, no weighting and no margin of error, and no respondent demographic profile. DEC is a membership/advisory body with a commercial interest in higher-ed AI advisory work.

Corrections applied. No attribution errors. Confirmed from the report: 1,681 faculty responses, 52 participating institutions, 28 countries; published Jan 20, 2025; distribution assisted by DEC member institutions. Note the report discloses NO fieldwork dates anywhere.

Sample
1,681 faculty at 52 institutions across 28 countries
Method
online survey (distributed via 52 participating institutions)
Field/geography
Global (28 countries)
Partner / funder
Digital Education Council member institutions assisted distribution
Recurring
one-time (companion to 2024 student survey)
News coverage
no distinct news stories found for the faculty survey specifically; it is widely cited in university teaching-center pages and vendor blogs (iBL.ai, LinkedIn), unlike the 2024 student survey which drew press
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Higher-education faculty only. Workstream coverage in the CSV was rechecked a

Inside Higher Ed 2024 Student Voice survey (AI policy findings) Non-prob. surveyInside Higher Ed / Generation Lab (Student Voice)2024-09StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 31% of undergraduates were unsure when or how they're allowed to use generative AI for coursework.
  • Only 16% knew appropriate use from formal institutional guidance.
  • 31% learned AI policies from faculty classroom discussion and 29% from syllabus language.
  • 40% of two-year students lacked clarity vs 28% of four-year public students.

Citation caveat. Generation Lab student panel (nonprobability). The article discloses N and fielding month but no weighting or margin of error.

Sample
5,025 undergraduates (3,500+ four-year; 1,400 two-year)
Method
online survey (fielded May 2024)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Inside Higher Ed with Generation Lab
Recurring
annual Student Voice survey (AI module)
News coverage
no news coverage found beyond Inside Higher Ed's own article (only scraper copies found)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Digital Education Council Global AI Student Survey 2024 Non-prob. surveyDigital Education Council (DEC)2024-08StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 86% of students globally regularly use AI in their studies and 54% use it weekly.
  • ChatGPT is the most-used tool (66%).
  • 58% feel they lack sufficient AI knowledge and skills and 48% feel unprepared for an AI-enabled workplace.
  • 80% say their university's AI integration is not fully meeting expectations and only 5% are fully aware of institutional AI guidelines.

Citation caveat. Opt-in sample distributed through DEC member institutions; no sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error disclosed, and the full report is members-only. Cite as an indicative global convenience sample, not a representative student population estimate.

Corrections applied. No errors. Landing page confirms 3,839 responses, 16 countries, bachelor's/master's/doctoral students, published Aug 2, 2024; newsroom summary confirms July 2024 fieldwork.

Sample
3,839 bachelor's, master's, and doctoral students in 16 countries
Method
online survey (fieldwork July 2024, distributed via member institutions)
Field/geography
Global (16 countries)
Partner / funder
Digital Education Council member institutions assisted distribution
Recurring
one-time student wave (followed by a faculty survey in 2025; no 2025 student wave found)
News coverage
~5-7 distinct news stories found (education trade and business press; Wikipedia's DEC entry also lists EY and Times Higher Education pickup) — Campus Technology, Forbes, Times Higher Education, Digital Information World
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 2 of 7 numeric tokens

Generative AI and Postsecondary Instructional Practices: Findings from a National Survey of Instructors Non-prob. surveyIthaka S+R2024-06Higher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Optional precision on one clause: the 56% figure is the share who neither agreed nor disagreed that generative AI adoption would benefit teaching in their field (19% agreed or strongly agreed it would.
  • 25% disagreed or strongly disagreed) - the report calls them 'on the fence.' Our phrasing ('impact on their instructional role') drifts slightly from the question wording.
  • Also, outlining (23%) and drafting/revising written assignments (23%) are two separate items that happen to share a value.

Citation caveat. 3.9% response rate from a list-frame email invitation, so respondents self-selected; no weighting is disclosed. The report itself notes the respondent pool skews 75% white, 75% aged 45 and older, 51% women, 61% tenured/tenure-track, and disciplinarily toward the social sciences (44%) and humanities (29%). Four-year institutions only - excludes community colleges. Findings are a February-March 2024 snapshot and are now over two years old on a fast-moving topic.

Corrections applied. Fielding window is February 7 - March 10, 2024, not February 7 - March 20, 2024. Add: the survey was sent via Qualtrics to a frame of 135,284 faculty at U.S. four-year postsecondary institutions; 5,259 completed (3.9% response rate); 2,654 were randomly assigned to and completed the four-question generative AI module. Published June 20, 2024. Third author is Sage Jasper Love. No external funder is named - this is part of Ithaka S+R's own triennial US Faculty/Instructor Survey series.

Sample
2,654 instructors completed the generative AI module (of 5,259 total US Instructor Survey respondents; 3.9% response rate)
Method
online survey via Qualtrics (US Instructor Survey 2024, fielded Feb 7-Mar 20, 2024)
Field/geography
US national (four-year institutions)
Recurring
one-time AI report drawn from the triennial Ithaka S+R US Instructor Survey (core survey report published Aug 22, 2024: https://sr.ithaka.org/publications/us-instructor-survey-2024/)
News coverage
~2 distinct news stories found — Inside Higher Ed, University World News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Provide or Punish? Students' Views on Generative AI in Higher Education (HEPI Policy Note 51) Non-prob. surveyHigher Education Policy Institute (HEPI) with Kortext2024-02StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Of 1,250 UK undergraduates polled through UCAS in November 2023: 53% had used generative AI to help with assessments.
  • The most common use was as an 'AI private tutor' (36%), explaining concepts.
  • 13% used AI to generate text that they edited before incorporating into assessed work.
  • 73% expected to use AI after finishing their studies (most commonly for translating text 38%, enhancing written content 37%, summarising 33%, generating text 19%).
  • And 35% of students who had used generative AI did not know how often it produces made-up facts, statistics or citations ('hallucinations').
  • On unedited AI text the source is internally inconsistent: the executive summary and press release say "Only 5% of students put AI-generated text into assessments without editing it personally," while Figure 4 of the same Policy Note shows 3% 'use in assessment without editing' and 5% 'use in assessment after editing with AI' - the 2025 wave's trend chart confirms the 2024 values as 3% and 5% respectively.
  • Cite the 3% figure, or attribute the 5% explicitly to HEPI's summary framing.

Citation caveat. Sponsored by Kortext, a commercial vendor of AI-powered study tools (the report carries a box promoting Kortext Premium); UCAS-sourced non-probability sample weighted to the student population. Note the 5% vs 3% discrepancy between HEPI's headline and its own Figure 4.

Corrections applied. Fieldwork was November 2023, not December 2023. Sample is 1,250 UK undergraduate students (rounded to nearest five), polled through UCAS - the note does not describe them as 'full-time' (that qualifier appears only in the 2025 and 2026 waves). Add UCAS as the polling channel to partners_funders alongside Kortext. Responses weighted for age, sex, country and ethnic group; MoE +/-3% at 95% confidence. Author Josh Freeman and February 1, 2024 publication date are correct.

Sample
1,200+ full-time UK undergraduate students
Method
online survey (UK undergraduates, fieldwork Dec 2023)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
In partnership with Kortext; author Josh Freeman (HEPI)
Recurring
annual since 2024 (2024, 2025, 2026 waves)
News coverage
~6-10 distinct news stories found (national UK press plus higher-ed trade) — The Guardian, The Telegraph, University World News, Times Higher Education
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Student Voice flash survey: College Students' Thoughts on AI and Careers Non-prob. surveyInside Higher Ed / College Pulse (Student Voice)2024-01StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 42% said AI influenced their career plans (11% significantly, 31% somewhat).
  • 48% said AI influenced what they study (14% a lot, 34% somewhat).
  • 72% believe institutions should prepare them for AI in the workplace.
  • 73% prioritize AI ethics education among desired training.

Citation caveat. Inside Higher Ed's own Student Voice flash survey, fielded on College Pulse's student panel; the article discloses no fielding dates, sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error. Not a probability sample of U.S. college students.

Sample
1,250 students across 49 two- and four-year colleges
Method
online survey (flash survey)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Conducted by Inside Higher Ed with College Pulse
Recurring
part of recurring Student Voice series (multiple AI waves 2024-2026)
News coverage
no news coverage found beyond Inside Higher Ed's own article (only a blog citation found)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 4 of 8 numeric tokens

Half of College Students Are Using AI on Assignments and Exams (BestColleges AI survey, fall 2023 wave) Non-prob. surveyBestColleges2023-11StudentsHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 56% of college students have used AI tools on assignments or exams, up from 22% in BestColleges' March 2023 wave.
  • 54% believe using AI tools on college coursework counts as cheating or plagiarism (21% disagree, 25% neutral).
  • 53% say they have had coursework requiring AI use as part of assignments.
  • 58% report their school has a formal generative AI policy, 28% report inconsistent policies across courses and professors, 10% say their school lacks an AI policy, and 5% are unsure.

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel (Pure Spectrum), no weighting or margin of error disclosed; BestColleges is a commercial rankings site, so this is gray literature. When citing the trend, use 22% (March 2023) as the baseline for assignment/exam use — not 43%.

Corrections applied. Attribution correct. Page updated Nov 22, 2023; fieldwork by Pure Spectrum Sept 29-Oct 5, 2023; N=1,000 currently enrolled undergraduate and graduate students (on-campus, online, or hybrid), ages 17-49 with 95% aged 18-38; quality control via Relevant ID screening and manual response review.

Sample
1,000 current undergraduate and graduate students
Method
online survey fielded by Pure Spectrum (Sept 29-Oct 5, 2023)
Field/geography
US national
Partner / funder
Fieldwork by Pure Spectrum
Recurring
two waves in 2023 (March and November)
News coverage
no distinct news stories found about this wave; the 56% figure circulates widely in stat roundups/aggregators, which don't count
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Higher Ed's Next Chapter, 2023-2024 (instructor genAI survey) Non-prob. surveyWiley2023-09Higher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • All figures verified verbatim in the Sept 21, 2023 release: 58% of instructors say they or their students already use generative AI in their classrooms.
  • About a third of non-users would consider it.
  • More than 60% are somewhat or very familiar with genAI tools.
  • Just around one third feel somewhat or very positive about AI usage.
  • The large majority believe AI makes cheating easier and harder to detect.
  • More than six in ten are seeking new approaches to address those concerns.
  • Two-thirds expect increased technology use over the next three years and nearly six in ten expect AI tools, virtual/augmented reality or adaptive courseware to become essential.
  • Drop the words 'their department' from the three-year technology claim - the release says instructors expect increased technology use, without that specifier.

Citation caveat. Publisher-run survey with no disclosed sampling frame, weighting, or margin of error - almost certainly drawn from Wiley's own instructor contacts. Wiley sells courseware and adaptive-learning products, so it has a commercial interest in findings that show edtech and AI adoption rising. Higher education, not K-12.

Corrections applied. Organization, date (Sept 21, 2023), and both samples (1,078 North American instructors, August 2023, for the AI items; 2,452 instructors, August 2022, for the rest) are correct. Geography should read 'North America' rather than 'United States and Canada' - the release only says North America. The note claiming the newsroom.wiley.com URL persistently returns HTTP 429 to automated requests is stale: the page fetched cleanly. No recruitment frame, response rate, weighting, or margin of error is disclosed anywhere; the 'Higher Ed's Next Chapter, 2023-2024' full report is not publicly downloadable, and the wiley.com landing page for it 403s.

Sample
1,078 instructors across disciplines (North America)
Method
Survey of North American college instructors, August 2023 (AI items); supplemented by an August 2022 survey of 2,452 instructors
Field/geography
United States and Canada
Partner / funder
Wiley (publisher; gray literature)
Recurring
Part of Wiley's recurring instructor/student trends research
News coverage
no distinct independent news stories found; only press-release redistribution (Phys.org, WebWire, Wiley IR site)
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Half of College Students Say Using AI on Schoolwork Is Cheating (BestColleges AI survey, March 2023) Non-prob. surveyBestColleges2023-03StudentsHigher ed VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 43% of college students had used AI tools like ChatGPT, and 22% of all students had used them on assignments or exams.
  • 51% agreed that using AI on schoolwork counts as cheating or plagiarism.
  • 61% believed AI tools will become 'the new normal'.
  • 60% said their school had not specified how to use AI ethically or responsibly.

Citation caveat. Opt-in online panel (Pure Spectrum), no weighting or margin of error disclosed; BestColleges is a commercial rankings site (gray literature). Useful mainly as an early post-ChatGPT baseline rather than a precise population estimate.

Corrections applied. Publication date is March 17, 2023 (entry's 2023-03 is correct). Fieldwork by Pure Spectrum March 6-13, 2023, N=1,000 students currently enrolled in undergraduate or graduate degree programs. One detail the entry omits: the age range runs 16-61 (94% aged 16-32), so a small number of respondents are minors despite the 'college students' framing.

Sample
1,000 current undergraduate and graduate students (US)
Method
Online survey fielded by Pure Spectrum, March 6-13, 2023
Field/geography
United States
Partner / funder
Pure Spectrum (fieldwork)
Recurring
Yes — BestColleges ran repeated student AI surveys (Mar 2023, Sept-Oct 2023, 2024, 2025)
News coverage
~2-3 distinct news stories found — Forbes, Erudera
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 5 of 5 numeric tokens

International (adjacent) 46

Major non-US work — the UK, Canada, Australia, and global bodies — labeled by geography.

Global Education Insights Report 2026 Non-prob. surveyMcGraw Hill2026-07TeachersHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Nearly 4 in 5 educators say AI tools have saved them time.
  • Trust in general GenAI chatbots fell 33% year-over-year, and educators are 81% more likely to completely trust the information students receive from AI embedded in education platforms than from general GenAI chatbots.
  • Nearly 9 in 10 expect AI use in education to grow.
  • 72% do not anticipate in-person instructional time declining over the next decade.
  • Excessive screen time is named the top barrier to student success.

Citation caveat. Publisher-funded (McGraw Hill) survey of an opt-in Morning Consult online educator panel; data not weighted for population size and no margin of error published; N=1,314.

Corrections applied. Publication date of July 29, 2026 is confirmed (Business Wire release, 'Screen Time Emerges as Top Obstacle to Student Success Worldwide'). Fieldwork April 10 - May 8, 2026 via Morning Consult online panel interviewing across six regions; 567 PreK-12 educators and 747 higher-education instructors (1,314 total) across 19 named countries; data not weighted to account for population size.

Sample
1,300+ educators (567 PreK-12; 747 higher ed) across 19 countries; fielded April 10 - May 8, 2026
Method
Online survey by Morning Consult across 19 countries
Field/geography
Global (19 countries)
Partner / funder
Pollster: Morning Consult; funded by McGraw Hill
Recurring
Yes — annual (newest wave)
News coverage
no independent news coverage found; Business Wire release (July 29, 2026) syndicated by AOL and Morningstar only
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Survey of Canadian Grades 6-12 Teachers on AI Training and School Policies for Its Use Non-prob. surveyFraser Institute2026-06Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 64.7% of Canadian grades 6-12 teachers have not been provided training on identifying student AI use.
  • 63.6% have not been trained on teaching students to use AI responsibly, and only 46.8% were offered training on using AI for classroom lessons.
  • Only 34.8% say their school has an AI policy for staff and 42.3% a policy on student AI use.
  • Training provision varies widely by region (61.1% in Atlantic Canada vs 24.3% in Manitoba/Saskatchewan).

Citation caveat. Commissioned and funded by the Fraser Institute, a market-oriented advocacy think tank, and the framing of the release reflects that; N=756 across all of Canada means provincial/regional cells (e.g. Manitoba/Saskatchewan at 24.3%) are small and carry wide error; no margin of error, weighting scheme, or panel type is disclosed anywhere reachable. Also note the unresolved 46.8% vs 49.3% conflict below.

Corrections applied. Sample size IS available and should replace 'N not stated in release': N=756 grades 6-12 teachers across Canada, fielded November 2025 to January 2026 (confirmed in Human Resources Director Canada coverage, consistent with the entry's assumed dates). Pollster Leger and funder/commissioner Fraser Institute are confirmed in Fraser's own press release. Panel type, weighting, and margin of error are not disclosed in any source I could reach. Method field 'online poll of teachers' remains unverified as to mode — no reachable source states the survey was online.

Sample
Canadian grades 6-12 teachers in public and independent schools (Leger poll fielded Nov 2025-Jan 2026; N not stated in release)
Method
online poll of teachers
Field/geography
Canada
Partner / funder
Poll conducted by Leger; commissioned and funded by the Fraser Institute
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
~3 distinct news stories found (excluding press-release syndications on Yahoo/Education News Canada and Fraser's own commentaries) — Human Resources Director Canada, WestCentralOnline, Todayville
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

University of Texas / Texas Politics Project June 2026 Poll (data centers and AI) Non-prob. surveyTexas Politics Project, University of Texas at Austin2026-06Public VerifiedSafe to cite
  • 56% of Texas voters oppose data center construction in their community vs. 29% who support it.
  • Rural opposition is strongest (62% oppose, 22% support).
  • Democrats 71% and independents 62% opposed, Republicans split 44% opposed / 42% in favor.
  • 49% expect AI to negatively impact the economy vs. 29% positive.

Corrections applied. Add the survey mode: fielded by YouGov over the internet. The margin of error is ±2.83% unadjusted and ±3.47% when adjusted for weighting — the source gives both, and the weighting-adjusted figure is the one to cite. Post published June 22, 2026.

Sample
1,200 self-reported registered Texas voters (fielded June 5-12, 2026 via YouGov; MoE +/-2.83)
Method
Poll of 1,200 self-reported registered Texas voters, June 2026 (MoE +/-2.83)
Field/geography
Texas
Partner / funder
Texas Politics Project, UT Austin
Recurring
Yes — recurring UT/Texas Politics Project poll; data-center items new in June 2026 wave
News coverage
~16-20 distinct news stories found across Senate-race, governor-race, and data-center angles (14+ distinct outlets confirmed) — The Texas Tribune, USA Today, Newsweek, Houston Chronicle
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Real state poll, out of scope. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was resolution-checked; any better underlying report/topline located during verificatio

Snapshot of AI Usage and Concerns Among Children and Parents (UNICEF Innocenti AI Brief 2026) Probability surveyUNICEF Innocenti - Global Office of Research and Foresight2026-06StudentsParents Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Across 10 countries, between 18% and 50% of surveyed children reported having used AI at least once.
  • On average 38% of children had used AI compared with only 12% of their parents or caregivers, making children more than three times as likely to be AI users than the adults raising them.
  • Among child AI users, 60% used it for homework, 47% to find information, 30% for image or video creation, 24% for translation, and 11% to seek advice about things that worry them.
  • Older adolescents (15-17) were 5-18 percentage points more likely to use AI than 12-14 year-olds.
  • UNICEF frames the results as showing significant divides in access, usage patterns, trust and exposure to risk, with adult knowledge, policy and safety systems struggling to keep pace.

Citation caveat. Remove the Argentina claim before citing — it is not a finding of this brief. Argentina is not one of the 10 surveyed countries and 9-11 year-olds are not a surveyed age band (the brief covers ages 12-17). That statistic (58% of children, including 37% of 9-11 year-olds, using ChatGPT) comes from separate Argentine reporting and was mistakenly folded into this entry. Also note the sample is internet-using children only, and the 10 countries skew to Latin America, the Balkans, the Caucasus and South Asia — it is not a global average and should never be presented as one. Corrected figures above were verified from UNICEF's own project-page methodology description and a summary quoting the brief directly, not from the brief PDF itself, which I could not open.

Corrections applied. Sample description is wrong. The brief surveyed approximately 1,000 internet-using children aged 12-17 AND approximately 1,000 of their parents/caregivers PER COUNTRY across 10 countries — i.e. roughly 10,000 children plus roughly 10,000 adults, not "~12,000 children and their parents/caregivers" combined. The "~12,000" total could not be confirmed in any UNICEF source. Ages surveyed are 12-17 only. Sampling design targeted full or near-full national coverage (91-100%) via nationally representative household surveys. Country list, Disrupting Harm phase 2 provenance, ECPAT/INTERPOL partnership and Safe Online funding are all correct as listed.

Sample
~12,000 children and their parents/caregivers across 10 countries (Armenia, Brazil, Colombia, Dominican Republic, Jordan, Mexico, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Pakistan, Serbia), drawn from Disrupting Harm phase 2 data
Method
multi-country survey of children and parents/caregivers
Field/geography
Global (multi-country, with emphasis on the global South)
Partner / funder
UNICEF Office of Strategy and Evidence - Innocenti, with ECPAT International and INTERPOL (Disrupting Harm project phase 2); funded by Safe Online
Recurring
one-time (part of UNICEF's ongoing 'AI for Children' project; Guidance on AI for Children updated to v3.0 in 2025)
News coverage
~4-5 distinct news stories found. Note: the PDF link returns 403 to automated tools (Akamai bot-blocking) but is the exact official download URL verified in a real browser; canonical landing page is https://www.unicef.org/innocenti/documents/snapshot-ai-usage-among-children-parents — UN News, CoinGeek, Daily Post Nigeria, Movieguide
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Why Do Experts Miss AI's Errors? Evidence from a Randomized Labeling Experiment Non-prob. surveyPNAS Nexus — Goulas, Megalokonomou & Sotirakopoulos2026-06Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • The numbers check out but the entry generalizes a one-directional result.
  • Corrected text: A preregistered 2x2 randomized experiment with 1,339 in-service teachers in Greece varied both the labeled source of a grading recommendation (an AI system vs a human colleague) and the direction of the error (unduly harsh vs unduly lenient).
  • When an unduly harsh grade was labeled as coming from AI, teachers corrected it less often than the identical human-labeled recommendation, widening the deviation from the objective score by 0.300 points (p<0.01), a 22% larger fairness gap.
  • Crucially, the effect is asymmetric: in the lenient over-grading scenario there was no significant difference between the AI and human labels (beta = -0.108, p=0.685) - the entry's blanket claim that 'the AI-vs-human label itself changes teacher behavior' holds only for unfairly harsh grades.
  • Perceived algorithmic ability mediated roughly 73% of the harsh-scenario effect (indirect effect 0.218, p<0.001), with perceived responsibility contributing an additional pathway (0.143, p=0.016).
  • Deference to AI was stronger among younger teachers, those with advanced degrees, humanities specialists and those reporting higher technological literacy.

Citation caveat. Greek in-service teachers, not US - do not generalize to US educators without saying so. The AI-deference effect appears only when the AI recommends an unfairly harsh grade, not a lenient one. The outcome is a response to a vignette with a stated objective benchmark, not observed grading behavior in a real classroom.

Corrections applied. Authors, journal, volume and date are correct: Sofoklis Goulas, Rigissa Megalokonomou and Panagiotis Sotirakopoulos, PNAS Nexus vol 5 issue 6, June 2026, article pgag146. Method field should record that this is a preregistered 2x2 factorial design, not just a 'randomized labeling experiment'. The blank partners_funders field should note Goulas's affiliations with foundry10 (a philanthropic education research organization), the Yale MacMillan Center, the University of Crete and IZA@LISER; co-author affiliations include Monash, Queensland, CESifo and Curtin. The recruitment frame for the 1,339 teachers is not stated in the accessible abstract and summary.

Sample
1,339 teachers
Method
randomized labeling experiment (N=1,339 teachers)
Field/geography
Greece
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

State of Education 2026: AI (NEU member survey) Non-prob. surveyNational Education Union (NEU, UK)2026-04Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 76% of teachers now use AI tools for day-to-day work, up from 53% in the 2025 wave (those using 'none of the above' fell from 47% to 24%).
  • 66% of secondary teachers agree pupils' critical thinking has declined due to AI use, vs. 28% of primary teachers.
  • 49% of schools have no AI policy at all for staff or students and 66% have no student-specific policy (unchanged from 2025).
  • Only 14% support the UK government's planned AI tutors for disadvantaged pupils (49% opposed).
  • Top uses are resource creation (61%), lesson planning (41%), and admin (38%), with marking at just 7%.

Citation caveat. Self-selected union-member survey run and published by the union itself, timed to its Annual Conference, and reported alongside the union's stated opposition to the government's AI-tutor plan — the 14%-support figure in particular is a finding an interested party chose to publish. Reweighted to the School Workforce Census but not a probability sample; no margin of error given. The year-on-year trend line is compared against the NEU's own previously unpublished private member polling, which cannot be independently checked.

Corrections applied. Add field dates: 'The online survey of National Education Union members was conducted between 5-16 February 2026.' Sample size needs a flag — the source contradicts itself: the lead paragraph says '9,408 teacher members in English state schools gave us their views,' while the Editor's Note says 'This release focuses on the responses from 10,311 teachers and 2,996 support staff in English state schools.' Recommend citing as 'roughly 9,400-10,300 NEU teacher members in English state schools' or reproducing both figures. Add weighting: responses were 'reweighted by personal and professional characteristics in line with data from the most recent School Workforce Census.' Geography: respondents were drawn from England, Wales and Northern Ireland, but this release reports only English state schools — 'United Kingdom' overstates coverage; 'England (state schools)' is correct. The AI-tutor question was fielded roughly one week after the government's late-January 2026 announcement, so it captures immediate reaction.

Sample
9,408 NEU teacher members in English state schools (2026 wave); year-on-year comparisons to the union's private 2025 member polling
Method
online survey
Field/geography
United Kingdom (England state schools)
Partner / funder
Internal NEU member polling, published ahead of the union's 2026 Annual Conference
Recurring
annual member polling; AI module fielded privately since ~2024, first public time-series release April 2, 2026
News coverage
~15-20 distinct news stories across UK national press, education trade, and international tech outlets (coverage cluster Apr 1-3, 2026) — The Guardian, Daily Mail, Metro, Computerworld
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Science Educators' Attitudes and Perspectives on Artificial Intelligence (SEAP-AI) Scale Non-prob. surveyJournal of Science Education and Technology2026-03Teachers Audit-verified
  • The six-factor empowerment/protectionism model fit the science-teacher data and showed adequate reliability. Attitudes were largely consistent across age, race, years of experience, and rural/urban/suburban locale.
  • Grade level and prior AI professional development were the important differentiators. Teachers without AI-related professional development reported lower empowerment, and P-2 teachers scored lower than grades 3-12 on several dimensions.
Sample
853 respondents in Missouri and Texas; 552 teachers completing at least 85% of the instrument included in analysis
Method
Cross-sectional 24-item Likert survey; confirmatory factor analysis of six empowerment/protectionism dimensions and demographic/PD comparisons
Field/geography
see sample
Recurring
No recurring wave; adaptation of the LEAP-AI instrument

Added by independent audit (net-new)

AI in Florida Schools: Survey of Florida Educators and District Leaders Non-prob. surveyImpact Florida2026-01TeachersAdmins Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • The whole-sample percentages in our entry appear only on Impact Florida's landing page and cannot be reconciled with the role-level percentages in the organization's own brief.
  • The landing page says data privacy was 'the top concern about AI in education, cited by 22.0% of all participants, higher than concerns about professional development (15.4%), AI's bias (10.4%), or societal impact (9.9%)'; 'Mathematics instruction (13.9%) was the most frequently selected instructional priority across all survey responses, just edging out reading and literacy (13.2%)'.
  • And 'AI tools that support teachers with lesson planning, grading, and feedback were the most desired (18%).' The downloadable brief instead reports by role: data privacy 14.5% (teachers), 22% (school leaders), 26.3% (district leaders).
  • Professional development 14.5% / 10% / 18.8%.
  • Math priority 12.8% (teachers), 7.1% (school leaders), 13.9% (district leaders).
  • Reading/literacy 7.1% (teachers), 25.3% (school leaders), 12.9% (district leaders).
  • Most-desired tools 20% (teachers), 20.7% (school leaders), 17.6% (district leaders).
  • Safest formulation: 'In a June 2025 Impact Florida survey of 100+ educators across 35 Florida districts, data privacy was the most-cited AI concern at every level (teachers 14.5%, school leaders 22%, district leaders 26.3%), with lack of professional development second.
  • Teachers prioritized student absenteeism (16.3%), math (12.8%) and engagement (12.1%), school leaders prioritized reading and literacy (25.3%), and district leaders prioritized math (13.9%) and system-level data dashboards (10.6%).' The role-divergence claim in our entry is supported by the brief.

Citation caveat. Self-run convenience survey of 100+ Florida practitioners recruited through Impact Florida's district network (June 2025); no N by role, no recruitment or weighting details, no question wording, and the percentage denominators are ambiguous - the page says '22.0% of all participants' while our entry says '22.0% of responses,' and the figures look like shares of selected multi-select responses. Cite role-level figures from the brief rather than the whole-sample figures, and always state N as 'just over 100.'

Corrections applied. Date is wrong. The brief is headed 'AI in Florida Schools | Summer 2025' and states the insights were 'gathered across 35 Florida districts by Impact Florida in June 2025.' Change date from 2026-01 to 2025 (fieldwork June 2025, brief published Summer 2025); the 2026-01 sitemap timestamp reflects a web page update, not the study. Sample and geography ('100+ teachers, school leaders, and district administrators across 35 Florida districts') and the self-run, no-external-pollster attribution are correct.

Sample
100+ teachers, school leaders, and district administrators across 35 Florida districts
Method
Practitioner survey of teachers, school leaders, and district administrators on AI priorities, desired tools, and concerns
Field/geography
Florida (35 districts)
Partner / funder
Impact Florida (nonprofit); no external pollster or funder named
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Parental Preferences for AI-Powered Early Childhood Education Tools: A Choice Experiment Non-prob. surveyAI, Brain and Child2026-01StudentsParents Audit-verified
  • Parents' strongest willingness-to-pay was for comprehensive parental control (KES 3,598, about US$27.68 per month) and mathematics content (KES 3,185, about US$24.50).
  • They penalized mixed-interaction designs requiring sustained parental mediation (KES -1,776).
  • A KES 1,000 price increase reduced predicted adoption by as much as 32 percentage points among low-income families.
  • Preferences varied materially by income, education, gender, and urban/nonurban location.
Sample
451 eligible complete responses from 506 recruited parents in Kenya; purposive recruitment through ECE centers, parent associations, community networks, and social media
Method
Discrete-choice experiment with 12 forced pairwise tasks; online Kobo survey plus assisted in-person tablet administration; conditional and mixed logit models with respondent-clustered errors
Field/geography
see sample
Recurring
No recurring wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Canadian Teachers' Federation national 'Parachute' survey (2026 wave, AI-related findings) Non-prob. surveyCanadian Teachers' Federation (CTF/FCE)2026Teachers Major caveatsDo not cite externally
  • Per Policy Options (Aug 5, 2026), a 2026 Canadian Teachers' Federation survey asked more than 6,200 teachers about their biggest concerns for education, and respondents frequently raised the impacts of AI systems on student learning and self-efficacy, teacher autonomy, and human connection.
  • These are thematic observations drawn from open-ended responses.
  • No percentages, field dates, or wave identification are published.
  • The claim that 'CTF leadership says current AI guidance for teachers is not specific enough and lacks meaningful education on AI's potential and pitfalls' is NOT supported by either the linked CBC article or the Policy Options piece as reachable, and should be struck unless a direct quote is sourced.

Citation caveat. Do not put a number from this entry in front of funders as it stands. The findings are thematic, not quantitative; the only reachable account is an opinion piece authored by a CTF staffer writing about her own organization's survey; and the specific survey wave, sample size basis, field dates, and instrument are undisclosed. If it must be used, attribute it as 'CTF researchers report' rather than 'a CTF survey found,' and obtain the primary Parachute report from CTF first.

Corrections applied. The wave cannot be pinned down and the entry's own note guesses wrong. CTF's Parachute series page lists these editions: Fall 2024 (first edition, fielded Oct 21-Nov 15, 2024, nearly 5,000 education professionals), Spring 2025 (attrition), Fall 2025 (class size and complexity), and Spring 2026 (deprofessionalization, released July 2026). No edition is described as AI-focused, and no edition on that page reports ~6,200 or ~7,000 respondents. The entry's note attributing the 6,200+ figure to a Fall 2025 edition with ~7,000 responses released Feb 2026 is not supported by CTF's own series page; the Spring 2026 deprofessionalization edition is the likelier match, but I could not confirm it. Parachute's general method is disclosed as a mixed-method (closed and open-ended) 10-12 minute survey on Alchemer, distributed biannually via direct email through CTF/FCE member organizations plus snowball recruitment on social media — that is an opt-in, self-selected design, not a probability sample of Canadian teachers. Field dates, N, and instrument for the AI findings specifically: not disclosed anywhere I could reach.

Sample
More than 6,200 teachers
Method
online survey of teachers
Field/geography
Canada
Recurring
recurring CTF member research program (Parachute survey series)
News coverage
~1-2 distinct news stories found — CBC News, Policy Options (op-ed citing the survey)
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Source conflation/unverifiable record; linked news predates claimed wave and official series topics do not match. Every URL present in the CSV primary/additional-source fields was

From Teacher to Algorithm: Teacher Endorsement and Student Acceptance of AI-Generated Content Non-prob. surveyEducation Sciences (MDPI)2026Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Single-author vignette experiment with a convenience sample of 320 university students in Saudi Arabia (160 per condition), randomly assigned to read an AI-generated course summary either endorsed by the instructor ('I used artificial intelligence tools to generate this summary... I have personally reviewed it word by word to verify the accuracy') or presented as a system-generated 'Smart Summary' compiled 'without any human intervention or review by the course instructor.' Students in the endorsed condition scored significantly higher on all four measured dimensions: Perceived AI Competence (M = 4.10 vs 3.60, t = 5.65, p < 0.001, d = 0.63), Academic Integrity (3.75 vs 3.20, t = 4.94, p < 0.001, d = 0.55), Perceived Human-Mediated Reliability (4.53 vs 4.33, t = 2.46, p = 0.014, d = 0.29), and Behavioral Intention to adopt (4.19 vs 3.53, t = 7.09, p < 0.001, d = 0.79).
  • Effects held under ANCOVA controlling for a gender imbalance between conditions (81.3% female endorsed vs 60.0% non-endorsed).
  • Perceived Human-Mediated Reliability significantly predicted trust outcomes in both conditions and more strongly under endorsement (Behavioral Intention R2 = 0.356 endorsed vs 0.185 non-endorsed).
  • Undergraduates scored higher on Academic Integrity (d = 0.41) and postgraduates higher on Perceived Human-Mediated Reliability (d = 0.31).
  • No differences by academic major.
  • Important design caveat: the manipulation is confounded — the two vignettes differ in more than the endorsement statement (instructor-uploaded 'Comprehensive Summary' vs. platform-generated 'Smart Summary', explicit human review vs. explicit absence of review, and a 'difficult' course framing added only in the non-endorsed version) — so the effect cannot be attributed to endorsement alone.
  • The author reports no manipulation check and calls this 'a genuine threat to internal validity.'.

Citation caveat. Convenience (non-probability) sample of 320 university students at Saudi Arabian universities — not a US or representative sample, and the author explicitly notes this 'limits cultural and population generalizability.' Measures reactions to a hypothetical written vignette, not real behavior; the author cautions the effect sizes 'may represent upper bounds that naturalistic settings would attenuate.' The manipulation is confounded (teacher endorsement is bundled with human review, content source, and course-difficulty framing), and there was no manipulation check — the author calls this 'a genuine threat to internal validity.' The Trust and Acceptance Scale was validated only by expert content/face validity plus internal consistency, with no confirmatory factor analysis, so the four-factor structure is 'not independently established.' Do not describe this as evidence about 'messenger identity' — that is not what was manipulated. Published in an MDPI journal with a ~8-week submission-to-acceptance turnaround.

Corrections applied. Title is truncated — full title is 'From Teacher to Algorithm: Teacher Endorsement and Student Acceptance of AI-Generated Content Within the Trust Transfer Theory Framework.' ORGANIZATION is wrong: 'Education Sciences (MDPI)' is the publication venue, not the researcher. The study is by a single author, Fawzia Omer Alubthane, Department of Curriculum and Instruction, College of Education, Imam Mohammad Ibn Saud Islamic University (IMSIU), Riyadh, Saudi Arabia; published in Education Sciences (MDPI), vol. 16, issue 7, article 1118. DATE: received 14 May 2026, accepted 9 July 2026, published 13 July 2026 (year 2026 is correct). PARTNERS/FUNDERS (blank in our entry): funded by the Deanship of Scientific Research at IMSIU, grant IMSIU-DDRSP2604; author declares no conflicts of interest and states the funder had no role in study design. GEOGRAPHY is wrong: not 'not stated' — the paper explicitly states participants were drawn from Saudi Arabian universities. This is not a US study. SAMPLE ('see article'): convenience sample of 320 university students aged 18+, 160 per condition; 226 female / 94 male; 238 undergraduate / 82 postgraduate; majors Admin & Economics 99, Humanities 147, Scientific 74. METHOD: 'randomized messenger experiment' is a misnomer — it is a between-subjects randomized scenario-based vignette experiment delivered online via Google Forms with automated random assignment, using a 13-item Trust and Acceptance Scale (overall alpha = 0.904, subscales 0.771-0.879), analyzed with independent-samples t-tests, ANCOVA, simple linear regression and one-way ANOVA in SPSS v.28. Randomization applies to condition assignment only, not to recruitment.

Sample
see article
Method
randomized messenger experiment with students
Field/geography
not stated (journal study)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Children, Violence and Vulnerability 2025 (AI chatbot findings) Non-prob. surveyYouth Endowment Fund2025-12Students Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 25% of teenage children turned to AI chatbots for mental health support in the past year, making chatbots more commonly used than longer-established resources such as mental health websites or telephone helplines.
  • 53% used some form of online mental health support.
  • Use was higher among children with direct experience of violence: 44% of those who said they had perpetrated serious violence and 38% of those who said they had been a victim, vs 23% of those with no violence experience.
  • The survey covers 10,835 completed responses from 13-17 year-olds in England and Wales.

Citation caveat. England and Wales only, not US. Opt-in online research panels (Savanta, multiple platforms) with quota sampling and RIM weighting - not a probability sample; the technical report notes panel exhaustion and a mid-project change of panels. The 25% is self-reported past-year use of AI chatbots for mental health support, with no measure of frequency or intensity.

Corrections applied. The AI figure is verifiable in YEF's own publications - its news release and the 'Mental health and experiences of violence' theme page - not only via The Independent; the note understates the available sourcing. Fieldwork was conducted by Savanta over six weeks, 16 May to 2 July 2025. Final sample is 10,835 completed responses (original target 10,000, extended to boost low-SES, Black and London representation), ages 13-17; the parenthetical '(Independent coverage cites 13-16)' is a distractor and should be dropped - the frame is 13-17. Method should read: online survey across multiple opt-in research panels using demographic quotas (single year of age, gender, ethnicity, region, socio-economic group) with RIM post-stratification weighting, not just 'online survey'. Main report and technical report published 24 November 2025; the mental-health theme carrying the AI chatbot finding was released in December 2025, so the 2025-12 date is defensible for this finding but the survey itself is a Nov 2025 publication.

Sample
~11,000 teenage children aged 13-17 (Independent coverage cites 13-16), England and Wales
Method
online survey
Field/geography
England and Wales (UK)
Partner / funder
Youth Endowment Fund, established by the charity Impetus with a £200m Home Office endowment
Recurring
annual since 2022 (fourth annual report)
News coverage
~7-10 distinct news stories found on the AI-chatbot findings (Dec 9-11, 2025 coverage burst; Guardian ran multiple pieces) — The Guardian, The Independent, The Telegraph, ITV News
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

D.C. Voices: Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Public Education ConsultationD.C. Policy Center2025-11StudentsTeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Students and teachers both want clear AI policies.
  • Report cites that as of fall 2024 ~50% of districts provided AI training but 67% of low-poverty districts did vs. lower rates in high-poverty districts.
  • Cites AI for Equity's 2023-24 survey across seven school networks finding 38% of staff using AI daily/weekly.
  • Core concerns were over-reliance, reduced critical thinking, and data privacy.

Citation caveat. Qualitative listening sessions plus four interviews; the number of student and teacher participants and the session dates are never disclosed, so nothing in it supports a prevalence claim. Critically, every quantitative figure in this report is borrowed from someone else: the ~50%-of-districts and 67%-of-low-poverty-districts training statistics come from RAND (Diliberti, Lake & Weiner, 2025, 'More Districts Are Training Teachers on Artificial Intelligence'), and the 38% daily/weekly staff-use figure comes from AI for Equity's own 2023-24 survey. Cite those originals for the numbers and cite this report only for D.C. voice and local context.

Corrections applied. The partners_funders field is misleading as written. 'AI for Equity, The Learning Accelerator, Leading Educators, Bellwether, RAND' are works CITED in the report, not partners or funders of it. No funder or sponsor is disclosed anywhere in the publication. Suggested value: 'No funder/partner disclosed; report cites secondary research from RAND, AI for Equity, The Learning Accelerator, Leading Educators, and Bellwether.' Also worth recording: the four named interviewees are Ashley Jeffrey (Chief Strategy Officer, Washington Leadership Academy PCS), Janie Scanlon (Founding Partner, Elevant Strategies), Aaron Cuny (Founder & CEO, AI for Equity), and Samuel Price (a senior at Washington Leadership Academy) — which confirms the entry's 'school leader, consultant, nonprofit founder, student' description. Author: Hannah Mason; published November 6, 2025.

Sample
Listening sessions and 4 in-depth stakeholder interviews (participant counts not disclosed)
Method
Qualitative listening sessions with students and teachers plus stakeholder interviews (school leader, consultant, nonprofit founder, student)
Field/geography
Washington, DC
Partner / funder
References AI for Equity, The Learning Accelerator, Leading Educators, Bellwether, RAND
Recurring
Part of the D.C. Policy Center's recurring 'D.C. Voices' listening-session series
News coverage
no news coverage found (niche local qualitative brief; coverage search was limited by session search budget)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Carnegie California AI Survey Non-prob. surveyCarnegie Endowment for International Peace (Carnegie California)2025-10StudentsPublicHigher ed VerifiedSafe to cite
  • One wording precision: the 46%/25% item is support for "a new California policy to advance AI literacy in schools" (source wording), not "AI education." The source does use "AI education" for the gender and regional splits.
  • Suggested: "46% of Californians support a new state policy to advance AI literacy in schools vs 25% opposed.
  • Support for mandated AI education splits 53% among men vs 38% among women, and 56% in the Bay Area vs 43% elsewhere.
  • About three in four employed residents think AI skills will be important for a worker to be successful in today's economy, while about half believe AI in the workplace will lead to fewer job opportunities for themselves in the long run.".

Corrections applied. All correct. Optional addition: authors are Ian Klaus, Mark Baldassare, Rachel George, Scott Kohler, Marissa Jordan, and Abigail Manalese. Published October 9, 2025 (confirmed). YouGov fielded June 27–July 24, 2025 in English and Spanish; n=1,601 including the 101 community-college oversample; MoE ±3.4 at 95% CI; grant support from Omidyar Network — all confirmed.

Sample
1,601 adult California residents (incl. oversample of 101 community college students); fielded by YouGov Jun 27-Jul 24, 2025 in English and Spanish; MoE +/-3.4
Method
YouGov survey of California adult residents fielded June 27-July 24, 2025, in English and Spanish, with an oversample of 101 community college students; MoE +/-3.4
Field/geography
California (statewide)
Partner / funder
Fielded by YouGov; grant support from Omidyar Network
Recurring
No (billed as broadest statewide CA AI survey to date)
News coverage
~1-2 passing references found (e.g., CalMatters newsletter); no dedicated independent news story surfaced — visibility comes mainly from Carnegie's own publications — CalMatters (passing reference)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

TALIS 2024 (Teaching and Learning International Survey): Results from TALIS 2024 Probability surveyOECD2025-10TeachersAdmins Verified, minor fixesSafe to cite
  • Three fixes. (1) 36% is the OECD average, not a global figure — the OECD country notes state '(higher than the OECD average: 36%)' and the report narrative says 'Around one in three teachers report having used AI in their work, on average across OECD education systems'.
  • With 55 systems participating, 'globally' is wrong. (2) The international comparison for assessing student work is wrong: the OECD report states 'Only 25% of teachers report using AI to review data on student participation or performance, and 26% indicate that they use it to assess or grade student work' — the '~30%' in our entry comes from The Conversation's secondary write-up, not the OECD. Australia's own figures from the OECD country note are 15% (assess or mark student work) and 9% (review data on student participation or performance). (3) The preparedness claim is a subgroup finding and misstates the item: among teachers who had NOT used AI in the 12 months before the survey, 75% report they do not have the knowledge and skills to teach using AI (OECD average) and 37% say their schools lack the infrastructure to use AI — the item measures knowledge and skills, not using AI 'responsibly.' Suggested corrected text: '36% of lower secondary teachers used AI in their work in the past year, on average across OECD education systems, ranging from around 75% in Singapore and the United Arab Emirates to fewer than 20% in France and Japan (Australia 66%, fourth-highest in the OECD).
  • Among teachers who had not used AI, 75% say they lack the knowledge and skills to teach using it.
  • Perceptions of AI's benefits vary enormously by country: around 50% agree AI assists in creating or improving lesson plans on average, from 18% in France and 31% in Denmark and Finland to 87% in the United Arab Emirates and 91% in Viet Nam.
  • Among AI-using teachers, 68% use it to learn about or summarise a topic and 64% to generate lesson plans, while only 26% use it to assess or grade student work and 25% to review data on student participation or performance.
  • In Australia those two figures fall to 15% and 9%, against 71% for both generating lesson plans and summarising content.'.

Corrections applied. Publication date 7 October 2025 and sample (280,000 educators across 55 education systems) are confirmed correct. One clarification to add: all AI figures cited are for lower secondary (ISCED 2) teachers specifically; the report reports primary (ISCED 1) and upper secondary (ISCED 3) separately in Box 1.5. Also note TALIS defines AI broadly — 'the capacity for computers to perform tasks traditionally thought to involve human intelligence' — explicitly beyond generative AI and LLMs, so these use rates are not directly comparable to ChatGPT-specific surveys elsewhere in the corpus.

Sample
~280,000 teachers and school leaders across 55 education systems
Method
large-scale international survey of teachers and school leaders
Field/geography
Global (55 education systems)
Partner / funder
OECD member and partner governments
Recurring
recurring international cycle (previous waves 2013, 2018; AI questions new in 2024)
News coverage
~50+ distinct news stories found globally (flagship OECD release covered country-by-country; ~20 distinct outlets visible in a single news-feed window); note US media attention was modest since the US did not participate — The Straits Times, The Conversation, Times of India, Euronews
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Building AI Literacy at Home: How Families Navigate Children's Self-Directed Learning with AI QualitativearXiv (preprint)2025-10StudentsParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • After researchers introduced a four-phase access progression, participating parents largely found it reasonable and tied readiness to age, screen-time compliance, judgment, independent thinking, and self-direction.
  • App bans were porous because AI was embedded across devices and services.
  • Parents wanted awareness without replacing judgment or damaging trust, but children rarely influenced monitoring rules.

Citation caveat. Small, AI-experienced Chinese convenience sample; the staged model was researcher-presented; adult-dominated sessions limit US transfer and child-voice claims.

Sample
13 households, 15 adults, 13 children (formative study: 10 parents from seven families)
Method
Formative parent interviews followed by 13 household-level online parent-child sessions; inductive thematic analysis
Field/geography
China
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier B); source-validated in that bundle

Digital Competencies for Effective GenAI Use in Secondary Schools: A Longitudinal Exploration of Teachers' Perspectives and Classroom Practices QualitativeJournal of Computer Assisted Learning (Wiley), Vol. 41(5), article e70123; authors Liron Levy-Nadav, Tamar Shamir-Inbal and Ina Blau, all of The Open University of Israel2025-09Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) Seven key competencies emerged, grouped into general digital literacies, emerging-technology literacies, and GenAI-specific competencies.
  • Classroom activities practising them fell into three categories — proper use of tools, fostering personal expression, and encouraging critical discussion. (2) Across 6–8 months, teacher emphasis on several competencies declined significantly: 'search and evaluate information' (p=0.005, mentions falling from 20 to 5), 'ethics and protection of personal data and privacy' (p=0.043, 10 to 2), and 'recognise advantages and disadvantages of different GenAI tools' (p=0.037).
  • Prompt writing declined marginally (p=0.054). (3) Critical thinking was the exception, showing a marginally significant increase (p=0.06), while 'managing ongoing dialogue' stayed stable (13 to 16 mentions, p=0.708). (4) Classroom activities aimed at 'proper use of tools' dropped significantly between waves (p<0.001), while 'personal expression' (p=0.887) and 'critical discussion about the tool' (p=0.264) activities were unchanged.

Citation caveat. N=17, self-selected early adopters recruited from AI-in-education social media groups — 16 of 17 already had technology-integration experience and 6 were ICT coordinators or trainers, so this documents enthusiast practice, not Israeli secondary teaching generally. The 'significant' results are chi-square tests on how often themes were mentioned in interviews, not survey responses, and are driven by very small cell counts (e.g. 20→5, 10→2). Critically, a 'decline' means teachers mentioned a competency less often over time — it is not evidence that student competency fell, and must not be cited that way.

Sample
17 secondary school teachers (8 men, 9 women) from across Israel who had spontaneously adopted GenAI tools (ChatGPT, Claude, DALL-E), recruited through an open invitation posted in social media groups focused on AI in education; researchers had no prior acquaintance with participants. Subjects taught: social sciences (civics, history, psychology) and English as a second language. 6 were also school ICT coordinators or district/county-wide ICT trainers; 16 of 17 reported prior experience integrating technology; 10 learned GenAI independently with no Ministry of Education training; 14 adopted GenAI immediately upon release.
Method
Longitudinal two-wave interview study: 34 semi-structured interviews with 17 teachers, the second wave 6–8 months after the first. Qualitative top-down and bottom-up thematic analysis, with chi-square goodness-of-fit tests comparing the frequency of coded competency and activity mentions between waves. Triangulated against 97 GenAI-enhanced classroom learning activities (85 described in interviews — 42 in wave one, 43 in wave two — plus 12 written activity samples). Interview protocol validated by two researchers and piloted. Frameworks: Eshet-Alkalai's Digital Literacy, Long and Magerko's AI Literacy, DigComp 2.2.
Field/geography
Israel (nationwide, secondary schools)
Partner / funder
No funder recorded in Crossref (funder field null) and no funding statement on the article page. Published CC BY 4.0 open access.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

2025 AI in Education Report: Insights to Support Teaching and Learning Non-prob. surveyMicrosoft Education2025-08StudentsTeachersAdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Microsoft's own 2025 survey (PSB Insights, n=1,851) finds that among U.S. K-12 educators, 80% have used AI at least once or twice for school-related purposes, up 21 points from late 2023, and 92% of U.S. K-12 students have, up 25 points.
  • Among U.S. higher-ed educators 95% (up 9 points) and higher-ed students 95% (up 37 points).
  • The report's body copy states that the share of U.S. students and educators who use AI 'often' for school-related purposes rose 26 and 21 points respectively.
  • Fewer than half of U.S. students (41% K-12, 41% higher ed) and of international educators (42% K-12, 49% higher ed) say they know a lot about AI, though 66% of U.S. higher-ed educators do.
  • Two figures in the current entry are NOT Microsoft survey findings and should be dropped or re-attributed: the '86% of education organizations use generative AI, highest of any industry' figure is cited in Microsoft's report to an IDC study, and the '66% of leaders wouldn't hire someone without AI literacy skills' figure is cited to LinkedIn's 'AI and the Global Economy: Unlocking Growth and Reshaping Work' report and refers to the general job market, not education leaders.

Citation caveat. Vendor-run survey by Microsoft, which sells AI products and services to schools; fielded by PSB Insights on a non-probability online panel with no sampling frame named, no margin of error reported, and weighting by World Bank education spend. Per-country and per-audience cells are as small as n=50-63, so international subgroup numbers carry wide error. Do not attribute the 86% adoption figure to Microsoft (it is IDC's) or the 66% hiring figure to Microsoft's education survey (it is LinkedIn's).

Corrections applied. Add research partner: survey conducted in partnership with PSB Insights. Sample: 1,851 respondents across the United States, United Kingdom, Australia, Brazil, Japan and Saudi Arabia; international audiences were educators and academic leaders across K-12 and higher ed, while U.S. audiences also included students (ages 16+) and IT leaders. Weighted base sizes per cell are small (n=50-63 for each international audience in each country; n=100 for U.S. leader and IT-leader groups). Online quantitative survey fielded February 13 - March 9, 2025; global data weighted by World Bank education-spend estimates; significance tested at 95% CI. Publication date August 20, 2025 is correct.

Sample
Global sample of leaders, educators, and students across K-12 and higher ed (survey dataset published separately)
Method
Global online survey (fielded Feb 13-Mar 9, 2025) of academic/IT leaders, educators, and students
Field/geography
Global
Partner / funder
Microsoft (self-funded)
Recurring
Yes — annual
News coverage
no news coverage found
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Tennessee Educator Survey 2025 Overview — Artificial Intelligence Module Non-prob. surveyTennessee Department of Education / Tennessee Education Research Alliance2025-08TeachersAdmins Audit-verified
  • 43% of teachers used AI tools in teaching during the prior year and 61% were at least somewhat familiar with their district AI policy.
  • Use was higher among early-career teachers (51%) and middle/high-school teachers (51%/54%) than among teachers with more than ten years' experience (40%) or elementary teachers (33%).
  • Among teacher users, 56% generated assignments, 43% quizzes or assessments, 42% supported learning differences, and 40% adjusted grade level.
  • Six in ten administrators reported professional AI use, most often communications.
Sample
39,738 teachers (51% response) and 2,156 school leaders (50% response) statewide; report analyses use Teacher Core N=34,044 and Administrator Core N=2,204; Tennessee
Method
Annual voluntary statewide educator survey with role-specific cores and branches; analytic weights adjust for school type, region, and economically disadvantaged enrollment
Field/geography
Tennessee
Recurring
14th annual Tennessee Educator Survey; AI questions introduced in 2025

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Young People and Teachers' Use of Generative AI to Support Literacy in 2025 Non-prob. surveyNational Literacy Trust2025-08Teachers Audit-verified
  • Teacher AI use rose from 31.0% in 2023 to 58.0% in 2025.
  • 45.2% were worried about pupils' AI use, 51.4% about engagement with learning, 66.5% about the perceived value of writing skills, and 48.6% about reading skills. 86.2% said students should be taught to engage critically with AI, while 66.9% wanted more training/resources and only 30.8% had received school-provided training.
  • Among young people, 25.1% reported simply copying AI output for homework, up from 20.9% in 2024.
Sample
More than 60,000 UK young people, including 32,757 AI users in the focused analysis, plus 2,908 teachers surveyed at the same time
Method
Annual UK literacy surveys with recurring AI items and year-over-year comparisons to 2023 and 2024
Field/geography
UK
Recurring
Annual AI-in-literacy wave; 2023, 2024, and 2025 comparisons

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Me, Myself & AI: Understanding and Safeguarding Children's Use of AI Chatbots Mixed-methodInternet Matters2025-07StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Two-thirds (64%) of UK children aged 9-17 say they have used an AI chatbot.
  • Among children who use them, 35% say chatting with an AI chatbot feels like talking to a friend (rising to 50% of vulnerable children), and 12% say they talk to chatbots because they have no one else to speak with. 71% of vulnerable children use AI chatbots, compared with 62% of non-vulnerable peers.
  • Two in five (40%) child users have no concerns about following advice from a chatbot, and a further 36% are unsure whether they should be concerned.
  • Among vulnerable users that figure rises to 50%.
  • Help with schoolwork/homework is the most common reason for use, cited by 42% of child users (rising to 47% among 15-17 year olds). 58% of child users think using an AI chatbot is better than searching for something themselves. 60% of parents are concerned their children might believe an AI chatbot is a real person.

Citation caveat. UK-only, and self-run by a child-online-safety advocacy organisation whose remit is arguing for stronger protections. Percentages about chatbot use rest on n=638 users, not the full 1,000; vulnerable-child figures rest on n=133. The survey is described only as a 'representative sample' - panel provider, recruitment method, weighting, and margin of error are not disclosed. Focus-group and user-testing components are explicitly labelled indicative, not representative.

Corrections applied. Sample is wrong as written. It is not '1,000 UK children aged 9-17 who use AI chatbots.' The Internet Matters Pulse survey covered a representative sample of 1,000 UK children aged 9-17 AND 2,000 parents of children aged 3-17, fielded April-May 2025; chatbot-user percentages are based on the 638 children who had used at least one chatbot, and parent figures on the base of 2,000 parents. Add: 4 focus groups (60 min each) with 27 children aged 13-17 in June 2025; user testing across 17 days with two fictional child profiles; 4 expert interviews in June 2025. All research conducted by Internet Matters between March and July 2025. Publication date 13 July 2025 is correct. The OxfordCCAI partner attribution is correct (Dr Zhao was one of the four experts) though the report itself does not name the experts.

Sample
1,000 UK children aged 9-17 who use AI chatbots; focus groups with 27 children aged 13-17; parents also surveyed
Method
mixed methods (online survey plus focus groups)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
Expert input from the Oxford Child-Centred AI (OxfordCCAI) Design Lab
Recurring
one-time (first UK report focused specifically on children's AI chatbot use)
News coverage
~9 distinct news stories found (mostly tech/consumer press; no BBC/Guardian coverage located) — The Times, VICE, Futurism, Irish Independent
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

The Ipsos AI Monitor 2025 Non-prob. surveyIpsos2025-06Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • On average across 30 countries, 52% are excited about AI products and services while 53% say AI makes them nervous.
  • 54% trust their government to regulate AI responsibly and only 48% trust companies to keep their data safe when using AI.
  • 79% agree companies using AI should have to disclose that use.
  • 53% say AI has already changed their lives in the past 3-5 years and 67% expect it to change their lives in the next 3-5 years.
  • Excitement is highest in emerging Asia-Pacific markets (Indonesia 80%, Thailand 79%, Malaysia 77%).

Citation caveat. Ipsos Global Advisor is a weighted nonprobability online panel; Ipsos states that samples in roughly a dozen emerging markets (Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Indonesia, Ireland, Malaysia, Mexico, Peru, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Turkiye) are more urban, educated and/or affluent than their general populations. The '30-country average' is an unweighted country average, not a population-weighted global figure.

Corrections applied. Refine sample to 23,216 online adults under age 75 across 30 countries, interviewed March 21 - April 4, 2025 (age frames vary: 18+ India, 18-74 Canada/Ireland/Malaysia/South Africa/Turkiye/US, 20-74 Thailand, 21-74 Indonesia and Singapore, 16-74 elsewhere; India partly face-to-face via IndiaBus). Everything else is correct.

Sample
~23,000 adults across 30 countries
Method
online survey (Ipsos Global Advisor panel)
Field/geography
Global (30 countries)
Partner / funder
Conducted by Ipsos (self-funded thought-leadership research)
Recurring
annual since 2021 (30-country waves in 2023, 2024, 2025; succeeded by 'Global Attitudes on AI 2026: The Wonder vs. Worry Divide Deepens' — https://www.ipsos.com/en/global-attitudes-ai-2026-wonder-vs-worry-divide-deepens)
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found; The Guardian's June 5, 2025 piece on Anglosphere AI nervousness matches this report's headline finding — The Guardian
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: Global adult AI attitudes with no education measure. Workstream coverage in the CSV w

RAPID: K-12 Teacher Perceptions of Artificial Intelligence Tool Use in the Classroom Non-prob. survey2025 ASEE Annual Conference / University of Michigan2025-06Teachers Audit-verified
  • 78% agreed AI tools could help with key classroom challenges, while 85% had ethical concerns about student AI use.
  • Teachers identified lesson-material creation, differentiated support, grading, data management, cheating detection, and parent communication as potential uses.
  • Concerns included cheating, teacher use, developmental appropriateness for younger grades, and unreliability.
  • High-school teachers saw more utility than elementary teachers, and explicit school support predicted greater intended use across grade levels.
Sample
1,000 complete, unique, verified K-12 teacher responses from the United States and territories
Method
44 Likert items, three open-response questions, and 14 demographic questions; recruitment through teacher newsletters and direct email; compensated survey; descriptive, thematic, factor, regression, and subgroup analyses
Field/geography
see sample
Recurring
No recurring wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Survey Findings Capture AI Use in Tennessee School Districts Non-prob. surveyTennessee SCORE / Tennessee Organization of School Superintendents / Tennessee State Board of Education2025-06Admins Audit-verified
  • 85% reported educators in their districts were using AI and almost one-quarter said educators used it often.
  • Cheating/plagiarism concerned 84%, and roughly three-quarters cited privacy/ethics and lack of training/support.
  • Nearly two-thirds had provided AI training in the prior school year, yet 85% wanted additional professional development, 82% wanted best-practice guidance, and 72% wanted tool recommendations.
  • Half wanted greater policy emphasis on support and training, and about 40% wanted more attention to privacy/security and room for innovation.
Sample
86 responses after all 147 Tennessee districts were invited; three-quarters of respondents were superintendents or directors
Method
Statewide census-invitation survey of district leaders familiar with AI use; official aggregate-results page and presentation resources
Field/geography
Tennessee
Recurring
No recurring wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Generative Artificial Intelligence in a Polish School: Paving the Way. Quantitative and qualitative studies of primary school teachers (grades 4–8) [Polish original: Generatywna sztuczna inteligencja w polskiej szkole. Przecieranie szlaków], Jacek Pyżalski (ed.) Mixed-methodNASK – Państwowy Instytut Badawczy (NASK National Research Institute), Warsaw2025-06Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) At the turn of 2023/2024, 75% of grade 4–8 teachers had not used generative AI in their professional work at all.
  • 19% had tried it once or a few times and only 6% used it repeatedly (Chart 1, N=995). (2) The single highest-rated risk was young people becoming addicted to GenAI — 81% rated it definitely or very probable (Chart 3, N=995). (3) More than 64% named automation of routine professional tasks as a main potential benefit. (4) Among respondents who reported using AI, 28% had applied it in work with students with diverse educational needs.
  • Separately, 3% had encountered GenAI-generated compromising material used against others many times and 11% once or a few times, and 4%/19% had encountered undisclosed AI-written homework many times / once or a few times.

Citation caveat. Quantitative fieldwork was December 2023 — roughly two and a half years old and predating mainstream GenAI diffusion in schools, so the 75% non-use figure must never be presented as current. The two arms are not interchangeable: the 995-teacher survey IS a genuine stratified random national probability sample, but the 20 interviews were snowball-recruited from self-declared active GenAI users and represent enthusiast practice only. Poland-only; grades 4–8 only.

Sample
N=995 grade 4–8 primary school teachers nationwide (82% women, 17% men, 1% other; 41% aged 46–55, 28% aged 36–45, 12% under 35), plus N=20 interviewees sampled separately by snowball from active GenAI users
Method
Two-stage design. (1) Qualitative: 20 individual semi-structured interviews with grade 4–8 primary teachers who self-declared as active GenAI users, recruited by snowball sampling, conducted by trained interviewers from a commercial research agency, transcribed and thematically coded. (2) Quantitative: online (CAWI) questionnaire fielded December 2023 on a stratified random sample drawn across all Polish voivodeships, proportional to urban / rural / mixed school locations. Report published under CC BY-NC 4.0, ISBN 978-83-68356-01-4.
Field/geography
Poland (nationwide, all voivodeships; grades 4–8 primary)
Partner / funder
Funded by the Polish Ministry of Digital Affairs (Ministerstwo Cyfryzacji); published by NASK–PIB; scientific editor Jacek Pyżalski (Adam Mickiewicz University, Poznań); scientific review by Agnieszka Iwanicka; fieldwork executed by a contracted research agency
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Children and Parents: Media Use and Attitudes Report 2025 Mixed-methodOfcom2025-05StudentsParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Around half of online 8-17-year-olds reported using AI tools: 50% of 8-17s said they had used AI, up from 46% the previous year, with the increase driven primarily by 13-15s.
  • AI tools were often (not 'primarily') used for learning and/or schoolwork, and use was limited and task-specific with an emphasis on labour-saving.
  • Companion qualitative research (Children's Media Lives 2025, 21 children aged 8-17 followed longitudinally with filmed interviews) found teenagers who use AI are divided 50/50 over the extent to which it can be trusted.
  • For context, Ofcom's following wave (published 21 May 2026) reports 56% of 8-17s having used AI, rising to 66% of 16-17s.

Citation caveat. UK-only, so not transferable to US audiences. The 50/50 trust finding comes from Children's Media Lives, a longitudinal qualitative panel of 21 children — it is not a national statistic and must never be presented as a survey percentage. Cite 50% (2025) rather than 46% for the AI-use figure.

Corrections applied. Organization, date (published 7 May 2025), geography, method and funder are all correct. The 2025 edition is titled 'Children's Media Literacy Report 2025' per Ofcom's own filename, worth carrying in the title field.

Sample
Nationally representative trackers of UK children aged 3-17 and their parents (multiple surveys; exact Ns in report annex)
Method
mixed methods (nationally representative tracker surveys of children and parents plus qualitative Children's Media Lives study)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
Ofcom (UK communications regulator; self-funded statutory media literacy research)
Recurring
annual (Children and Parents report long-running; AI/chatbot questions added in recent waves)
News coverage
~1-3 distinct news stories found directly covering this 2025 report (widely cited as a reference source, but few attributable stand-alone stories surfaced) — Virtual College (UK)
Source access
Unreachable
Sample type
Probability

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Global Education Insights Report 2025: Challenges, Opportunities, and the Future of Education in the Age of AI Non-prob. surveyMcGraw Hill2025-04TeachersHigher ed Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 68% of educators use GenAI or expect to within a year.
  • Educators estimate 47% of their students use AI for schoolwork.
  • 59% report GenAI time savings, median 3-5 hours/week.
  • Educators rank supporting student mental health among the areas where AI has lowest potential for positive impact.

Citation caveat. Publisher-funded (McGraw Hill) survey of an opt-in Morning Consult online educator panel; data not weighted for population size, no margin of error; N=1,305 and fieldwork predates the publication year.

Corrections applied. Fieldwork was 11/22/24-1/3/25 - the '2025' report is built on late-2024/early-2025 data, which matters if it is cited as '2025 data.' Sample is 1,305 educators - 556 PreK-12 educators and 749 higher-education instructors - collected by Morning Consult via online panel interviewing across 19 countries in six regions; 'data is not weighted to account for population size.' Press release date of April 7, 2025 is confirmed.

Sample
1,300+ K-12 and higher-ed educators in 19 countries
Method
Online survey by Morning Consult across 19 countries
Field/geography
Global (19 countries)
Partner / funder
Pollster: Morning Consult; funded by McGraw Hill
Recurring
Yes — annual
News coverage
no independent news coverage found (GlobeNewswire press-release distribution only)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Primary school teachers' perceptions towards the use of generative AI in teaching using lesson study QualitativeInternational Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies (Emerald), Vol. 14(3), pp. 237–252; authors James Calleja and Patrick Camilleri, Faculty of Education, University of Malta, Msida2025-03TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) Participating in lesson study with GenAI positively enhanced teachers' perceptions and attitudes toward AI and boosted their agency, prompting intentional interest in learning more about integrating it. (2) Teachers reported strong student engagement effects — quoted: 'AI tools are highly motivating for students to engage actively in learning' (Jade). (3) Teachers connected GenAI use to transversal skills (critical thinking, creativity, collaboration) and to more student-centred, personalised learning — quoted: 'Students think more critically as they choose what works best for them' (Helen). (4) Technical friction was real but not decisive: teachers hit account-access problems and unresponsive applications yet judged the benefits to outweigh the difficulties.
  • Tools spanned ChatGPT, AI image and character generators, AI talking-photo generators, AnswerGarden, Canva and CapCut.

Citation caveat. Only three teachers were interviewed, in two schools in one very small country, all teaching Maltese-language lessons to Year 4–5 — this is a case study of practice, not evidence of prevalence, and cannot support any claim about how teachers generally feel. Perceptions were captured after a structured lesson-study professional-development cycle, so the positive attitude shift is intervention-conditioned by design. Interviews were conducted by email, which the authors flag as having 'restricted our search to delve deeper' into teachers' thoughts and emotions. Never quote the motivation or critical-thinking findings without naming N=3.

Sample
3 teachers interviewed (pseudonyms Helen, Martha, Jade; 5–14 years' experience), embedded in three lesson-study teams totalling roughly 15 participants across two schools — Team A (6: two teachers, deputy head, head of school, mentor, university educator), Team B1 (4: Year 4 teacher, digital literacy teacher, deputy head, university educator), Team B2 (5+: Year 5 teacher, digital literacy teacher, learning support educator, deputy head). All three research lessons were Maltese-language lessons at Year 4 and Year 5.
Method
Multiple-case qualitative case study of three lesson-study teams in two primary schools. Data sources: asynchronous email interviews (twelve open and closed-ended questions) conducted over an eight-week window in June–July 2024 with the three teachers who taught the research lessons, plus each team's detailed lesson-study reports and lesson plans (approximately 30 pages per team). Analysed through the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) as theoretical lens.
Field/geography
Malta (two primary schools)
Partner / funder
No funding or acknowledgement statement appears in the article; both authors are at the University of Malta.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Google/Ipsos Multi-Country AI Survey 2025 ('Our life with AI: From innovation to application') Probability surveyIpsos / Google2025-01Public VerifiedCite with caveat
  • Excitement about AI's potential (57%) now outweighs concern (43%), compared with a 50/50 split the year before.
  • AI usage grew fastest in emerging markets (up 11 points from 2024) and Asia-Pacific (up 10 points), with Europe and the US up 8-9 points.
  • More than 4 in 5 respondents say real-life applications of AI are very important to society, with healthcare seen as the leading application area.

Citation caveat. Commissioned and funded by Google, whose commercial interest runs toward the optimistic reading these toplines deliver. Twenty of the 21 country samples come from opt-in online panels, partner panels and river sampling (nonprobability); only the U.S. sample is a probability panel. No weighting scheme or margin of error is disclosed for any market.

Corrections applied. Add publication date January 14, 2025 and the mode detail: the 20 non-U.S. countries were interviewed online using Ipsos online panels, partner panel sources, and river sampling; only the U.S. sample (~1,036) used the probability-based KnowledgePanel. Everything else - 21 countries, 21,043 adults 18+, ~1,000/country, fielded Sept 17 - Oct 8, 2024, Google-commissioned, title 'Our Life With AI: From innovation to application' - is correct.

Sample
21,043 adults 18+ across 21 countries (~1,000/country; ~1,036 U.S. via KnowledgePanel), fielded Sept 17 - Oct 8, 2024
Method
online survey
Field/geography
Global (21 countries)
Partner / funder
Conducted by Ipsos, commissioned/funded by Google
Recurring
annual (2024, 2025 and 2026 waves; 2026 wave: https://www.ipsos.com/en-us/google-ipsos-multi-country-ai-survey-2026)
News coverage
~10 distinct news stories found for the January 2025 wave, heavily international (Nigeria, Malaysia, Singapore, South Africa) — Malay Mail, HardwareZone, Memeburn, THISDAYLIVE
Source access
Topline Or Questionnaire
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: full primary report/article or complete topline reviewed. Relevance decision: General adult multi-country AI survey with no education measure. Workstream coverage

Opportunities, challenges and school strategies for integrating generative AI in education QualitativeComputers and Education: Artificial Intelligence (Elsevier), Vol. 8, article 100373; authors Davy Tsz Kit Ng (The Education University of Hong Kong), Eagle Kai Chi Chan (HKUST), Chung Kwan Lo (EdUHK)2025-01TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • From the publisher-deposited abstract, which I read directly (the full text was CAPTCHA-blocked): (1) Thematic analysis identified three key areas of AI implementation — teaching/learning, administration, and assessments. (2) Three major challenges were identified — school readiness, teachers' AI competencies, and students' AI literacy and ethics. (3) Teachers proposed strategies to motivate GenAI integration: professional development, clear guidelines, and access to AI software plus technical support. (4) An overall optimistic outlook on GenAI's role in education was identified among the teachers, with some discipline-specific ideas proposed.
  • The study reports no percentages or counts of any kind.

Citation caveat. Opt-in volunteers surveyed immediately after completing a GenAI training seminar — sentiment is intervention-conditioned and self-selected toward enthusiasts. Hundreds of teachers across 20 schools were invited and only 76 responded, with no response rate reported, so this is a small self-selected slice rather than a school-system sample. Purely qualitative: there are no percentages to quote and the authors make no representativeness claim. Access limit: I could not open the full text (Elsevier CAPTCHA, which I did not attempt to bypass), so the 73 teachers / 3 leaders / 20 schools breakdown is corroborated only from the indexed publisher page, not read at source.

Sample
76 educators in Canada. Per the publisher page (read via search-engine index of the ScienceDirect article, not directly): hundreds of teachers across twenty schools were invited and 73 teachers plus 3 school leaders (a principal, a director of instructional innovation, and a director of athletics) voluntarily completed the survey.
Method
Qualitative online survey administered after a professional training seminar on GenAI; open-ended written reflections analysed by thematic analysis. Findings framed with Singh's Teach AI Global Initiative Guidance and a Socio-ecological Model to propose an 'AI-ready' school framework. No quantitative measures reported.
Field/geography
Canada
Partner / funder
No funder recorded in Crossref, OpenAlex or DOAJ (funder field null). The article's own funding/acknowledgement statement could not be checked because the full text was unreachable. All three authors are Hong Kong-based.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Understanding the Impacts of Generative AI Use on Children (Work Package 1: Surveys) Mixed-methodThe Alan Turing Institute2025StudentsTeachersParents Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • 22% of children aged 8-12 use generative AI (ChatGPT most popular, cited by 58% of child users), and 55% of UK households surveyed have used generative AI tools, with higher adoption in England (57%), higher social grades (61% ABC1 vs 44% C2DE) and private-school households (52% of private-school children use it vs 18% in state schools).
  • 82% of parents are concerned about children accessing inappropriate information via generative AI and 76% worry their children may be too trusting of it and not think critically about the information it provides.
  • 66% of teachers use generative AI in their work (most commonly lesson planning and research, cited by 75% of teacher users), and over 80% of teachers believe it will support them in their work rather than replace them.
  • Of teachers aware of their students' generative AI use for schoolwork, 57% report those students using it to write and submit AI-generated work as their own, while 64% of all teachers believe generative AI is a great tool to support students with additional learning needs.

Citation caveat. The teacher findings rest on a Prolific opt-in crowdsourcing pool with only a gender quota applied; the authors state plainly that because of the pool available to them (n=3,283) they 'were unable to account for any other key demographic features of the teaching workforce. As such, the sample is not a fully representative sample.' Quote that limitation when citing any teacher figure. The children/parents component is a weighted YouGov opt-in panel with November 2024 fieldwork, so the child-usage rates are over a year old. Both work packages were funded by the LEGO Group, a commercial toy company with an interest in children's play and creativity.

Corrections applied. Add the sample sizes and vendors, all fully disclosed in the report: the children and parents/carers survey was N=780 children aged 8-12 plus their parents/carers, conducted by YouGov Plc UK, fieldwork 12-25 November 2024, nationally representative quotas set for UK adults 18+, and weighted to be representative of UK children aged 8-12 by age and gender. The teacher survey was N=1,001 teachers working with children aged 1-16 in UK schools, designed and conducted by the Turing research team itself using the Prolific crowdsourcing platform with participant screeners, with a 76% female / 24% male quota to match the England School Workforce Census. The WP1 report was published June 2025 (PDF dated 10 June 2025); the combined briefing is May 2025. WP2 details (40 children aged 9-11, two state-funded schools in Scotland, with Children's Parliament) are confirmed exactly as stated.

Sample
Children aged 8-12 and their parents/carers; over 1,000 UK primary and secondary teachers; WP2 workshops with 40 children aged 9-11 in Scotland
Method
mixed methods (online surveys of children, parents/carers and teachers; school-based workshops in WP2)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
Supported/funded by the LEGO Group; workshops in collaboration with Children's Parliament; framework aligned to UNICEF's Responsible Innovation in Technology for Children (LEGO Foundation-funded)
Recurring
one-time (multi-work-package project; WP1 surveys and WP2 school-based engagements each have reports)
News coverage
no news coverage found (three targeted searches surfaced no outlets covering this Turing/LEGO children survey; possible limited UK pickup not indexed)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Nonprobability Weighted

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

Technology in Schools Survey 2024 to 2025 — Qualitative Follow-Up Mixed-methodUK Department for Education2025TeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • The companion survey found staff-versus-pupil access and policy differences, while interviewed leaders and IT leads more often described informal than formal guidance.
  • Surveyed leaders reported plagiarism and misinformation while interviewees stressed human checking and critical evaluation.
  • Interviewees wanted clearer procurement guidance, training, and concrete examples of acceptable practice.

Citation caveat. Small purposive qualitative component; all interviewed teachers were already AI-engaged; survey estimates must not be attributed to the interviews.

Sample
25 interviews (10 leaders, 10 teachers, five IT leads); companion surveys covered 1,634 schools
Method
National surveys followed by 45-minute semi-structured interviews and thematic analysis
Field/geography
UK (England)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

The Biggest Risk Is Doing Nothing: Insights from Early Adopters of AI in Schools and FE Colleges QualitativeUK Department for Education2025TeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Adoption was more coherent when leaders connected AI to an educational or workload rationale and assigned strategic ownership.
  • Several settings began with lower-risk staff uses and expanded only after building knowledge, approved tools, data review, and confidence.
  • Direct pupil access triggered more safeguarding, assessment, and dependency concerns, producing differentiated permissions.

Citation caveat. Deliberately selected early adopters and some FE settings; useful for governance mechanisms, not average sentiment or prevalence.

Sample
21 online interviews across five primary schools, three secondary schools, one pupil-referral unit, five trusts/college groups, four FE colleges, three independent schools
Method
Purposive early-adopter study using ~90-minute semi-structured interviews
Field/geography
UK (England)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

Generative AI in Secondary Education: Early Adopters across Five EU Member States QualitativeEuropean Commission Joint Research Centre (JRC)2025StudentsTeachersAdmins Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Policy and guidance lagged adoption, with participants wanting coherent strategy, ethical rules, infrastructure, and role-specific capacity building.
  • Overreliance, independent-thinking loss, integrity, data protection, bias, unequal access, and human interaction recurred across countries.
  • Training needs extended beyond prompting to critical evaluation, ethics, subject-specific pedagogy, and assessment redesign.

Citation caveat. Convenience sample of early adopters; one German region only; all participating students were over 18 despite being in secondary education.

Sample
121 participants across Finland, Germany, Ireland, Luxembourg, and Spain
Method
Semi-structured interviews and 90-minute online focus groups; combined inductive/deductive thematic analysis
Field/geography
EU (five member states)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

What are New Zealand primary teachers' beliefs and understandings of using ChatGPT to support their own practice? Mixed-methodKairaranga, 2024, Vol. 25(1), pp. 22–36; sole author Simon Ashby2024-12Teachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) 62.3% agreed or strongly agreed that using ChatGPT had been beneficial to their practice, but only 42.6% agreed or strongly agreed that it had improved their teaching — a notable gap between 'useful' and 'made me better'. (2) 70% agreed ChatGPT was useful for finding ideas on a topic before planning, and 57.3% agreed it was useful during the planning process itself. (3) On one open question about ChatGPT in education, 33% of answers coded to an ethical-concerns theme such as reliability. (4) The respondent base is unusually experienced: 63.9% with 12+ years teaching and 62.3% self-identifying as experienced technology users, which the author argues frames the findings.

Citation caveat. N=61, self-selected via one Twitter hashtag (#edchatNZ) and one Facebook group ('NZ Teachers (Primary)'), so respondents skew heavily toward digitally engaged veteran teachers. The author's own limitations section states it is 'hard to make generalisations about New Zealand primary teachers or even more broadly, educators as a whole.' Data collected mid-August 2023 and about ChatGPT specifically, not GenAI generally. Three of the 61 were not classroom teachers. The author also flags that the 'improved teaching' finding lacks supporting qualitative data.

Sample
61 respondents — 58 practising primary teachers and 3 people working in education but not directly in classrooms. Skewed toward veterans: 63.9% had been teaching more than 12 years and 62.3% self-rated as 'experienced users of technologies'.
Method
A single short online survey on Google Forms, shared mid-August 2023, combining Likert-scale items with three open written questions. Likert data converted to percentages and frequencies; open-text responses inductively coded by thematic analysis with a thematic map. Ethics approval: Massey University, application OM3 23/01.
Field/geography
New Zealand (primary sector)
Partner / funder
No funder named; single-author study run through Massey University ethics approval. No industry or philanthropic sponsor disclosed.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

8th Texas Voter Poll (AI items) Non-prob. surveyTexas 20362024-11Public Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 47% of Texas voters say state government should restrict its use of AI due to safety and privacy concerns vs 24% who want the state to develop AI for more efficient services (21% have no opinion).
  • 61% believe Texas high school students are not graduating workforce-ready and 91% support access to workforce training/credential programs in high school.

Citation caveat. Sponsor-commissioned advocacy polling (Texas 2036 is a nonpartisan policy nonprofit with a stated agenda). Mode split and media-market distribution are disclosed but the sampling frame and weighting are not, and no toplines or questionnaire are published — only a designed brochure. The AI content is a single question about state-government use of AI; there is no AI-in-education item in this wave.

Corrections applied. Date should be 2024-12: fielded November 16-20, 2024 and released December 11, 2024 (the PDF is titled '8th Voter Poll Brochure_12/11/24_final' with a December 11, 2024 creation date, and the Texas 2036 poll index lists this wave as December 2024). The method field's 'results released early 2025' is wrong and contradicts the entry's own notes. Add the disclosed mode split: 51% live phone interviewing, 14% text-to-cell, 35% web panelists. N=1,001 registered Texas voters, MoE ±3.1%, conducted by Baselice & Associates — all confirmed on the methodology page.

Sample
1,001 registered Texas voters (fielded Nov 16-20, 2024; MoE +/-3.1)
Method
Poll of registered Texas voters fielded Nov 16-20, 2024 by Baselice & Associates; MoE +/-3.1; results released early 2025
Field/geography
Texas (statewide)
Partner / funder
Pollster: Baselice & Associates; sponsor: Texas 2036 (nonpartisan nonprofit)
Recurring
Yes - Texas Voter Poll series (this is the 8th wave); AI framing also summarized in Texas 2036's 'Future of AI in Texas' explainer
News coverage
~1-3 distinct external stories on the poll overall (Houston Public Media covered healthcare findings); no external coverage of the AI items found — Houston Public Media
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Evidence review: official/publisher page, release, or accessible summary reviewed. Relevance decision: Texas voter AI questions concern state-government use; separate workforce/edu

Research on Public Attitudes Towards the Use of AI in Education QualitativeUK Department for Education2024-08StudentsParents Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Views became more conditional during deliberation.
  • Teacher-facing support drew stronger approval than direct pupil-facing use.
  • Creative or supportive use was more acceptable than answer generation or automated correction, with human contact, deskilling, plagiarism, and authentic learning as recurring red lines.
  • Anonymisation, transparent rules, human oversight, and parent/pupil control increased acceptance.

Citation caveat. Purposive, nonrepresentative deliberative sample in three English cities; transfer to US districts should focus on mechanisms, not prevalence.

Sample
108 participants: 72 parents/carers and 36 pupils ages 11-18 across Birmingham, Bristol, Newcastle; includes parents of pupils with SEND
Method
Four-to-six-hour online and in-person deliberative workshops using inform, debate, and decide stages
Field/geography
UK (England)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

Children, Young People and Teachers' Use of Generative AI to Support Literacy in 2024 Non-prob. surveyNational Literacy Trust2024-06StudentsTeachers VerifiedCite with caveat
  • 77.1% of 13-18-year-olds had used generative AI in 2024, up from 37.1% in 2023.
  • Teacher use rose from 31.0% (2023) to 47.7% (2024), with secondary teachers more than twice as likely as primary to use it (56.8% vs 30.9%).
  • 37.7% of teachers were concerned about pupils using generative AI, and 48.9% agreed it was likely to have a negative impact on children's writing skills (while 64.8% felt it could model good writing).
  • 82.0% of teachers agreed students should be taught to engage critically with generative AI and 75.3% said they need more training, support and resources.
  • 20.9% of young people usually just copied what generative AI told them.

Citation caveat. Not a probability sample of UK young people: the Annual Literacy Survey is administered through schools and settings that opt in and register to take part, and neither this report page nor the Annual Literacy Survey page describes the sample as nationally representative or reports any weighting or margin of error. Large N (53,169 answered the genAI questions) buys precision, not representativeness. Also note the headline 37.1%->77.1% jump compares two separate school-recruited waves, so some of the change could reflect differing school participation rather than pure behavior change.

Corrections applied. No corrections needed to organization, date, sample, geography or method. Two optional additions: the page was published 25 June 2024 and last updated 26 February 2025; and the Annual Literacy Survey is typically fielded January-March of the survey year (the NLT's own survey page states 'We conducted our latest Annual Literacy Survey between January and March 2026'), though the 2024 field window is not stated on this report page. No funder or research partner is disclosed, so the empty partners_funders field is correct.

Sample
15,830 young people aged 13-18 and 1,228 teachers (focused analysis drawn from 53,169 children and young people who answered generative-AI questions in NLT's 2024 Annual Literacy Survey)
Method
online survey (Annual Literacy Survey plus teacher survey)
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Recurring
annual since 2023 (waves 2023, 2024, 2025)
News coverage
~2-4 distinct news stories (UK book-trade and London press on release day, June 25-28, 2024) — The Bookseller, London Evening Standard
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified official or publisher results/source page; Official or publisher source page/results release reviewed; no separate public full report was available)

Science Teacher Perceptions of the State of Knowledge and Education at the Advent of Generative Artificial Intelligence Popularity Mixed-methodScience & Education (Springer, peer-reviewed)2024-06Teachers Verified, minor fixesCite with caveat
  • Mixed-methods study of science teacher attitudes toward AI in the classroom at the start of generative AI chatbot popularity (March 2023), using a distributed cognition lens.
  • Twenty-four purposefully sampled secondary science educators, plus three AI chatbots, participated in focus groups and individually completed an attitudes survey and an epistemic cognition questionnaire over a 2-week period.
  • Qualitative results suggest secondary science educators are cautiously optimistic about including AI in the classroom, but that teacher preparation needs to be modified to incorporate AI training.
  • Ethical concerns were identified about plagiarism, knowledge generation, and what constitutes original thinking with AI use.
  • A one-way ANOVA found a significant effect of subject taught on attitudes toward AI in the classroom, F(3, 23) = 6.743, p = 0.002, with a partial eta squared of 0.47 indicating a large effect size.
  • Notably, ChatGPT was used to create two of the three survey instruments and served as an analysis tool for the qualitative results.

Citation caveat. N=24 purposefully sampled secondary science educators — qualitative and non-representative, no generalizable percentages. Three of the study's 'respondents' were AI chatbots, and ChatGPT authored two of the three survey instruments and analyzed the qualitative results, so the study is partly an artifact of AI-assisted research on AI rather than an independent measurement of teacher sentiment.

Corrections applied. Organization should be Queens College, City University of New York (both authors' institution: 65-30 Kissena Blvd, Queens, NY), not 'Science & Education,' which is the publishing journal. Full citation: Science & Education, vol. 34, issue 2, pp. 893-912. Published online June 3, 2024; assigned to the 2025 print issue. Geography remains undisclosed in the abstract, though both authors are US-based at CUNY.

Sample
24 secondary science educators (plus 3 AI chatbots enrolled as comparison respondents)
Method
mixed methods (focus groups plus attitude and epistemic-cognition surveys)
Field/geography
Not stated in abstract (peer-reviewed journal study)
Partner / funder
Academic study; no external funder named
Recurring
one-time
News coverage
no news coverage found (academic journal article)
Source access
Paywalled
Sample type
Qualitative

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 0 of 4 numeric tokens

AI in Education Report (2024): A Microsoft Special Report Non-prob. surveyMicrosoft Education2024-04StudentsTeachersAdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • 47% of education leaders use AI every day.
  • 68% of educators and 62% of students have used AI at least once or twice.
  • 37% of leaders use AI to improve operational/administrative efficiency.
  • 24% of educators use it for lesson planning/materials and 35% of students for summarizing information.

Citation caveat. Self-funded Microsoft survey with no disclosed methodology whatsoever for this edition — no N, no fielding dates, no countries, no sampling frame, no weighting — and the underlying report has been de-published, leaving only a marketing blog post. The percentages cannot be checked against any documented sample, so do not present them as representative of educators, students, or leaders generally.

Corrections applied. The full 2024 report PDF is no longer published: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/education/msdownloads/AI-in-Education-A-Microsoft-Special-Report.pdf now 301-redirects to the 2025 blog post, and the cdn-dynmedia equivalent returns 404. No sample size, fielding dates, country list, respondent breakdown, research partner, or weighting is disclosed anywhere reachable for this edition. The 2025 report's survey appendix labels the prior wave 'late 2023', so the April 2024 publication reflects a survey fielded in late 2023, not in 2024 — the entry's method field should say so rather than leaving fielding undated. The successor editions were run by PSB Insights across six countries, so this wave was probably the same program, but that is inference, not disclosure.

Sample
Global sample of K-12 and higher-ed leaders, educators, and students (full N in report)
Method
Global online survey of education leaders, educators, and students
Field/geography
Global
Partner / funder
Microsoft (self-funded)
Recurring
Yes — annual
News coverage
no clearly attributable news coverage found
Source access
Summary Only
Sample type
Not Disclosed

Outside audit scope (survey-only screen) — Deep pass reviewed every CSV-listed URL plus recovered sources where available. Exclude under the strict workstream screen. Automated text extraction located 6 of 6 numeric tokens

Turnitin AI Writing Detection: One-Year Milestone Data Usage dataTurnitin2024-04StudentsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Two of the three claims are not in the cited source.
  • Corrected text using only what the press release says: "Of the over 200 million papers reviewed since April 2023 (as of March 21, 2024), over 22 million (approximately 11%) had at least 20% AI writing present and over six million (approximately 3%) had at least 80% AI writing present.
  • The release also cites a Turnitin-funded Tyton Partners study finding that nearly half of students surveyed used generative AI tools monthly, weekly, or daily, and that 75% of those students said they would continue using the technology even if faculty or institutions banned it." Remove the ~1% false-positive rate and the 3%-of-institutions AI policy claim from this entry — neither appears in this press release.

Citation caveat. Vendor telemetry from Turnitin's own detector, published as a press release with no methodology, no validation data, and no error rates. "AI-written" here means flagged by Turnitin's classifier, not confirmed AI authorship — cite it as detector output, never as a measured rate of student AI use. If the ~1% false-positive figure is retained, it must carry Turnitin's own qualifier: it applies only to documents flagged at 20% or more AI writing; Turnitin's published sentence-level false-positive rate is about 4%, and it does not quantify error at lower AI proportions.

Corrections applied. The papers-reviewed total carries a footnote: "As of March 21, 2024," not April 2024. The release is dated 9 April 2024.

Sample
200+ million papers reviewed globally since April 2023
Method
Platform data analysis (AI writing detector across submitted papers)
Field/geography
Global
Partner / funder
Turnitin (self-funded)
Recurring
Recurring data releases (later Turnitin data shows 80%+-AI submissions rising to ~14.8% by Oct 2025-Feb 2026)
News coverage
~8 distinct news stories confirmed, likely ~10-15 total given wide syndication (live URL returns 403 to automated fetchers but the page exists — Wayback snapshot Dec 2025, status 200) — WIRED, Morning Brew, K-12 Dive, The Hindu
Source access
Press Release Only
Sample type
Na

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Artificially Intelligent? Children's and parents' views on generative AI in education Non-prob. surveyInternet Matters2024-02StudentsParents VerifiedCite with caveat
  • (1) 44% of children are actively engaging with generative AI tools.
  • Use peaks among 13-14 year-olds, 53% of whom have used gen AI. (2) 54% of children who use gen AI tools have used them to complete or help with homework or schoolwork — which Internet Matters translates to 'almost 1 in 4 children' using gen AI as part of their schooling. (3) 60% of parents have not been informed how their child's school plans to use gen AI to teach, and 60% of students say their school has not spoken to them about using AI for homework/schoolwork. (4) A steep income gradient in ChatGPT use: 11% of children in households earning under £10,000/year have used it, versus 45% in households earning £80,000+. (5) Children are more positive than parents — 41% of children believe AI will benefit their education, versus 29% of parents.
  • 35% of children express an overall positive view of gen AI.

Citation caveat. Non-probability online survey with unusually thin methodological disclosure: no fieldwork agency, no sampling or weighting description, and no margin of error is published, so precision cannot be assessed — treat every figure as indicative rather than estimable. Critically, NO TEACHERS OR SCHOOL STAFF WERE SURVEYED: the widely-cited '60% of schools have not spoken to students' and the 'schools are unprepared' headline are parent and child self-report about school behavior, not evidence from schools. Watch the denominators — '54%' is of child gen AI users, not of all children; the '1 in 4 children' figure is Internet Matters' own derived estimate. Internet Matters is industry-funded (founded by BT, Sky, TalkTalk, Virgin Media; members include Google, Meta and TikTok) while campaigning for government guidance, so both the funding base and the advocacy posture are disclosure-worthy. Finally the data is old: fielded November 2023, essentially the first year of ChatGPT, and UK-only — do not use it for current levels or for US claims.

Sample
2,000 parents of children aged 4-17 and 1,000 children aged 9-17, UK.
Method
Online survey 'carried out by Internet Matters' in November 2023, reported alongside policy recommendations to the UK Department for Education. No external fieldwork agency is named, no sampling frame or weighting is described, and no margin of error is reported anywhere in the public materials. Report published 28 February 2024.
Field/geography
United Kingdom
Partner / funder
Internet Matters is a UK not-for-profit, industry-funded members body founded in 2014 by BT, Sky, TalkTalk and Virgin Media, with corporate members including Google, Meta/Facebook, TikTok, Samsung and the BBC. No separate funder is named for this specific report.
Source access
Full Report

Added Aug 17, 2026 — recovered from the qualitative addendum candidate/exclusion files and independently source-verified

Generative AI in Education: Educator and Expert Views Mixed-methodUK Department for Education (with HM Government Open Innovation Team)2024-01TeachersAdmins VerifiedCite with caveat
  • By November 2023, 42% of primary and secondary teachers had used generative AI in their role, up from 17% in April 2023.
  • 74% of online UK 16-24-year-olds had used a generative AI tool.
  • Estimates of students using generative AI for schoolwork ranged from 14% to 67% across sources.
  • Main teacher uses were creating lesson resources, planning lessons and streamlining admin, while key concerns were academic malpractice, student over-reliance, data privacy and widening inequality.

Citation caveat. The primary research here is qualitative (23 settings, 14 experts). The quantitative headline numbers are secondary, drawn from other organisations' surveys: the 42%/17% teacher figures are TeacherTapp (a self-selected teacher app panel, not a representative sample of English teachers) and the 74% figure is Ofcom's Online Nation 2023. Attribute those to their originators rather than to DfE, and check for double-counting if TeacherTapp or Ofcom appear elsewhere in the corpus. The report itself warns its methodologies are mixed — "weighted representative online panels, non-representative samples, and annual snapshot surveys" — and that figures may date quickly.

Sample
Educators at 23 educational settings across England (early years to higher education) interviewed Aug-Sep 2023; 14 academic/EdTech experts interviewed May-Jun 2023; multiple quantitative survey sources
Method
mixed methods (qualitative interviews plus synthesis of quantitative survey sources)
Field/geography
United Kingdom (England)
Partner / funder
Commissioned by DfE Digital Strategy Division; research by HM Government's Open Innovation Team
Recurring
one-time (DfE has since published further GenAI-in-education research and guidance)
News coverage
no news coverage found (no distinct news stories about this specific DfE report surfaced; its findings appear only as passing citations in later UK education coverage)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Not assessed by audit (qualitative/usage-analysis/index — outside its survey-only screen)

Artificial Intelligence in K-12 Private and Independent Schools Report Non-prob. surveyAssociation of Technology Leaders in Independent Schools / Veracross2024TeachersAdmins Audit-verified
  • The official public materials report that 59% of K-12 private and independent schools were exploring AI in some form and describe differences in adoption across departments, persistent concerns, parent response, and professional-development needs.
  • Detailed item results are not reproduced because the current full report is member-only.
Sample
More than 700 educators and school leaders; geography and exact role counts not stated on the public page
Method
Association/vendor survey; full report is member-only; official public product page provides the verified summary
Field/geography
see sample
Recurring
No recurring wave identified

Added by independent audit (net-new)

Generative Artificial Intelligence Consultation: Practitioner Focus Groups QualitativeScottish Qualifications Authority (SQA)2024Teachers Audit-verifiedCite with caveat
  • Practitioners distinguished idea or framework support from AI filling in assessed content, with de-skilling, authenticity, and weak model knowledge central concerns.
  • They wanted subject-specific rules, national consistency, learner-facing definitions, parent guidance, and time-rich professional learning.
  • Oral verification, disclosure, referencing, human judgment, and some AI-independent assessment were proposed safeguards.

Citation caveat. Volunteer follow-up sample mixing school and college practitioners; exposes reasoning and language, not Scottish prevalence.

Sample
33 practitioners: 16 schoolteachers, nine college lecturers, eight other practitioners
Method
Recorded and transcribed online focus groups plus two interviews, analyzed thematically in NVivo
Field/geography
UK (Scotland)
Recurring
one-time
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Qualitative

Added Aug 17, 2026 from the qualitative research addendum (evidence tier A); source-validated in that bundle

Generative Artificial Intelligence in Canadian Post-Secondary Education Non-prob. surveyD2L2023-10AdminsHigher ed Major caveatsCite with caveat
  • Three of the four claims do not survive contact with the underlying report and must be rewritten.
  • Corrected text using only what the report says: 'Among the 91 institutions where respondents gave internally consistent answers, only 13% had provided guiding principles on AI, 40% had no guidance, and 47% were working toward developing guiding principles.
  • 101 of the 425 respondents who answered the question (24%) did not know whether their institution had established any AI regulations, guidelines, or policies, and a further 138 respondents across 34 institutions gave conflicting answers about their own institution — which the report treats as evidence of how new and unevenly communicated AI policymaking was.
  • The report characterizes AI use at Canadian institutions qualitatively as unclear, emerging, and uneven both within and between institutions.' SPECIFIC ERRORS: (1) '13% of institutions had established GenAI regulations/guidance/policies' is a subgroup reported as the whole — it is 13% of the 91-institution 'clear picture' group, not of the 126 institutions or the 438 respondents. (2) 'just 13% described GenAI use at their institution' is not a finding at all: the report's 'State of the Actual' section is a thematic analysis informed by 59 open-ended responses, and 59/438 = 13.5%.
  • That is an item-response count, not an adoption rate — and it collides with the unrelated policy 13%, making one artifact look like two findings. (3) '56% expressed concerns about AI biases and limitations' appears nowhere in the report.
  • The 'AI futures' section is informed by 245 responses to a speculative 2033 scenario prompt, and 245/438 = 55.9%.
  • Same artifact. (The press release's fourth figure, '32% have mixed feelings,' is likewise 138/438 = 31.5%, the count of people who answered the 'potential' question.) The report contains only five percentages in its entire body.
  • None of them are 56%, 32%, or a 13% about usage.

Citation caveat. Do not cite any percentage from the D2L/PR Newswire press release. Three of its four headline numbers (13% 'describe GenAI use', 56% 'concerns about biases', 32% 'mixed feelings') are simply the counts of respondents who answered each optional open-ended question divided by 438 — they are item-response rates dressed up as findings. Cite only the corrected figures from the CDLRA report itself, and state that the 13% policy figure covers just the 91 institutions with internally consistent responses. Also disclose that the study is sponsor-funded by an LMS vendor and that respondents were self-selected, recruited partly through open social-media promotion.

Corrections applied. Organization and partner are inverted. The research was conducted and published by the Canadian Digital Learning Research Association (CDLRA/ACRFL); the report author is Dr. George Veletsianos; D2L is the SPONSOR, not the research organization ('We thank D2L for their sponsorship of the 2023 Special Topics Report'). Title: 'Generative Artificial Intelligence in Canadian Post-Secondary Education: AI Policies, Possibilities, Realities, and Futures — 2023 Special Topics Report.' Fieldwork was the 2023 Spring Pan-Canadian Digital Learning Survey, open May 1-June 30, 2023 — not October 2023, which is only the publication date (Oct 11, 2023). Sample: 438 respondents (394 English, 44 French) at 126 institutions, all provinces/territories except Nunavut; 37% faculty and 63% administrators. Method should read 'online survey; email invitations to a roster of publicly funded Canadian post-secondary institutions, additionally promoted via CDLRA social media and sponsor/partner newsletters,' with three optional open-ended questions.

Sample
438 administrators and faculty across 126 Canadian institutions
Method
Survey of higher-ed administrators and faculty
Field/geography
Canada
Partner / funder
Partner: Canadian Digital Learning Research Association
Recurring
No
News coverage
no news coverage found (only PR-wire reposts of the release and institutional/personal blogs such as BCcampus and DawsonITE)
Source access
Full Report
Sample type
Opt In Convenience

Verified by independent audit (Verified primary full report/article/topline; Full primary report, article, or complete topline reviewed)

No studies match — clear the search or filters.